JP2022111212A - game machine - Google Patents

Abstract

PROBLEM TO BE SOLVED: To provide a game machine capable of increasing a player's attention to a game.

SOLUTION: A game machine includes: hold generation processing for storing internal lottery information in information storage means in the order of game ball entry to starting ball entry means; and information notification means for displaying a pattern associated with the internal lottery information on variable display means, on the basis of the internal lottery information stored in the information storage means. The hold generation processing includes advance notice hold generation processing in which the internal lottery information is stored as first internal lottery information when it is stored in a first area, and the internal lottery information is stored as second internal lottery information when it is stored in a second area. The information notification means includes a hold pattern control unit for displaying a first hold pattern on the variable display means when the first internal lottery information is stored in a hold area in the advance notice hold generation processing and for displaying a second hold pattern different from the first hold pattern on the variable display means when the second internal lottery information is stored.

SELECTED DRAWING: Figure 1

COPYRIGHT: (C)2022,JPO&INPIT

Description

The present invention relates to a game machine such as a pachinko game machine.

2. Description of the Related Art Conventionally, there is known a game machine provided with variable display means for variably displaying a plurality of patterns (see Patent Document 1, for example). This game machine executes an internal lottery such as a jackpot lottery when a game ball enters an operation opening (starting ball entry means), and starts variable display of patterns.
For example, when a jackpot lottery is won, the game machine finally stop-displays a specific pattern combination or the like on the variable display means, and shifts the game state to a specific control state advantageous to the player. In this specific control state, the gaming machine pays out a large number of game balls, for example, by shifting the variable winning device to a state in which game balls can enter.
By the way, such a gaming machine displays on the variable display means a pending pattern for informing the player that there is a result of the internal lottery in a pending state before executing the variable display on the variable display means.
In addition, the game machine selects a plurality of types of reserved patterns (for example, reserved patterns having the same form in each of blue, green, and red) associated with the results of the internal lottery and displays them on the variable display means. , the degree of expectation of the result of the internal lottery is reported to the player to increase the player's sense of expectation.

JP 2005-074175 A

However, the plurality of types of reserved patterns associated with the results of the internal lottery are uniform reserved patterns of the same system, although there are slight differences corresponding to their expectations. There is a problem that the degree of attention to the game may also decrease.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION An object of the present invention is to provide a gaming machine capable of increasing the attention of a player to a game.

The gaming machine of the present invention comprises a shooting means for shooting game balls toward a game area formed on a game board, a game ball flowing down the game area entering the game area, and an internal lottery performed when the game ball enters the game area. and variable display means for variably displaying a plurality of patterns based on the result of an internal lottery executed when a game ball enters the starting ball entrance means. an information storage means for storing a plurality of pieces of internal lottery information associated with the result of an internal lottery executed with the entry of a game ball into the starting ball entry means; Information storage means for storing internal lottery information in the information storage means in the order of balls, and information notification means for displaying patterns associated with the internal lottery information on the variable display means based on the internal lottery information stored in the information storage means. The information storage means stores an execution area for storing internal lottery information during execution of variable display by the variable display means, and internal lottery information in a pending state before the variable display is executed by the variable display means. The information storage means includes: reservation shift means for shifting the internal lottery information stored in the reservation area toward the execution area; When internal lottery information is stored, it is stored as first internal lottery information, and when internal lottery information is stored in a second area opposite to the execution area, it is stored as second internal lottery information. and a minute storage means, the information notification means displays the first reserved pattern on the variable display means when the first internal lottery information is stored in the reserved area by the reserved allocation storage means, and the second reserved pattern is displayed. A reserved pattern control means is provided for displaying a second reserved pattern different from the first reserved pattern on the variable display means when the internal lottery information is stored, and the second reserved pattern is the second internal lottery information. A plurality of types of second reserved patterns corresponding to the degree of expectation are provided, and the reserved pattern control means is displayed on the variable display means when the reserved shift means shifts the first internal lottery information toward the execution area. The first reserved pattern is changed to a second reserved pattern corresponding to the degree of expectation of the first internal lottery information among a plurality of kinds of second reserved patterns, and the information reporting means changes the second reserved pattern to the second reserved pattern corresponding to the expectation level of the first internal lottery information. When one internal lottery information is shifted toward the execution area within the reservation area, the first reserved pattern displayed on the variable display means is the first internal lottery information among the plurality of second reserved patterns. A first reserved design change determination hand that determines whether to change to a second reserved design corresponding to the degree of expectation of When the first reserved design change determining means determines to change to the second reserved design, the reserved design control means displays a plurality of first reserved designs displayed on the variable display means. is changed to a second reserved design corresponding to the degree of expectation of the first internal lottery information, and the first reserved design change determining means determines not to change to the second reserved design. When it does, it is characterized by maintaining the first reserved pattern displayed on the variable display means.

According to the present invention, it is possible to improve the attention of the player to the game.

1 is a front view of a pachinko machine according to a first embodiment of the present invention; front view of game board Figure showing the display screen of the pattern display device Block diagram showing the electrical configuration of a pachinko machine Diagram showing the contents of each counter used for internal lottery A diagram showing a success/failure table that stores values of random numbers for winning a jackpot A diagram showing a distribution table storing random number values related to distribution destinations of jackpot types Figure showing a flowchart of timer interrupt processing A diagram showing a flow chart of the winning process for the working opening Diagram showing a flowchart of normal processing Diagram showing a flowchart of main processing A diagram showing a flowchart of game round control processing Diagram showing a flowchart of data setting processing Diagram showing a flowchart of fluctuation start processing Diagram showing a flowchart of game state transition processing A diagram showing a flowchart of the big winning opening opening/closing process A diagram showing a flowchart of the big winning opening opening process A diagram showing a flowchart of transition processing at the end of the open/close execution mode Block diagram showing the electrical configuration of the audio emission control device and the display control device The figure which shows the flowchart of the timer interruption process performed with a sound emission control apparatus. A diagram showing a flow chart of effect determination processing A diagram showing the relationship between the game result and the game state, etc. A diagram showing a flowchart of pending occurrence processing Diagram showing the contents of the sub-side hold information storage area A diagram showing a flowchart of advance notice pending occurrence processing The figure which shows the flowchart of the lottery process of the notice suspension expectation degree A diagram showing the design of the notice suspension of each degree of expectation A diagram showing the relationship between the pass/fail result and the probability of occurrence of notice suspension for each degree of expectation A diagram showing the notice pending and normal pending patterns displayed on the display screen of the pattern display device Diagram showing a flowchart of hold shift processing Diagram showing an example of the flow when a normal notice hold occurs A diagram showing another example of the flow when normal notice suspension occurs Diagram showing the flow when a special notice hold occurs The figure which shows the flowchart of the notice suspension generation|occurrence|production process which concerns on 2nd Embodiment of this invention. Diagram showing a flowchart of hold shift processing Diagram showing the flow when a special notice hold occurs The figure which shows the flowchart of the pending|holding generation|occurrence|production process which concerns on 3rd Embodiment of this invention The figure which shows the flowchart of the lottery process of the prefetch effect expectation degree Diagram showing the look-ahead effect for each expectation A diagram showing the relationship between the success or failure result and the probability of occurrence of the pre-reading effect for each degree of expectation Diagram showing a flowchart of hold shift processing Diagram showing an example of the flow when a normal notice hold occurs A diagram showing another example of the flow when normal notice suspension occurs Diagram showing the flow when a special notice hold occurs The figure which shows the flowchart of the game state transition processing which concerns on 4th Embodiment of this invention. A diagram showing a flow chart of effect determination processing A diagram showing a flow chart of production pattern determination processing A diagram showing the relationship between the distribution results and the selection probability of Super Reach for each level of expectation Diagram showing super reach with low expectations Diagram showing super reach with medium expectations Diagram showing high expectations super reach A diagram showing the relationship between the distribution results and the selection probability of Super Reach for each development A diagram showing the evolution of low-expectation super-reach Diagram showing the deployment of medium-expected super reach A diagram showing the deployment of the highly anticipated Super Reach A diagram showing the appearance of the round notification accessory used for the round notification effect A diagram showing a flowchart of the round notification effect determination process A diagram showing a flowchart of execution processing of the round notification effect A diagram showing a flowchart of the ascending turn-off effect processing A diagram showing a flowchart of the descending order light-off effect processing A diagram showing a flowchart of the final light-off process A diagram showing the flow up to the round notification effect based on low-expectation super reach A diagram showing the flow of the round notification effect based on the low-expectation super reach that progressed in the first development A diagram showing the flow of the round notification effect based on the low-expectation super reach that progressed in the second development A diagram showing the flow up to the round notification effect based on the medium-expected super reach A diagram showing the flow of the round notification effect based on the medium-expected super reach progressed in the first development A diagram showing the flow of the round notification effect based on the medium-expected super reach progressed in the second development A diagram showing the flow up to the round notification effect based on the highly anticipated super reach A diagram showing the flow of the round notification effect based on the highly anticipated super reach progressed in the first development A diagram showing the flow of the round notification effect based on the highly anticipated super reach progressed in the second development A diagram showing the flow of round notification effects based on normal reach The figure which shows the flowchart of the production|presentation determination process which concerns on 5th Embodiment of this invention. A diagram showing the appearance of the round notification accessory used for the round notification effect A diagram showing a flowchart of the round notification effect determination process A diagram showing a flowchart of execution processing of the round notification effect The figure which shows the flowchart of double effect processing Diagram showing the flow of round notification production based on low-expectation super reach Diagram showing the flow of round notification production based on medium-expected super reach A diagram showing the flow of the round notification effect based on the highly anticipated super reach

[First Embodiment]
A first embodiment of the present invention will be described below with reference to the drawings.
FIG. 1 is a front view of a pachinko machine according to a first embodiment of the present invention.
The pachinko machine 10 is a pachinko game machine which is a kind of game machine. This pachinko machine 10, as shown in FIG. 12.

The gaming machine main body 12 includes an inner frame (not shown) supported by the outer frame 11 so as to be rotatable with one of the left and right side portions as the supporting side, and an inner frame (not shown) disposed in front of the inner frame. A front door frame 13 supported by the inner frame so as to be rotatable forward with one of the left and right side portions as the support side, and a front door frame 13 disposed behind the inner frame and rearward with one of the left and right side portions as the support side. and a back pack unit (not shown) supported by the inner frame so as to be rotatable.

The gaming machine main body 12 has a locking device (not shown) provided at the leading end of the rotation. This locking device has a function of locking the game machine main body 12 with respect to the outer frame 11 so that it cannot be opened, and has a function of locking the front door frame 13 with respect to the inner frame so that it cannot be opened. have. These locked states are released by unlocking the cylinder lock 14 exposed on the front surface of the pachinko machine 10 using an unlock key.

The front door frame 13 has a substantially elliptical window portion 21 provided so as to cover the entire front side of the inner frame, and a window panel 22 fitted into the window portion 21 . In the present embodiment, the window panel 22 is made of transparent and colorless glass, but may be made of synthetic resin or the like to be transparent and colorless.
In addition, the front door frame 13 includes a display lamp portion 23 provided above the window portion 21 as a part of light emitting means configured by various lamp portions and the like provided around the window portion 21, and a display lamp portion 23, and includes a speaker unit 24 for outputting sound effects according to the game situation, and an upper bulging portion 25 and a lower bulging portion 26 provided below the window portion 21. there is

The upper bulging portion 25 and the lower bulging portion 26 are vertically arranged side by side and both are provided to bulge forward.
The upper bulging portion 25 has an upper plate 25a provided inside so as to open upward. The upper tray 25a temporarily stores the game balls paid out by the payout device 71 (see FIG. 4) provided in the back pack unit, and while aligning them in a line, moves them toward the game ball launching mechanism 81 (see FIG. 4). It has the function of guiding.
The lower bulging portion 26 also has a lower plate 26a provided inside so as to open upward. The lower tray 26a has a function of storing surplus game balls in the upper tray 25a.

Further, the front door frame 13 has a firing handle 27 as a firing means provided on the right side of the lower tray 26a. The shooting handle 27 is operated by a player of the pachinko machine 10 to shoot a game ball from a game ball shooting mechanism 81 provided below the inner frame toward a game area provided above the inner frame. do. The shooting handle 27 changes the shooting intensity of the game ball shot toward the game area, ie, the momentum of shooting, by changing the amount of rotation operation.

FIG. 2 is a front view of the game board.
The game board 31, as shown in FIG. 2, has an inner rail portion 32 and an outer rail portion 33 attached to its surface, and is mounted on an inner frame. The game area described above is formed on the game board 31 so as to be partitioned by the inner rail portion 32 and the outer rail portion 33 . Almost the entire area of this game area can be visually recognized from the front through the window portion 21 .
The inner rail portion 32 and the outer rail portion 33 form a guide rail 34 for guiding game balls to the game area, and this guide rail 34 is launched from the game ball launching mechanism 81 when the player rotates the shooting handle 27. The game ball that has been hit is guided to the upper part of the game area.

The guide rail 34 is formed so that its exit portion is arranged on one side of the game area and faces the center of the upper part of the game area. For this reason, the reaching position of the game ball in the upper part of the game area is shifted from the side where the exit portion of the guide rail 34 is formed to the opposite side as the rotation amount of the shooting handle 27 by the player increases. Shift to the side of the side. In this embodiment, the exit portion of the guide rail 34 is provided on the left side of the game area.

The game board 31 has, in the game area, a plurality of large and small openings which are formed so as to penetrate in the front-rear direction by being subjected to router processing. In addition, the game board 31 includes a general winning port 35 provided at each opening, an upper operating port (first starting ball entering means) 36, a lower operating port (second starting ball entering means) 37, a variable winning device 38, and an out port 39 . The game board 31 includes through gates 41 provided on the left and right sides of the central portion, a main display device 42 provided on the upper right side, a variable display unit 43 provided on the central portion, and the like. have. Furthermore, the game board 31 has a large number of nails 44 planted to appropriately disperse or adjust the falling direction of the game balls, and various members (accessories) such as windmills in the game area. ing.

Each of the general winning opening 35, the upper operating opening 36, the lower operating opening 37, and the various winning openings of the variable winning device 38 is provided with detection sensors 50a to 50d (see FIG. 4) for detecting the entry of game balls. The detection sensors 50a to 50d are arranged on the back side of the game board 31. As shown in FIG. Specifically, the general winning opening 35 includes a detection sensor 50a, the upper operating opening 36 includes a detecting sensor 50b, the lower operating opening 37 includes a detecting sensor 50c, and the variable winning device 38 includes a detecting sensor 50d. It has The pachinko machine 10 pays out a predetermined number of prize balls based on the detection results of the detection sensors 50a to 50d. The detection sensors 50a to 50d may be of any type as long as they can individually detect winning of game balls. For example, an electromagnetic induction type proximity sensor or the like can be employed.

Specifically, the pachinko machine 10 pays out 10 prize balls when a ball enters the general winning hole 35 . The pachinko machine 10 pays out three prize balls when a ball enters the upper operating port 36 and when a ball enters the lower operating port 37. - 特許庁The pachinko machine 10 pays out 15 prize balls when a ball enters the variable prize winning device 38.例文帳に追加In addition, the number of these prize balls is arbitrary, and for example, the number of prize balls in each of the operation ports 36 and 37 may be different.

Out port 39 is provided at the bottom of the game area of game board 31 . Game balls that do not enter various winning holes are discharged from the game area through the out hole 39.例文帳に追加In addition, the out port 39 is provided with a detection sensor 50e (see FIG. 4) for detecting an entry of a game ball. Note that the pachinko machine 10 does not pay out prize balls when a ball enters the out hole 39, unlike when a ball enters the various winning holes.

Each through gate 41 is provided with a detection sensor 50f (see FIG. 4) for detecting an entry of a game ball. Note that the pachinko machine 10 does not pay out prize balls when a ball enters each through gate 41, unlike the case where a ball enters a prize winning opening.

Here, the entry ball means that a game ball passes through a predetermined opening. It also includes a mode in which the game area continues to flow down. However, in the following description, in order to distinguish clearly from the entry of game balls into the out port 39, entry of game balls into various winning ports is also expressed as winning. Further, entering the through gate 41 refers to continuing to flow down the game area without being ejected from the game area after passing through the gate provided in the game area. A ball entering the through gate 41 is also referred to as winning a prize, like entering a ball into various winning holes.

The upper operation port 36 and the lower operation port 37 are unitized as an operation port device and installed on the game board 31 . Each operating port 36, 37 is opened upward to allow the game ball flowing down the game area to enter, and the upper operating port 36 is arranged upward and the lower operating port 37 is arranged downward. are arranged vertically side by side. The lower operating port 37 has an electric accessory 37a as a guide piece (support piece) composed of a pair of left and right movable pieces.

The electric accessory 37a is connected to an electric accessory driving section 37b mounted on the back side of the game board 31. As shown in FIG. The electric accessory 37a is set to either a closed state (non-supported state or non-guided state) or an open state (supported state or guided state) by being driven by the electric accessory drive section 37b. The closed state is a state in which the lower operation opening 37 is closed by bringing the upper end of the electric accessory 37a closer to the left and right. The open state is a state in which the lower operation opening 37 is opened by separating the upper end of the electric accessory 37a in the left-right direction.

Here, when the electric accessory 37a is set to the closed state, the distance between the upper end of the electric accessory 37a and the bottom surface of the upper operation port 36 becomes narrower than one game ball. Also, when the electric accessory 37a is set to the open state, the distance between the upper end of the electric accessory 37a and the bottom surface of the upper operation opening 36 becomes wider than one game ball. Therefore, the game ball cannot enter the lower operation opening 37 when the electric accessory 37a is set to the closed state, and can enter the lower operation opening 37 when the electric accessory 37a is set to the open state. can.

In addition, instead of the closed state and the open state described above, the electric accessory 37a has a state in which it is difficult for the game ball to enter the lower operation port 37 (a state in which the game ball can be entered unlike the closed state), and a lower It may be configured to switch between the operation port 37 and the state in which the game ball is likely to win. In addition, the lower operation port 37 may be configured to perform such switching not by setting the electric accessory 37a but by displacing the lower operation port 37. 37 may not include the electric accessory 37a.

The variable winning device 38 drives a large winning opening 38a that opens upward to allow game balls flowing down the game area to enter, an open/close door 38b for opening and closing the large winning opening 38a, and an opening/closing door 38b. A variable winning drive unit 38c is provided.
It should be noted that the player maximizes the amount of rotational operation of the shooting handle 27, and moves the reaching position of the game ball in the upper part of the game area from the side where the exit portion of the guide rail 34 is formed to the opposite side. By shifting to the side, the game ball can be guided to the variable winning device 38 avoiding the variable display unit 43 and the like.

Here, the game board 31 has a cover 381 provided so as to cover the front side of the variable winning device 38 . The cover 381 consists of a transparent (or translucent) panel 381a formed to make the variable winning device 38 visible from the front side, and an opaque panel 381a provided around the transparent panel 381a. and a panel 381b.
Therefore, the player can see the variable winning device 38 from the front through the transparent panel 381a and the window 21. FIG.

The big winning opening 38a is provided in an opening formed in the game area so as to pass through in the front-rear direction by applying router processing. As described above, the big winning opening 38a is equipped with a detection sensor 50d for detecting the entry of a game ball. The pachinko machine 10 pays out a predetermined number of prize balls based on the detection result.

The opening/closing door 38b is formed in a rectangular plate shape, and is provided on the game board 31 so as to close the opening of the big winning opening 38a. The opening/closing door 38b advances toward the window panel 22 and protrudes from the game board 31 to close the opening of the big winning opening 38a. 31, and an open state in which the opening of the big winning opening 38a is opened.
The variable winning driving unit 38c sets the opening/closing door 38b to either an open state or a closed state by driving the opening/closing door 38b.

Specifically, the opening/closing door 38b is normally set to a closed state in which game balls cannot win. When the internal lottery wins the transition to the opening/closing execution mode and the opening/closing execution mode is entered, the opening/closing door 38b is set to an open state in which a game ball can win a prize.
The opening/closing execution mode (specific control state) refers to a mode in which the opening/closing door 38b is set to an open state and a game ball can be entered into the big winning opening 38a. In addition, in the opening/closing execution mode, after the opening/closing door 38b is set to the open state, it is called one round game until it is set to the closed state again.

The main display device 42 has a main display unit 45 and a character object display unit 46, and includes a segment display device in which a plurality of segment light emitting units are arranged in a predetermined manner, a dot display device, and other display devices. arranged and configured.
The main display device 42 is provided on the game board 31 so as to protrude toward the window panel 22 provided on the front side thereof. That is, the main display device 42 can be visually recognized from the front of the pachinko machine 10 through the window panel 22 . Also, the distance between the main display device 42 and the window panel 22 is narrower than one game ball. Thereby, the pachinko machine 10 prevents game balls from falling between the main display device 42 and the window panel 22.例文帳に追加In other words, the pachinko machine 10 prevents game balls from falling in front of the main display device 42 .

The main display portion 45 includes a first result display portion 45a for displaying the result of the internal lottery performed based on the winning at the upper working port 36, and the internal lottery performed based on the winning at the lower working port 37. A second result display section 45b for displaying the result of the lottery is provided (see FIG. 4). The main display unit 45 may further include a round display unit for clearly indicating the number of round games in the opening/closing execution mode when the opening/closing execution mode (or opening/closing execution mode) is entered. .

The first result display unit 45a executes the variable display of the pattern with the winning to the upper working port 36 as a trigger, and as a result of stopping the variable display, the internal lottery performed based on the winning to the upper working port 36. to display the results of When the result of this internal lottery is the result corresponding to the transition to the opening/closing execution mode, the first result display section 45a displays a predetermined stop result. After that, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to the opening/closing execution mode.
The second result display unit 45b executes the variable display of the pattern with the winning of the lower working opening 37 as a trigger, and as a result of stopping the variable display, the internal lottery performed based on the winning of the lower working opening 37. to display the results of When the result of this internal lottery is the result corresponding to the transition to the opening/closing execution mode, the second result display section 45b displays a predetermined stop result. After that, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to the opening/closing execution mode.

The character object display unit 46 performs variable display of the pattern with the winning of each through gate 41 as a trigger, and as a result of stopping the variable display, the internal lottery performed based on the winning of each through gate 41. to display the results of The accessory display unit 46 displays a predetermined stop result when the result of the internal lottery is the result corresponding to the shift to the electric role open state. After that, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to the electric role open state. In this electric operation open state, the electric accessory 37a provided in the lower operation opening 37 is opened in a predetermined manner.

In the present embodiment, the main display unit 45 and character object display unit 46 are configured by segment displays, but are not limited to this, and may be liquid crystal display devices, organic EL display devices, CRTs, It may also consist of other types of display devices such as dot matrix. The patterns to be variably displayed on the main display unit 45 and the accessory display unit 46 include a configuration for variably displaying a plurality of types of characters, a configuration for variably displaying a plurality of types of symbols, and a configuration for variably displaying a plurality of types of characters. , or a configuration in which a plurality of colors are switched and displayed can be adopted.

The variable display unit 43 includes a pattern display device 51 that variably displays (variable display or switching display) a pattern, which is one type of pattern. Also, the variable display unit 43 has a center frame 52 arranged so as to surround the pattern display device 51 . The upper part of the center frame 52 is provided so as to bulge toward the window panel 22 provided on the front side thereof. As a result, the pachinko machine 10 prevents the game balls from falling in front of the display screen G of the pattern display device 51, and does not cause the inconvenience that the visibility of the display screen G is lowered due to the falling of the game balls. It is configured.

The pattern display device 51 is configured as a liquid crystal display device having a liquid crystal display.
The symbol display device 51 functions as variable display means for starting variable display of symbols based on winning in the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37 . That is, when the symbol display device 51 performs the variable display in the first result display portion 45a of the main display portion 45 and when the second result display portion 45b of the main display portion 45 performs the variable display, The variable display is executed accordingly.
The pattern display device 51 is not limited to a liquid crystal display device, and may be a plasma display device, an organic EL display device, or other display device such as a CRT.

The center frame 52 includes a first holding lamp portion 53 provided in the lower left region of the pattern display device 51, a second holding lamp portion 54 provided in the lower right region of the pattern display device 51, and a pattern display. and a third holding lamp portion 55 provided in the upper region of the device 51 .

The first reservation lamp part 53 is a part that displays the number of reserved game balls that have won the upper operation opening 36, and lights up according to the number of reserved games. The first holding lamp portion 53 can hold up to four game balls, and corresponds to the variable display of the first result display portion 45a and the symbol display device 51. FIG.
The second reservation lamp part 54 is a part that displays the number of reserved game balls that have won the lower operation opening 37, and is lit according to the number of reserved games. The second holding lamp section 54 can hold up to four game balls, and corresponds to the variable display of the second result display section 45b and the symbol display device 51. FIG.
The third reservation lamp portion 55 is a portion that displays the number of reserved game balls that have won a prize in each through gate 41, and lights up according to the number of reserved games. The third holding lamp section 55 can hold up to four game balls, and corresponds to the variable display of the accessory display section 46 .
It should be noted that each of the holding lamp units 53 to 55 may have another configuration such as being displayed as an image on a part of the pattern display device 51, which will be described later.

FIG. 3 is a diagram showing a display screen of the pattern display device.
As shown in FIG. 3, the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 is divided into three columns of display areas. Column Z3 is displayed. In each pattern row Z1 to Z3, eight kinds of patterns consisting of numbers "1" to "8" are arranged in ascending order from the bottom to the top, and "8" is followed by "1". configured as follows. In addition, in FIG. 3, the center line of each display area is shown by the dashed-dotted line.

The symbol display device 51 periodically scrolls the symbols of each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a predetermined direction (upward in this embodiment) based on the winning of the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37. By starting the variable display of symbols, an effect for a game round is executed on the display screen G. - 特許庁The effect for this game round is switched from the variable display to the stop display in the order of the left symbol row Z1→right symbol row Z3→middle symbol row Z2, and finally, predetermined symbols are stopped and displayed on the activated line L. end with a state
In other words, the game round means the period from when the variable display is started on the main display unit 45 and the symbol display device 51 based on the winning to the operation ports 36 and 37 until the predetermined stop result is displayed.

It should be noted that the pattern display device 51 is not limited to this, and the pattern display device 51 is arbitrary. For example, the number of symbol rows, the direction of scrolling of each symbol row, the number of symbols of each symbol row, etc. can be changed as appropriate. Also, the patterns in each pattern row may be a combination of a picture and a number instead of only numbers, or may be a picture only.

<Electrical Configuration of Pachinko Machine 10>
FIG. 4 is a block diagram showing the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine.
As shown in FIG. 4, the pachinko machine 10 includes a main control device 60, a sound emission control device 90, and a display control device 100, and these devices are mounted on the back side of the inner frame. In addition, the pachinko machine 10 includes a payout control device 70 for executing payout control for causing the payout device 71 to pay out game balls, and a power source/power source for executing shooting control for causing the game ball shooting mechanism 81 to shoot game balls. and a launch control device 80, which are mounted on the back pack unit.

The main controller 60 includes a main control board 61 that controls the main control (main control) of the game, and a power outage monitoring board 65 that monitors the power supply. Note that the main controller 60 includes a board box that houses the main control board 61 and the like. The substrate box may comprise marking means for marking upon its opening and may comprise marking structures for marking upon its opening. Specifically, as trace means, a circuit board box is formed by connecting a plurality of case bodies, and a connecting part (crimped part) that requires breaking of a predetermined part when separating each case body is provided, or a structure that peels off At this time, it is possible to adopt a structure in which a sealing seal that leaves a trace of being peeled off because the adhesive layer remains on the object to be adhered is attached so as to straddle the boundary between the plurality of case bodies. Also, as the trace structure, it is possible to employ a configuration in which an adhesive is applied to the boundary between these case bodies.

The main control board 61 includes an MPU 62 mounted on the main control board 61 and a ROM 63 and a RAM 64 that constitute the MPU 62 . Here, the MPU 62 is an element in which, in addition to the ROM 63 and RAM 64, a CPU, an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, a data input/output circuit, a counter circuit as a random number generator, and the like are combined into a chip.
In this embodiment, the ROM 63 and the RAM 64 are integrated into one chip with respect to the MPU 62, but they may be integrated into individual chips. This also applies to the MPUs of other controllers other than main controller 60 .

The ROM 63 is a memory for storing various control programs and fixed value data, and is non-volatile storage means that does not require power supply from the outside to hold stored information. The ROM 63 has various areas such as a win/fail table storage area 63a, a distribution table storage area 63b, and a reach table storage area 63c. These areas are described in detail later.
The RAM 64 is a memory for temporarily storing various data when executing the control program stored in the ROM 63. The RAM 64 is a volatile storage means that requires external power supply to hold the stored information. is. This RAM 64 has various areas such as a various counter area 64a, a reserved ball storage area 64b, and an electrical work reservation area 64c. These areas are described in detail later.

The MPU 62 has an input port and an output port. An input port of the MPU 62 is connected to a power failure monitor board 65 provided in the main controller 60 and a plurality of detection sensors 50a to 50f. The output port of the MPU 62 is connected to the power failure monitoring board 65, the payout control device 70, and the sound emission control device 90. Further, the output ports of the MPU 62 include an electric accessory drive unit 37b that opens and closes the electric accessory 37a of the lower operation port 37, a variable winning drive unit 38c that opens and closes the opening and closing door 38b of the variable winning device 38, and a main display. 45 and the character object display unit 46 .

The main control board 61 has a driver circuit. The MPU 62 executes drive control of various drive units and the like through this driver circuit. Specifically, in the electric role open state, the MPU 62 executes drive control of the electric accessory drive unit 37b to open and close the electric accessory 37a. Further, in the open/close execution mode, the MPU 62 executes drive control of the variable winning driving section 38c to open and close the big winning opening 38a. Also, in each game round, the MPU 62 executes display control of the main display section 45 to display the results of the internal lottery performed based on the winnings to the operation ports 36 and 37 . Further, the MPU 62 executes display control of the accessory display section 46 to display the results of the internal lottery performed based on the winning of each through gate 41 .

The blackout monitoring board 65 relays the main control board 61 and the power supply/launch control device 80 having the function of supplying operating power, and monitors the stable 24 volt DC voltage output from the power supply/launch control device 80. . Therefore, the MPU 62 receives power through the blackout monitoring board 65 .
The detection sensors 50a to 50f are in one-to-one correspondence with the general winning opening 35, the upper working opening 36, the lower working opening 37, various winning openings of the variable winning device 38, the out opening 39, and each through gate 41. is provided. The MPU 62 performs prize winning determination (ball entry determination) to various prize winning ports, the out port 39, and each through gate 41 based on the detection results of the detection sensors 50a to 50f. Note that the MPU 62 executes an internal lottery based on the winning determination for the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37 .

The payout control device 70 executes payout control to cause the payout device 71 to pay out prize balls and rental balls (game balls to be lent to players during games) based on commands (control instructions) transmitted from the main control device 60. do.

The power supply/launch control device 80 is connected to, for example, a commercial power supply (external power supply) in a game arcade or the like. Then, the power supply/launch control device 80 generates the operating power required for each of the main control board 61 and the payout control device 70 based on the external power supplied from the commercial power supply, and the generated operation supply power. The power/launch control device 80 includes a power failure power supply unit such as a backup capacitor. This power-off power supply unit supplies power for memory retention to the RAM 64 of the main control unit 60 even when the power supply to the pachinko machine 10 is interrupted.

In addition, the power supply/shooting control device 80 executes shooting control for causing the game ball shooting mechanism 81 to shoot game balls. Here, the game ball shooting mechanism 81 includes a shooting rail extending toward the guide rail 34 of the game board 31, a ball feeding device for supplying game balls stored in the upper tray 25a onto the shooting rail, and a and a solenoid that is an electric actuator that shoots the game ball supplied to the guide rail 34 toward the guide rail 34 . The power supply/launch control device 80 supplies a drive signal (launch permission signal) to the solenoid to launch the game ball when a predetermined launch condition is met.

<Electrical Configuration for Execution of Internal Lottery by MPU 62 of Main Control Unit 60>
FIG. 5 is a diagram showing the contents of each counter used for the internal lottery.
As shown in FIG. 5, the MPU 62 executes an internal lottery or the like by using the values (information) of the counters C1 to C3, CINI, CS and C4. Specifically, the MPU 62 uses the big win random number counter C1 for the lottery for the occurrence of the big win, uses the big win type counter C2 for the lottery for the type of the big win, and determines whether to generate the ready-to-win display. , the reach random number counter C3 is used. Also, the MPU 62 uses the random number initial value counter CINI to set the initial value of the jackpot random number counter C1, and uses the variation type counter CS to determine the display continuation time on the main display section 45 and the symbol display device 51. Further, the MPU 62 uses the electric accessory open counter C4 for the lottery to determine whether or not the electric accessory 37a of the lower operating port 37 is set to the electric role open state. The counters C1 to C3, CINI, CS, and C4 are provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64 (see FIG. 4).

Each of the counters C1 to C3, CINI, CS, and C4 is a loop counter that adds 1 to the previous value each time it is updated and returns to 0 after reaching the maximum value. Each counter is periodically updated, and the updated value is appropriately stored in a lottery counter buffer set in a predetermined area of the RAM 64 . Of the values stored in the lottery counter buffer, the values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3 are stored in the RAM 64 at the timing when the game ball enters the upper operating port 36 or the lower operating port 37. is stored in the reserved ball storage area 64b (see FIG. 4) provided as acquired information storage means. Further, among the values stored in the lottery counter buffer, the value of the electric accessary product release counter C4 is stored in the electric role holding area 64c (see FIG. 4) of the RAM 64 at the timing when the game ball wins the through gate 41. be done.

The reserved ball storage area 64b includes a first result display section reservation area Ra, a second result display section reservation area Rb, and an execution area AE.

The first result display holding area Ra provided as the first acquired information storage means has four storage areas of a first area Ra1 to a fourth area Ra4. Each of the areas Ra1 to Ra4 is set to have a storage capacity capable of storing a set of values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3. The MPU 62 uses a set of values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3 as reservation information in time series to each area Ra1 to Ra4 in accordance with the winning of the game ball to the upper operation port 36. store it. Specifically, when the winning to the upper working port 36 occurs a plurality of times in succession, the MPU 62 outputs the pending information in the order of the first area Ra1→second area Ra2→third area Ra3→fourth area Ra4. Store in chronological order.

As described above, the reservation area Ra for the first result display section is provided with four storage areas, so that up to four winnings of game balls into the upper operation opening 36 are reserved. The first result display reserved area Ra includes storage areas for writing the reserved numbers stored in the areas Ra1 to Ra4.
In addition, the number of reservations related to the upper working port 36 is not limited to four, and may be any number, such as two, three, or five or more, and may be singular. may

The second result display holding area Rb provided as the second acquired information storage means comprises four storage areas, a first area Rb1 to a fourth area Rb4. Each of the areas Rb1 to Rb4 is set to have a storage capacity capable of storing a set of values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3. The MPU 62 uses a set of values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3 as reservation information in time series to each area Rb1 to Rb4 in accordance with the winning of the game ball to the lower operation port 37. store it. Specifically, when the winning to the lower opening 37 occurs a plurality of times in succession, the MPU 62 outputs the pending information in the order of the first area Rb1→second area Rb2→third area Rb3→fourth area Rb4. Store in chronological order.

As described above, since the second result display portion reservation area Rb has four storage areas, up to four winnings of game balls into the lower operation opening 37 are reserved. In addition, the second result display portion reservation area Rb includes a storage area for writing the number of reservations stored in each of the areas Rb1 to Rb4.
In addition, the number of reserves related to the lower working port 37 is not limited to four, and may be any number, such as two, three, or five or more, and may be singular. may

The execution area AE stores the pending information stored in the storage area of the first result display portion pending area Ra or the second result display portion pending area Rb when starting the variable display of each of the result display portions 45a and 45b. This is the area to move the .

The electrician reservation area 64c includes four storage areas, like the first result display reservation area Ra and the second result display reservation area Rb. Therefore, the winning of game balls to each through gate 41 is reserved up to four.
The number of pending gates 41 is not limited to four, and may be any number, such as two, three, or five or more. may

<Detailed description of each counter>
The details of each counter will be described below.
First, the electric accessory release counter C4 will be described. For example, the electric accessory release counter C4 is a loop counter that loops within the range of 0 to 250 by adding 1 to the previous value each time it is updated and returning to 0 after reaching the maximum value of 250. ing.
The electric accessory release counter C4 is periodically updated, and the updated value is stored in the electric role holding area 64c of the RAM 64 via the lottery counter buffer at the timing when the game ball wins in each through gate 41. be.
Then, based on the value of the electric role product open counter C4 stored in the electric role holding area 64c, the MPU 62 draws a lottery (electric role object release lottery).

Here, the pachinko machine 10 has a plurality of support modes with mutually different frequencies of enabling game balls to enter the lower operation opening 37 by setting the electric accessory 37a to the open state. Specifically, the pachinko machine 10 has a low frequency support mode (low frequency guide state) in which the frequency of setting the electric role product 37a to the open state is relatively low, and the frequency of setting the electric role product 37a to the open state is low. and a relatively high frequency support mode (high frequency guide state).

The low frequency support mode and the high frequency support mode have the same probability of winning the electric role open state in the electric accessory open lottery (for example, both 4/5). However, compared to the low-frequency support mode, the high-frequency support mode sets the electric accessory 37a to the open state more times when the electric role open state is won, and the electric accessory 37a is set to the open state. The opening time of one time to do is also getting longer. In addition, in the high-frequency support mode, the closing time for setting the electric accessory 37a to the closed state between each opening in the one-time electrical open state is shorter than the opening time of one time. Furthermore, in the high-frequency support mode, compared to the low-frequency support mode, the minimum secured time (role The duration of one fluctuation display in the object display section 46) is shortened.

Therefore, in the high-frequency support mode, game balls are more likely to enter the lower operation opening 37 as compared with the low-frequency support mode. In other words, in the low-frequency support mode, the game ball has a higher probability of winning the upper working opening 36 than the lower working opening 37 . In addition, in the high-frequency support mode, the probability that the game ball will enter the lower operation opening 37 rather than the upper operation opening 36 is higher.
When it is detected that a prize has been entered into the lower operating port 37, a predetermined number of prize balls are paid out. Therefore, in the high-frequency support mode, the player can play the game while not reducing the number of game balls. It can be carried out.

Note that the configurations of the low-frequency support mode and the high-frequency support mode are not limited to this. For example, the high frequency support mode may be configured to increase the probability of winning the electric role open state in the electric accessory open lottery as compared to the low frequency support mode. Further, for example, a plurality of types of reserved time may be prepared, and the high-frequency support mode may be configured so that it is easier to select a shorter reserved time than the low-frequency support mode, and the average of the selected reserved time may be configured to be shortened. Furthermore, by combining the conditions of the number of times the electric accessory 37a is set to the open state, the opening time, and the securing time, the high frequency support mode changes the frequency of setting the electric accessory 37a to the open state to the low frequency support mode. may be configured to be relatively high compared to .

Next, the jackpot random number counter C1 will be described. For example, the jackpot random number counter C1 is a loop counter that loops within the range of 0 to 599 by adding 1 to the previous value each time it is updated and returning to 0 after reaching the maximum value of 599. . Also, the jackpot random number counter C1 reads the value of the random number initial value counter CINI at that time as an initial value each time it loops. The random number initial value counter CINI is a loop counter that loops within the range of 0 to 599, like the jackpot random number counter C1.

The jackpot random number counter C1 is periodically updated, and the updated value is transferred to the reserved ball storage area 64b of the RAM 64 via the lottery counter buffer at the timing when the game ball enters the upper operating port 36 or the lower operating port 37. stored in Specifically, the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 is stored in the first result display holding area Ra of the RAM 64 at the timing when the game ball wins the upper operation port 36, and the game ball wins the lower operation port 37. It is stored in the reservation area Rb for the second result display section of the RAM 64 at the timing.
Then, the MPU 62 executes a lottery for the occurrence of a big hit (lottery for winning or not) based on the value of the big-hit random number counter C1 stored in the reserved ball storage area 64b.

FIG. 6 is a diagram showing a success/failure table that stores values of random numbers for winning a jackpot.
Among the values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the value of the random number that wins the jackpot is stored in the hit/fail table storage area 63a (see FIG. 4) of the ROM 63 provided as the hit/fail information group storage means, as shown in FIG. (whether or not information group).

Here, the pachinko machine 10 has two winning lottery modes, a low probability mode (low probability state) in which it is difficult to win a big win and a high probability mode (high probability state) in which it is easy to win a big win. . The success/failure table includes a success/failure table for the low-probability mode (low-probability success/failure information group) shown in FIG. group).
The MPU 62 executes a lottery for the occurrence of a big hit by comparing these win/fail tables with the value of the big hit random number counter C1 stored in the reserved ball storage area 64b.

These hit/fail tables have lottery results (hit/fail results) of occurrence of a plurality of jackpots, such as "big win win", "special loss result", and "ordinary loss result".
Specifically, under the gaming state in which the success/failure table for the low-probability mode is referred to in the lottery for the occurrence of the big win, as shown in FIG. is.
On the other hand, under the gaming state in which the success/failure table for the high-probability mode is referred to at the time of the lottery for the occurrence of the big win, as shown in FIG. is. Here, the value of the random number for winning the jackpot stored in the success/failure table for the low-probability mode is included in the value of the random number for "winning the jackpot" stored in the success/failure table for the high-probability mode.

The value and number of random numbers stored in each success/failure table are arbitrary, and it is sufficient that the high probability mode has a higher probability of winning a "big win" than the low probability mode. Further, the value of the random number for "winning the jackpot" stored in the success/failure table for the high-probability mode must not include the value of the random number for "winning the jackpot" stored in the success/failure table for the low-probability mode. Alternatively, it may include a part of the random number values that are stored in the success/failure table for the low-probability mode and become the "big win".

In addition, in each win/fail lottery mode, random numbers other than "big win winning" results in a loss without winning a big win.
Here, as described above, the pachinko machine 10 has two types of loss results, ie, the "special loss result (small win result)" and the "normal loss result". These outliers are common in that none of them serve as a trigger for shifting to the lottery mode or the support mode. However, the difference is that the "special deviation result" serves as a trigger for shifting to the opening/closing execution mode, whereas the "normal deviation result" does not trigger a transition to the opening/closing execution mode.

Next, the jackpot type counter C2 will be described. The jackpot type counter C2 is, for example, a loop counter that loops within the range of 0 to 29 by adding 1 to the previous value each time it is updated and returning to 0 after reaching the maximum value of 29. .
The jackpot type counter C2 is periodically updated, and the updated value is stored in the reserved ball storage area 64b of the RAM 64 via the lottery counter buffer at the timing when the game ball enters the upper operating port 36 or the lower operating port 37. stored in Specifically, the value of the jackpot type counter C2 is stored in the reservation area Ra for the first result display portion of the RAM 64 at the timing when the game ball wins in the upper operating port 36, and the game ball wins in the lower operating port 37. It is stored in the reservation area Rb for the second result display section of the RAM 64 at the timing.
Then, based on the value of the jackpot type counter C2 stored in the reserved ball storage area 64b, the MPU 62 executes a lottery (distribution lottery) for the jackpot type when the jackpot occurs.

FIG. 7 is a diagram showing an allocation table storing random number values relating to allocation destinations of types of jackpots.
As shown in FIG. 7, the random number value related to the allocation destination of the jackpot type is stored in the allocation table (see FIG. 4) in the allocation table storage area 63b (see FIG. 4) of the ROM 63 provided as the allocation information group storage means. minute information group). The distribution table includes a first distribution table (first distribution information group) shown in FIG. 7(a) and a second distribution table (second distribution information group) shown in FIG. 7(b). ing.
The MPU 62 executes a jackpot type lottery by comparing these distribution tables with the value of the jackpot type counter C2 stored in the reserved ball storage area 64b.

In the first distribution table, the value of the jackpot type counter C2 shifted from the first result display portion reservation area Ra to the execution area AE, that is, the value of the jackpot type counter C2 based on the winning to the upper operation port 36 It is a table referred to when performing a lottery for the type of jackpot.
As shown in FIG. 7A, the first distribution table includes "low probability result (special distribution result corresponding to low probability)", "non-explicit small round high probability result (latency high probability result corresponding to small round )”, “explicit small round high probability result (high probability result for small round)”, and “most advantageous result at low probability (special distribution result for high probability)” and Specifically, in the first distribution table, among the values “0 to 29” of the jackpot type counter C2, “0 to 9” are distributed to “low probability results”, and “10 to 14” are distributed to “unspecified low Round high probability results”, “15 to 19” are allocated to “high probability rounds with explicit low probability results”, and “20 to 29” are allocated to “most favorable results at low probability”.

In the second distribution table, the value of the jackpot type counter C2 shifted from the second result display portion reservation area Rb to the execution area AE, that is, the value of the jackpot type counter C2 based on the winning to the lower operation port 37 It is a table referred to when performing a lottery for the type of jackpot.
The second distribution table, as shown in FIG. )”, and “Most advantageous result for 16 rounds (special allocation result corresponding to high probability)”. Specifically, in the second distribution table, among the values "0 to 29" of the jackpot type counter C2, "0 to 9" are distributed to "four rounds of the most advantageous result", and "10 to 19" are distributed to "8 ``Most favorable result in the round'', and ''20-29'' to the ``Most favorable result in the 16th round''.
In the following explanation, "Most favorable result at low probability", "Most favorable result for 4 rounds", "Most favorable result for 8 rounds", and "Most favorable result for 16 rounds" are also expressed simply as "Most favorable result". do. In addition, "4th round most favorable result", "8th round most favorable result", and "16th round most favorable result" are particularly expressed as "round distribution most favorable result".

Each distribution result has a difference in at least one of the following conditions (1) to (3).
(1) Winner lottery mode after the end of the opening/closing execution mode (2) Support mode after the end of the opening/closing execution mode (3) Aspect of opening/closing control of the variable winning device 38 in the opening/closing execution mode

First, the difference between the lottery modes (1) will be described.
The "low-probability result" is a sorting result in which the win-or-fail lottery mode is set to the low-probability mode after the opening/closing execution mode ends, regardless of the winning/failure lottery mode before the opening/closing execution mode ends. This low-probability mode continues at least until a "big win" is achieved in the winning lottery.
"Unexplained few rounds high probability result", "Explicit few rounds high probability result", and "Most favorable result" have a high probability of success or failure lottery mode after opening and closing execution mode regardless of the lottery mode before closing execution mode. This is the distribution result set in the mode. This high-probability mode shifts to the low-probability mode when the number of game rounds reaches the end reference number of times (specifically, 100 times).

Next, the difference in support mode (2) will be described.
For "Low Probability Result", "Explicit Few Rounds High Probability Result", and "Most Favorable Result", the support mode will be set to high frequency support mode after the opening and closing execution mode ends, regardless of the support mode before the opening and closing execution mode ends. This is the distribution result. This high-frequency support mode shifts to a low-frequency support mode when the game times reach the end reference number of times (specifically, 100 times).

The "non-explicit few rounds high probability result" is a distribution result that maintains the support mode before the end of the open/close execution mode. Here, if the support mode before the end of the opening/closing execution mode is the high-frequency support mode, the high-frequency support mode is maintained as is for the "non-explicit small number of rounds high-probability result". This high-frequency support mode shifts to a low-frequency support mode when the game times reach the end reference number of times (specifically, 100 times).

The difference in the opening/closing control mode of the variable winning device 38 in the opening/closing execution mode (3) will be described in detail later.

Next, the reach random number counter C3 will be described. The reach random number counter C3 is, for example, a loop counter that loops within the range of 0 to 238 by adding 1 to the previous value each time it is updated and returning to 0 after reaching the maximum value of 238. .
The reach random number counter C3 is periodically updated, and the updated value is stored in the reserved ball storage area 64b of the RAM 64 via the lottery counter buffer at the timing when the game ball enters the upper operating port 36 or the lower operating port 37. stored in Specifically, the value of the reach random number counter C3 is stored in the first result display holding area Ra of the RAM 64 at the timing when the game ball enters the upper operating port 36, and the game ball enters the lower operating port 37. It is stored in the reservation area Rb for the second result display section of the RAM 64 at the timing.
Then, the MPU 62 executes a lottery (reach generation lottery) to determine whether to generate a reach display based on the value of the reach random number counter C3 stored in the reserved ball storage area 64b.

The ready-to-win display is an expectation effect that occurs when the winning lottery does not result in a "big win" but results in a "normal failure".
Specifically, the MPU 62 determines the value of the reach random number counter C3 stored in the reach table and the reserved ball storage area 64b when the result of the win/fail lottery does not result in a "big hit" but results in a "normal loss". By comparing with, a lottery is executed as to whether or not to generate the ready-to-win display, and when the ready-to-win display is to be generated in this lottery, the ready-to-win display is generated. The ready-to-win table is a table that stores random number values associated with occurrence of the ready-to-win display, and is stored in the ready-to-win table storage area 63c of the ROM 63 (see FIG. 4).

Here, when it becomes "big hit winning" in the lottery lottery and is distributed to "most advantageous result at low probability" in the distribution lottery, the symbol display device 51 displays the same odd number or A combination of symbols having the same even-numbered number is stop-displayed on the activated line L. - 特許庁In addition, when "big win winning" is obtained in the winning lottery and "low probability result" is distributed in the distribution lottery, the symbol display device 51 displays a combination of symbols having the same even number as the stop result. is stopped on the valid line L. In addition, if it becomes "jackpot winning" in the winning lottery and is distributed to "unspecified small round high probability result" or "explicit small round high probability result" in the distribution lottery, or "jackpot winning" in the lottery lottery In the event that a "special failure result" is obtained without becoming a symbol display device 51, the symbol display device 51 does not select a combination of symbols having the same number as the stop result, but selects a "normal failure result" in the win-or-fail lottery. A special combination of symbols having numbers different from each other, which will never be displayed, is stopped on the activated line L. - 特許庁

Then, in the lottery, if it becomes a "big win" and is sorted into "4th round most favorable result", "8th round most favorable result", or "16 round most favorable result" in the distribution lottery, the pattern will be displayed. The display device 51 stops and displays a combination of symbols having the same odd number on the pay line L as a stop result.

The reach display is when the combination of symbols with the same number is finally stopped and displayed (it becomes a "big hit" in the winning lottery, and is distributed to the "best result" or "low probability result" in the distribution lottery. ), it occurs regardless of the value of the reach random number counter C3. In addition, the reach display is used when the combination of special symbols is finally stopped and displayed ("jackpot winning" in the winning lottery, "unspecified small round high probability result" or "explicit small round high probability" in the distribution lottery) In the case of being sorted to "probable result" or "special losing result" instead of "big hit winning" in the winning lottery), it does not occur regardless of the value of the reach random number counter C3.

In the ready-to-win display mode, some of the plurality of symbol rows Z1 to Z3 displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 (for example, the symbol row Z1 and the symbol row Z3) are displayed on the activated line L. By causing the stationary display, the same combination of symbols is displayed to indicate the result of stopping, and in that state, the remaining symbol rows (for example, the symbol row Z2) are variably displayed.
Therefore, by generating the ready-to-win display, the pachinko machine 10 becomes a "big win" in the lottery after the start of the variable display on the pattern display device 51 and before displaying the predetermined stop result, It is possible to make the player expect that the lottery will be sorted to the "low probability result" or the "best result" in the sorting lottery.

Note that the ready-to-win display mode is not limited to this, and a part of the symbol rows are stopped and displayed, and the remaining symbol rows are variably displayed, and a predetermined character or the like is displayed in the background as a moving image. Alternatively, each pattern row may be reduced or hidden, and a predetermined character or the like may be displayed on substantially the entire display screen G as a moving image.

Here, the pachinko machine 10 has an expected performance as a kind of variable display of the pattern display device 51. - 特許庁The expectation effect is such that the player expects that he or she has won a "big win" in the lottery after the start of the variable display on the symbol display device 51 and before the predetermined stop result is displayed. I mean performance. Specifically, the pachinko machine 10 has two types of expectation effects, namely, the aforementioned ready-to-win display and advance notice display.

The notice display does not become "jackpot winning" in the lottery if it becomes "jackpot winning" in the lottery, or if it becomes "special loss result" without becoming "jackpot winning" in the lottery. This is an expected effect that makes the effect more likely to occur than in the case of the "normal deviation result". Instead of facilitating the occurrence of effects, this advance notice display may facilitate the selection of effects with a low appearance rate, or may be combined.
While the lottery to determine whether or not to generate the ready-to-win display is performed by the main control device 60, the lottery to determine whether to generate the advance notice display is performed by the sound emission control device 90. .

The mode of the advance notice display is that of a plurality of symbol rows Z1 to Z3 displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, all of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 are variably displayed, and some of the symbol rows (for example, symbol row Z1) is stopped on the activated line L, and a plurality of symbol rows (for example, symbol rows Z2, Z3) are variably displayed or ready-to-win display is generated, a predetermined character etc. are displayed on the display screen G as moving images. This notice display occurs both when the reach display is generated and when the reach display is not generated, but it is set so that it is more likely to occur when the reach display is generated than when the reach display is not generated. It is
Note that the advance notice display is not limited to this, and for example, it may be displayed with a different background, or the pattern rows Z1 to Z3 may be displayed with different forms.

Finally, the fluctuation type counter CS will be explained. For example, the fluctuation type counter CS is a loop counter that loops within the range of 0 to 198 by adding 1 to the previous value each time it is updated and returning to 0 after reaching the maximum value 198. .
The fluctuation type counter CS is updated at least once each time a normal process, which will be described later, is executed, and is stored in the lottery counter buffer each time it is updated.
Then, the MPU 62 determines the pattern display duration time on the main display section 45 and the pattern display duration time on the pattern display device 51 based on the value of the variation type counter CS stored in the lottery counter buffer.

<Regarding Various Processing Executed by Main Controller 60>
The MPU 62 of the main control device 60 executes timer interrupt processing and normal processing that advances the game, and main processing that is activated when the power is turned on. Timer interrupt processing, normal processing, and main processing will be described in order below.
In addition to timer interrupt processing, normal processing, and main processing, the MPU 62 executes NMI interrupt processing activated by input of a power failure signal to the NMI terminal (non-maskable terminal), but description of this processing will be omitted.

<Timer interrupt processing>
FIG. 8 is a diagram showing a flowchart of timer interrupt processing.
In timer interrupt processing, the MPU 62 periodically (for example, every 2 msec) executes steps S101 to S105, as shown in FIG.

In step S101, the MPU 62 executes reading processing of the plurality of detection sensors 50a to 50f. In this reading process, the MPU 62 reads the states of the plurality of detection sensors 50a to 50f, judges the states, and stores them in the RAM 64 as winning detection information. When the MPU 62 determines that the detection sensors 50a to 50d corresponding to various winning holes have detected the winning of game balls, it sets a prize ball command for instructing the payout of the prize balls, and sets this set prize ball command. A command is transmitted to the payout control device 70 . For example, when the MPU 62 determines that the detection sensor 50d corresponding to the variable winning device 38 has detected the winning of game balls, a prize ball command for instructing 15 prize balls, which is a specific unit number to the payout control device 70.
The payout control device 70 performs payout control to cause the payout device 71 to pay out prize balls based on the prize ball command transmitted from the MPU 62 .

In step S102, the MPU 62 updates the random number initial value counter CINI. Specifically, as described above, the MPU 62 adds 1 to the previous value of the random number initial value counter CINI to update it, and stores the updated value in the lottery counter buffer set in a predetermined area of the RAM 64. do. Note that the MPU 62 returns the value of the random number initial value counter CINI to 0 and clears it if it reaches the maximum value when adding 1 to the previous value of the random number initial value counter CINI.

In step S103, the MPU 62 updates the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, the reach random number counter C3, and the electric accessory release counter C4. Specifically, as described above, the MPU 62 adds 1 to each of the previous values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, the reach random number counter C3, and the electric accessary product release counter C4 and updates them. The subsequent value is stored in a lottery counter buffer set in a predetermined area of the RAM 64 . Note that the MPU 62 returns the values of the counters C1 to C4 to 0 and clears them when the previous values of the counters C1 to C4 have reached the maximum value when 1 is added thereto.

In step S104, the MPU 62 executes the winning process for through. In this through winning process, when the MPU 62 determines that the detection sensor 50f corresponding to each through gate 41 has detected the winning of the game ball, the electric accessory opening counter C4 updated in step S103 is stored in the electric service reservation area 64c. Also, the MPU 62 sets a command for lighting the third suspension lamp portion 55 and transmits the set command to the sound emission control device 90 .
In addition, the sound emission control device 90 lights the third reservation lamp unit 55 based on the command transmitted from the MPU 62 . Further, the number of reserved game balls that have won the through gate 41 is, as described above, a maximum of four, and the third reservation lamp portion 55 is lit by the number corresponding to this reserved number.

In step S105, the MPU 62 executes the winning process for the working opening.
The prize winning process for the operating port will be described in detail below.

<Winning process for operating port>
FIG. 9 is a diagram showing a flow chart of the winning process for the working opening.
In the winning process for the working opening, the MPU 62 executes steps S201 to S212 as shown in FIG.

In step S201, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the detection sensor 50b corresponding to the upper operating port 36 has detected the winning of the game ball, thereby determining whether the game ball has entered the upper operating port 36 (start winning). determine whether When the MPU 62 determines in step S201 that the game ball has won in the upper working port 36, in step S202, the number of reserved balls stored in the first result display section reserved area Ra is grasped, and the reserved number is determined. The number is set in a predetermined storage area in the first result display section reservation area Ra as the first start-up reservation storage number RaN. Then, MPU62 performs the process after step S205.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S201 that the game ball has not entered the upper operating port 36, in step S203, the detection sensor 50c corresponding to the lower operating port 37 detects the winning of the game ball. is detected, it is determined whether or not the game ball has entered the lower operation opening 37 (start winning).
When the MPU 62 determines that the game ball has not entered the lower operation opening 37 in step S203, it ends the operation opening winning process. In addition, when the MPU 62 determines that the game ball has won the lower operation opening 37 in step S203, in step S204, the number of reservations stored in the second result display section reservation area Rb is grasped, The pending number is set in a predetermined storage area in the second result display portion pending area Rb as a second start pending storage number RbN. Then, MPU62 performs the process after step S205.

After executing the process of step S202 or step S204, the MPU 62 checks in step S205 if the number of starting suspension memories N (RaN or RbN) set in step S202 or step S204 is less than the upper limit value (4 in this embodiment). Determine whether or not there is
When the MPU 62 determines in step S205 that the start suspension memory number N is not less than the upper limit value, the MPU 62 ends the prize winning process for the operation port. Further, when the MPU 62 determines in step S205 that the start pending memory number N is less than the upper limit value, the MPU 62 adds 1 to the value of the start pending memory number N and updates it in step S206.

In step S207, the MPU 62 stores a set of values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3 updated in step S103 of the timer interrupt process out of the empty storage area of the reservation area for the result display section. The suspension information is stored in the first storage area, that is, the storage area corresponding to the start suspension storage number N updated in step S206.

For example, when the MPU 62 sets the first start pending memory number RaN in step S202, each of the jackpot random number counter C1, jackpot type counter C2, and reach random number counter C3 updated in step S103 of the timer interrupt process A set of values is stored as pending information in the first storage area of the empty storage areas in the first result display portion pending area Ra, that is, in the storage area corresponding to the first start pending storage number RaN updated in step S206. For example, when the MPU 62 sets "3" to the first start pending memory number RaN in step S202, the MPU 62 stores "4" in the first start pending memory number RaN updated in step S206. Hold information is stored in a certain fourth area Ra4.

Also, for example, when the MPU 62 sets the second start pending memory number RbN in step S204, the jackpot random number counter C1, jackpot type counter C2, and reach random number counter C3 updated in step S103 of the timer interrupt process are stored as suspension information in the first storage area among the empty storage areas of the second result display section storage area Rb, that is, in the storage area corresponding to the second start suspension storage number RbN updated in step S206. do. For example, when the MPU 62 sets "3" to the second start pending memory number RbN in step S204, the MPU 62 stores the second start pending memory number RbN in the storage area corresponding to "4" updated in step S206. Hold information is stored in a certain fourth area Rb4.

In step S208, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the winning lottery mode is the high probability mode.
When the MPU 62 determines in step S208 that the win/loss lottery mode is not the high-probability mode, in step S209, the win/fail table for the low-probability mode (see FIG. 6A) is stored in the win/fail table storage area 63a of the ROM 63. If it is determined at step S208 that the win/loss lottery mode is the high probability mode, the win/fail table for the high probability mode (see FIG. 6(b)) is read out from the win/fail table storage area 63a of the ROM 63 at step S210. read out.

After executing the process of step S209 or step S210, the MPU 62 executes the suitability determination process in step S211. In this success/failure determination process, the MPU 62 stores the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 stored in the first storage area among the empty storage areas of the result display portion reservation area in step S207, and the success/failure read out in step S209 or step S210. By comparing with the table, the result of the winning lottery (winning result) is determined. In addition, as described above, the winning result is one of "big win winning", "special losing result", and "normal losing result". The same is true for

In step S212, the MPU 62, when the first start-up pending storage number RaN is set in step S202, stores the pending information in the storage area of the first result display pending area Ra. 1 hold generation command is set, and this set first hold generation command is transmitted to the sound emission control device 90 .
This first suspension generation command is for causing the sound emission control device 90 to recognize that suspension information has been stored in the storage area of the first result display holding area Ra based on the winning of the game ball to the upper operation port 36. and information related to the success/failure result. In other words, the first pending generation command includes each information related to "jackpot winning", "special loss result", and "usual loss result" as information related to win/fail results.
In addition, the sound emission control device 90 turns on the first suspension lamp unit 53 based on the first suspension generation command transmitted from the MPU 62, and also executes predetermined processing. This processing will be described later in detail. In addition, the number of reserved game balls that have won the upper operation port 36 is, as described above, a maximum of four, and the first reservation lamp portion 53 is lit by the number corresponding to this reserved number.

Further, in step S208, the MPU 62, when the second start pending storage number RbN is set in step S204, is for recognizing that the pending information is stored in the storage area of the second result display portion pending area Rb. , and transmits the set second hold generation command to the sound emission control device 90 . After that, the MPU 62 terminates the prize winning process for the operating port.
This second hold generation command is used to make the sound emission control device 90 recognize that the hold information is stored in the storage area of the second result display portion hold area Rb based on the winning of the game ball to the lower operation opening 37. and information related to the success/failure result. In other words, the second hold generation command includes each information related to "jackpot winning", "special loss result", and "usual loss result" as information related to win/fail results.
In addition, the sound emission control device 90 turns on the second suspension lamp unit 54 based on the second suspension generation command transmitted from the MPU 62, and also executes predetermined processing. This processing will be described later in detail. Further, the number of reserved game balls that have won the lower operation opening 37 is, as described above, a maximum of four, and the second reservation lamp portion 54 is lit by the number corresponding to this reserved number.

<Normal processing>
FIG. 10 is a diagram showing a flowchart of normal processing.
The MPU 62 executes a main process, which will be described later, which is activated when the power is turned on, and then executes a normal process, which is the main process for advancing the game. In this normal process, the MPU 62 executes steps S301 to S314 as shown in FIG. Specifically, the MPU 62 periodically executes steps S301 to S309 at a cycle of 4 msec, repeatedly executes steps S308 to S311 when a remaining time occurs, and executes step S312 and subsequent steps according to the determination result of step S308. Run.

In step S301, the MPU 62 executes timer interrupt processing or external output processing for transmitting commands set in the previous normal processing to each sub-side control device. In this external output process, for example, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the prize ball command is set, and if it determines that the prize ball command is set, the prize ball command is sent to the payout control device 70 Send. Further, for example, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the first on-hold generation command is set, and if it determines that the first on-hold generation command is set, the first on-hold generation command is controlled by sound emission control. Send to device 90 . Further, for example, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the second hold generation command is set, and if it determines that the second hold generation command is set, the second hold generation command is controlled by sound emission control. Send to device 90 . Further, for example, the MPU 62 determines whether or not a command for effect such as a command corresponding to the effect for the game cycle or a command corresponding to the effect for the open/close execution mode is set, and the command for effect is determined. When it is determined that it is set, the command for that effect is transmitted to the sound emission control device 90 .

In step S302, the MPU 62 updates the variation type counter CS. Specifically, as described above, the MPU 62 adds 1 to the previous value of the fluctuation type counter CS to update it, and stores the updated value in the lottery counter buffer set in a predetermined area of the RAM 64. . In addition, when the MPU 62 has reached the maximum value when adding 1 to the previous value of the fluctuation type counter CS, the value of the fluctuation type counter CS is returned to 0 and cleared.

In step S303, the MPU 62 executes game round control processing for advancing the game round. In the game round control process, the MPU 62 executes a win/fail lottery and a distribution lottery, determines information related to the pattern to be finally stopped and displayed on the pattern display device 51, and determines the pattern to be finally stopped and displayed on the main display unit 45. decision of information related to
In step S304, the MPU 62 executes game state transition processing for shifting the game state. In the game state transition processing, the MPU 62 executes transition processing to each game state such as the opening/closing execution mode, the high probability mode, and the high frequency support mode.
The game round control process in step S303 and the game state transition process in step S304 will be described later in detail.

In step S305, the MPU 62 executes demonstration display execution determination processing. In this demonstration display execution determination process, the MPU 62 determines whether or not a predetermined start waiting period (for example, 3 seconds) for starting a demonstration has elapsed without a new game round being started after the game round has ended. However, when it is determined that the start waiting period has passed, a demo command for starting the demo display is transmitted to the sound emission control device 90 .
Note that the sound emission control device 90 starts the demonstration display execution process based on the demonstration command transmitted from the MPU 62 .

Here, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the start waiting period has passed by counting the number of times the process of step S305 is executed. For example, if the start waiting period is set to 3 seconds and the interval for repeatedly executing the process of step S305 is 4 msec, the MPU 62 counts the number of times the process of step S305 is executed, and when it reaches 750 times, the start waiting period is determined to have passed. Note that the configuration for measuring the start waiting period is arbitrary, and for example, the start waiting period may be measured using a real-time clock. In addition, when the MPU 62 starts a new game round while counting the number of execution times of the process of step S305, the count value is reset.

In step S<b>306 , the MPU 62 executes an electric support process for executing drive control of the electric accessory 37 a provided in the lower working port 37 . In this electric role support process, the MPU 62 executes the electric role product opening lottery based on the value of the electric role product opening counter C4 stored in the electric role holding area 64c of the RAM 64, and the electric role product opening lottery. When winning, the opening/closing process of the electric accessory 37a is executed. Further, the MPU 62 performs display control of the accessory display unit 46 so as to display the result of the electric accessory open lottery.

In step S307, the MPU 62 executes game ball launch control processing. In this game ball shooting control process, the MPU 62 causes the power supply/shooting control device 80 to execute shooting control for shooting a game ball based on the rotation of the shooting handle 27 by the player. Specifically, the power supply/shooting control device 80 causes the game ball shooting mechanism 81 to shoot a game ball by exciting the solenoid of the game ball shooting mechanism 81 at a predetermined cycle (0.6 sec in this embodiment). . In addition, the solenoid is energized so as to shoot the game ball with a shooting intensity corresponding to the rotation operation amount of the shooting handle 27 . Further, the power supply/shooting control device 80 supplies a drive signal to the solenoid of the game ball shooting mechanism 81 to shoot the game ball when a predetermined shooting condition is met.

In step S308, the MPU 62 determines whether a power failure flag is set in a power failure flag storage area (not shown) of the RAM 64 or not. This power failure flag is set in the RAM 64 when a power failure signal is input from the power failure monitor board 65 to the NMI terminal of the MPU 62 . The power failure monitoring board 65 outputs this power failure signal when it confirms the occurrence of power failure. This power failure flag is cleared when the main process is executed next time.

Here, the pachinko machine 10 sets various flags by substituting 1 in a predetermined area of the RAM 64 or the like, and clears various flags by substituting 0. For example, the pachinko machine 10 sets the power outage flag by substituting 1 in the power outage flag storage area of the RAM 64 and clears the power outage flag by substituting 0 in the power outage flag storage area of the RAM 64 .

When the MPU 62 determines that the power failure flag is set in step S308, the MPU 62 executes the power failure processing of step S312 and subsequent steps without executing the processing of step S309 and subsequent steps. Specifically, in step S312, the MPU 62 prohibits the generation of timer interrupt processing. In step S313, the MPU 62 calculates and stores a RAM determination value (checksum of the RAM 64). In step S314, MPU62 prohibits the access to RAM64. After that, the MPU 62 continues the infinite loop until the power supply is completely cut off and the process cannot be executed.

On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S308 that the power outage flag has not been set, in step S309 it determines whether the timing for executing the next normal process has arrived, that is, whether the current normal process It is determined whether or not a predetermined time (4 msec in this embodiment) has passed since the start.
When the MPU 62 determines in step S309 that the timing for executing the next normal process has not yet arrived, that is, when the remaining time has occurred, in step S310 the random number initial value counter CINI is updated, and in step S311. , the fluctuation type counter CS is updated. The MPU 62 repeats steps S308 to S311 until it determines in step S309 that it is time to execute the next normal process.

On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S309 that the timing for executing the next normal process has come, that is, if the remaining time has not occurred, the next normal process is executed by executing step S301 again. Begin normal processing.

<Main processing>
FIG. 11 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the main processing.
In the main process, the MPU 62 executes steps S401 to S412 as shown in FIG.
In step S401, the MPU 62 executes start-up processing upon power-on. In this start-up process, the MPU 62 waits for a predetermined time (for example, about 500 msec) after the power is turned on in order to wait for the sub-side control board (such as the control board of the sound emission control device 90) to become operable. ) has passed.

In step S402, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the permission prohibition period of 1 sec has elapsed. When the MPU 62 determines that 1 sec has not passed in step S402, it repeats the process of step S402. Further, when the MPU 62 determines that 1 sec has passed in step S402, the MPU 62 executes the processing after step S403.

Here, the MPU 62 determines whether or not 1 sec has passed by counting the number of times the process of step S402 is executed. For example, if the interval for repeatedly executing the processing of step S402 is 0.1 msec, the MPU 62 counts the number of executions of the processing of step S402 and determines that 1 sec has elapsed when the number reaches 10000 times. Note that the configuration for measuring the permission prohibition period is arbitrary. For example, the permission prohibition period may be measured using a real-time clock.

In step S403, MPU62 permits the access to RAM64.
In step S404, the MPU 62 determines whether or not a RAM erase switch (not shown) provided in the power/emission control device 80 is turned on.
When the MPU 62 determines that the RAM erase switch is turned on in step S404, the MPU 62 executes the processes after step S409.
On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S404 that the RAM erase switch is not turned on, it determines in step S405 whether or not the power failure flag is set in the power failure flag storage area of the RAM 64. do.

When the MPU 62 determines that the power failure flag is not set in step S405, the MPU 62 executes the processing from step S409.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines that the power failure flag is set in step S405, it calculates the RAM determination value in step S406.
At step S407, the MPU 62 confirms the validity of the data stored in the RAM 64 by determining whether the RAM determination value calculated at step S406 is normal. Specifically, the MPU 62 compares the RAM determination value calculated in step S406 with the RAM determination value saved in step S313 (power failure processing) of the normal processing, and if they match, , the RAM determination value is determined to be normal, and if they do not match, the RAM determination value is determined to be abnormal.

When the MPU 62 determines that the RAM determination value is not normal in step S407, the MPU 62 executes the processing from step S409.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines that the RAM determination value is normal in step S407, it clears the power failure flag stored in the power failure flag storage area of the RAM 64 in step S408.

The validity of the data stored in the RAM 64 may be determined by a method different from the method of confirming the consistency of the RAM determination value. The validity of the data stored in the RAM 64 may be confirmed by determining in the main processing whether or not the keyword has been written normally.

As described above, when the MPU 62 determines that the RAM erase switch is turned on in step S404, determines that the power failure flag is not set in step S405, or determines that the RAM determination value is not normal, the processing from step S409 is executed.
Specifically, the MPU 62 clears the work area of the RAM 64 in step S409, and initializes the RAM 64 in step S410.

Therefore, for example, the administrator of the game hall can initialize the data stored in the RAM 64 by turning on the power of the pachinko machine 10 while pressing the RAM erase switch at the start of business of the game hall. Moreover, the pachinko machine 10 initializes the data stored in the RAM 64 when the occurrence of a power failure is not confirmed by the power failure monitoring board 65 or when the RAM determination value is abnormal.

After executing the process of step S408 or step S410, the MPU 62 transmits an initial command to the sub-side control board (such as the control board of the sound emission control device 90) in step S411, and timer interrupt in step S412. Allow the process to occur, and shift to the above-described normal process.
By receiving the initial command transmitted in step S411, the sub-side control board recognizes that communication with the main control board 61 is being performed normally, and executes its own initialization. do.

<Game Round Control Processing>
FIG. 12 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the game round control process.
In the game round control process, the MPU 62 executes steps S501 to S509 as shown in FIG.
In step S501, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the opening/closing execution mode is in progress. When the MPU 62 determines in step S501 that the game is in the opening/closing execution mode, it ends the game round control process without executing the processes after step S502. Therefore, when it is determined that the open/close execution mode is in progress, the MPU 62 does not start the progress of the game cycle regardless of whether or not the winning of the game ball to the operation ports 36 and 37 is detected.
The MPU 62 determines whether or not the opening/closing execution mode is in progress by referring to the opening/closing execution mode flag stored in the RAM 64 . The same applies to each of the following processes. The MPU 62 sets the opening/closing execution mode flag when shifting to the opening/closing execution mode, and clears the opening/closing execution mode flag when the opening/closing execution mode ends.

On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S501 that the open/close execution mode is not in progress, in step S502 it determines whether the main display section 45 is performing variable display. Determine whether or not
When the MPU 62 determines in step S502 that the main display section 45 is not performing the variable display, the MPU 62 executes the game round start processing in steps S503 to S505.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S502 that the main display section 45 is performing the variable display, the MPU 62 executes the game cycle progressing process in steps S506 to S509.

First, the processing for starting a game round in steps S503 to S505 will be described.
In step S503, the MPU 62 grasps the number of reservations stored in the first result display section reservation area Ra and the number of reservations stored in the second result display section reservation area Rb, and these numbers of reservations is equal to or less than "0". When the MPU 62 determines in step S503 that the total number CRN is equal to or less than "0", it ends the game round control process.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S503 that the total number CRN is not "0" or less, in step S504, the first result display section reservation area Ra or the second result display section reservation area A data setting process is executed to set the pending information stored in Rb for completion of game rounds. After that, in step S505, the MPU 62 causes the main display unit 45 and the symbol display device 51 to start variable display, executes a variation start process for finishing the game round, and ends the game round control process.
The data setting process in step S504 and the variation start process in step S505 will be described in detail below.

FIG. 13 is a diagram showing a flowchart of data setting processing.
In the data setting process, the MPU 62 executes steps S601 to S611 as shown in FIG.
In step S601, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the second start reservation memory number RbN in the second result display section reservation area Rb set in step S204 of the operation port winning process is "0" or less. do. When the MPU 62 determines in step S601 that the second start pending memory number RbN is equal to or less than "0", it executes data setting processing for the first result display section in steps S602 to S606, and proceeds to step S601. If it is determined that the second start pending memory number RbN is not equal to or less than "0", data setting processing for the second result display section of steps S607 to S611 is executed.

In this way, the data setting process includes the data setting process for the first result display section for setting the reservation information stored in the reservation area Ra for the first result display section for completing the game cycle, and the data setting processing for the second result display section. and a data setting process for the second result display section for setting the reservation information stored in the reservation area Rb for completion of the game cycle.
When the MPU 62 determines in step S601 that the second start pending storage number RbN is not equal to or less than "0", the MPU 62 does not execute the data setting process for the first result display section. Execute the data setting process for In other words, when the MPU 62 determines that there is reservation information stored in the second result display section reservation area Rb based on the winning of the game ball to the lower operation opening 37, the operation to the upper operation opening 36 is performed. The reservation information stored in the second result display section reservation area Rb is preferentially played regardless of whether or not there is reservation information stored in the first result display section reservation area Ra based on the winning of the game ball. Set for one digestion.

First, data setting processing for the first result display section in steps S602 to S606 will be described.
In step S602, the MPU 62 subtracts 1 from the value of the first start pending storage number RaN in the first result display portion pending area Ra to update the value.
In step S603, the MPU 62 moves the pending information stored in the first area Ra1 of the first result display portion pending area Ra to the execution area AE.
In step S604, the MPU 62 executes data shift processing for shifting the pending information stored in the storage area of the first result display portion pending area Ra. This data shift process is a process of sequentially shifting the pending information stored in each of the areas Ra1 to Ra4 to the first area Ra1 side. Specifically, the MPU 62 shifts the pending information in the second area Ra2 to the first area Ra1, shifts the pending information in the third area Ra3 to the second area Ra2, and shifts the pending information in the fourth area Ra4 to the third area Ra1. Shift to area Ra3.

At step S605, the MPU 62 clears the second result display flag stored in the RAM 64. FIG. This second result display section flag is a flag for specifying which main display section 45, out of the first result display section 45a and the second result display section 45b, starts the variable display when completing a game round. is. In this step S605, the MPU 62 clears the second result display section flag, so that when the game cycle is completed, the variable display is made on the first result display section 45a based on the winning of the game ball into the upper working hole 36. indicates that the

In step S606, the MPU 62 sets a first shift command for recognizing that the hold information stored in the storage area of the first result display portion hold area Ra has been shifted, and sets the set first shift command. A shift command is transmitted to the sound emission control device 90, and the data setting process is terminated. This command at the time of the first shift emits a voice to indicate that the hold information stored in the hold area Ra for the first result display unit has been shifted based on the winning of the game ball to the upper operation port 36. It contains information for the control device 90 to recognize.
In addition, the sound emission control device 90 changes the lighting state of the first holding lamp section 53 based on the command for the first shift transmitted from the MPU 62 . Specifically, the sound emission control device 90 reduces the lighting number of the first reservation lamp portion 53 as the number of reserved game balls that have won the upper operation opening 36 decreases. Also, the sound emission control device 90 executes a predetermined process based on the first shift command transmitted from the MPU 62 . This processing will be described later in detail.

Next, data setting processing for the second result display section in steps S607 to S611 will be described.
In step S607, the MPU 62 subtracts 1 from the value of the second start pending storage number RbN in the second result display portion pending area Rb to update it.
In step S608, the MPU 62 moves the pending information stored in the first area Rb1 of the second result display portion pending area Rb to the execution area AE.
In step S609, the MPU 62 executes data shift processing for shifting the pending information stored in the storage area of the second result display portion pending area Rb. This data shift process is a process of sequentially shifting the pending information stored in each of the areas Rb1 to Rb4 to the first area Rb1 side. Specifically, the MPU 62 shifts the pending information of the second area Rb2 to the first area Rb1, shifts the pending information of the third area Rb3 to the second area Rb2, shifts the pending information of the fourth area Rb4 to the third Shift to area Rb3.

At step S610, the MPU 62 sets the second result display section flag in the RAM 64. FIG. In this step S610, the MPU 62 sets the second result display section flag, so that when the game cycle is completed, the second result display section 45b displays a variable display based on the winning of the game ball into the lower operation opening 37. indicates that the

In step S611, the MPU 62 sets a second shift time command for recognizing that the shift of the pending information stored in the storage area of the second result display portion pending area Rb has been executed. A shift command is transmitted to the sound emission control device 90, and the data setting process is terminated. This command at the time of the second shift emits a sound to indicate that the hold information stored in the hold area Rb for the second result display section has been shifted based on the winning of the game ball to the lower operation opening 37. It contains information for the control device 90 to recognize.
In addition, the sound emission control device 90 changes the lighting state of the second holding lamp section 54 based on the command for the second shift transmitted from the MPU 62 . Specifically, the sound emission control device 90 reduces the lighting number of the second reservation lamp portion 54 as the number of reserved game balls that have won the lower operation opening 37 decreases. Also, the sound emission control device 90 executes a predetermined process based on the second shift command transmitted from the MPU 62 . This processing will be described later in detail.

FIG. 14 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the fluctuation start process.
In the fluctuation start process, the MPU 62 executes steps S701 to S718 as shown in FIG.
In step S701, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the winning lottery mode is the high probability mode.
When the MPU 62 determines in step S701 that the win/loss lottery mode is not the high-probability mode, in step S702, the win/fail table for the low-probability mode (see FIG. 6A) is stored in the win/fail table storage area 63a of the ROM 63. If it is determined in step S701 that the win/loss lottery mode is the high-probability mode, the win/fail table for the high-probability mode (see FIG. 6B) is read out from the win/fail table storage area 63a of the ROM 63 in step S703. read out.

After executing the process of step S702 or step S703, the MPU 62 executes the suitability determination process in step S704. In this success/failure determination process, the MPU 62 compares the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 stored in the execution area AE with the success/failure table read out in step S702 or step S703 to obtain the result of the success/failure lottery (result of success/failure). judge. In addition, as described above, the winning result is one of "big win winning", "special losing result", and "normal losing result". The same is true for

In step S705, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the win/loss result determined in step S704 is "big hit". If the MPU 62 determines in step S705 that the win/loss result is "jackpot winning", it executes the processing from step S706 onwards. , the processing after step S712 is executed.

First, in step S705, the processing (processing after step S706) when the MPU 62 determines that the winning result is "big hit winning" will be described.
In step S706, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the second result display flag is set in the RAM 64. FIG.

When the MPU 62 determines that the second result display section flag is not set in the RAM 64 in step S706, the first result display section 45a based on the winning of the game ball to the upper operation port 36 starts the variable display. Therefore, in step S707, the first distribution table (see FIG. 7A) is read from the distribution table storage area 63b of the ROM 63. FIG.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines that the second result display section flag is set in the RAM 64 in step S706, the second result display section 45b based on the winning of the game ball to the lower opening 37 , the second sorting table (see FIG. 7B) is read from the sorting table storage area 63b of the ROM 63 in step S708.

After performing the process of step S707 or step S708, MPU62 performs a distribution determination process in step S709. In this distribution determination process, the MPU 62 compares the value of the jackpot type counter C2 stored in the execution area AE with the distribution table read out in step S707 or step S708 to determine the result of the distribution lottery ( distribution result).

In step S710, the MPU 62 executes a stop result setting process for the jackpot result. In this stop result setting process for the jackpot result, the MPU 62 determines in step S709 the information related to the pattern to be finally stopped and displayed on the first result display section 45a or the second result display section 45b of the main display section 45. A decision is made according to the sorting result, and the decided information is stored in the RAM 64 . Here, the MPU 62 compares the allocation result determined in step S709 with the stop result table for the jackpot result stored in advance in the ROM 63, and determines the pattern to be finally stopped and displayed on the main display unit 45. Determine relevant information. The stop result table for the jackpot result defines the mode of the pattern to be stopped and displayed on the main display unit 45 so as to be different for each sorting result.

In step S711, the MPU 62 sets a flag in the RAM 64 according to the distribution result determined in step S709. Specifically, when the MPU 62 specifies that the distribution result is a "low probability result", it sets a low probability result flag and specifies that it is a "non-explicit small round high probability result" , set the non-explicit small round high-probability result flag, and if it is specified as the "explicit small-round high-probability result", set the explicit small-round high-probability result flag, and set the "most favorable result" , then set the best result flag. Then, MPU62 performs the process after step S716.
In addition, in each of the following processes, the MPU 62 executes determination of the distribution result by referring to these flags.

Next, the processing (processing after step S712) when it is determined by the MPU 62 that the win/loss result is not the "big hit winning" at step S705 will be described.
In step S712, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the win/loss result determined in step S704 is the "special losing result".
If the MPU 62 determines in step S712 that the win/loss result is the "special failure result", it executes the processing from step S713 onwards, and if it determines that the success/failure result is not the "special failure result" in step S712. , the process after step S715 is executed.

In step S713, the MPU 62 executes stop result setting processing for the special outlier result. In this stop result setting process for the special outlier result, the MPU 62 determines information related to the pattern to be finally stopped and displayed on the first result display section 45a or the second result display section 45b of the main display section 45, and The information obtained is stored in the RAM 64 . Here, the MPU 62 determines information related to the pattern to be finally stopped and displayed on the main display section 45 by referring to the stop result table for the special loss result stored in advance in the ROM 63 . The mode of the picture set in the stop result table for the special winning result is different from the mode of the picture set in the stop result table for the big win result.
At step S714, the MPU 62 sets a special out flag in the RAM 64. FIG.
In each of the following processes, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the winning result is the "special losing result" by referring to this special losing flag.

On the other hand, in step S715, the MPU 62 executes the stop result setting process for the normal deviation result. In this stop result setting process for the out-of-normal result, the MPU 62 determines information related to the pattern to be finally stopped and displayed on the first result display section 45a or the second result display section 45b of the main display section 45, and The information obtained is stored in the RAM 64 . Here, the MPU 62 refers to the stop result table for the normal outlier result stored in the ROM 63 in advance, thereby determining information related to the pattern to be finally stopped and displayed on the main display section 45 . The mode of the picture set in the stopping result table for the normal losing result is different from the mode of the picture set in the stopping result table for the jackpot result and the stopping result table for the special losing result.

After executing any of the processes of steps S711, S714, and S715, the MPU 62 executes a process of setting the display duration (display duration) in step S716.
In the display duration setting process, the MPU 62 acquires the value of the variation type counter CS stored in the variation type counter buffer in the lottery counter buffer of the RAM 64 .

In addition, in the display duration setting process, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the ready-to-win display is generated on the pattern display device 51 . Specifically, the MPU 62 determines that the sorting result determined in step S709 is a "low probability result" or "best result", and the success/failure result determined in step S704 is a "normal deviation result". At the same time, when winning the ready-to-win generation lottery, it is determined that the ready-to-win display occurs. In addition, as described above, the MPU 62 compares the reach table stored in advance in the reach table storage area 63c of the ROM 63 with the value of the reach random number counter C3 stored in the reserved ball storage area 64b. Run a reach generation lottery.

When the MPU 62 determines that the reach display occurs, the change type counter obtained from the change type counter buffer by referring to the reach generation display duration table stored in the reach display table storage area 63c of the ROM 63 A display continuation time corresponding to the value of CS is determined, and the determined display continuation time is set in a display continuation time counter provided in various counter areas 64 a of the RAM 64 .

When it is determined that the reach display does not occur, the MPU 62 refers to the reach non-occurrence display duration table stored in the reach table storage area 63c of the ROM 63, so that the fluctuation acquired from the fluctuation type counter buffer A display continuation time corresponding to the value of the type counter CS is determined, and the determined display continuation time is set in a display continuation time counter provided in the various counter areas 64 a of the RAM 64 .

Specifically, the reach non-occurrence display duration table is set so that the display duration is shortened as the pending number increases. Therefore, the display continuation time for consuming the pending information related to the upper working port 36 is set to be shorter as the number of pending items related to the upper working port 36 increases. The display continuation time when the pending information relating to the lower operating port 37 is consumed is set to be shorter as the number of pending items relating to the lower operating port 37 increases. Further, the reach non-occurrence display duration table is set so that the display duration is shorter when the support mode is the high-frequency support mode than when it is the low-frequency support mode. In other words, if the pending number is the same, the display duration time in the high-frequency support mode is shorter than that in the low-frequency support mode.
Furthermore, the display duration determined by referring to the reach occurrence display duration table is different from the display duration determined by referring to the reach non-occurrence display duration table.

In addition, the reach non-occurrence display duration table may be set to a relationship opposite to the above-described relationship, such as the display duration becomes longer as the number of holds increases, depending on the number of holds and support mode It may be configured so that it does not fluctuate. Alternatively, the display duration table may be set individually for each of the win/fail result and the sorting result.

In step S717, the MPU 62 sets the variation command and the type command. In step S301 of normal processing, the MPU 62 transmits the command for variation and the type command set in step S717 to the sound emission control device 90. FIG.
Note that the sound emission control device 90 executes predetermined processing based on the variation command and the type command transmitted from the MPU 62 . This processing will be described later in detail.

The variation command includes information related to display duration. Also, the variation command does not include information as to whether or not the ready-to-win display will occur.
Here, as described above, the display duration determined by referring to the reach generation display duration table and the display duration determined by referring to the reach non-occurrence display duration table different.
Therefore, even if the variation command does not include the information on whether or not the ready-to-win display occurs, the ready-to-win display is performed by the sound emission control device 90, which is the sub-side control device, based on the information on the display duration time. It is possible to determine whether or not it occurs. In this sense, it can be said that the variation command indirectly includes information as to whether or not the ready-to-win display will occur. Note that the variation command may directly include information as to whether or not the ready-to-win display will occur.

The type command includes information related to the win/fail result. In other words, the type command includes each piece of information related to "big win win", "special loss result", and "normal loss result" as information related to win/fail results. Also, the type command includes information related to sorting results. In other words, the type command includes, as information related to the sorting result, each of the "low probability result", the "non-explicit few round high probability result", the "explicit few round high probability result", and the "best result". contains information.
In the following description, the win/fail result and the sorting result are collectively referred to as the game result. In other words, the type command includes information regarding the game result.

In step S718, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the second result display section flag is set in the RAM 64, and causes the main display section 45 to start variable display based on the determination result. After that, the MPU 62 ends the fluctuation start process.
Specifically, when the MPU 62 determines that the second result display section flag is not set in the RAM 64, the first Since it indicates that the result display section 45a is to start the variable display, the first result display section 45a is caused to start the variable display.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines that the second result display section flag is set in the RAM 64, the second Since it indicates that the result display section 45b is to start the variable display, the second result display section 45b is caused to start the variable display.

Returning to the description of the game round control process, the game round progressing process of steps S506 to S509 will be described with reference to FIG.
In step S502, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the main display unit 45 is performing variable display. Execute the process.

In step S506, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the display continuation time set in step S716 of the fluctuation start process has elapsed. Specifically, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the value set in the display continuation time counter of the RAM 64 has become "0" or less. The value of the display duration counter is updated by subtracting 1 from the previous value each time the timer interrupt process is executed.

When the MPU 62 determines in step S506 that the display continuation time has not elapsed, in step S507, the MPU 62 executes processing for variable display. In this process for variable display, the MPU 62 updates the display on the main display section 45 during variable display. After that, the MPU 62 ends the game round control process.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S506 that the display continuation time has elapsed, in step S508, the MPU 62 executes fluctuation end processing. In this fluctuation end processing, the MPU 62 stores the information (main (information related to the pattern to be finally stopped and displayed on the display unit 45). Then, at the end of the game cycle, the MPU 62 controls the display of the main display section 45 so that the main display section 45 displays the pattern corresponding to the specified information on the main display section 45 during the variable display.

Here, the pattern finally stopped and displayed on the main display section 45 differs for each type of game result. Therefore, the manager of the game hall or the like can confirm the game result by looking at the main display section 45 at the end of the game round. According to this, the manager of the game hall can easily check whether or not the pachinko machine 10 behaves in the same manner as in the case of winning a lottery to generate a big win. can be done systematically.
The display area of the main display unit 45 is narrower than that of the display screen G of the pattern display device 51. Compared to Z1 to Z3, it is difficult for the player to recognize. Therefore, at the end of the game cycle, the player checks the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 instead of the main display unit 45 to determine whether or not the player has won the big win. Attention to the screen G can be increased.

In step S509, the MPU 62 sets a fluctuation end command. The MPU 62 transmits the fluctuation end command set in step S509 to the sound emission control device 90 in step S301 of normal processing. After that, the MPU 62 ends the game round control process.
In addition, the sound emission control device 90 executes processing for ending the effect of the game round based on the variation end command transmitted from the MPU 62 . Here, the sound emission control device 90 may be configured to independently end the effect of the game round without requiring reception of the variation end command.

<Game state transition processing>
FIG. 15 is a diagram showing a flowchart of game state transition processing.
In the game state transition process, the MPU 62 executes steps S801 to S816 as shown in FIG.
In step S801, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the opening/closing execution mode is in progress.
When the MPU 62 determines in step S801 that the opening/closing execution mode is not in progress, the MPU 62 executes the processing from step S802 onward.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S801 that the open/close execution mode is in progress, the MPU 62 executes the processing from step S813.

First, the processing (processing after step S802) when it is determined in step S801 that the MPU 62 is not in the opening/closing execution mode will be described.
In step S802, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the variable display on the main display section 45 has ended. When the MPU 62 determines in step S802 that the variable display on the main display section 45 has not ended, it ends the game state transition processing.
On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S802 that the variable display of the main display section 45 has ended, it determines in step S803 whether the success/fail result corresponds to the transition to the opening/closing execution mode. determine whether Specifically, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the win/loss result is "big win winning" or "special losing result".

When the MPU 62 determines in step S803 that the result corresponds to the transition to the opening/closing execution mode, the MPU 62 sets an opening/closing execution mode flag in the RAM 64, and then executes the processing from step S804.
On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S803 that the win/fail result does not correspond to the transition to the opening/closing execution mode (if it determines that the win/fail result is the "normal deviation result"), the game Terminate state transition processing.

In step S804, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the success/failure result is a "special failure result".
When the MPU 62 determines in step S804 that the win/loss result is the "special loss result", the MPU 62 sets "2" to the open/close counter SOC provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64 in step S805. This open/close counter SOC is a counter for specifying the total number of times the MPU 62 opens and closes the big winning opening 38a of the variable winning device 38 when shifting to the opening/closing execution mode.

On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S804 that the win/loss result is not the "special loss result", i.e., if it determines that the win/loss result is the "jackpot winning", in step S806, the distribution result is a small-round high-probability result ("implicit small-round high-probability result" or "explicit small-round high-probability result").

When the MPU 62 determines in step S806 that the result of allocation is a small round high probability result, in step S807 the MPU 62 sets the round counter RC provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64 to "2". Further, when the MPU 62 determines in step S806 that the allocation result is not the high-probability result for a small number of rounds, in step S808 it determines whether or not the allocation result is the "best result".

When the MPU 62 determines in step S808 that the distribution result is the "most advantageous result", in step S809, the MPU 62 executes a round number setting process. In this round number setting process, the MPU 62 sets the round counter RC provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64 to a value corresponding to the number of rounds of the "best result".
Specifically, when the MPU 62 determines in step S808 that the distribution result is the "most favorable result at low probability" or the "most favorable result for 4 rounds", the counter area 64a of the RAM 64 is provided with "4" is set in the round counter RC. Further, when the MPU 62 determines in step S808 that the distribution result is the "8th round most advantageous result", it sets the round counter RC provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64 to "8". Furthermore, when the MPU 62 determines in step S808 that the result of distribution is the "16 round most advantageous result", it sets the round counter RC provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64 to "16".

On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S808 that the sorting result is not the "most advantageous result", that is, if the sorting result is the "low probability result", in step S810, Set the round counter RC to "4". This round counter RC is a counter for specifying the number of round games by the MPU 62 when shifting to the opening/closing execution mode.

Here, the pachinko machine 10 has a plurality of opening/closing execution modes with mutually different end conditions. Specifically, the pachinko machine 10 has, as opening/closing execution modes, a number-of-rounds stipulation mode that shifts to when the win/fail result is a "jackpot win", and an opening/closing number mode to shift to when the win/fail result is a "special losing result". and a prescribed mode.

The round number regulation mode ends on the condition that a predetermined number of round games have been executed. Here, the number of round games corresponds to the value set in the round counter RC.
The opening/closing number regulation mode ends under the condition that the large winning opening 38a has been opened and closed a predetermined total number of times, or that a predetermined number of game balls have won the large winning opening 38a. Here, the total number of openings and closings of the big winning opening 38a corresponds to the value set in the opening/closing counter SOC. This opening/closing number regulation mode does not end under the condition of the number of executions of the round game.

In addition, the pachinko machine 10 executes opening and closing of the big winning opening 38a once per round game. Also, one round game continues until one of the following two conditions is satisfied. In other words, after setting the opening/closing door 38b to the open state, the pachinko machine 10 sets the opening/closing door 38b to the closed state again by satisfying one of the following two conditions.
(1) Elapse of a predetermined upper limit duration (upper limit duration) (2) The total winning number of game balls into the big winning opening 38a reaches a predetermined upper limit number

After executing any one of steps S805, S807, S809, and S810, in step S811, the MPU 62 sets the timer counter T provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64 to waiting time for opening (waiting period) is set to "1000". The value set in the timer counter T is updated by subtracting 1 from the previous value each time the timer interrupt process is executed. Therefore, the waiting time for opening is 2 seconds. The waiting time for opening is not limited to this and is arbitrary.

As described above, when the MPU 62 determines in step S803 that the win/fail result corresponds to the transition to the opening/closing execution mode, the MPU 62 sets the waiting time for opening to the timer counter T regardless of the type of the game result. set. In other words, the waiting time for opening is the same regardless of the type of game result.
The waiting time for the opening is not limited to this. For example, it may be configured to be slightly different according to the type of game result to such an extent that the player recognizes the same.
In addition, for example, the waiting time for the opening is greatly different between the game result of "low probability result" or "best result" and the game result other than these. It is good also as a structure which makes it differ greatly according to the kind.

At step S812, the MPU 62 sets an opening command. After that, the MPU 62 terminates the game state transition process. This opening command includes information on the game result that triggered the transition to the opening/closing execution mode. The MPU 62 transmits the opening command set in step S812 to the sound emission control device 90 in step S301 of normal processing.
Note that the sound emission control device 90 recognizes the transition to the opening/closing execution mode based on the opening command transmitted from the MPU 62, and executes predetermined processing. This processing will be described later in detail.

Next, the processing (processing after step S813) when it is determined in step S801 that the MPU 62 is in the opening/closing execution mode will be described.
At step S813, the MPU 62 executes a big winning opening opening/closing process.

FIG. 16 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the big winning opening opening/closing process.
In the big winning opening opening/closing process, the MPU 62 executes steps S901 to S924 as shown in FIG.
In step S901, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the big winning opening 38a is open.
When the MPU 62 determines in step S901 that the big winning opening 38a is not open, the MPU 62 executes the processing from step S902.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines that the big winning opening 38a is open in step S901, it executes the processing after step S906.

First, in step S901, the processing (processing after step S902) when it is determined by the MPU 62 that the big winning opening 38a is not open will be described.
In step S902, the MPU 62 determines whether the value of the open/close counter SOC is "0" or less and the value of the round counter RC is "0" or less.
When the MPU 62 determines in step S902 that both the value of the opening/closing counter SOC and the value of the round counter RC are equal to or less than "0", the MPU 62 ends the big winning opening opening/closing process.

On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S902 that at least one of the value of the open/close counter SOC and the value of the round counter RC is not "0" or less, in step S903, the timer counter T Determines whether the value is less than or equal to "0".
When the MPU 62 determines in step S903 that the value of the timer counter T is not equal to or less than "0", it ends the big winning opening opening/closing process.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S903 that the value of the timer counter T is equal to or less than "0", in step S904, it executes a special winning opening opening process.
The special winning opening opening process of step S904 will be described in detail below.

FIG. 17 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the big winning opening opening process.
In the big winning opening opening process, the MPU 62 executes steps S1001 to S1007 as shown in FIG.
In step S1001, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the win/loss result is a "special loss result".

When the MPU 62 determines in step S1001 that the win/fail result is the "special loss result", in step S1002, the MPU 62 sets "8" to the winning counter PC provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64, and At S1003, the timer counter T is set to "85". As described above, the timer counter T is updated by subtracting 1 from the previous value each time the timer interrupt process is executed. Therefore, the time set in the timer counter T is 0.17 sec.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1001 that the win/fail result is not the "special loss result", in step S1004, it sets the winning counter PC to "8", and in step S1005, the distribution result is a small-round high-probability result ("implicit small-round high-probability result" or "explicit small-round high-probability result").

When the MPU 62 determines in step S1005 that the result of allocation is the low-round high-probability result, it sets the timer counter T to "85" in step S1003.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1005 that the allocation result is not the small round high probability result, it sets the timer counter T to "15000" in step S1006. As described above, the timer counter T is updated by subtracting 1 from the previous value each time the timer interrupt process is executed. Therefore, the time set in the timer counter T is 30 seconds.

After executing the process of step S1003 or step S1006, the MPU 62 executes the opening execution process of the big winning opening 38a in step S1007. In this opening execution process, the MPU 62 sets the open/close door 38b to the open state by executing the drive control of the variable winning driving section 38c. After that, the MPU 62 ends the big winning opening opening process.

The value set in the winning counter PC at step S1002 or step S1004 defines the upper limit of the total winning number of game balls into the big winning hole 38a.
Also, the value set in the timer counter T in step S1003 or step S1006 defines the upper limit duration time from when the opening/closing door 38b is set to the open state to when it is set to the closed state again. Therefore, the MPU 62 sets two types of upper limit duration time with different lengths by setting the timer counter T to "85" or "15000", as described above. Specifically, the MPU 62 has a long-time mode (long-term mode) in which the upper limit duration is set to 30 sec, and a short-time mode (short-term mode) in which the upper limit duration is set to 0.17 sec, which is shorter than that of the long-time mode. aspect).

Here, as described above, the pachinko machine 10 causes the game ball shooting mechanism 81 to shoot a game ball by exciting the solenoid of the game ball shooting mechanism 81 at a cycle of 0.6 sec. Further, as described above, the MPU 62 sets the upper limit of the total winning number of game balls to the big winning opening 38a to eight by setting the winning counter PC to "8".
Therefore, the upper limit duration of the long time mode is sufficiently longer than the product of the upper limit of the total winning number of game balls into the big winning hole 38a and the firing cycle of the game balls, so the upper limit of 8 game balls is easy to win in the big prize opening 38a.
On the other hand, the upper limit duration of the short-time mode is shorter than the product of the upper limit of the total winning number of game balls into the big winning hole 38a and the shooting cycle of the game balls. (shorter than the cycle), it is difficult to let the game ball enter the big winning hole 38a. Depending on the timing, it is possible to win about one game ball into the big winning hole 38a.

Returning to the explanation of the big winning opening opening/closing process, the processes after step S905 will be explained with reference to FIG.
The MPU 62 sets an opening command in step S905 after executing the big winning opening opening process in step S904. In addition, the MPU 62 transmits the open command set in step S905 to the sound emission control device 90 in step S301 of normal processing. After that, the MPU 62 ends the big winning opening opening/closing process.
Based on the open command transmitted from the MPU 62, the sound emission control device 90 recognizes that the opening/closing door 38b has been set to the open state, and executes predetermined processing.

Next, the processing (processing after step S906) when it is determined by the MPU 62 that the big winning opening 38a is being opened in step S901 will be described.
In step S906, the MPU 62 determines whether the value of the timer counter T is "0" or less. That is, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the upper limit continuous time set in the timer counter T in step S1003 or step S1006 of the big winning opening opening process has passed.

When the MPU 62 determines in step S906 that the value of the timer counter T is not equal to or less than "0", it executes the processing from step S907.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S906 that the value of the timer counter T is equal to or less than "0", it executes the processing from step S918.

First, the processing (processing after step S907) when the MPU 62 determines in step S906 that the value of the timer counter T is not equal to or less than "0" will be described.
In step S907, the MPU 62 determines whether or not a prize has been awarded to the big prize winning opening 38a. The determination as to whether or not a prize has been awarded to the big winning opening 38a is executed based on the detection result of the detection sensor 50d corresponding to the big winning opening 38a.

When the MPU 62 determines in step S907 that no prize has been awarded to the large winning opening 38a, the MPU 62 ends the large winning opening opening/closing process.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S907 that a prize has been awarded to the large prize winning opening 38a, in step S908 the value of the prize winning counter PC is updated by subtracting 1 from it.

In step S909, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the value of the winning counter PC is "0" or less.
When the MPU 62 determines in step S909 that the value of the winning counter PC is not equal to or less than "0", the MPU 62 ends the big winning opening opening/closing process.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S909 that the value of the prize winning counter PC is equal to or less than "0", in step S910 the closing execution process is executed. In this closing execution process, the MPU 62 sets the open/close door 38b to the closed state by executing the drive control of the variable winning driving section 38c.

In step S911, the MPU 62 sets a closing command. The MPU 62 transmits the closing command set in step S911 to the sound emission control device 90 in step S301 of normal processing.
Based on the closing command transmitted from the MPU 62, the sound emission control device 90 recognizes that the opening/closing door 38b has been set to the closed state, and executes predetermined processing.

In step S912, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the success/failure result is a "special failure result".
When the MPU 62 determines in step S912 that the win/fail result is the "special loss result", the MPU 62 executes the processes after step S923, which will be described later.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S912 that the win/loss result is not the "special loss result", it executes the processing from step S913.
In step S913, the MPU 62 subtracts 1 from the value of the round counter RC to update it.

In step S914, the MPU 62 determines whether the value of the round counter RC is "0" or less.
When the MPU 62 determines in step S914 that the value of the round counter RC is not equal to or less than "0", it sets the value of the timer counter T to "500" in step S915. After that, the MPU 62 ends the big winning opening opening/closing process.

Here, the value set in the timer counter T in step S915 is the open standby time from when the open/close door 38b is set to the open state and then set to the closed state until the open/close door 38b is set to the open state again. stipulates the time. In addition, in this embodiment, the release waiting time is 1 sec. This opening standby time is the same regardless of the type and progress of the opening/closing execution mode.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S914 that the value of the round counter RC is equal to or less than "0", it executes the processing from step S916.
In step S916, the MPU 62 sets the timer counter T to "2000" as a waiting time (waiting period) for ending. As described above, the value set in the timer counter T is updated by subtracting 1 from the previous value each time the timer interrupt process is executed. Therefore, the waiting time for the ending is 4 seconds. Note that the waiting time for the ending is not limited to this and is arbitrary.

The waiting time for the ending is the same regardless of the type of game result, like the waiting time for the opening. That is, the waiting time for this ending is the same regardless of the type of opening/closing execution mode.
The waiting time for the ending is not limited to this, and for example, it may be configured to be subtly different according to the type of game result to such an extent that the player recognizes the same.
In addition, for example, the waiting time for the ending is greatly different between the game result of "low probability result" or "best result" and the game result other than these. It is good also as a structure which makes it differ greatly according to the kind.

In step S917, the MPU 62 sets an ending command. The MPU 62 transmits the ending command set in step S917 to the sound emission control device 90 in step S301 of normal processing. After that, the MPU 62 ends the big winning opening opening/closing process.
The sound emission control device 90 recognizes the end of the opening/closing execution mode based on the ending command transmitted from the MPU 62, and executes predetermined processing.

Next, the processing (processing after step S918) when the MPU 62 determines in step S906 that the value of the timer counter T is "0" or less will be described.
In step S918, the MPU 62 executes closing execution processing in the same manner as in step S910 described above.
In step S919, the MPU 62 sets a closing command as in step S911 described above.

In step S920, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the win/loss result is a "special losing result".
If the MPU 62 determines in step S920 that the win/loss result is not the "special loss result", that is, if it determines that the win/loss result is a "big win", it executes the processing from step S921 onwards.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S920 that the win/fail result is the "special loss result", it executes the processing from step S923.

First, the processing (processing after step S921) when the MPU 62 determines that the win/fail result is not the “special losing result” in step S920 will be described.
In step S921, the MPU 62 subtracts 1 from the value of the round counter RC to update it.

In step S922, the MPU 62 determines whether the value of the round counter RC is "0" or less.
When the MPU 62 determines in step S922 that the value of the round counter RC is not equal to or less than "0", it executes the processes after step S915 described above.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S922 that the value of the round counter RC is equal to or less than "0", it executes the processes after S916 described above.

Next, the process (process after step S923) when it is determined by the MPU 62 that the win/fail result is the "special loss result" in step S912 or step S920 will be described.
In step S923, the MPU 62 subtracts 1 from the value of the open/close counter SOC to update it.

In step S924, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the value of the open/close counter SOC is "0" or less.
When the MPU 62 determines in step S924 that the value of the open/close counter SOC is not equal to or less than "0", the MPU 62 executes the processes after step S915 described above.
Further, when the MPU 62 determines in step S924 that the value of the opening/closing counter SOC is equal to or less than "0", the MPU 62 executes the processes after S916 described above.

Returning to the description of the game state transition processing, the processing after step S814 will be described with reference to FIG.
After executing the big winning opening opening/closing process in step S813, the MPU 62 checks in step S814 whether the value of the opening/closing counter SOC is "0" or less and the value of the round counter RC is "0" or less. judge.

When the MPU 62 determines in step S814 that at least one of the value of the open/close counter SOC and the value of the round counter RC is not "0" or less, it ends the game state transition processing.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S814 that both the value of the open/close counter SOC and the value of the round counter RC are less than or equal to "0", in step S815 the value of the timer counter T is set to " 0” or less.

When the MPU 62 determines in step S815 that the value of the timer counter T is not "0" or less, it ends the game state transition processing.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S815 that the value of the timer counter T is "0" or less, in step S816, after clearing the opening/closing execution mode flag stored in the RAM 64, Execute transition processing when opening/closing execution mode ends. After that, the MPU 62 terminates the game state transition process.
The transition processing when the opening/closing execution mode ends will be described in detail below.

FIG. 18 is a diagram showing a flowchart of transition processing when the opening/closing execution mode ends.
In the transition process at the end of the opening/closing execution mode, the MPU 62 executes steps S1101 to S1109 as shown in FIG.
In step S1101, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the distribution result is the "most advantageous result" or the "explicit few rounds high probability result".

When the MPU 62 determines in step S1101 that the distribution result is the "most advantageous result" or the "explicitly small round high probability result", the processing from step S1102 onwards is executed.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1101 that the sorting result is not the "highest advantage result" or the "high probability result for a small number of explicit rounds", the processing from step S1105 onwards is executed.

First, the processing (processing after step S1102) when the MPU 62 determines in step S1101 that the distribution result is the "most advantageous result" or the "explicit small round high probability result" will be described.
At step S1102, the MPU 62 sets a high frequency support flag in the RAM 64. FIG. The MPU 62 maintains the high frequency support flag if it is already set in the RAM 64 . Thereby, the MPU 62 sets the support mode to the high frequency support mode.

At step S1103, the MPU 62 sets the high probability mode flag to the RAM 64. FIG. The MPU 62 maintains the high-probability mode flag if it has already been set in the RAM 64 . As a result, the MPU 62 sets the win/fail lottery mode to the high probability mode.
In step S1104, the MPU 62 sets "100" to the value of the number-of-games counter provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64. FIG. After that, the MPU 62 terminates the transition processing when the opening/closing execution mode ends.

Here, the high-frequency support mode and the high-probability mode are continued until 100 games, which is the end reference number set in the game counter, are completed. The MPU 62 clears the high-frequency support flag and the high-probability mode flag when 100 games have been played. As a result, the MPU 62 sets the support mode to the low-frequency support mode and sets the success/fail lottery mode to the low-probability mode.
Note that the MPU 62 executes these processes in the normal process as the game round control process in step S303 and as the electric support process in step S306, but detailed description thereof will be omitted.

When ending the transition process at the end of the open/close execution mode, the MPU 62 sets the flags (low probability result flag, non-explicit small round high probability result flag, explicit small round high probability clear the most favorable result flag) and the special outlier flag. Further, in step S208 of the prize winning process for the operation opening and step S701 of the fluctuation start process, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the high probability mode flag is set in the RAM 64, so that the win/fail lottery mode is set to the high probability lottery mode. It is determined whether it is in the mode or not.

Next, the processing (processing after step S1105) when the MPU 62 determines in step S1101 that the sorting result is not the "most favorable result" or the "high probability result of explicit few rounds" will be described.
In step S1105, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the distribution result is the "non-explicit small round high probability result".

When the MPU 62 determines in step S1105 that the allocation result is the "non-explicit small round high probability result", it executes the processing from step S1106.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1105 that the allocation result is not the "non-explicit small round high probability result", it executes the processing from step S1107.

First, the processing (processing after step S1106) when the MPU 62 determines in step S1105 that the allocation result is the "non-explicit small round high probability result" will be described.
At step S1106, the MPU 62 sets a high probability mode flag in the RAM 64. FIG. The MPU 62 maintains the high-probability mode flag if it has already been set in the RAM 64 . As a result, the MPU 62 sets the win/fail lottery mode to the high probability mode.
After that, the MPU 62 executes the processes after S1104 described above, and ends the transition process when the opening/closing execution mode ends.

Next, the processing (processing after step S1107) when the MPU 62 determines in step S1105 that the allocation result is not the "non-explicit small round high probability result" will be described.
In step S1107, the MPU 62 determines whether the sorting result is a "low probability result".

When the MPU 62 determines in step S1107 that the sorting result is not the “low probability result” (when it determines that the win/loss result is the “special outlier result”), it ends the transition processing at the end of the opening/closing execution mode. do.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1107 that the sorting result is the "low-probability result", it executes the processing after step S1108.

In step S1108, the MPU 62 clears the high probability mode flag. As a result, the MPU 62 sets the win/fail lottery mode to the low probability mode. This low-probability mode continues at least until a "big win" is obtained in the winning lottery and the distribution result is other than a "low-probability result".

In step S1109, the MPU 62 sets a high frequency support flag in the RAM 64. FIG. The MPU 62 maintains the high frequency support flag if it is already set in the RAM 64 . Thereby, the MPU 62 sets the support mode to the high frequency support mode.
After that, the MPU 62 executes the processes after S1104 described above, and ends the transition process when the opening/closing execution mode ends.

In this way, if the winning lottery results in a "jackpot winning" and the distribution result in the distribution lottery becomes a "most advantageous result" or a "high probability result", the game state is the current state. Regardless of the game state, after the opening/closing execution mode (that is, the round number regulation mode) ends, the game shifts to the high probability mode and the high frequency support mode. The high-probability mode and the high-frequency support mode shift to the low-probability mode and the low-frequency support mode when 100 game rounds are completed without becoming "big win" in the lottery.

Also, when the current support mode is the high-frequency support mode, if the win-or-loss lottery results in a "jackpot win" and the distribution result in the distribution lottery is "unexplained small round high probability result", After the opening/closing execution mode (that is, round number regulation mode) ends, the game state shifts to the high probability mode and the high frequency support mode. The high-probability mode and the high-frequency support mode shift to the low-probability mode and the low-frequency support mode when 100 game rounds are completed without becoming "big win" in the lottery.

On the other hand, when the current support mode is the low-frequency support mode, the win-or-loss lottery results in a "big win", and the distribution result in the distribution lottery is the "non-explicit small round high probability result". Then, the game state shifts to the high probability mode and the low frequency support mode after the opening/closing execution mode (that is, the round number regulation mode) ends.
The high-probability mode shifts to the low-probability mode when 100 game rounds are completed without becoming a "big win" in the lottery, and the low-frequency support mode at least "wins a big win" in the lottery. Continue until

In addition, if the winning lottery results in a "big win" and the distribution result in the distribution lottery results in a "low probability result", the game state is the opening and closing execution mode (that is, After the end of the round number regulation mode), it shifts to the low probability mode and the high frequency support mode. The low-probability mode continues at least until a "jackpot win" is achieved in the lottery, and the high-frequency support mode continues until the "jackpot win" is achieved in the lottery. Transition to frequency support mode.

Further, when the winning lottery does not result in a "big hit", that is, when the winning result in the winning lottery is a "special losing result" or a "normal losing result", the game state does not shift.

Here, as described above, in the high-frequency support mode, the probability of winning the game ball at the lower operation opening 37 is higher than that at the upper operation opening 36 . Further, when the MPU 62 determines that there is reservation information stored in the second result display section reservation area Rb based on the winning of the game ball to the lower operation port 37, the game ball to the upper operation port 36 Regardless of whether or not there is any pending information stored in the first result display holding area Ra, the pending information stored in the second result displaying holding area Rb is preferentially played in the game cycle. Set for digestion. Then, the table referred to when performing the lottery for the type of jackpot with respect to the value of the jackpot type counter C2 based on the winning to the lower operation port 37 is the second distribution table (FIG. 7(b)). reference).

Therefore, if the winning lottery results in a "jackpot winning" and the distribution result in the distribution lottery is "most advantageous result" or "explicit small round high probability result", the game state is changed to the high probability mode. Since it shifts to the high-frequency support mode as it shifts, after that, if it becomes "jackpot winning" again in the winning lottery before completing 100 game rounds, the distribution result will always be "round distribution most advantageous". Result", and the game state shifts to the high probability mode again and to the high frequency support mode. In other words, the gaming state loops through the high probability mode and the high frequency support mode. In the high-probability mode, the winning lottery has a probability of 11/600 (approximately 1/55) of winning the jackpot.

<Electrical Configuration of Audio Light Emission Control Device 90 and Display Control Device 100>
FIG. 19 is a block diagram showing the electrical configuration of the sound emission control device and the display control device.
As shown in FIG. 19, the sound emission control device 90 includes a sound emission control board 91, an MPU 92 mounted on the sound emission control board 91, and a ROM 93 and a RAM 94 that constitute the MPU 92. Here, the MPU 92 is an element in which a CPU, an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, a data input/output circuit, etc., as well as the ROM 93 and the RAM 94 are integrated into a chip.

The ROM 93 is a memory for storing various control programs and fixed value data, and is non-volatile storage means that does not require power supply from the outside to hold stored information. The ROM 93 has various areas such as a lottery table storage area 93a and an expectation table storage area 93b. These areas are described in detail later.
The RAM 94 is a memory for temporarily storing various data and the like when executing the control program stored in the ROM 93, and is a volatile storage means that requires external power supply to hold the stored information. is. This RAM 94 has various areas such as various counter areas 94a, sub-side pending information storage areas 94b, various flag storage areas 94c, and command list storage areas 94d. These areas are described in detail later.

The MPU 92 has an input port and an output port. The input port of the MPU 92 is connected to the main controller 60 as described above. The output port of the MPU 92 is connected to various lamp units 23 , 53 to 55 , speaker unit 24 and display control device 100 .
The MPU 92 executes driving control of various lamp units 23 , 53 to 55 and the speaker unit 24 based on commands transmitted from the main control device 60 .
Also, the MPU 92 transmits commands resulting from analysis of these commands to the display control device 100 . The sound emission control device 90 is electrically connected to the display control device 100 via a connector unit (connection unit) in which connectors are provided at both ends of a signal line.

The display control device 100 includes a display control board 101 , an MPU 102 , a program ROM 103 and a work RAM 104 that constitute the MPU 102 , a video display processor (VDP) 105 , a character ROM 106 and a video RAM 107 . Here, the MPU 102 is an element in which, in addition to the program ROM 103 and work RAM 104, a CPU, an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, a data input/output circuit, and the like are combined into a chip. MPU 102 , VDP 105 , character ROM 106 and video RAM 107 are mounted on display control board 101 .

The MPU 102 analyzes the command transmitted from the sound emission control device 90 and performs predetermined arithmetic processing based on this command to control the VDP 105 . Specifically, MPU 102 controls VDP 105 by generating commands for VDP 105 .

The program ROM 103 is a memory for storing various control programs and fixed value data, and is non-volatile storage means that does not require power supply from the outside for holding stored information.
The work RAM 104 is a memory for temporarily storing various data and the like when executing the control program stored in the program ROM 103. The work RAM 104 is a volatile RAM that requires power supply from the outside to hold the stored information. It is a memory means.

The VDP 105 is a kind of drawing circuit that directly operates an image processing device as a liquid crystal display driver incorporated in the pattern display device 51 . Since the VDP 105 is made into an IC chip, it is also called a "drawing chip", and its substance should be called a microcomputer chip containing firmware dedicated to drawing processing. The VDP 105 reads image data from the character ROM 106 based on the content of the command generated by the MPU 102 and stores the image data in the video RAM 107 .

The character ROM 106 functions as an image data library for storing character data such as designs displayed on the design display device 51 . The character ROM 106 holds bitmap format image data of various patterns, a color palette table and the like that are referred to when determining the expression color of each dot of the bitmap image.
The video RAM 107 is a memory for storing display data to be displayed on the pattern display device 51 , and the display contents of the pattern display device 51 are changed by rewriting the contents of the video RAM 107 .

<Regarding Timer Interrupt Processing Executed by Sound Emission Control Device 90>
FIG. 20 is a diagram showing a flowchart of timer interrupt processing executed by the sound emission control device.
The MPU 92 of the sound emission control device 90 executes timer interrupt processing for advancing the game. In this timer interrupt process, the MPU 92 periodically executes steps S1201 to S1205 (for example, every 2 msec) as shown in FIG.

In step S1201, the MPU 92 executes command storage processing. In this command storage process, when the MPU 92 receives a command from the MPU 62 , it stores the command in the RAM 94 . Specifically, the RAM 94 has a ring buffer for storing and reading commands received from the MPU 62 , and the MPU 92 stores the commands in the ring buffer according to the order received from the MPU 62 . The MPU 92 reads commands from the ring buffer in the order in which they are stored in the ring buffer.

In step S1202, the MPU 92 executes effect determination processing based on the command received from the MPU 62. FIG. In the effect determination process, the MPU 92 determines the effect for the game cycle, the effect for the open/close execution mode, and the like.
In step S1203, the MPU 92 executes an effect execution process based on the content of the effect determination process in step S1202. Specifically, in the effect execution process, the MPU 92 executes light emission control of various lamp units 23 and 53 to 55 and executes sound control of the speaker unit 24 .

In step S<b>1204 , the MPU 92 executes demonstration display execution processing based on the demonstration command received from the MPU 62 . In the demonstration display execution process, the MPU 92 executes the demonstration display when a predetermined start waiting period (for example, 3 seconds) for the start of the demonstration elapses without a new game cycle being started after the game cycle ends. . Specifically, in the demonstration display execution process, the MPU 92 executes light emission control of various lamp units 23 and audio control of the speaker unit 24 .

In step S1205, command transmission processing for transmitting the commands set in the effect determination processing in step S1202 and the demonstration display execution processing in step S1204 to the display control device 100 is executed. In this command transmission process, the MPU 92 determines whether or not it is time to transmit various commands stored as a command list in the command list storage area 94d of the RAM 94 to the display control device 100, and transmits various commands to the display control device 100. , the command is transmitted to the display control device 100 . The contents of the command list will be explained later in detail.
After that, the MPU 92 terminates the timer interrupt processing.

<Regarding effect determination processing executed by the sound emission control device 90>
FIG. 21 is a diagram showing a flowchart of effect determination processing.
The MPU 92 of the sound emission control device 90 executes an effect determination process in order to execute an effect for the game cycle, an effect for the opening/closing execution mode, and the like. In this effect determination process, the MPU 92 executes steps S1301 to S1317 as shown in FIG.

In step S1301, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the pending command (first pending command or second pending command) transmitted from the MPU 62 is received.
When the MPU 92 determines in step S1301 that the hold generation command has not been received, the MPU 92 executes the processing from step S1303.
On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S1301 that it has received a pending request command, it executes pending processing in step S1302. In this hold generation process, the MPU 92 stores sub-side hold information in the sub-side hold information storage area 94b based on the content of the hold generation command. This pending generation process will be described later in detail.

After executing the processing of step S1302, or when determining that the hold generation command is not received in step S1301, the MPU 92 executes the processing of step S1303 and subsequent steps.
In step S1303, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the shift command (first shift command or second shift command) transmitted from the MPU 62 is received.
When the MPU 92 determines in step S1303 that the shift command has not been received, it executes the processing from step S1305 onward.
On the other hand, if the MPU 92 determines in step S1303 that it has received the shift command, it executes the hold shift process in step S1304. In this hold shift process, the MPU 92 shifts the sub-side hold information stored in the sub-side hold information storage area 94b based on the content of the shift command. This pending shift process will be described later in detail.

After executing the process of step S1304, or when it is determined in step S1303 that the shift time command has not been received, the MPU 92 executes the process of step S1305 and subsequent steps.
In step S1305, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the variation command and the type command transmitted from the MPU 62 have been received.
When the MPU 92 determines in step S1305 that each command has not been received, it executes the processing from step S1313 onward.
On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S1305 that each command has been received, in step S1306, based on the content of the type command, the game result is "best result" or "low probability". result”.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S1306 that the game result is the "most advantageous result" or "low probability result", in step S1307, it executes symbol determination processing corresponding to the type of game result. In this symbol determination process, when the MPU 92 determines that the winning lottery results in a "jackpot winning" and the distribution lottery results in a "low-probability, most advantageous result", the final result on the effective line L Information related to the combination of symbols with the same odd number or the same even number is determined as the stop result to be displayed, and the winning lottery results in a "big win", and in the distribution lottery, the "round allocation is most advantageous". When it is determined that it is sorted to "result", information related to the combination of symbols having the same odd number as the stop result to be finally stopped and displayed on the activated line L is determined, and "big win winning" is determined in the winning lottery. , and when it is determined that it has been distributed to the "low probability result" in the distribution lottery, information related to the combination of symbols having the same even number as the stop result that is finally stopped and displayed on the effective line L to decide. The odd and even numbers are randomly determined by lottery or the like.

On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S1306 that the game result is not the "best result" or "low probability result", in step S1308, based on the content of the type command, the game result is " It is determined whether or not the result is “out of normal result”.
When the MPU 92 determines in step S1308 that the game result is not the “normal result”, that is, the game result is the “special result”, the “non-explicit small round high probability result”, and the “explicit small round high probability result”. If it is either, in step S1309, common symbol determination processing is executed. In this common symbol determination process, the MPU 92 determines information relating to a combination of special symbols as a stop result to be finally stopped and displayed on the activated line L. FIG. Specifically, the MPU 92 selects not a combination of symbols having the same number, but a special combination of symbols having different numbers (for example, "3.4.1") is determined. It should be noted that this special symbol combination is the same regardless of the type of game result.

On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S1308 that the game result is the "normal failure result", in step S1310, the MPU 92 executes symbol determination processing for normal failure. In this normal out-of-symbol determination process, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the ready-to-win display will occur based on the content of the variation command.

When the MPU 92 determines that the ready-to-win display will occur, the MPU 92 determines information relating to the combination of symbols for the ready-to-win display as the stop result to be finally stopped and displayed on the activated line L. FIG. It should be noted that the combination of symbols for the ready-to-win display is randomly determined by a lottery or the like.
On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines that the ready-to-win display does not occur, the MPU 92 provides information relating to a combination of symbols different from the above-described combination of symbols as a stop result to be finally displayed stop on the activated line L. decide. Specifically, the MPU 92 randomly determines a combination of symbols different from any of the combination of symbols having the same number, the special combination of symbols, and the combination of symbols in the ready-to-win display by lottery or the like.

After executing any one of steps S1307, S1309, and S1310, the MPU 92 executes a production pattern determination process in step S1311. In this effect pattern determination process, the MPU 92 selects an effect pattern corresponding to the variation command and the type command by referring to the effect table pre-stored in the ROM 93 . Specifically, the MPU 92 selects an effect continuation time (effect continuation period) and the content of the effect as the effect pattern. Incidentally, in step S1311, the MPU 92 also executes a lottery to determine whether or not to generate an advance notice display.

Further, the MPU 92 executes light emission control of the display lamp unit 23 and voice control of the speaker unit 24 in the above-described effect execution processing of step S1203 based on the selected effect pattern.

In step S1312, the MPU 92 sets a change start command and a stop result command including information related to the stop result determined in any one of steps S1307, S1309 and S1310. Then, the MPU 92 stores the variation start command and the stop result command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94d of the RAM 94. FIG. These fluctuation start command and stop result command are transmitted to the display control device 100 in the command transmission processing of step S1205 described above.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 retrieves from the program ROM 103 a data table for starting the variable display and displaying the stop result on the pattern display device 51 based on the variable start command and the stop result command transmitted from the MPU 92 . read out. Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, every 20 msec) comes. Thereby, the symbol display device 51 finally stops and displays the stop result determined by the MPU 92 on the effective line L after starting the variable display.

After executing the process of step S1312, or when determining in step S1305 that the command for variation and the type command have not been received, the MPU 92 executes the process of step S1313 and subsequent steps.
In step S1313, the MPU 92 determines whether an opening command has been received.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S1313 that the opening command has not been received, it executes the processing from step S1317.
On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S1313 that the opening command has been received, in step S1314 the MPU 92 determines the type of game result based on the contents of the opening command.

In step S1315, the MPU 92 executes determination processing of the effect for the opening/closing execution mode corresponding to the type of game result determined in step S1314. In the processing for determining the effect for the opening/closing execution mode, when the MPU 92 determines in step S1314 that the game result is the "special loss result" or the "non-explicit small round high probability result", the opening/closing execution mode effect is determined. Effect A is selected as the effect. Further, when the MPU 92 determines that the game result is the “explicit small round high probability result”, the MPU 92 selects the effect B as the effect for the opening/closing execution mode. Further, when the MPU 92 determines that the game result is the "most advantageous result", the MPU 92 selects the effects CA to CC or the effect D as the effects for the opening/closing execution mode. Further, when the MPU 92 determines that the game result is the "low probability result", the MPU 92 selects the effect D as the effect for the opening/closing execution mode.

The duration of the effects A and B corresponds to the time when the opening and closing of the big winning opening 38a is executed twice in a short period of time in the open/close execution mode. In addition, the duration of the effects CA and D corresponds to the time when the opening and closing of the big winning opening 38a is executed four times in the open/close execution mode, and the duration of the effect CB corresponds to the time when the opening and closing is executed four times in the open/close execution mode. The duration of the effect CC corresponds to the time required to open and close the winning opening 38a eight times for a long period of time. corresponds to

Further, the MPU 92 executes light emission control of the display lamp unit 23 and voice control of the speaker unit 24 in the above-described effect execution processing of step S1203 based on the selection result of the effects A to D.

In step S1316, the MPU 92 sets an opening/closing execution mode command including information relating to the effect for the opening/closing execution mode selected in step S1315. This opening/closing execution mode command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the command transmission processing of step S1205 described above.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads out from the program ROM 103 a data table for executing the opening/closing execution mode effect on the pattern display device 51 based on the opening/closing execution mode command transmitted from the MPU 92 . Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, every 20 msec) comes. As a result, the pattern display device 51 executes an effect for the opening/closing execution mode selected by the MPU 92 of the sound emission control device 90 .

After executing the process of step S1316, or when determining that the opening command has not been received in step S1313, the MPU 92 executes the process of step S1317 and subsequent steps.
In step S1317, the MPU 92 executes other processing. In other processes, the MPU 92 executes processes for advancing the effects for the opening/closing execution mode based on the opening command, closing command, and ending command transmitted from the MPU 62, for example. After that, the MPU 92 terminates the effect determination process.

<Regarding the relationship between game results and game status>
The relationship between game results and game states based on the execution of various processes will be described below.
FIG. 22 is a diagram showing the relationship between game results and game states. Specifically, FIG. 22 is a diagram showing the relationship between the game results excluding the "normal failure result" and the game states, etc., in which the game results are arranged in the column direction and the game states, etc. are arranged in the row direction.
The pachinko machine 10, as shown in FIG. Distributed results of "Few Rounds High Probability Result", "Low Probability Most Favorable Result", "4 Rounds Most Favorable Result", "8 Rounds Most Favorable Result", "16 Rounds Most Favorable Result", and "Low Probability Result" and

As shown in the second column of the table in FIG. 22, the "special loss result" is the game result selected when the "big win" is not won in the win/loss lottery (symbol x in the figure). Also, the sorting result is the game result selected when "big hit" is won in the winning lottery (symbol ◯ in the figure).
Hereinafter, the relationship between the game results other than the "normal result" and the game state will be described. In this embodiment, the pachinko machine 10 sets the relationship between the game result and the game state as follows. The contents of the game state and the like are arbitrary.

In the case of the "special failure result", the opening/closing execution mode shifts to the opening/closing number regulation mode instead of the round number regulation mode, and the opening/closing of the big winning hole 38a is executed twice in a short period of time. Also, in the "special losing result", the lottery mode does not shift.
In the "unspecified small round high probability result", the opening and closing execution mode shifts to the round number regulation mode in which the round game is performed with two times as the upper limit number of times, and the opening and closing of the big winning opening 38a is executed twice in a short time mode. be done. In addition, in the "non-explicit small round high probability result", the winning lottery mode shifts to the high probability mode.
In this way, the "special loss result" and the "non-explicit small round high probability result" are different in the type of opening and closing execution mode, but are common in that the opening and closing of the big winning opening 38a is executed twice in a short time mode. is doing.

In addition, in the "special failure result" and "non-explicit small round high probability result", the stop result is a combination of special symbols, and the effect for the opening/closing execution mode is effect A. In addition, "special outlier results" and "implicit few-round high-probability results" do not transition to support mode. In addition, the symbol display device 51 does not display, on the display screen G, an image indicating that the high-probability mode is set in the game round after the opening/closing execution mode ends.

Therefore, the player cannot grasp whether the game result is the "special failure result" or the "non-explicit few round high probability result" by checking the stop result or the effect for the opening/closing execution mode. Can not. In other words, even when the distribution lottery results in the "unexplained small round high probability result" and shifts to the high probability mode, the symbol display device 51 does not perform the winning lottery in the game round after the opening/closing execution mode ends. Disguise as if the mode has not changed.
Therefore, the player can play the game while enjoying the prediction of whether or not the winning lottery mode has shifted to the high-probability mode.

In the "explicit small round high probability result", the opening and closing execution mode shifts to the round number regulation mode in which the round game is performed with two times as the upper limit number, and the opening and closing of the big winning opening 38a is executed twice in a short time mode. be. In addition, in the "explicit small round high probability result", the winning lottery mode shifts to the high probability mode. In addition, in the "explicit small round high probability result", the stop result is a combination of special symbols, and the effect for the opening/closing execution mode is effect B. In addition, in the "explicit small number of rounds high probability result", the support mode shifts to the high frequency support mode. Further, in the game cycle after the opening/closing execution mode ends, the symbol display device 51 displays an image on the display screen G clearly indicating the high probability mode.
Therefore, the player can understand that the game result is the "explicit small round high probability result" by confirming the stop result and the effect for the opening/closing execution mode.

In the "most advantageous result at low probability", the opening/closing execution mode shifts to the round number regulation mode in which the round game is performed with four times as the upper limit number of times, and the opening/closing of the big winning opening 38a is executed four times in a long time mode. be.
Here, in the "most advantageous result at low probability", the stop result is a combination of symbols having the same odd number or the same even number, and the winning lottery mode shifts to the high probability mode, opening and closing The effect for the run mode is effect CA or effect D. Specifically, when the stop result is a combination of symbols having the same odd number, the effect for the opening/closing execution mode is the effect CA, and the stop result is a combination of symbols having the same even number. In this case, the effect for the opening/closing execution mode is the effect D.

In the "four rounds most advantageous result", the opening/closing execution mode shifts to the round number regulation mode in which the round game is performed with four times as the upper limit number of times, and the opening/closing of the big winning opening 38a is executed four times in a long time mode. .
Here, in the "fourth round most advantageous result", the stop result is a combination of symbols having the same odd number, and the win/fail lottery mode shifts to the high probability mode. Acting CA.

In the "eight rounds most advantageous result", the opening/closing execution mode shifts to the round number regulation mode in which the round game is performed with eight times as the upper limit number of times, and the opening/closing of the big winning opening 38a is executed eight times in a long time mode. .
Here, in the "best result of 8 rounds", the stop result is a combination of symbols having the same odd number, and the winning lottery mode shifts to the high probability mode, and the effect for the opening and closing execution mode is as follows. It becomes the production CB.

In the "16 rounds most advantageous result", the opening/closing execution mode shifts to the round number regulation mode in which the round game is performed with 16 times as the upper limit, and the opening/closing of the big winning hole 38a is executed 16 times in a long time mode. .
Here, in the "16 rounds most advantageous result", the stop result is a combination of symbols having the same odd number, and the winning lottery mode shifts to the high probability mode, and the effect for the opening and closing execution mode is It becomes the production CC.

In the "low probability result", the opening/closing execution mode shifts to the round number regulation mode in which the round game is performed with four times as the upper limit number of times, and the opening/closing of the big winning opening 38a is executed four times in a long time mode.
Here, in the "low-probability result", the stop result is a combination of symbols having the same even number, and the success/fail lottery mode shifts to the low-probability mode, and the effect for the opening/closing execution mode is the effect D becomes.

Then, in the "most advantageous result" and the "low probability result", the support mode shifts to the high frequency support mode.

Therefore, when the stop result is a combination of symbols having the same odd number, and the effect for the opening/closing execution mode is the effect CA, the game result is "most advantageous result at low probability". Or it can be grasped that it is the 'fourth round most advantageous result'. However, when the stop result is a combination of symbols having the same even number, the player confirms the stop result and the effect for the opening and closing execution mode, so that the game result is "maximum when low probability". It is not possible to grasp whether it is a "favorable result" or a "low probability result".

Then, in the game cycle after the end of the opening/closing execution mode, if the effect for the opening/closing execution mode is finally the effect D, the symbol display device 51 displays an image indicating that the high probability mode is on the display screen G. do not do.

Specifically, the symbol display device 51 does not display an image indicating that the high probability mode is on the display screen G, and in the high frequency support mode, the game round is the end reference number of times (specifically, 100 times) is reached, an image is displayed on the display screen G to notify that the mode will be shifted to the low-frequency support mode. In other words, even if the distribution lottery results in the "most advantageous result at low probability", the symbol display device 51 will make the final effect for the opening/closing execution mode in the game round after the opening/closing execution mode ends. If the effect is D, the game result is camouflaged as if it were a "low-probability result".

<Holding process>
FIG. 23 is a diagram showing a flowchart of a hold generation process.
As described above, the MPU 92 of the sound emission control device 90 executes suspension generation processing in step S1302 of the effect determination processing. In this hold occurrence process, the MPU 92 executes steps S1401 to S1409 as shown in FIG. Specifically, the MPU 92 stores sub-side pending information in the sub-side pending information storage area 94b based on the contents of the pending command.

FIG. 24 is a diagram showing the contents of the sub-side pending information storage area.
The sub-side reservation information storage area 94b, as shown in FIG. 24, comprises a first sub-side reservation area SRa, a second sub-side reservation area SRb, and an execution area SAE.

The first sub-side reservation area SRa provided as the first sub-side acquisition information storage means comprises four storage areas of a first area SRa1 to a fourth area SRa4. Each of the areas SRa1 to SRa4 is set to have a storage capacity capable of storing normal hold information for causing a normal hold and advance notice hold information for causing a notice hold. The normal hold information for generating the normal hold and the notice hold information for causing the notice hold will be described later in detail.

The MPU 92 stores the normal hold information or advance notice hold information as sub-side hold information in each of the areas SRa1 to SRa4 in time series in accordance with the reception of the first hold generation command. Specifically, when the MPU 92 receives the first hold generation command transmitted from the MPU 62, the MPU 92 sends the sub-side hold information in the order of the first area SRa1→second area SRa2→third area SRa3→fourth area SRa4. Store in chronological order.

Thus, since the first sub-side reservation area SRa has four storage areas, up to four pieces of sub-side reservation information based on the first reservation generation command are reserved. Also, the first sub-side reservation area SRa has a storage area for writing the number of reservations stored in the areas SRa1 to SRa4.

The second sub-side reservation area SRb provided as the second sub-side acquired information storage means comprises four storage areas of a first area SRb1 to a fourth area SRb4. Each of the areas SRb1 to SRb4 is set to have a storage capacity capable of storing normal hold information for generating a normal hold and advance notice hold information for causing a notice hold. The normal hold information for generating the normal hold and the notice hold information for causing the notice hold will be described later in detail.

The MPU 92 stores the normal hold information or advance notice hold information as sub-side hold information in each of the areas SRb1 to SRb4 in chronological order in accordance with the reception of the second hold generation command. Specifically, when the MPU 92 receives the second hold generation command transmitted from the MPU 62, the sub-side hold information is sent in the order of the first area SRb1→second area SRb2→third area SRb3→fourth area SRb4. Store in chronological order.

Thus, the second sub-side reserved area SRb has four storage areas, so that up to four pieces of sub-side reserved information based on the second reservation generation command are reserved. Further, the second sub-side reservation area SRb has a storage area for writing the number of reservations stored in each of the areas SRb1 to SRb4.

The execution area SAE is for moving the sub-side reservation information stored in the storage area of the first sub-side reservation area SRa or the second sub-side reservation area SRb when starting the variable display of the pattern display device 51. area.

Returning to the description of the hold occurrence process, the processes after step S1401 will be described with reference to FIG.
In step S1401, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the first pending command transmitted from the MPU 62 has been received.
When the MPU 92 determines in step S1401 that it has received the first suspension generation command, in step S1402, it grasps the number of suspensions stored in the first sub-side reservation area SRa, and It is set in a predetermined storage area in the first sub-side reservation area SRa as the first sub-side start reservation storage number SRaN. After that, the MPU 92 executes the processes after step S1404.

On the other hand, if the MPU 92 determines in step S1401 that it has not received the first pending command (if it determines that it has received the second pending command), in step S1403, the The number of reservations stored in the second sub-side reservation area SRb is grasped, and the number of reservations is set in a predetermined storage area in the second sub-side reservation area SRb as the second sub-side start reservation storage number SRbN. After that, the MPU 92 executes the processes after step S1404.

After executing the processing of step S1402 or step S1403, the MPU 92 adds 1 to the value of the sub-side start pending storage number SN (SRaN or SRbN) to update it in step S1404.

In step S1405, the MPU 92 executes lottery processing for notice suspension. In this advance notice suspension lottery process, the MPU 92 executes a lottery to determine whether or not to generate the advance notice suspension.
Specifically, the MPU 92 executes a lottery to determine whether or not to generate an advance notice suspension by using the value of the advance notice suspension occurrence counter. Note that the notice suspension occurrence counter is provided in various counter areas 94 a of the RAM 94 .

The notice suspension occurrence counter is a loop counter that adds 1 to the previous value each time it is updated and returns to 0 after reaching the maximum value. The notice pending occurrence counter is periodically updated, and the updated value is appropriately stored in a notice pending occurrence counter buffer set in a predetermined area of the RAM 94 .
Then, the MPU 92 executes a lottery (announcement suspension occurrence lottery) to determine whether or not to generate an announcement suspension based on the value of the announcement suspension occurrence counter stored in the announcement suspension occurrence counter buffer. Specifically, the MPU 92 obtains the value of the notice pending occurrence counter stored in the notice pending occurrence counter buffer, and compares this value with the notice pending occurrence table to determine whether or not to generate the notice pending. conduct a lottery. The advance notice pending occurrence table is a table that stores random number values related to the occurrence of advance notice pending, and is stored in the lottery table storage area 93 a of the ROM 93 .

In step S1406, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the lottery for notice suspension occurrence has been won in step S1405 (whether to generate notice suspension).
When the MPU 92 determines in step S1405 to generate the advance notice suspension, in step S1407, the MPU 92 executes advance notice suspension generation processing. In this notice pending generation processing, the MPU 92 executes processing for causing notice pending. In addition, the MPU 92 executes light emission control of the display lamp unit 23 and audio control of the speaker unit 24 in the effect execution processing of step S1203 described above based on the contents of this advance notice suspension generation processing.
Note that the advance notice suspension occurrence processing in step S1407 will be described later in detail.

On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S1405 not to generate the advance notice suspension, it executes normal suspension generation processing in step S1408. In this normal hold generation processing, the MPU 92 executes processing for generating a normal hold. Further, the MPU 92 executes light emission control of the display lamp unit 23 and audio control of the speaker unit 24 in the effect execution processing of step S1203 described above based on the contents of this normal hold generation processing.

Specifically, the MPU 92 stores the normal suspension information in the first memory area among the empty storage areas of the sub-side reservation areas, that is, in the storage area corresponding to the sub-side start suspension storage number SN updated in step S1404.

For example, when the MPU 92 sets the first sub-side start pending storage number SRaN in step S1402, the first storage area among the free storage areas of the first sub-side reserve area SRa, that is, the number updated in step S1404. The normal suspension information is stored in the storage area corresponding to the first sub-side start suspension storage number SRaN. For example, when the MPU 92 sets "3" to the number SRaN of first sub-side start suspension storage in step S1402, the MPU 92 corresponds to "4" in the number SRaN of first sub-side storage suspension of storage updated in step S1404. The normal hold information is stored in the fourth area SRa4, which is a storage area for

Further, for example, when the MPU 92 sets the second sub-side start pending storage number SRbN in step S1403, the first storage area among the free storage areas of the second sub-side holding area SRb, that is, in step S1404 The normal suspension information is stored in the storage area corresponding to the updated second sub-side start suspension storage number SRbN. For example, when the MPU 92 sets "3" to the second sub-side start pending storage number SRbN in step S1403, it corresponds to "4" in the second sub-side start pending storage number SRbN updated in step S1404. The normal hold information is stored in the fourth area SRb4, which is a storage area for

This normal hold information is information for specifying to generate a normal hold. In addition, the normal hold information includes information related to the sub-side start hold storage number SN updated in step S1404 and the corresponding storage area.

After executing the advance notice suspension generation process in step S1407 or the normal suspension generation process in step S1408, the MPU 92 sets a suspension display generation command in step S1409. Then, the MPU 92 stores the pending display generation command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94d of the RAM 94. FIG. This pending display generation command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the command transmission processing of step S1205 described above.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads from the program ROM 103 a data table for causing the pattern display device 51 to generate an advance notice suspension or a normal suspension based on the suspension display generation command transmitted from the MPU 92 . Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, every 20 msec) comes. As a result, the pattern display device 51 displays the pattern of notice suspension or the pattern of normal suspension on the display screen G to inform the player of the occurrence of notice suspension or normal suspension.

FIG. 25 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the notice suspension occurrence process.
As described above, the MPU 92 of the sound emission control device 90 executes the notice suspension generation process in step S1407 of the suspension generation process. In this advance notice pending generation process, the MPU 92 executes steps S1501 to S1505 as shown in FIG.

In step S1501, the MPU 92 executes lottery processing for the degree of expectation of suspension of advance notice. In the lottery process of the degree of expectation of the suspension of the advance notice, the MPU 92 executes a lottery for determining the degree of expectation of the suspension of the notice.
Specifically, the MPU 92 executes lottery processing for the advance notice pending expectation level based on the contents of the pending command (first pending command or second pending command) received from the MPU 62 .

FIG. 26 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the lottery process for the degree of expectation of holding the previous notice.
In the lottery process for the degree of expectation of suspension of advance notice, the MPU 92 executes steps S1601 to S1606 as shown in FIG.
In step S1601, based on the contents of the pending command (first pending command or second pending command) received from the MPU 62, it is determined whether or not the winning result is "big hit winning".

When the MPU 92 determines in step S1601 that the win/loss result is "big win winning", the MPU 92 reads out the prediction pending expectation level table for the big win result from the expectation level table storage area 93b of the ROM 93 in step S1602.
On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S1601 that the win/loss result is not "big hit winning", in step S1603, the hold generation command received from the MPU 62 (first hold generation command or second hold generation command ), it is determined whether or not the win/loss result is a “special loss result”.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S1603 that the success/failure result is the "special failure result", the MPU 92 reads the notice pending expectation level table for the special failure result from the expectation level table storage area 93b of the ROM 93 in step S1604.
On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S1603 that the success/failure result is not the “special failure result” (if it determines that the success/failure result is the “normal failure result”), in step S1605 The advance notice pending expectation level table for results is read out from the expectation level table storage area 93b of the ROM 93. FIG.

After executing any one of steps S1602, S1604, and S1605, the MPU 92 executes an advance notice pending expectation lottery execution process in step S1606. In this advance notice holding expectation degree lottery execution process, the MPU 92 executes a lottery for determining the degree of expectation of the advance notice holding by using the value of the advance notice holding expectation degree counter. Note that the notice holding expectation degree counter is provided in the various counter areas 94a of the RAM 94. FIG.

The advance notice pending expectation degree counter is a loop counter that adds 1 to the previous value each time it is updated and returns to 0 after reaching the maximum value. The notice pending expectation degree counter is periodically updated, and the updated value is appropriately stored in the notice pending expectation degree counter buffer set in a predetermined area of the RAM 94 .
Then, the MPU 92 executes a lottery (announcement suspension expectation lottery) for determining the degree of expectation of the announcement suspension based on the value of the announcement suspension expectation level counter stored in the buffer for the announcement suspension expectation level counter. Specifically, the MPU 92 acquires the value of the advance notice pending expectation degree counter stored in the buffer for the advance notice pending expectation degree counter, and stores this value in step S1602, step S1604, or step S1605. Perform a lottery to determine the expected degree of advance notice pending by comparison with the degree table.

27A and 27B are diagrams showing patterns of advance notice suspension of each degree of expectation. FIG. 28 is a diagram showing the relationship between the success/failure result and the occurrence probability of advance notice suspension for each degree of expectation.
As shown in FIG. 27, the notice suspension has patterns of low expectation, medium expectation, and high expectation associated with the success/fail result. The pattern of each degree of expectation is held in the character ROM 106 of the display control device 100 .
Incidentally, FIG. 27(A) shows the low-expectation notice suspension displayed on the display screen G of the pattern display device 51, and FIG. FIG. 27(C) shows the notice suspension of high expectations displayed on the display screen G of the pattern display device 51. FIG.

As shown in FIG. 27(A), the advance notice suspension with a low degree of expectation is a pattern in which one donut is placed on a plate. This low-expectation advance notice suspension is less likely to occur when the lottery result is ``big win'' or ``special loss result'' and more likely to occur when the result is ``ordinary loss result''.
Specifically, as shown in FIG. 28, the notice suspension of the low expectation occurs with a probability of 5% when reading the notice suspension expectation table for the jackpot result in step S1602, and step S1604. If the advance notice pending expectation level table for the special outlier result is read in step S1605, it occurs with a probability of 10%. will occur with a probability of

In addition, as shown in FIG. 27(B), the advance notice suspension of medium expectation is a pattern in which three donuts are placed on a plate. This medium-expectation notice hold is more likely to occur than the low-expectation notice hold if the result of the lottery is "jackpot winning" or "special loss result", and is more likely to occur than the high-expectation notice hold. It is a notice hold that is unlikely to occur, and if the result of the lottery is a "normal outlier result", it is less likely to occur than a notice hold with low expectations, and a notice hold that is more likely to occur than notice holds with high expectations. be.
Specifically, as shown in FIG. 28, the notice suspension of medium expectation occurs with a probability of 15% in the case where the notice suspension expectation table for the jackpot result is read in step S1602, and step S1604 If the advance notice pending expectation level table for the special outlier result is read in step S1605, it occurs with a probability of 30%. will occur with a probability of

And, as shown in FIG. 27(C), the advance notice suspension with a high degree of expectation is a pattern in which a large number of donuts are placed on a plate. This high-expectation advance notice suspension is likely to occur when the lottery result is ``big win winning'' or ``special loss result'', and is less likely to occur when the result is ``ordinary loss result''.
Specifically, as shown in FIG. 28, when the advance notice pending expectation table for the jackpot result is read in step S1602, the notice pending of high expectation occurs with a probability of 80%, and step S1604. If the advance notice pending expectation level table for the special outlier result is read in step S1605, it occurs with a probability of 60%. will occur with a probability of

Returning to the description of the advance notice pending occurrence process, the processes after step S1502 will be described with reference to FIG.
In step S1502, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the sub-side start pending memory number SN (SRaN or SRbN) set in step S1402 or S1403 is 2 or more.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S1502 that the number SN of sub-side start suspension memories is equal to or greater than 2, in step S1503, the MPU 92 executes start-time notice suspension expectation level selection processing. In this start-time notice hold expectation level selection process, the MPU 92 selects the notice hold that is the same as or lower than the notice hold won in the notice hold expectation level lottery process in step S1501. Therefore, when the high expectation notice hold is won in the notice hold expectation lottery process of step S1501, the MPU 92 randomly selects one of the high expectation, medium expectation and low expectation notice hold. , and in the lottery process of the notice hold expectation in step S1501, if the notice hold of medium expectation is won, the notice hold of medium expectation or low expectation is selected at random, and the notice hold of step S1501 is selected. In the event that the lottery process of the expectation level wins the announcement suspension of the low expectation, the announcement suspension of the low expectation is selected.

In step S1504, the MPU 92 stores the normal notice suspension information in the first memory area among the empty storage areas of the sub-side reservation areas, that is, in the storage area corresponding to the sub-side start suspension storage number SN updated in step S1404. After that, the MPU 92 terminates the advance notice pending generation process.

For example, when the MPU 92 sets the first sub-side start pending storage number SRaN in step S1402, the first storage area among the free storage areas of the first sub-side reserve area SRa, that is, the number updated in step S1404. Normal advance notice suspension information is stored in a storage area corresponding to the first sub-side start suspension storage number SRaN. For example, when the MPU 92 sets "3" to the number SRaN of first sub-side start suspension storage in step S1402, the MPU 92 corresponds to "4" in the number SRaN of first sub-side storage suspension of storage updated in step S1404. The normal advance notice suspension information is stored in the fourth area SRa4, which is a storage area for the normal advance notice.

Further, for example, when the MPU 92 sets the second sub-side start pending storage number SRbN in step S1403, the first storage area among the free storage areas of the second sub-side holding area SRb, that is, in step S1404 The normal notice suspension information is stored in the storage area corresponding to the updated second sub-side start suspension storage number SRbN. For example, when the MPU 92 sets "3" to the second sub-side start pending storage number SRbN in step S1403, it corresponds to "4" in the second sub-side start pending storage number SRbN updated in step S1404. The normal advance notice suspension information is stored in the fourth area SRb4, which is a storage area for the normal advance notice.

This normal notice suspension information is information for specifying that the normal notice suspension is to be generated. In addition, the normal notice pending information is updated in step S1404 with information concerning the degree of expectation of the notice pending that was won in the lottery processing of the degree of expectation of notice pending in step S1501 and information concerning the degree of expectation of the current normal notice pending. It includes the sub-side start pending storage number SN and information related to the corresponding storage area. Here, the MPU 92 sets the expectation degree of the advance notice suspension selected in the start time advance notice suspension expectation degree selection processing in step S1503 as the current expectation degree of the normal advance notice suspension.

On the other hand, if the MPU 92 determines in step S1502 that the number SN of sub-side start-holding memories is not 2 or more (if it determines that the number SN of sub-side start-holding memories is 0 or 1), step In S1505, the special advance notice suspension information is stored in the first storage area among the empty storage areas of the sub-side suspension areas, that is, in the storage area corresponding to the sub-side start suspension storage number SN updated in step S1404. After that, the MPU 92 terminates the advance notice pending generation process.

For example, when the MPU 92 sets the first sub-side start pending storage number SRaN in step S1402, the first storage area among the free storage areas of the first sub-side reserve area SRa, that is, the number updated in step S1404. Special advance notice suspension information is stored in a storage area corresponding to the first sub-side start suspension storage number SRaN. For example, when the MPU 92 sets "1" to the number SRaN of first sub-side start suspension storage in step S1402, it corresponds to "2" of the number SRaN of first sub-side storage suspension storage updated in step S1404. Special advance notice suspension information is stored in the fourth area SRa4, which is a storage area for

Further, for example, when the MPU 92 sets the second sub-side start pending storage number SRbN in step S1403, the first storage area among the free storage areas of the second sub-side holding area SRb, that is, in step S1404 The special advance notice suspension information is stored in the storage area corresponding to the updated second sub-side start suspension storage number SRbN. For example, when the MPU 92 sets the number SRbN of second sub-side start reservation storage to "1" in step S1403, the MPU 92 corresponds to "2" of the second sub-side start reservation storage number SRbN updated in step S1404. Special advance notice suspension information is stored in the fourth area SRb4, which is a storage area for

This special advance notice suspension information is information for specifying that special advance notice suspension is to be generated. In addition, the special notice pending information is information related to the degree of expectation of the notice pending, which was won in the lottery process of the degree of expectation of notice pending in step S1501, and the storage area corresponding to the number SN of sub-side start pending memories updated in step S1404. and information related to

Here, the notice hold information (normal notice hold information and special notice hold information) stored in the storage area of the sub-side hold area is stored in the command list storage area 94d of the RAM 94 in step S1409. included in the command. Then, this hold display generation command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the command transmission processing of step S1205 described above.

As described above, the MPU 102 of the display control device 100 programs the data table for executing the normal notice hold or the special notice hold in the pattern display device 51 based on the hold display generation command transmitted from the MPU 92. Read from the ROM 103 . Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, every 20 msec) comes. Thereby, the pattern display device 51 displays the pattern of the normal notice suspension or the pattern of the special notice suspension on the display screen G to inform the player of the occurrence of the normal notice suspension or the special notice suspension.

FIG. 29 is a diagram showing symbols of advance notice suspension and normal suspension displayed on the display screen of the symbol display device.
As shown in FIG. 29, the MPU 102 has pedestals B1 to B4 provided corresponding to the four storage areas of the first area SRa1 to the fourth area SRa4 of the first sub-side reservation area SRa, and the execution area SAE. Then, the execution pedestal AB provided on the left side of the pedestals B1 to B4 is displayed on the display screen G.

The pedestals B1 to B4 and the execution pedestal AB notify the player of the occurrence of the advance notice suspension or the normal suspension by placing a pattern indicating the advance notice suspension or the normal suspension on the pedestals B1 to B4.
Specifically, when the MPU 102 determines that the normal hold information is stored in the storage area of the first sub-side reservation area SRa based on the content of the hold display generation command transmitted from the MPU 92, the pedestal On B1 to B4, a sphere pattern, which is a normally reserved pattern, is placed.
MPU 102, based on the content of the pending display generation command transmitted from MPU 92, when it is specified that the normal advance notice pending information is stored in the storage area of first sub-side holding area SRa, the MPU 102, when it is determined that the normal advance notice pending information is stored, On the top, one of the patterns of advance notice suspension corresponding to the current degree of expectation of normal notice suspension, that is, the pattern of notice suspension of each degree of expectation, which is the pattern of normal notice suspension, is placed (see FIG. 27). .
When the MPU 102 identifies that special advance notice pending information is stored in the storage area of the first sub-side holding area SRa based on the contents of the pending display generation command transmitted from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 selects the pedestal B1 or the pedestal B2. A pattern of furoshiki, which is a pattern of special notice pending, is placed on the .

Further, when the MPU 102 specifies that the execution area SAE stores normal suspension information, the MPU 102 places a sphere pattern, which is a normal suspension pattern, on the execution base AB.
When the MPU 102 determines that the normal notice pending information is stored in the execution area SAE, the MPU 102 displays the picture of the notice pending corresponding to the degree of expectation of the current normal notice pending on the execution base AB, that is, the normal notice pending. Any one of the patterns of advance notice suspension of each degree of expectation (see FIG. 27) is placed.
When the MPU 102 specifies that special notice suspension information is stored in the execution area SAE, the MPU 102 places a furoshiki pattern, which is a special notice suspension pattern, on the execution pedestal AB.
Note that the MPU 102 identifies the information stored in the execution area SAE based on the content of the pending display shift command transmitted from the MPU 92 . This pending display shift command will be described later in detail.

Here, in the example of FIG. 29, the MPU 102 places the pattern of normal suspension on the pedestal B1, places the pattern of special notice suspension on the pedestal B2, and places the low-expectation pattern on the pedestal B3. A picture with normal notice reserved is placed, and a picture with normal notice reserved is placed on the pedestal AB for execution. Also, in this example, the MPU 102 does not place a pattern on the pedestal B4.
The pedestals B1 to B4 are also provided corresponding to the four storage areas of the first area SRb1 to the fourth area SRb4 of the second sub-side reservation area SRb. Specifically, the pattern corresponding to the storage area of the second sub-side reservation area SRb is superimposed on the front side of the pattern corresponding to the storage area of the first sub-side reservation area SRa.

Thus, in this embodiment, the sub-side reservation information storage area 94b is associated with the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper working port 36 or the lower working port 37 as a trigger. It functions as information storage means for storing advance notice pending information (internal lottery information).
The sub-side pending information storage area 94b includes an execution area SAE as an execution area for storing advance notice pending information during execution of variable display on the pattern display device 51, and a It has a first sub-side reservation area SRa and a second sub-side reservation area SRb as a plurality of reservation areas for storing advance notice reservation information in a reservation state.

Here, in the present embodiment, the advance notice pending information is associated with the win/fail result, but may be associated with other information such as display duration time. In short, the notice suspension information should be associated with the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball to the upper working port 36 or the lower working port 37 as a trigger.

Specifically, the MPU 92 generates the ready-to-win display based on the information about the display duration, and the display duration is set to such an extent that the player expects that he or she has won a "big win" in the lottery. When it is determined to be long (for example, when super reach occurs), the probability of generating a high-expectation advance notice suspension is increased and the probability of generating a low-expectation advance notice suspension is decreased. In addition, the MPU 92 should generate the ready-to-win display based on the information about the display duration time, and the display duration time must be long enough to make the player expect that he or she has won a "big win" in the lottery. When it is determined (for example, when super reach does not occur), the probability of generating a high-expectation advance notice suspension is reduced and the probability of generating a low-expectation advance notice suspension is increased. Then, the MPU 92 may determine the degree of expectation of advance notice suspension by drawing lots based on this probability.

In addition, in this embodiment, the sound emission control device 90 functions as information storage means for storing advance notice suspension information in the sub-side suspension information storage area 94b in the order in which the game ball enters the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37. do.
Then, the sound emission control device 90 and the display control device 100 display the pattern associated with the advance notice pending information on the pattern display device 51 based on the advance notice pending information stored in the sub-side pending information storage area 94b. It functions as a notification means.

Furthermore, in the present embodiment, the advance notice pending generation processing is performed in the first areas SRa1 and SRb1 and the second areas SRa2 and SRb2 on the execution area SAE side of the first sub-side pending area SRa and the second sub-side pending area SRb. In the case of storing the advance notice pending information, it functions as a pending allocation storage section for storing as special advance notice pending information (first internal lottery information). Therefore, the first areas SRa1, SRb1 and the second areas SRa2, SRb2 function as first regions.
Then, in the advance notice pending generation processing, advance notice pending information is placed in the third areas SRa3, SRb3 and the fourth areas SRa4, SRb4 on the opposite side of the execution area SAE among the first sub-side holding area SRa and the second sub-side holding area SRb. , it functions as a hold distribution storage unit for storing normal notice hold information (second internal lottery information). Therefore, the third areas SRa3, SRb3 and the fourth areas SRa4, SRb4 function as the second area.

Although the number of the first areas and the number of the second areas are set to be the same in this embodiment, they may be set differently. In other words, in the process of step S1502, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the sub-side start pending memory number SN (SRaN or SRbN) set in step S1402 or step S1403 is 2 or more. , 1 or more, or 3 or more.
In short, the pending distribution storage unit stores the internal lottery information as the first internal lottery information in the case where the internal lottery information is stored in the first area on the execution area side among the pending areas, and stores the internal lottery information in the second area on the side opposite to the execution area. In the case of storing the internal lottery information in the area of , it is sufficient if it can be stored as the second internal lottery information.

<Hold shift processing>
FIG. 30 is a diagram showing a flowchart of hold shift processing.
The MPU 92 of the sound emission control device 90 executes the hold shift process in step S1304 of the effect determination process, as described above. In this pending shift process, the MPU 92 executes steps S1701 to S1712 as shown in FIG. Specifically, the MPU 92 shifts the sub-side reservation information stored in the sub-side reservation area based on the content of the shift command.

In step S1701, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the first shift command transmitted from the MPU 62 has been received.
When the MPU 92 determines in step S1701 that it has received the first shift time command, it executes the data setting processing of the first sub-side reservation area SRa in steps S1702 to S1704, and in step S1701 If it is determined that the shift time command has not been received (if it has been determined that the second shift time command has been received), data setting processing for the second sub-side reservation area SRb in steps S1705 to S1707 is executed.

First, data setting processing for the first sub-side reservation area SRa in steps S1702 to S1704 will be described.
In step S1702, the MPU 92 subtracts 1 from the value of the first sub-side start reservation storage number SRaN in the first sub-side reservation area SRa to update it.
In step S1703, the MPU 92 moves the sub-side reservation information stored in the first area SRa1 of the first sub-side reservation area SRa to the execution area SAE.
In step S1704, the MPU 92 executes data shift processing for shifting the sub-side reservation information stored in the storage area of the first sub-side reservation area SRa. This data shift process is a process of sequentially shifting the sub-side pending information stored in each of the areas SRa1 to SRa4 to the first area SRa1 side. Specifically, the MPU 92 shifts the sub-side pending information of the second area SRa2 to the first area SRa1, shifts the sub-side pending information of the third area SRa3 to the second area SRa2, and shifts the sub-side pending information of the third area SRa3 to the second area SRa2. The side hold information is shifted to the third area SRa3.

Next, data setting processing for the second sub-side reservation area SRb in steps S1705 to S1707 will be described.
In step S1705, the MPU 92 subtracts 1 from the value of the second sub-side start reservation storage number SRbN in the second sub-side reservation area SRb to update it.
In step S1706, the MPU 92 moves the sub-side reservation information stored in the first area SRb1 of the second sub-side reservation area SRb to the execution area SAE.
In step S1707, the MPU 92 executes data shift processing for shifting the sub-side reservation information stored in the storage area of the second sub-side reservation area SRb. This data shift process is a process of sequentially shifting the sub-side pending information stored in each of the areas SRb1 to SRb4 to the first area SRb1 side. Specifically, the MPU 92 shifts the sub-side pending information of the second area SRb2 to the first area SRb1, shifts the sub-side pending information of the third area SRb3 to the second area SRb2, and shifts the sub-side pending information of the third area SRb3 to the second area SRb2. The side hold information is shifted to the third area SRb3.

After executing the process of step S1704 or step S1707, the MPU 92 determines in step S1708 whether or not the notice pending information moved to the execution area SAE is special notice pending information.
When the MPU 92 determines in step S1708 that the information is the special advance notice suspension information, in step S1709, the MPU 92 executes special advance notice suspension expectation degree notification processing. In this special notice pending expectation degree notification process, the MPU 92 notifies the player of the special notice pending expectation degree. Specifically, the MPU 92 executes processing for opening the furoshiki, which is the design of the special notice pending, and notifying the player of the contents. Further, the MPU 92 executes light emission control of the display lamp unit 23 and audio control of the speaker unit 24 in the above-described effect execution processing of step S1203 based on the contents of the special notice pending expectation level notification processing. .

Here, when the furoshiki, which is the pattern of the special notice pending, is opened, the content is one of the pictures of the notice pending of each degree of expectation, which is the pattern of the normal notice pending. Specifically, the player is informed of the advance notice suspension of the expectation degree won in the lottery process of the notice suspension expectation degree in step S1501 described above as the contents of the wrapping cloth.

After the MPU 92 executes the special advance notice pending expectation level notification processing in step S1709, or if it is determined that the information is not special advance notice pending information in step S1708, in step S1710, the advance notice shifted to the storage area of the sub-side reserve area It is determined whether or not the hold information is normal notice hold information.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S1710 that the information is normal notice pending information, in step S1711, the MPU 92 executes normal notice pending expectation level promotion processing. In this normal notice pending expectation degree promotion processing, the MPU 92 executes processing for promoting the degree of expectation of the normal notice pending. Further, the MPU 92 executes light emission control of the display lamp unit 23 and audio control of the speaker unit 24 in the effect execution processing of step S1203 described above based on the contents of this normal notice pending expectation degree promotion processing. .

Here, the normal notice hold expectation degree promotion processing is performed when the current normal notice hold expectation degree is lower than the expectation degree of the notice hold prize won in the aforementioned notice hold expectation lottery processing in step S1501. is a process for stepwise raising the degree of expectation of , with a predetermined probability (50% in this embodiment).
For example, the first sub-side sets normal notice hold information in which the expectation of the notice hold won in the notice hold expectation lottery process in step S1501 is set as high expectation and the expectation of current normal notice hold is set as low expectation. When the reservation area SRa is shifted from the fourth area SRa4 to the third area SRa3, the MPU 92 sets the expectation level of the normal advance notice holding to the low expectation level with a probability of 50% in the normal advance notice holding expectation level promotion process of step S1711. Maintain it as it is and upgrade it to medium expectations with a probability of 50%. It should be noted that the MPU 92 moves the current expectation level of the normal advance notice suspension to the middle expectation level in the normal advance notice suspension expectation level promotion process of step S1711, the MPU 92 moves the The current expectation degree of normal advance notice suspension included in the stored normal advance notice suspension information is updated to medium expectation degree.

Further, for example, the normal notice hold information is set to the high expectation degree as the expectation degree of the notice hold winning in the lottery process of the notice hold expectation degree in step S1501, and the medium expectation degree as the expectation degree of the current normal notice hold. When the shift is made from the third area SRa3 of the sub-side holding area SRa to the second area SRa2, the MPU 92 moderates the expectation level of the normal advance notice holding with a probability of 50% in the normal advance notice holding expectation degree promotion process of step S1711. Maintain the level of expectations and upgrade to high expectations with a probability of 50%. It should be noted that the MPU 92, in the case of raising the current expectation level of the normal advance notice suspension to the high expectation level in the normal advance notice suspension expectation level promotion processing of step S1711, moves the third area SRa3 of the first sub-side reservation area SRa. The current expectation level of normal advance notice suspension included in the stored normal advance notice suspension information is updated to a high expectation level.

After the MPU 92 executes the normal notice pending expectation level promotion processing in step S1711, or when it is determined in step S1710 that the information is not normal notice pending information, the MPU 92 sets a hold display shift time command in step S1712. Then, the MPU 92 stores the pending display shift command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94d of the RAM 94. FIG. Here, the notice hold information (normal notice hold information and special notice hold information) stored in the sub-side hold information storage area 94b is included in the hold display shift command stored in the command list storage area 94d of the RAM 94. there is This hold display shift time command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the above-described command transmission processing of step S1205.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 informs the expectation level of the special notice hold and raises the expectation level of the normal notice hold in the pattern display device 51 based on the hold display shift command transmitted from the MPU 92. A data table is read from the program ROM 103 . Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, every 20 msec) comes. As a result, the pattern display device 51 causes the display screen G to display and execute notification of the degree of expectation for the suspension of the special advance notice and promotion of the degree of expectation for the suspension of the normal notice.

Thus, in the present embodiment, the hold shift process functions as a hold shift unit that shifts the advance notice hold information stored in the first sub-side reservation area SRa and the second sub-side reservation area SRb toward the execution area SAE. do.
In addition, the display control device 100 stores the special advance notice pending information in the first sub-side holding area SRa or the second sub-side holding area SRb in the advance notice pending generating process, and the special advance notice pending pattern (first pending pattern) is displayed on the pattern display device 51, and when the normal notice reservation information is stored, the pattern display device 51 is caused to display the normal notice reserved pattern (second reserved pattern) different from the special notice reserved pattern. It functions as a picture control unit.

In the present embodiment, a wrapping cloth is used as a special notice pending design, but any design may be employed as long as it is different from the second pending design. Further, in the present embodiment, a pattern in which a donut is placed on a plate is adopted as a pattern of normal notice reservation, but any pattern may be adopted as long as it is different from the first reserved pattern. .

In addition, in the present embodiment, the picture of normal notice suspension includes a plurality of types of normal notice suspension corresponding to the degree of expectation of the normal notice suspension information, that is, low expectation notice suspension, medium expectation notice suspension, and high expectation notice suspension. with a notice hold of
Specifically, in the present embodiment, the pattern of normal notice suspension is changed by changing the amount of donuts for each of the patterns of low expectation, medium expectation, and high expectation. was suggesting. On the other hand, for example, the normal notice pending picture may suggest a change in expectations by changing other features such as color.

Further, in the present embodiment, the display control device 100 shifts the special notice pending information displayed on the pattern display device 51 to the execution area SAE in the hold shift process, and shifts the special notice pending picture displayed on the picture display device 51 into a plurality of types. Of the normal advance notice pending pictures, the normal advance notice pending picture pattern corresponding to the degree of expectation of the special advance notice pending information is changed.
On the other hand, for example, when the display control device 100 shifts the special advance notice pending information toward the execution area SAE in the pending shift process, that is, the special advance notice pending information is shifted to the first sub-side holding area SRa or the second sub-side holding area SRa. When shifting in the second sub-side reservation area SRb, the normal notice corresponding to the degree of expectation of the special notice hold information among the patterns of the special notice hold displayed on the pattern display device 51 among the plural kinds of normal notice hold pictures. It may be changed to a reserved pattern.

The display control device 100 configured in this manner shifts the special advance notice pending picture displayed on the pattern display device 51 to a plurality of types of normal There may be provided a first reserved picture pattern change determination unit for determining whether or not to change the picture pattern of the reserved notice to the picture of normal notice reserved corresponding to the degree of expectation of the special notice reserved information. In this case, when the display control device 100 determines to change the pattern to the normal notice pending picture by the first reserved picture change determining unit, the special notice pending picture displayed on the pattern display device 51 is changed. Among multiple types of normal notice pending pictures, the pattern is changed to the normal notice pending picture corresponding to the degree of expectation of the special notice pending information, and the first pending picture change determination unit determines not to change to the normal notice pending picture. In this case, the pattern of the special notice suspension displayed on the pattern display device 51 should be maintained. According to this, since the player pays attention to whether or not the pattern of the special notice pending changes, the gaming machine can increase the player's attention to the game.

Further, in the present embodiment, the display control device 100 shifts the normal notice pending information toward the execution area SAE in the hold shift process, and the degree of expectation of the normal notice pending pattern displayed on the pattern display device 51 is are maintained or promoted. The degree of expectation of the normal notice pending picture maintains the same degree of expectation after the special notice pending information or the normal notice pending information is shifted to the execution area SAE.
On the other hand, when the display control device 100 shifts the normal notice pending information toward the execution area SAE in the hold shift process, the degree of expectation of the normal notice pending pattern displayed on the pattern display device 51 is raised. It may be maintained without promotion, or it may always be promoted. Further, the degree of expectation of the normal notice pending picture may be raised after the special notice pending information or the normal notice pending information is shifted to the execution area SAE.

Here, when the normal advance notice pending information is shifted toward the execution area SAE in the pending shift process, the display control device maintains or enhances the degree of expectation of the normal advance notice pending pattern displayed on the pattern display device 51. 100, of the first sub-side reservation area SRa and the second sub-side reservation area SRb, the normal notice reservation information is placed in the first areas SRa1, SRb1 and the second areas SRa2, SRb2 on the execution area SAE side. If the advance notice suspension generation process is configured to store, the number of shifts before moving to the execution area SAE is reduced. Therefore, the number of times the degree of expectation of the normal notice pending pattern displayed on the pattern display device 51 is increased is also reduced, so there is a problem that the player's attention to the game is also reduced.

On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the advance notice pending occurrence processing is performed in the first areas SRa1, SRb1 and the second area SRa2 on the execution area SAE side of the first sub-side holding area SRa and the second sub-side holding area SRb. , SRb2 are stored as special notice hold information, the display control device 100 stores the special notice hold information in the first sub-side reservation area SRa or the second sub-side reservation area SRb in the notice hold occurrence process. When the advance notice suspension information is stored, the pattern of the special notice suspension can be displayed on the pattern display device 51.例文帳に追加Then, when the display control device 100 shifts the special advance notice pending information to the execution area SAE in the pending shift process, the special advance notice pending picture displayed on the pattern display device 51 is replaced with a plurality of normal notice pending pictures. Of these, the pattern is changed to the normal notice pending picture corresponding to the degree of expectation of the special notice pending information, so that the player's attention to the game can be improved.

<Regarding the flow when a normal notice hold occurs>
FIG. 31 is a diagram showing an example of the flow when normal notice suspension occurs. FIG. 32 is a diagram showing another example of the flow when normal notice suspension occurs. Specifically, FIGS. 31(A) and 32(A) are diagrams showing a state in which a pattern of normal notice suspension is placed on the pedestal B3 and generated based on the content of the suspension display generation command. is. 31(B) and 32(B) are diagrams showing a state in which the normal notice pending picture is placed on the pedestal B2 and shifted based on the content of the pending display shifting command. 31(C), (D) and FIGS. 32(C), (D), based on the contents of the hold display shift time command, the pattern of the normal notice hold is placed on the base B1 and shifted. It is a figure which shows a state.

The MPU 102 generates a pattern of normal notice suspension by placing it on the pedestal B3, as shown in FIGS. .
Note that the MPU 102 shifts the normally reserved patterns by placing them on the pedestals B1, B2, and AB based on the content of the reserved display shifting command received from the MPU 92. FIG.

Here, the hold display generation command includes normal advance notice hold information. This normal notice suspension information is information for specifying that the normal notice suspension is to be generated. In addition, as described above, the normal notice pending information includes information related to the expectation of the notice pending that was won in the lottery process for the expected degree of notice pending in step S1501, information related to the expectation of the current normal notice pending, It contains the sub-side start pending storage number SN updated in step S1404 and information related to the corresponding storage area.

In the example of FIGS. 31 and 32, the information related to the expectation level of the advance notice suspension won in the lottery process of the expectation level of the notice suspension in step S1501 is high expectation, and the information related to the expectation level of the current normal notice suspension is Information related to the storage area corresponding to the sub-side startup pending storage number SN updated in step S1404 with low expectations is the third area SRa3 of the first sub-side pending area SRa.
Therefore, the MPU 102 generates a pattern of low-expectation normal notice suspension on the pedestal B3 based on the contents of the suspension display generation command received from the MPU 92 .

Next, the MPU 102 places a pattern of normal notice suspension on the pedestal B2, as shown in FIGS. to shift.
When the MPU 102 identifies that the expectation level of the current normal notice suspension has been raised based on the content of the hold display shift command received from the MPU 92, as shown in FIG. The pattern of normal advance notice suspension is placed on the pedestal B2 and shifted.
On the other hand, the MPU 102, based on the content of the hold display shift time command received from the MPU 92, when it is specified that the expectation degree of the current normal notice hold is not raised, , the low-expectation normal notice pending pattern is placed on the pedestal B2 and shifted.
It should be noted that the expectation level of the normal notice suspension is raised by making the devil appear and increasing the number of donuts on the plate.

After placing and shifting the pattern of the normal notice suspension on the pedestal B2, the MPU 102, based on the content of the next suspension display shift command received from the MPU 92, executes (C), (D) and (D) of FIG. As shown in FIGS. 32(C) and 32(D), the normal notice pending pattern is placed on the pedestal B1 and shifted.

The MPU 102 specifies that the expectation level of the current normal notice suspension has been raised in the case where the pattern of the normal notice suspension with medium expectation level is placed on the pedestal B2 and shifted (see FIG. 31(B)). In this case, as shown in FIG. 31(C), the high-expectation normal notice suspension pattern is placed on the pedestal B1 and shifted. Further, when the MPU 102 determines that the current level of expectation for the pending normal notice is not raised, as shown in FIG. Place and shift.

On the other hand, the MPU 102, in the case where the pattern of normal notice suspension with a low expectation level is placed on the pedestal B2 and shifted (see FIG. 32(B)), the current expectation level of normal notice suspension 32(C), the pattern of normal notice suspension with medium expectation level is placed on the pedestal B1 and shifted. Further, when the MPU 102 determines that the current level of expectation for normal notice suspension is not raised, as shown in FIG. Place and shift.

<About the flow when a special advance notice hold occurs>
FIG. 33 is a diagram showing the flow when special notice suspension occurs. Specifically, FIG. 33(A) is a diagram showing a state in which a design for special advance notice suspension is placed on the pedestal B2 and generated based on the content of the suspension display generation command. FIG. 33(B) is a diagram showing a state in which the pattern of special advance notice suspension is placed on the pedestal B1 and shifted based on the contents of the command for shifting the suspension display. 33(C) to (E) are diagrams showing a state in which the special advance notice pending picture is placed on the execution pedestal AB and shifted based on the content of the hold display shifting command.

The MPU 102 generates a pattern of special advance notice suspension by placing it on the pedestal B2, as shown in FIG.
Note that the MPU 102 shifts the normally reserved pattern by placing it on the pedestals B1 and AB based on the content of the reserved display shifting command received from the MPU 92 .

Here, the hold display generation command includes special notice hold information. This special advance notice suspension information is information for specifying that special advance notice suspension is to be generated. In addition, as described above, the special notice hold information includes information related to the degree of expectation of notice hold that was won in the lottery process for the degree of expectation of notice hold in step S1501, and the sub-side start hold storage number SN updated in step S1404. and information about the corresponding storage area.

In the example of FIG. 33, the information related to the storage area corresponding to the sub-side start pending storage number SN updated in step S1404 is the second area SRa2 of the first sub-side pending area SRa.
Therefore, the MPU 102 generates a pattern of special advance notice suspension by placing it on the pedestal B2 based on the content of the suspension display generation command received from the MPU 92 .

Next, the MPU 102 places and shifts the special advance notice pending picture on the base B1 as shown in FIG.

After placing and shifting the design of the special notice suspension on the pedestal B1, the MPU 102, based on the contents of the next suspension display shift time command received from the MPU 92, changes to (C) to (E) in FIG. As shown, the special notice pending picture is placed on the execution pedestal AB and shifted, and at the same time, the wrapping cloth of the special notice pending picture is opened and the contents thereof are notified to the player. Here, when the furoshiki, which is the pattern of the special notice pending, is opened, the content is one of the pictures of the notice pending of each degree of expectation, which is the pattern of the normal notice pending.
Specifically, the player is notified of the advance notice suspension of the expectation level won in the lottery process of the notice suspension expectation level in step S1501 described above as the contents of the wrapping cloth.

For example, in the event that a high-expectation pending notice is won in the step S1501 lottery process for the pending notice-holding expectation degree, as shown in FIG. becomes.
Further, for example, in the event that a medium-expectation notice hold is won in the notice-hold expectation lottery process in step S1501, as shown in FIG. It becomes the pattern of
Further, for example, when the lottery process of the advance notice withholding expectation in step S1501 wins the advance notice with low expectation, as shown in FIG. It becomes the pattern of

According to this embodiment, the following functions and effects can be obtained.
(1) The display control device 100 displays a pattern of special advance notice suspension when the special notice suspension information is stored in the first sub-side suspension area SRa or the second sub-side suspension area SRb in the advance notice suspension generation process. 51, and when the normal advance notice pending information is stored, the pattern display device 51 is caused to display the normal advance notice pending picture which is different from the special advance notice pending picture. Different pending patterns can be displayed on the pattern display device 51 depending on which of the regions 2 the advance notice pending information is stored. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can diversify the types of reserved symbols and improve the attention of the player to the game.

(2) When the display control device 100 shifts the special notice pending information toward the execution area SAE in the hold shift process, the special notice pending picture displayed on the pattern display device 51 is changed to a plurality of types of normal notice pending. Of the patterns, the pattern is changed to the normal notice pending picture corresponding to the degree of expectation of the special notice pending information, so that the player can recognize the degree of expectation of the result of the internal lottery due to the change of the special notice pending picture. can be done. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the attention of the player to the game.

(3) When the display control device 100 shifts the special notice pending information to the execution area SAE in the hold shift process, the pattern of the special notice pending displayed on the pattern display device 51 is changed to a plurality of types of normal notice pending. Since the patterns are changed to normal notice pending pictures corresponding to the degree of expectation of the special notice pending information, the player recognizes the degree of expectation of the result of the internal lottery until the special notice pending information is shifted to the execution area SAE. I can't. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 maintains the player's attention to the game after displaying the pattern of the special notice suspension on the pattern display device 51 until the special notice suspension information is shifted to the execution area SAE. can be done.

(4) When the display control device 100 shifts the normal notice pending information toward the execution area SAE in the hold shift process, the degree of expectation of the normal notice pending pattern displayed on the pattern display device 51 is maintained or promoted. As a result, the player pays attention to whether or not the degree of expectation of the normal notice pending pattern is raised. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the attention of the player to the game.
(5) The degree of expectation of the normal notice pending pattern maintains the same degree of expectation after the special notice pending information or the normal notice pending information is shifted to the execution area SAE. We will pay more attention to the change in and the promotion of the pattern that is usually reserved for notice. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the attention of the player to the game.

[Second embodiment]
A second embodiment of the present invention will be described below with reference to the drawings.
In the following description, the same reference numerals are given to the parts that have already been described, and the description thereof will be omitted.

In this embodiment, the audio light emission control device 90 and the display control device 100 perform processing different from that in the first embodiment. Specifically, in the present embodiment, the notice hold generation process and the hold shift process are different from those in the first embodiment. The contents of the advance notice pending generation process and pending shift process in this embodiment will be described below.

<Notice Hold Occurrence Processing>
FIG. 34 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the advance notice suspension generation process according to the second embodiment of the present invention.
In the advance notice pending occurrence process, the MPU 92 executes steps S1501 to S1505 in substantially the same manner as in the first embodiment. In the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 34, the MPU 92 executes the lottery process for the degree of expectation of the suspension of notice suspension in step S1501, and before executing the process in step S1503 or step S1505, the special notice in step S1506A. The pending lottery process and the process of step S1507A are executed, and other steps are executed in the same manner as in the first embodiment.

In step S1501, the MPU 92 executes lottery processing for the degree of expectation of suspension of advance notice. In the lottery process of the degree of expectation of the suspension of the advance notice, the MPU 92 executes a lottery for determining the degree of expectation of the suspension of the notice.
Specifically, the MPU 92, based on the content of the hold generation command (first hold generation command or second hold generation command) received from the MPU 62, similar to the first embodiment, lottery processing of advance notice hold expectation degree to run.

In step S1506A, the MPU 92 executes lottery processing for special notice suspension. In this special notice suspension lottery process, the MPU 92 executes a lottery to determine whether to generate the special notice suspension.
Specifically, the MPU 92 uses the value of the special notice pending occurrence counter to perform a lottery as to whether or not to generate the special notice pending. Note that the special notice suspension occurrence counter is provided in the various counter areas 94a of the RAM 94. FIG.

The special notice pending occurrence counter is a loop counter that adds 1 to the previous value each time it is updated and returns to 0 after reaching the maximum value. The special notice pending occurrence counter is periodically updated, and the updated value is appropriately stored in a special notice pending occurrence counter buffer set in a predetermined area of the RAM 94 .
Then, the MPU 92 executes a lottery (special advance notice suspension occurrence lottery) to determine whether or not to generate special advance notice suspension based on the value of the special notice suspension occurrence counter stored in the special notice suspension occurrence counter buffer. Specifically, the MPU 92 obtains the value of the special notice pending occurrence counter stored in the special notice pending occurrence counter buffer, and compares this value with the special notice pending occurrence table to determine the special notice pending. A lottery is executed as to whether or not to generate it. The table for occurrence of special notice suspension is a table storing random number values relating to the occurrence of special notice suspension, and is stored in the lottery table storage area 93 a of the ROM 93 .

In step S1507A, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the lottery for special notice suspension occurrence has been won in step S1506A (whether or not to generate special notice suspension).
When the MPU 92 determines in step S1507A not to generate a special advance notice suspension, in step S1503, the MPU 92 executes start time advance notice suspension expectation level selection processing. In this start-time notice pending expectation level selection process, the MPU 92 selects the notice hold that is the same as or lower than the notice hold won in the lottery process for the notice hold expectation level in step S1501. Therefore, when the high-expectation notice hold is won in the notice-hold expectation lottery process in step S1501, the MPU 92 randomly selects one of the high-expectation, medium-expectation, and low-expectation notice holds. , and in the lottery process of the notice hold expectation in step S1501, if the notice hold of medium expectation is won, the notice hold of medium expectation or low expectation is selected at random, and the notice hold of step S1501 is selected. When the lottery process of the expectation degree wins the announcement suspension of the low expectation, the announcement suspension of the low expectation is selected.

In step S1504, the MPU 92 stores the normal notice suspension information in the first memory area among the empty storage areas of the sub-side reservation areas, that is, in the storage area corresponding to the sub-side start suspension storage number SN updated in step S1404. After that, the MPU 92 terminates the advance notice pending generation process.

For example, when the MPU 92 sets the first sub-side start pending storage number SRaN in step S1402, the first storage area among the free storage areas of the first sub-side reserve area SRa, that is, the number updated in step S1404. Normal advance notice suspension information is stored in a storage area corresponding to the first sub-side start suspension storage number SRaN. For example, when the MPU 92 sets "3" to the number SRaN of first sub-side start suspension storage in step S1402, the MPU 92 corresponds to "4" in the number SRaN of first sub-side storage suspension of storage updated in step S1404. The normal advance notice suspension information is stored in the fourth area SRa4, which is a storage area for the normal advance notice.

Further, for example, when the MPU 92 sets the second sub-side start pending storage number SRbN in step S1403, the first storage area among the free storage areas of the second sub-side holding area SRb, that is, in step S1404 The normal notice suspension information is stored in the storage area corresponding to the updated second sub-side start suspension storage number SRbN. For example, when the MPU 92 sets "3" to the second sub-side start pending storage number SRbN in step S1403, it corresponds to "4" in the second sub-side start pending storage number SRbN updated in step S1404. The normal advance notice suspension information is stored in the fourth area SRb4, which is a storage area for the normal advance notice.

This normal notice suspension information is information for specifying that the normal notice suspension is to be generated. In addition, the normal notice pending information is updated in step S1404 with information concerning the degree of expectation of the notice pending that was won in the lottery processing of the degree of expectation of notice pending in step S1501 and information concerning the degree of expectation of the current normal notice pending. It includes the sub-side start pending storage number SN and information related to the corresponding storage area. Here, the MPU 92 sets the expectation degree of the advance notice suspension selected in the start time advance notice suspension expectation degree selection processing in step S1503 as the current expectation degree of the normal advance notice suspension.

On the other hand, if the MPU 92 determines in step S1507A to generate the special advance notice suspension, in step S1505, the special notice suspension information is stored in the first storage area among the empty storage areas of the sub-side suspension area, that is, Stored in a storage area corresponding to the sub-side start pending storage number SN updated in step S1404. After that, the MPU 92 terminates the advance notice pending generation process.

For example, when the MPU 92 sets the first sub-side start pending storage number SRaN in step S1402, the first storage area among the free storage areas of the first sub-side reserve area SRa, that is, the number updated in step S1404. Special advance notice suspension information is stored in a storage area corresponding to the first sub-side start suspension storage number SRaN. For example, when the MPU 92 sets "3" to the number SRaN of first sub-side start suspension storage in step S1402, the MPU 92 corresponds to "4" in the number SRaN of first sub-side storage suspension of storage updated in step S1404. Special advance notice suspension information is stored in the fourth area SRa4, which is a storage area for

Further, for example, when the MPU 92 sets the second sub-side start pending storage number SRbN in step S1403, the first storage area among the free storage areas of the second sub-side holding area SRb, that is, in step S1404 The special advance notice suspension information is stored in the storage area corresponding to the updated second sub-side start suspension storage number SRbN. For example, when the MPU 92 sets "3" to the second sub-side start pending storage number SRbN in step S1403, it corresponds to "4" in the second sub-side start pending storage number SRbN updated in step S1404. Special advance notice suspension information is stored in the fourth area SRb4, which is a storage area for

This special advance notice suspension information is information for specifying that special advance notice suspension is to be generated. In addition, the special notice pending information is information related to the degree of expectation of the notice pending, which was won in the lottery process of the degree of expectation of notice pending in step S1501, and the storage area corresponding to the number SN of sub-side start pending memories updated in step S1404. and information related to

Here, the notice hold information (normal notice hold information and special notice hold information) stored in the storage area of the sub-side hold area is stored in the command list storage area 94d of the RAM 94 in step S1409. included in the command. Then, this hold display generation command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the command transmission processing of step S1205 described above.

As described above, the MPU 102 of the display control device 100 programs the data table for executing the normal notice hold or the special notice hold in the pattern display device 51 based on the hold display generation command transmitted from the MPU 92. Read from the ROM 103 . Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, every 20 msec) comes. Thereby, the pattern display device 51 displays the pattern of the normal notice suspension or the pattern of the special notice suspension on the display screen G to inform the player of the occurrence of the normal notice suspension or the special notice suspension.

As described above, in the present embodiment, in the advance notice pending generation process, when the advance notice pending information is stored in the first sub-side holding area SRa or the second sub-side holding area SRb, the advance notice pending information is distributed to the special advance notice pending information or the normal advance notice pending information. It functions as a hold distribution storage unit that stores the
Note that in the present embodiment, the advance notice suspension generation process is performed by executing a lottery to determine whether or not special advance notice suspension is to be generated in the special advance notice suspension lottery processing of step S1506A. When the notice hold information is stored in the second sub-side hold area SRb, it is sorted into special notice hold information or normal notice hold information and stored. On the other hand, the advance notice pending generation process may be sorted into special notice pending information or normal notice pending information and stored based on other conditions such as the gaming state. Specifically, for example, the advance notice pending generation process may be assigned to the normal notice pending information in the low probability mode, and to the special notice pending information in the high probability mode. In short, the advance notice pending generation process only needs to be able to store the notice pending information in the first sub-side holding area SRa or the second sub-side holding area SRb by sorting it into special notice holding information or normal notice holding information. .

<Hold shift processing>
FIG. 35 is a diagram showing a flowchart of hold shift processing.
In the hold shift process, the MPU 92 executes the processes of steps S1701 to S1712A in substantially the same manner as in the first embodiment. In this embodiment, the MPU 92 executes the processes of steps S1708A, S1709A and S1712A instead of the processes of steps S1708, S1709 and S1712 as shown in FIG. Differs from one embodiment.

In step S1708A, the MPU 92 determines whether the advance notice pending information shifted to the storage area of the sub-side holding area or the advance notice pending information moved to the execution area SAE is special notice pending information.
When the MPU 92 determines in step S1708A that the information is the special notice suspension information, in step S1709A, the MPU 92 executes notice processing of the degree of expectation of notice suspension. In this advance notice hold expectation degree notification processing, the MPU 92 notifies the player of the special notice hold expectation degree with a probability of 50% when the special notice hold information is shifted to the storage area of the sub-side reservation area. When the special notice suspension information has moved to the execution area SAE, the player is notified of the degree of expectation of the special notice suspension with a probability of 100%. Specifically, the MPU 92 executes processing for opening the furoshiki, which is the design of the special notice pending, and notifying the player of the contents. In addition, the MPU 92 executes light emission control of the display lamp unit 23 and audio control of the speaker unit 24 in the effect execution processing of step S1203 described above based on the contents of this advance notice pending expectation level notification processing.

Here, when the furoshiki, which is the pattern of the special notice pending, is opened, the content is one of the pictures of the notice pending of each degree of expectation, which is the pattern of the normal notice pending. Specifically, the player is informed of the advance notice suspension of the expectation degree won in the lottery process of the notice suspension expectation degree in step S1501 described above as the contents of the wrapping cloth.

After the MPU 92 executes the advance notice suspension expectation level notification processing in step S1709A, or when it is determined that the information is not special advance notice suspension information in step S1708, the processing from step S1710 onward is executed in the same manner as in the first embodiment. do.

After the MPU 92 executes the normal advance notice pending expectation level promotion processing in step S1711, or if it is determined in step S1710 that the information is not the normal advance notice pending information, the MPU 92 sets a hold display shift time command in step S1712A. Then, the MPU 92 stores the pending display shift command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94d of the RAM 94. FIG. Here, the notice hold information (normal notice hold information and special notice hold information) stored in the sub-side hold information storage area 94b is included in the hold display shift command stored in the command list storage area 94d of the RAM 94. there is Further, the special notice pending information stored in the sub-side pending information storage area 94b includes information as to whether or not to notify the player of the degree of expectation of the special notice pending. This on-hold display shift command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the above-described command transmission processing of step S1205.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 informs the expectation level of the special notice hold and raises the expectation level of the normal notice hold in the pattern display device 51 based on the hold display shift command transmitted from the MPU 92. A data table is read from the program ROM 103 . Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, every 20 msec) comes. As a result, the pattern display device 51 causes the display screen G to display and execute notification of the degree of expectation for the suspension of the special advance notice and promotion of the degree of expectation for the suspension of the normal notice.

Thus, in the present embodiment, the display control device 100 shifts the special advance notice pending picture displayed on the pattern display device 51 to the execution area SAE in the hold shift process. Among a plurality of types of normal notice pending pictures, the normal notice pending picture pattern corresponding to the degree of expectation of the special notice pending information is changed.
Only when the special advance notice pending information is shifted to the execution area SAE in the hold shift process, the display control device 100 changes the pattern of the special notice pending displayed on the pattern display device 51 to a plurality of types of normal notice pending. of the patterns may be changed to normal notice pending pictures corresponding to the degree of expectation of the special notice pending information.

Further, in the present embodiment, the advance notice hold expectation degree notification processing in step S1709A is performed by shifting the special notice hold information toward the execution area SAE in the first sub-side reservation area SRa or the second sub-side reservation area SRb in the hold shift processing. , the pattern of the special advance notice suspension displayed on the pattern display device 51 is changed to the normal advance notice suspension pattern corresponding to the degree of expectation of the special advance notice suspension information among a plurality of types of normal notice suspension patterns. It functions as a first reserved design change determination unit that determines whether or not.
Then, when the display control device 100 determines to change the pattern to the normal notice pending picture in the notice processing of step S1709A, the special notice pending picture displayed on the picture display device 51 is displayed in a plurality of types. Of the normal notice pending pictures, it is changed to the normal notice pending picture corresponding to the degree of expectation of the special notice pending information, and it is determined not to change to the normal notice pending picture in the advance notice pending expectation degree notification processing in step S1709A. In this case, the pattern of the special notice suspension displayed on the pattern display device 51 is maintained.

<About the flow when a special advance notice hold occurs>
FIG. 36 is a diagram showing the flow when special notice suspension occurs. Specifically, FIG. 36(A) is a diagram showing a state in which a design for special advance notice suspension is placed on the pedestal B2 and generated based on the content of the suspension display generation command. FIGS. 36B and 36C are diagrams showing a state in which the special advance notice pending picture is placed on the pedestal B1 and shifted based on the content of the hold display shifting command. FIG. 36(D) is a diagram showing a state in which the pattern of special advance notice suspension is placed on the execution pedestal AB and shifted based on the contents of the suspension display shift command.

The MPU 102 generates a pattern of special advance notice suspension by placing it on the pedestal B2, as shown in FIG.
Note that the MPU 102 shifts the normally reserved pattern by placing it on the pedestals B1 and AB based on the content of the reserved display shifting command received from the MPU 92 .

Here, the hold display generation command includes special notice hold information. This special advance notice suspension information is information for specifying that special advance notice suspension is to be generated. In addition, as described above, the special notice hold information includes information related to the degree of expectation of notice hold that was won in the lottery process for the degree of expectation of notice hold in step S1501, and the sub-side start hold storage number SN updated in step S1404. and information about the corresponding storage area.

In the example of FIG. 36, the information related to the storage area corresponding to the sub-side start pending storage number SN updated in step S1404 is the second area SRa2 of the first sub-side pending area SRa.
Therefore, the MPU 102 generates a pattern of special advance notice suspension by placing it on the pedestal B2 based on the content of the suspension display generation command received from the MPU 92 .

When the information related to the storage area corresponding to the sub-side start pending storage number SN updated in step S1404 is the third area SRa3 of the first sub-side reserve area SRa, the MPU 102 receives the pending Based on the content of the display generation command, a pattern of special advance notice suspension is placed on the base B3 and generated. Further, when the information related to the storage area corresponding to the sub-side start pending storage number SN updated in step S1404 is set to the fourth area SRa4 of the first sub-side reserve area SRa, the MPU 102 receives the pending start received from the MPU 92. Based on the content of the display generation command, a pattern of special notice suspension is placed on the pedestal B4 and generated.

Next, the MPU 102 places the special advance notice pending picture on the pedestal B1 as shown in FIGS. shift.
Here, the hold display shift time command includes special notice hold information. As described above, this special notice pending information includes information as to whether or not the degree of expectation of the special notice pending is to be notified to the player.

When the MPU 102 determines to inform the player of the degree of expectation of the special notice suspension based on the content of the command for the hold display shift, as shown in FIG. While being placed on and shifted, the furoshiki, which is a pattern of the special notice pending, is opened and the contents thereof are notified to the player. Here, when the furoshiki, which is the pattern of the special notice pending, is opened, the content is one of the pictures of the notice pending of each degree of expectation, which is the pattern of the normal notice pending.
Specifically, the player is notified of the advance notice suspension of the expectation level won in the lottery process of the notice suspension expectation level in step S1501 described above as the contents of the wrapping cloth.

Further, when the MPU 102 determines not to inform the player of the expectation level of the special notice suspension based on the content of the hold display shift command, as shown in FIG. is placed on the pedestal B1 and shifted.
After placing and shifting the special notice pending picture on the pedestal B1, the MPU 102, based on the contents of the next pending display shift time command received from the MPU 92, The pattern of the special notice pending is placed on the execution pedestal AB and shifted, and the furoshiki, which is the pattern of the special notice pending, is opened and the contents thereof are notified to the player.
In addition, in the example of FIG. 36, since the case where the low-expectation notice-holding is won in the notice-holding expectation lottery process of step S1501, the contents of the furoshiki are the low-expectation notice-holding patterns. It has become.

According to this embodiment, the following functions and effects can be obtained.
(1) When the display control device 100 shifts the special notice pending information toward the execution area SAE in the hold shift process, the special notice pending picture displayed on the pattern display device 51 is changed to a plurality of types of normal notice pending. Of the patterns, the pattern is changed to the normal notice pending picture corresponding to the degree of expectation of the special notice pending information, so that the player can recognize the degree of expectation of the result of the internal lottery due to the change of the special notice pending picture. can be done. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can increase the attention of the player to the game.

(2) When the display control device 100 determines to change to the normal notice pending picture in the notice pending notice degree notification process of step S1709A, a plurality of special notice pending pictures displayed on the picture display device 51 are displayed. Among the normal notice pending pictures of the seeds, it is changed to the normal notice pending picture corresponding to the degree of expectation of the special notice pending information, and it is determined not to change to the normal notice pending picture in the advance notice pending expectation level notification processing in step S1709A. In this case, the special notice pending picture displayed on the picture display device 51 is maintained, so the player pays attention to whether or not the special notice pending picture changes. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can increase the attention of the player to the game.

(3) The display control device 100 maintains or enhances the degree of expectation of the normal notice pending pattern displayed on the pattern display device 51 when shifting the normal notice pending information toward the execution area SAE in the pending shift process. As a result, the player pays attention to whether or not the degree of expectation of the normal notice pending pattern is raised. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the attention of the player to the game.
(4) The degree of expectation of the normal notice pending pattern maintains the same degree of expectation after the special notice pending information or the normal notice pending information is shifted to the execution area SAE. We will pay more attention to the change in and the promotion of the pattern that is usually reserved for notice. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the attention of the player to the game.

[Third embodiment]
A third embodiment of the present invention will be described below with reference to the drawings.
In the following description, the same reference numerals are given to the parts that have already been described, and the description thereof will be omitted.

In this embodiment, the audio light emission control device 90 and the display control device 100 perform processing different from that in the first embodiment. Specifically, in the present embodiment, hold generation processing and hold shift processing are different from those in the first embodiment. The contents of the hold generation process and the hold shift process in this embodiment will be described below.

<Holding process>
FIG. 37 is a diagram showing a flowchart of on-hold generation processing according to the third embodiment of the present invention.
In the hold occurrence process, the MPU 92 executes the processes of steps S1401 to S1415B in substantially the same manner as in the first embodiment. In this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 37, the MPU 92 differs from the first embodiment in that it executes the processing of steps S1410B to S1415B after executing the processing of step S1409.

In step S1410B, the MPU 92 executes lottery processing for the prefetch effect. In this lottery process for the look-ahead effect, the MPU 92 executes a lottery to determine whether or not to generate the look-ahead effect.
Specifically, the MPU 92 uses the value of the look-ahead effect generation counter to execute a lottery as to whether or not to generate the look-ahead effect. Note that the look-ahead effect generation counter is provided in various counter areas 94a of the RAM 94. FIG.

The look-ahead effect occurrence counter is a loop counter that adds 1 to the previous value each time it is updated and returns to 0 after reaching the maximum value. The look-ahead effect generation counter is periodically updated, and the updated value is appropriately stored in a look-ahead effect generation counter buffer set in a predetermined area of the RAM 94 .
Then, the MPU 92 executes a lottery (prefetching effect generation lottery) as to whether or not to generate the prefetching effect based on the value of the prefetching effect generation counter stored in the buffer for the prefetching effect generation counter. Specifically, the MPU 92 acquires the value of the look-ahead effect generation counter stored in the look-ahead effect generation counter buffer, and compares this value with the look-ahead effect generation table to determine whether or not to generate the look-ahead effect. conduct a lottery. The look-ahead effect generation table is a table that stores random number values related to the generation of look-ahead effects, and is stored in the lottery table storage area 93 a of the ROM 93 .

In step S1411B, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the prefetch effect generation lottery is won in step S1410B (whether or not to generate the prefetch effect).
When the MPU 92 determines in step S1411B that the look-ahead effect is not to be generated, it ends the suspension generation process without executing the processes after step S1412B.
On the other hand, if the MPU 92 determines in step S1411B to generate the look-ahead effect, in step S1412B, the special notice pending information is first stored in the empty storage area of the sub-side pending area in step S1505. It is determined whether or not it is stored in an area, ie, a storage area corresponding to the sub-side start pending storage number SN updated in step S1404.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S1412B that the special advance notice suspension information is not stored, the MPU 92 executes the process of step S1413B.
On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines that the special notice suspension information is stored in step S1412B, it executes the process of step S1414B.

First, the processing (processing of step S1413B) when it is determined in step S1412B that the MPU 92 does not store the special advance notice suspension information will be described.
In step S1413B, the MPU 92 executes lottery processing for the degree of anticipation of the prefetch effect.
In this lottery processing for the degree of expectation of the look-ahead effect, the MPU 92 executes a lottery for determining the degree of expectation of the look-ahead effect.
Specifically, the MPU 92 executes lottery processing for the degree of anticipation of the prefetch effect based on the content of the pending command (first pending command or second pending command) received from the MPU 62 .

FIG. 38 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the lottery process for the degree of anticipation of the look-ahead effect.
In the lottery process for the degree of anticipation of effect, the MPU 92 executes steps S1801 to S1806 as shown in FIG.
In step S1801, based on the content of the pending command (first pending command or second pending command) received from the MPU 62, it is determined whether or not the winning result is "big win".

When the MPU 92 determines in step S1801 that the win/loss result is "big win winning", it reads the prefetch effect expectation table for the big win result from the expectation table storage area 93b of the ROM 93 in step S1802.
On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S1801 that the win/loss result is not "big hit", in step S1803, the hold generation command received from the MPU 62 (first hold generation command or second hold generation command ), it is determined whether or not the win/loss result is a “special loss result”.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S1803 that the success/failure result is the "special loss result", it reads the look-ahead performance expectation table for the special loss result from the expectation table storage area 93b of the ROM 93 in step S1804.
On the other hand, if the MPU 92 determines in step S1803 that the success/failure result is not the "special failure result" (if it determines that it is the "normal failure result"), in step S1805, if the MPU 92 A look-ahead effect expectation table is read from the expectation table storage area 93b of the ROM 93. - 特許庁

After executing any one of steps S1802, S1804, and S1805, the MPU 92 executes a look-ahead effect expectation lottery execution process in step S1806. In this read-ahead effect expectation degree lottery execution process, the MPU 92 executes a lottery for determining the degree of expectation of the read-ahead effect by using the value of the look-ahead effect expectation degree counter. In addition, the look-ahead effect expectation degree counter is provided in various counter areas 94a of the RAM 94. FIG.

The look-ahead effect expectation degree counter is a loop counter that adds 1 to the previous value each time it is updated and returns to 0 after reaching the maximum value. The look-ahead effect expectation level counter is periodically updated, and the updated value is appropriately stored in a look-ahead effect expectation level counter buffer set in a predetermined area of the RAM 94 .
Then, the MPU 92 executes a lottery (prefetching performance expectation degree lottery) for determining the degree of expectation of the prefetching performance based on the value of the prefetching performance expectation degree counter stored in the buffer for the prefetching performance expectation degree counter. Specifically, the MPU 92 acquires the value of the look-ahead effect expectation degree counter stored in the look-ahead effect expectation degree counter buffer, and reads this value in step S1802, step S1804, or step S1805. A lottery for determining the degree of expectation of the look-ahead performance is executed by comparing with the degree table.

FIG. 39 is a diagram showing a look-ahead effect for each degree of expectation. FIG. 40 is a diagram showing the relationship between the success/failure result and the occurrence probability of the prefetch effect for each degree of expectation.
The look-ahead effect, as shown in FIG. 39, has a look-ahead effect of each expectation level of low expectation level and high expectation level associated with the success/failure result. The look-ahead effect for each degree of expectation is held in the character ROM 106 of the display control device 100 .
Incidentally, FIG. 39(A) shows a low-expectation look-ahead effect displayed on the display screen G of the pattern display device 51, and FIG. It shows the anticipation effect of the degree of expectation.

As shown in FIG. 39(A), the low-expectation look-ahead effect is a effect of darkening the background of the display screen G of the pattern display device 51 and generating a small lightning bolt. This low-expectation look-ahead performance is a look-ahead performance that is less likely to occur when the lottery result is ``big win'' or ``special loss result'' and more likely to occur when the result is ``ordinary loss result''.
Specifically, as shown in FIG. 40, the low-expectation look-ahead effect occurs with a probability of 20% when the big hit result look-ahead effect expectation table is read in step S1802, and step S1804. If the look-ahead effect expectation table for the special loss result is read in step S1805, it occurs with a probability of 40%. will occur with a probability of

In addition, as shown in FIG. 39(B), the high-expectation look-ahead effect is a effect in which the background of the display screen G of the pattern display device 51 is darkened and a large lightning bolt is generated. This high-expectation look-ahead performance is a look-ahead performance that is likely to occur when the result of the lottery is ``big hit winning'' or ``special loss result'' and is less likely to occur when the result is ``ordinary loss result''.
Specifically, as shown in FIG. 40, the high-expectation look-ahead effect occurs with a probability of 80% when the table of expectations of the look-ahead effect for big win results is read in step S1802, and step S1804. If the look-ahead effect expectation table for the special loss result is read in step S1805, it occurs with a probability of 60%. will occur with a probability of

Returning to the description of the suspension occurrence process, referring to FIG. 37, the process (the process of step S1414B) when it is determined that the MPU 92 has stored the special advance notice suspension information in step S1412B will be described.
In step S1414B, the MPU 92 executes a low-expectation look-ahead effect selection process. In this low-expectation look-ahead effect selection process, the MPU 92 determines the low-expectation look-ahead effect expectation level regardless of the result of the lottery.

After executing the process of step S1413B or step S1414B, in step S1415B, the MPU 92 stores the look-ahead effect information in the first storage area among the empty storage areas of the sub-side reservation area, that is, the sub-side start suspension storage updated in step S1404. Store in a storage area corresponding to the number SN. After that, the MPU 92 terminates the pending process.

For example, when the MPU 92 sets the first sub-side start pending storage number SRaN in step S1402, the first storage area among the free storage areas of the first sub-side reserve area SRa, that is, the number updated in step S1404. Prefetching effect information is stored in a storage area corresponding to the first sub-side start pending storage number SRaN. For example, when the MPU 92 sets "3" to the number SRaN of first sub-side start suspension storage in step S1402, the MPU 92 corresponds to "4" in the number SRaN of first sub-side storage suspension of storage updated in step S1404. Prefetch effect information is stored in a fourth area SRa4, which is a storage area for the game.

Further, for example, when the MPU 92 sets the second sub-side start pending storage number SRbN in step S1403, the first storage area among the free storage areas of the second sub-side holding area SRb, that is, in step S1404 Prefetch effect information is stored in a storage area corresponding to the updated second sub-side start pending storage number SRbN. For example, when the MPU 92 sets "3" to the second sub-side start pending storage number SRbN in step S1403, it corresponds to "4" in the second sub-side start pending storage number SRbN updated in step S1404. The read-ahead effect information is stored in the fourth area SRb4, which is a storage area for playing.

This look-ahead effect information is information for specifying to generate a look-ahead effect. In addition, the look-ahead effect information is the expectation level of the look-ahead effect won in the lottery process of the look-ahead effect expectation level of step S1413B, or the expectation level of the look-ahead effect selected in the low-expectation look-ahead effect selection process of step S1414B. It contains relevant information.

In this way, in the present embodiment, the hold generating process is an expectation notification effect for notifying the expectation of the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper operation opening 36 or the lower operation opening 37. Expectation level notification for storing expectation level notification effect information (prefetch effect information) for generating (low-expectation pre-reading effect or high-expectation pre-reading effect) in a first sub-side reservation area SRa or a second sub-side reservation area SRb. It functions as a performance storage unit.

Here, in the present embodiment, the degree-of-expectation notification effect is associated with the success/fail result, but may be associated with other information such as display duration time. In short, the expectation level notification effect should be able to notify the expectation level of the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37 as a trigger.

Specifically, the MPU 92 generates the ready-to-win display based on the information about the display duration, and the display duration is set to such an extent that the player expects that he or she has won a "big win" in the lottery. When it is determined to be long (for example, when super reach occurs), the probability of generating a high-expectation look-ahead performance is increased and the probability of generating a low-expectation look-ahead performance is decreased. In addition, the MPU 92 should generate the ready-to-win display based on the information about the display duration time, and the display duration time must be long enough to make the player expect that he or she has won a "big win" in the lottery. When determined (for example, when super reach does not occur), the probability of generating a high-expectation look-ahead performance is reduced and the probability of generating a low-expectation look-ahead performance is increased. Then, the MPU 92 may determine the degree of expectation of the look-ahead effect by drawing lots based on this probability.

In addition, as described above, in the present embodiment, the advance notice pending occurrence process is performed in the first areas SRa1, SRb1 and the second areas SRa1, SRb1 and second When storing advance notice pending information in the areas SRa2 and SRb2, it functions as a pending allocation storage section for storing as special advance notice pending information (first internal lottery information). Therefore, the first areas SRa1, SRb1 and the second areas SRa2, SRb2 function as first regions.
Then, in the advance notice pending generation processing, advance notice pending information is placed in the third areas SRa3, SRb3 and the fourth areas SRa4, SRb4 on the opposite side of the execution area SAE among the first sub-side holding area SRa and the second sub-side holding area SRb. , it functions as a hold distribution storage unit for storing normal notice hold information (second internal lottery information). Therefore, the third areas SRa3, SRb3 and the fourth areas SRa4, SRb4 function as the second area.

Although the number of the first areas and the number of the second areas are set to be the same in this embodiment, they may be set differently. In other words, in the process of step S1502, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the sub-side start pending memory number SN (SRaN or SRbN) set in step S1402 or step S1403 is 2 or more. , 1 or more, or 3 or more.
In short, the pending distribution storage unit stores the internal lottery information as the first internal lottery information in the case of storing the internal lottery information in the first area on the execution area side among the pending areas, and stores the internal lottery information in the second area on the side opposite to the execution area. In the case of storing the internal lottery information in the area of , it is sufficient if it can be stored as the second internal lottery information.

Therefore, in the present embodiment, in the advance notice pending generation processing, when the advance notice pending information is stored in the first sub-side holding area SRa or the second sub-side holding area SRb, the special advance notice pending information or the normal notice pending information is stored. I am letting
Further, in the present embodiment, the suspension occurrence process is performed when the special advance notice suspension information is stored in the first sub-side reservation area SRa or the second sub-side reservation area SRb in the advance notice suspension occurrence process. The expectation level notification effect information is switched between the case where the normal advance notice reservation information is stored in the first sub-side reservation area SRa or the second sub-side reservation area SRb, and the information is stored in the first sub-side reservation area SRa or the second sub-side reservation area. It is stored in SRb.

Specifically, the expectation level notification effect includes a plurality of types of expectation level notification effects corresponding to the expectations of the results of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37 as a trigger. (Low-expectation look-ahead effect and high-expectation look-ahead effect). Then, in the suspension generation process, when the normal announcement suspension information is stored in the first sub-side suspension area SRa or the second sub-side suspension area SRb in the advance notice suspension generation process, one of the plurality of types of expectation level notification effects is selected. When the expectation degree notification effect is generated and the special notice reservation information is stored in the first sub-side reservation area SRa or the second sub-side reservation area SRb in the notice reservation generation process, a plurality of types of expectation degree notification effects are performed. Of these, the expectation level notification performance with the lowest expectation level (prefetch performance with low expectation level) is switched to be generated, and the expectation level notification performance information is stored in the first sub-side reservation area SRa or the second sub-side reservation area SRb. ing.

In the present embodiment, the expectation level notification effect has two types of low expectation level and high expectation level look-ahead effects, but may have three or more types of expectation level notification effects. .
In addition, in the present embodiment, the suspension occurrence process is performed by notifying a plurality of types of expectations when the special advance notice suspension information is stored in the first sub-side reservation area SRa or the second sub-side reservation area SRb in the advance notice suspension generation process. Of the effects, the expectation level notification effect with the lowest expectation (prefetch effect with low expectation) is switched to occur, and the expectation level notification effect information is sent to the first sub-side reservation area SRa or the second sub-side reservation area SRb. Although it has been stored, it is switched so as to generate the expectation level notification performance with the highest level of expectation (high expectation level look-ahead performance), and the expectation level notification performance information is stored in the first sub-side reservation area SRa or the second sub-side reservation area. It may be stored in SRb. In short, the suspension generation processing is performed when the special notification suspension information is stored in the first sub-side reservation area SRa or the second sub-side reservation area SRb in the notification suspension generation processing, and when the normal notification suspension information is stored in the notification suspension generation processing. is stored in the first sub-side reservation area SRa or the second sub-side reservation area SRb, and the expectation level notification effect information is switched and stored in the first sub-side reservation area SRa or the second sub-side reservation area SRb. All you have to do is

<Hold shift processing>
FIG. 41 is a diagram showing a flowchart of hold shift processing.
In the pending shift process, the MPU 92 executes the processes of steps S1701 to S1712B in substantially the same manner as in the first embodiment. In addition, in this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 41, the MPU 92 differs from the first embodiment in that after executing the processing of step S1711, the processing after step S1713B is executed.

In step S1713B, the MPU 92 determines whether or not there is prefetch effect information in the storage area of the sub-side reservation area or the execution area SAE.
When the MPU 92 determines that there is prefetch effect information in step S1713B, it executes prefetch effect generation processing in step S1714B. In this look-ahead effect generating process, the MPU 92 generates a look-ahead effect of each degree of expectation based on the contents of the look-ahead effect information. Specifically, the MPU 92 executes the light emission control of the display lamp section 23 and the sound control of the speaker section 24 in the effect execution processing of step S1203 described above.

After executing the look-ahead effect generating process in step S1714B, or when determining that there is no look-ahead effect information in step S1713B, the MPU 92 sets a hold display shift time command in step S1712B. Then, the MPU 92 stores the pending display shift command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94d of the RAM 94. FIG. Here, the notice hold information (normal notice hold information and special notice hold information) stored in the sub-side hold information storage area 94b is included in the hold display shift command stored in the command list storage area 94d of the RAM 94. there is Further, the prefetch effect information stored in the sub-side pending information storage area 94b is included in the pending display shift command stored in the command list storage area 94d of the RAM94. This on-hold display shift command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the above-described command transmission processing of step S1205.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 notifies the expectation level of the special notice hold, raises the expectation level of the normal notice hold, and generates the look-ahead effect on the pattern display device 51 based on the hold display shift time command transmitted from the MPU 92. A data table for execution in is read out from the program ROM 103 . Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, every 20 msec) comes. As a result, the pattern display device 51 causes the display screen G to display and execute notification of the degree of expectation of the suspension of the special advance notice, promotion of the degree of expectation of the suspension of the normal notice, and generation of the look-ahead effect.

Thus, in the present embodiment, the look-ahead effect generation process is based on the look-ahead effect information stored in the first sub-side reservation area SRa or the second sub-side reservation area SRb in the reservation generation process. It functions as an expectation level notification effect generation unit that generates a look-ahead effect or a high-expectation look-ahead effect.

<Regarding the flow when a normal notice hold occurs>
FIG. 42 is a diagram showing an example of the flow when normal notice suspension occurs. FIG. 43 is a diagram showing another example of the flow when normal notice suspension occurs. Specifically, FIGS. 42(A) and 43(A) are diagrams showing a state in which a pattern of normal advance notice suspension is placed on the pedestal B3 and generated based on the content of the suspension display generation command. is. 42(B) and 43(B) are diagrams showing a state in which the normal advance notice pending picture is placed on the pedestal B2 and shifted based on the content of the pending display shifting command. 42(C), (D) and FIGS. 43(C), (D), based on the content of the hold display shift command, the pattern of the normal notice hold is placed on the base B1 and shifted. It is a figure which shows a state.

The MPU 102 generates a pattern of normal notice suspension by placing it on the pedestal B3, as shown in FIGS. .
Note that the MPU 102 shifts the normally reserved patterns by placing them on the pedestals B1, B2, and AB based on the content of the reserved display shifting command received from the MPU 92. FIG.

Here, the hold display generation command includes normal advance notice hold information. This normal notice suspension information is information for specifying that the normal notice suspension is to be generated. In addition, as described above, the normal notice pending information includes information related to the expectation of the notice pending that was won in the lottery process for the expected degree of notice pending in step S1501, information related to the expectation of the current normal notice pending, It contains the number SN of sub-side start pending storage updated in step S1404 and information related to the corresponding storage area.

Further, the MPU 102 generates a look-ahead effect as shown in FIGS.
Here, the pending display generation command includes prefetch effect information. This look-ahead effect information is information for specifying to generate a look-ahead effect. In addition, the look-ahead effect information is the expectation level of the look-ahead effect won in the lottery process of the look-ahead effect expectation level of step S1413B, or the expectation level of the look-ahead effect selected in the low-expectation look-ahead effect selection process of step S1414B. It contains relevant information.

In the examples of FIGS. 42 and 43, the information related to the expectation level of the advance notice suspension won in the lottery process of the expectation level of the notice suspension of step S1501 is high expectation, and the information related to the expectation level of the current normal notice suspension is Information relating to the storage area corresponding to the sub-side startup pending storage number SN updated in step S1404 with low expectations is the third area SRa3 of the first sub-side pending area SRa. Further, the expectation level of the pre-reading effect won in the lottery process of the pre-reading effect expectation level in step S1413B is assumed to be a high expectation level.
Therefore, the MPU 102 generates a low-expectation normal notice suspension pattern on the pedestal B3 based on the contents of the suspension display generation command received from the MPU 92, and generates a high-expectation look-ahead effect. Let

In addition, when the expectation level of the prefetch effect won in the lottery process of the prefetch effect expectation level in step S1413B is low expectation level, the MPU 102, based on the content of the pending display generation command received from the MPU 92, Generates a look-ahead effect of expectation.
Further, when the pending display generation command does not include the prefetch effect information, the MPU 102 does not generate the prefetch effect.

Next, the MPU 102 places the normal notice pending pattern on the pedestal B2, as shown in FIGS. and shift, and generate a high-expectation look-ahead effect.
When the MPU 102 identifies that the expectation level of the current normal notice suspension has been raised based on the content of the hold display shift command received from the MPU 92, as shown in FIG. The pattern of normal advance notice suspension is placed on the pedestal B2 and shifted.
On the other hand, if the MPU 102 determines that the current expectation level of the normal notice suspension is not raised based on the content of the hold display shift time command received from the MPU 92, the following is shown in FIG. , the low-expectation normal notice pending pattern is placed on the pedestal B2 and shifted.
It should be noted that the expectation level of the normal notice suspension is raised by making the devil appear and increasing the number of donuts on the plate.

After placing and shifting the normal advance notice pending picture on the pedestal B2, the MPU 102, based on the contents of the next pending display shift command received from the MPU 92, executes the following operations (C), (D) and As shown in FIGS. 43(C) and 43(D), the design of normal notice suspension is placed on the pedestal B1 and shifted, and a high-expectation look-ahead effect is generated.

The MPU 102 specifies that the expectation level of the current normal notice suspension has been raised in the case where the normal notice suspension picture with medium expectation level is placed on the pedestal B2 and shifted (see FIG. 42(B)). In this case, as shown in FIG. 42(C), the high-expectation normal notice suspension pattern is placed on the pedestal B1 and shifted. Further, when the MPU 102 determines that the current level of expectation for normal notice suspension has not been raised, as shown in FIG. Place and shift.

On the other hand, the MPU 102, in the case where the pattern of normal notice suspension with a low expectation level is placed on the pedestal B2 and shifted (see FIG. 43(B)), the current expectation level of normal notice suspension 43(C), the pattern of normal notice suspension with medium expectation level is placed on the pedestal B1 and shifted. Further, when the MPU 102 determines that the current level of expectation for normal notice suspension has not been raised, as shown in FIG. Place and shift.

In this way, the MPU 102 generates a high-expectation look-ahead effect based on the contents of the hold display generation command received from the MPU 92, regardless of the current expectation level of the normal advance notice hold.

<About the flow when a special advance notice hold occurs>
FIG. 44 is a diagram showing the flow when special notice suspension occurs. Specifically, FIG. 44(A) is a diagram showing a state in which a design for special advance notice suspension is placed on the pedestal B2 and generated based on the contents of the suspension display generation command. FIG. 44(B) is a diagram showing a state in which the design of the special advance notice suspension is placed on the pedestal B1 and shifted based on the contents of the command for shifting the suspension display. 44(C) to (E) are diagrams showing a state in which the special advance notice pending picture is placed on the execution pedestal AB and shifted based on the content of the hold display shifting command.

The MPU 102 generates a pattern of special advance notice suspension by placing it on the pedestal B2, as shown in FIG.
Note that the MPU 102 shifts the normal pending picture by placing it on the pedestals B1 and AB based on the content of the hold display shifting command received from the MPU 92 .

Here, the hold display generation command includes special notice hold information. This special advance notice suspension information is information for specifying that special advance notice suspension is to be generated. In addition, as described above, the special notice hold information includes information related to the degree of expectation of notice hold that was won in the lottery process for the degree of expectation of notice hold in step S1501, and the sub-side start hold storage number SN updated in step S1404. and information about the corresponding storage area.

Further, the MPU 102 generates a look-ahead effect as shown in FIG.
Here, the pending display generation command includes prefetch effect information. This look-ahead effect information is information for specifying to generate a look-ahead effect. In addition, the look-ahead effect information is the expectation level of the look-ahead effect won in the lottery process of the look-ahead effect expectation level of step S1413B, or the expectation level of the look-ahead effect selected in the low-expectation look-ahead effect selection process of step S1414B. It contains relevant information.

In the example of FIG. 44, the information related to the storage area corresponding to the sub-side startup pending storage number SN updated in step S1404 is the second area SRa2 of the first sub-side pending area SRa.
Also, it is assumed that the low-expectation look-ahead effect is selected in the low-expectation look-ahead effect selection processing in step S1414B.
Therefore, the MPU 102 generates a pattern of special advance notice suspension by placing it on the pedestal B2 based on the content of the suspension display generation command received from the MPU 92, and generates a low-expectation look-ahead effect.

The MPU 92 selects the low-expectation look-ahead effect in the low-expectation look-ahead effect selection process of step S1414B (because it determines that the special notice hold information is stored in step S1412B). , the MPU 102 does not generate a high-expectation look-ahead effect based on the content of the pending display generation command received from the MPU 92 .
It should be noted that when the pending display generation command does not include the prefetch effect information, the MPU 102 does not generate the prefetch effect.

Next, the MPU 102 places and shifts the design of the special advance notice suspension on the pedestal B1 as shown in FIG. Generate a look-ahead effect with low expectations.

After placing and shifting the pattern of the special notice suspension on the pedestal B1, the MPU 102, based on the content of the next suspension display shift command received from the MPU 92, shifts to (C) to (E) in FIG. As shown, the picture with the special notice pending is placed on the execution pedestal AB and shifted, the furoshiki, which is the picture with the special notice pending, is opened, and the player is notified of the contents, and the player has a low expectation. Generates a look-ahead effect. Here, when the furoshiki, which is the pattern of the special notice pending, is opened, the content is one of the pictures of the notice pending of each degree of expectation, which is the pattern of the normal notice pending.
Specifically, the player is informed of the advance notice suspension of the expectation degree won in the lottery process of the notice suspension expectation degree in step S1501 described above as the contents of the wrapping cloth.

For example, in the event that a high-expectation pending notice is won in the step S1501 lottery process for the pending notice-holding expectation degree, as shown in FIG. becomes.
Further, for example, in the event that the lottery process for the degree of notice-holding expectation in step S1501 wins the notice-holding of medium-expectation, as shown in FIG. It becomes the pattern of
Furthermore, for example, when the lottery process of the advance notice withholding expectation in step S1501 wins the advance notice with low expectation, as shown in FIG. It becomes the pattern of

In this way, the MPU 102 generates a low-expectation look-ahead effect based on the content of the hold display generation command received from the MPU 92, regardless of the expectation level won in the lottery process for the advance notice hold expectation level in step S1501. ing.
Therefore, even if a low-expectation look-ahead effect occurs, if the pattern display device 51 displays the special notice pending picture, the player opens the wrapping cloth of the special notice pending picture. , the expectation can be maintained until the content is notified to the player.

According to this embodiment, the following functions and effects can be obtained.
(1) Reservation occurrence processing is performed when special notice reserving information is stored in the first sub-side reserving area SRa or second sub-side reserving area SRb in the notice reserving The expectation level notification effect information is switched between the case where the information is stored in the first sub-side reservation area SRa or the second sub-side reservation area SRb, and stored in the first sub-side reservation area SRa or the second sub-side reservation area SRb. Therefore, the low-expectation look-ahead performance or the high-expectation look-ahead performance is switched between the case of displaying the special notice pending picture on the pattern display device 51 and the case of displaying the normal notice pending picture on the pattern display device 51.例文帳に追加can be done. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can diversify the look-ahead effect and improve the attention of the player to the game.

(2) Suspension generation processing is performed when the special advance notice suspension information is stored in the first sub-side reservation area SRa or the second sub-side reservation area SRb in the advance notice suspension generation processing. The expectation notification performance information is stored in the first sub-side reservation area SRa or the second sub-side reservation area SRb by switching so as to generate the expectation notification performance with the lowest expectation (prefetch performance with low expectation). The player can maintain the sense of expectation when the pattern display device 51 displays the special notice suspension pattern even when the expectation degree notification performance with the lowest degree of expectation is generated. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Note that, in the present embodiment, the advance notice pending generation processing is performed in the first areas SRa1 and SRb1 and the second areas SRa2 and SRb2 on the execution area SAE side of the first sub-side pending area SRa and the second sub-side pending area SRb. When the advance notice pending information is stored, it is stored as special advance notice pending information (first internal lottery information), and of the first sub-side pending area SRa and the second sub-side pending area SRb, the information on the side opposite to the execution area SAE is stored. When the notice hold information is stored in the third areas SRa3, SRb3 and the fourth areas SRa4, SRb4, it is usually stored as the notice hold information (second internal lottery information).

On the other hand, as in the second embodiment, the advance notice pending occurrence process executes a lottery to determine whether or not to generate a special advance notice hold, thereby determining whether the first sub-side holding area SRa or the second sub-side holding area SRa When storing the advance notice suspension information in the area SRb, the information may be sorted into the special notice suspension information or the normal notice suspension information and stored. In short, the advance notice pending generation process only needs to be able to store the notice pending information in the first sub-side holding area SRa or the second sub-side holding area SRb by sorting it into special notice holding information or normal notice holding information. .

[Fourth Embodiment]
A fourth embodiment of the present invention will be described below with reference to the drawings.
In the following description, the same reference numerals are given to the parts that have already been described, and the description thereof will be omitted.

In this embodiment, the main control device 60, the sound emission control device 90, and the display control device 100 execute different processes from those in the first embodiment. Specifically, in this embodiment, the game state transition processing and effect determination processing are different from those in the first embodiment. The contents of the game state transition processing and effect determination processing in this embodiment will be described below.

<Game state transition processing>
FIG. 45 is a diagram showing a flowchart of game state transition processing according to the fourth embodiment of the present invention.
In the game state transition process, the MPU 62 executes the processes of steps S801 to S816 in substantially the same manner as in the first embodiment. In this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 45, the MPU 92 executes step S805, step S807, step S809, and step S810, and before executing step S812. It differs from the first embodiment in that S817C and step S818C are executed.

After executing any one of steps S805, S807, S809, and S810, the MPU 62 checks in step S817C that the game result is "round distribution most advantageous result" ("4th round most advantageous result", " 8-round most favorable result” or “16-round most favorable result”).

When the MPU 62 determines in step S817C that the game result is not the “most advantageous result of round allocation”, in step S811, the timer counter T provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64 stores the waiting time for opening ( "1000" is set as the waiting period). The value set in the timer counter T is updated by subtracting 1 from the previous value each time the timer interrupt process is executed. Therefore, the waiting time for opening is 2 seconds. The waiting time for opening is not limited to this and is arbitrary.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S817C that the game result is the "most advantageous result of round distribution", in step S818C, the timer counter T provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64 "10000" is set as waiting time (waiting period) for opening. The value set in the timer counter T is updated by subtracting 1 from the previous value each time the timer interrupt process is executed. Therefore, the waiting time for opening is 20 seconds. The waiting time for opening is not limited to this and is arbitrary.

As described above, the waiting time for the opening is greatly different between the game result of the "round distribution most advantageous result" and the game result other than these. In other words, the waiting time for opening is configured to vary greatly according to the type of game result.
On the other hand, the waiting time for opening may be the same regardless of the type of game result.

After executing the processing of step S811 or step S818C, the MPU 62 executes the processing of step S812 and subsequent steps as in the first embodiment.

FIG. 46 is a diagram showing a flowchart of effect determination processing.
In the effect determination process, the MPU 92 executes the processes of steps S1301 to S1317 in substantially the same manner as in the first embodiment. In this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 46, the MPU 92 executes the process of step S1311C instead of the process of step S1311, executes the process of step S1314, and before executing the process of step S1315. Secondly, it differs from the first embodiment in that steps S1318C and S1319C are executed.

After executing any one of steps S1307, S1309, and S1310, the MPU 92 executes a production pattern determination process in step S1311C. In this effect pattern determination process, for example, the effect pattern corresponding to the ready-to-win display is selected. The ready-to-win display occurs at a predetermined timing from the start to the end of the game cycle, and after the pattern display device 51 starts the fluctuation display of the symbols, the normal reach to occur after the high-speed fluctuation period elapses, and the normal reach to occur after the occurrence of the normal reach. , and super reach that occurs after the normal reach period has elapsed. This super reach ends after the super reach period elapses, and the symbol display device 51 stops the variable display of symbols.

In the present embodiment, among the effect patterns corresponding to the ready-to-win display selected in the effect pattern determination process, the effect pattern corresponding to super ready-to-win will be described in detail.
Incidentally, in the present embodiment, of the effect patterns selected in the effect pattern determination process, the description of the effect pattern other than the effect pattern corresponding to the super ready-to-win will be omitted.

FIG. 47 is a diagram showing a flow chart of the effect pattern determination process.
As described above, the MPU 92 of the sound emission control device 90 executes the effect pattern determination process in step S1311C of the effect determination process. In this effect pattern determination process, the MPU 92 executes steps S1901 to S1908 as shown in FIG.

In step S1901, the MPU 92 clears the super reach flag of each expectation. Specifically, the MPU 92 clears the super reach flag of each expectation level by substituting 0 in the area indicating the super reach flag of each expectation level provided in the various flag storage area 94c of the RAM 94 . In step S1904 described later, the MPU 92 sets the super reach flag of each expectation by substituting 1 in the area indicating the super reach flag of each expectation provided in the various flag storage area 94c of the RAM 94. . Moreover, the super reach flag of each expectation degree is demonstrated in detail later.

In step S1902, the MPU 92 determines whether or not to generate super reach. Specifically, the MPU 92 specifies the display duration based on the contents of the variation command and the type command transmitted from the MPU 62, and determines whether or not this display duration corresponds to the occurrence of super reach. By doing so, it is determined whether or not to generate super reach.

When the MPU 92 determines not to generate the super reach, the MPU 92 executes the process of step S1907, which will be described later, and then ends the effect pattern determination process.
On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines to generate super reach, in step S1903, the MPU 92 executes an expectation level selection process for super reach. Specifically, the MPU 92 selects one of the low-expectation, medium-expectation, and high-expectation super reach.

FIG. 48 is a diagram showing the relationship between the distribution result and the selection probability of super reach for each degree of expectation.
The low-expectation super reach is selected when the result of the distribution lottery is "most advantageous result of round distribution", as shown in FIG. It is a super reach that is difficult to be selected in the case of "8 round distribution most advantageous result" or "16 round distribution most advantageous result".
Specifically, the low-expectation Super Reach is selected with a probability of 70% when the result of the distribution lottery is "Most advantageous result for 4 rounds", and the result of the distribution lottery is "8 rounds If the result of the distribution lottery is "Most favorable result for distribution", it will be selected with a probability of 30%, and if the result of the distribution lottery is "Most favorable result for 16 rounds", it will be selected with a probability of 20%. ing.

In addition, if the result of the distribution lottery is the "most favorable result for round distribution", the medium expected super reach is likely to be selected when it is "most favorable result for 8 rounds", and "4 rounds It is a super reach that is difficult to be selected in the case of "most advantageous result of distribution" or "most advantageous result of 16 round distribution".
Specifically, the medium-expected super reach is selected with a probability of 20% when the result of the distribution lottery is "the most advantageous result for 4 rounds", and the result of the distribution lottery is "8 rounds If it is the most advantageous result for distribution, it will be selected with a probability of 50%, and if the result of the distribution lottery is the most favorable result for 16 rounds, it will be selected with a probability of 20%. ing.

And the highly expected super reach is more likely to be selected when the result of the distribution lottery is "most advantageous result for round distribution", "most advantageous result for 16 rounds", and "4 rounds It is a super reach that is difficult to be selected in the case of "most advantageous result for distribution" or "most advantageous result for 8 round distribution".
Specifically, the highly anticipated Super Reach will be selected with a probability of 10% if the result of the distribution lottery is "Most advantageous result for 4 rounds", and the result of the distribution lottery is "8 rounds If it is the most advantageous result for distribution, it will be selected with a probability of 20%, and if the result of the distribution lottery is the most favorable result for 16 rounds, it will be selected with a probability of 60%. ing.

FIG. 49 is a diagram showing super reach with low expectations. Specifically, FIG. 49(A) is a diagram showing the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 in the state of progressing the low-expectation super reach, and FIG. FIG. 49(C) is a diagram showing the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 after the super reach period has elapsed in the case of winning a jackpot, and FIG. It is a figure which shows the display screen G of the design display apparatus 51 after progress of the ready-to-win period.

In the low-expectation super-reach, the MPU 102, as shown in FIG. 49(A), after the lapse of the normal-reach period, reduces the symbol rows Z1 to Z3, and displays a predetermined character or the like as a moving image on the display screen G. Transition to the Super Reach period by displaying the entire abbreviation. In this super reach period, the MPU 102 reduces the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 and arranges them in the lower left position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and is present on the right side of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. Let the angel fight with the demon on the left.

After the super reach period has elapsed, the MPU 102 notifies the player of the result of the lottery according to whether the angel has won the contest. Specifically, when the win/loss result is "big hit", the MPU 102 causes the angel to win when stopping the variable display of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3, as shown in FIG. 49(B). , the player is notified that the winning result is "big win winning". Further, when the win/fail result is the “normal outlier result”, the MPU 102, as shown in FIG. The player is notified that the win/fail result is a "normal failure result".

FIG. 50 is a diagram showing super reach with medium expectations. Specifically, FIG. 50(A) is a diagram showing the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 in a state in which the super reach with medium expectation level is progressing, and FIG. FIG. 50(C) is a view showing the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 after the super reach period has elapsed in the case of winning the jackpot, and FIG. It is a figure which shows the display screen G of the design display apparatus 51 after progress of the ready-to-win period.

In the medium expected level of super reach, as shown in FIG. 50(A), after the normal reach period has elapsed, the MPU 102 reduces the symbol rows Z1 to Z3, and displays predetermined characters as a moving image on the display screen G. Transition to the Super Reach period by displaying the entire abbreviation. In this super reach period, the MPU 102 reduces the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 and arranges them at the lower left position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and is present on the left side of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. Move the angel to the right.

The MPU 102 notifies the player of the result of the lottery according to whether or not the angel has found the treasure box after the super reach period has elapsed. Specifically, when the win/loss result is "big hit", the MPU 102 finds a treasure box with an angel when stopping the variable display of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3, as shown in FIG. 50(B). By doing so, the player is notified that the winning result is "big win winning". Further, when the hit/fail result is the "normal failure result", the MPU 102 does not allow the angel to discover the treasure box when stopping the variable display of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 (see FIG. 50C). The player is notified that the win/loss result was a "normal failure result".

FIG. 51 is a diagram showing super reach with a high degree of expectation. Specifically, FIG. 51(A) is a diagram showing the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 in the state of progressing the highly anticipated super reach, and FIG. FIG. 51(C) is a diagram showing the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 after the super reach period has elapsed in the case of winning a jackpot, and FIG. It is a figure which shows the display screen G of the design display apparatus 51 after progress of the ready-to-win period.

In the highly anticipated super reach, the MPU 102, as shown in FIG. 51(A), after the normal reach period has passed, reduces the display of each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3, and displays a predetermined character or the like as a moving image on the display screen G. Transition to the Super Reach period by displaying the entire abbreviation. In this super reach period, the MPU 102 reduces the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 and arranges them in the lower left position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and exists in the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. Have an angel open a treasure chest.

After the super reach period has elapsed, the MPU 102 notifies the player of the result of the lottery according to whether or not the treasure box contains treasure. Specifically, when the win/loss result is "win jackpot", the MPU 102, as shown in FIG. The player is notified that the winning result is "big win" by having the player discover the treasure box. Further, when the success/failure result is the "normal failure result", the MPU 102 determines that the angel does not contain the treasure when stopping the variable display of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3, as shown in FIG. 51(C). The player is notified that the success/failure result is the "normal failure result" by having the player find a treasure box (empty treasure box).

Thus, in this embodiment, the sound emission control device 90 and the display control device 100 make the player expect that the pattern display device 51 will shift the game state to a specific control state that is advantageous to the player. It functions as an expectation performance executing means for executing a plurality of types of expectation performances (low expectation super reach, medium expectation super reach, and high expectation super reach).
In addition, in the present embodiment, the degree of expectation selection processing for super reach is the result of an internal lottery executed with the entry of a game ball into the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37 as a trigger among the plurality of types of expected effects. It functions as an expected effect selection unit that selects an expected effect corresponding to the degree of expectation.

Returning to the description of the production pattern determination processing, the processing after step S1904 will be described with reference to FIG.
In step S1904, the MPU 92 sets a flag corresponding to the degree of expectation of super reach selected in step S1903.

Specifically, when the MPU 92 selects the low-expectation super reach in step S1903, 1 is substituted into the area indicating the low-expectation super reach flag provided in the various flag storage area 94c of the RAM 94. This sets the low-expectation-super-reach flag. This low-expectation super-reach flag is a flag for specifying to generate a low-expectation super reach.
In addition, when the MPU 92 selects the medium expected super reach in step S1903, by substituting 1 in the area indicating the medium expected super reach flag provided in the various flag storage area 94c of the RAM 94, Set the Medium Expectation Super Reach flag. This middle expectation degree super reach flag is a flag for specifying that the middle expectation degree super reach is to be generated.
Then, when the MPU 92 selects the high-expectation super reach in step S1903, by substituting 1 in the area indicating the high-expectation super reach flag provided in the various flag storage area 94c of the RAM 94, Set the High Expectation Super Reach flag. This high-expectation super reach flag is a flag for specifying that a high-expectation super reach is generated.

In step S1905, the MPU 92 executes super reach deployment selection processing.
Specifically, the MPU 92 selects one of the super reaches of the first deployment and the second deployment.

FIG. 52 is a diagram showing the relationship between the distribution result and the selection probability of super reach for each development.
Specifically, FIG. 52(a) is a diagram showing a case where low-expectation super-reach is selected in the super-reach expectation selection process of step S1903, and FIG. FIG. 52C is a diagram showing a case where medium expected super reach is selected in super reach expectation level selection processing, and FIG. is selected.

First, a case will be described in which low-expectation super-reach is selected in the super-reach expectation level selection processing in step S1903.
When the result of the distribution lottery is the "round most advantageous result", the super reach of the first development is "four rounds most advantageous result" as shown in Fig. 52(a). It is a super reach that is likely to be selected in the case of "16 round distribution most advantageous result" and is difficult to be selected in the case of "16 rounds."
Specifically, the super reach of the first development is selected with a probability of 80% when the result of the distribution lottery is "4th round distribution most advantageous result", and the result of the distribution lottery is "8 Selected with a 50% probability if the result of the round distribution is the most favorable result, and selected with a probability of 20% if the result of the distribution lottery is the ``Most favorable result of the 16th round distribution''. It's becoming

The second development, Super Reach, is more likely to be selected when the result of the distribution lottery is the “Most favorable result for round allocation”, and when it is “Most favorable result for 16 rounds”, and “4 rounds are allocated”. It is a super reach that is difficult to be selected when it is the "most advantageous result".
Specifically, the super reach of the second development is selected with a probability of 20% when the result of the distribution lottery is "4 rounds distribution most advantageous result", and the result of the distribution lottery is "8 Selected with a 50% probability if the result of the round distribution is "Most favorable result", and selected with a probability of 80% if the result of the distribution lottery is "Most favorable result for 16 rounds". It's becoming

Next, a case will be described in which super reach with medium expectation level is selected in the expectation level selection process of super reach in step S1903.
When the result of the distribution lottery is the "round most advantageous result", the super reach of the first development is "four rounds most advantageous result" as shown in Fig. 52(b). It is a super reach that is a little more likely to be selected in some cases, and less likely to be selected in the case of "16 rounds with the most advantageous result".
Specifically, the super reach of the first deployment is selected with a probability of 60% when the result of the distribution lottery is "4th round distribution most advantageous result", and the result of the distribution lottery is "8 Selected with a 50% probability if the result of the round allocation is the most favorable result, and selected with a probability of 40% if the result of the allocation lottery is the ``Most favorable result of the 16th round distribution''. It's becoming

In the second development, Super Reach is a little more likely to be selected when the result of the distribution lottery is "Most favorable result for round distribution", "Most favorable result for 16 rounds", and "4 rounds". It is a super reach that is somewhat difficult to be selected in the case of "distribution most advantageous result".
Specifically, the super reach of the second development is selected with a probability of 40% when the result of the distribution lottery is "4 rounds distribution most advantageous result", and the result of the distribution lottery is "8 Selected with a 50% probability if the result of the round distribution is "Most favorable result", and selected with a probability of 60% if the result of the distribution lottery is "Most favorable result for 16 rounds". It's becoming

Finally, a case will be described in which high-expectation super-reach is selected in the super-reach expectation level selection processing in step S1903.
When the result of the distribution lottery is "Most favorable result for round distribution", the super reach of the first development is "Most favorable result for 16 rounds distribution" as shown in Fig. 52(c). It is a super reach that is likely to be selected in the case of "4 rounds distribution most advantageous result" and is difficult to be selected in the case of "4 rounds."
Specifically, the super reach of the first development is selected with a probability of 20% when the result of the distribution lottery is "4th round distribution most advantageous result", and the result of the distribution lottery is "8 Selected with a 50% probability if the result of the round distribution is "Most favorable result", and selected with a probability of 80% if the result of the distribution lottery is "Most favorable result for 16 rounds". It's becoming

The second development, Super Reach, is more likely to be selected when the result of the distribution lottery is the “Most favorable result for round allocation”, and when it is “Most favorable result for 4 rounds”, and “16 rounds are allocated”. It is a super reach that is difficult to be selected when it is the "most advantageous result".
Specifically, the super reach of the second development is selected with a probability of 80% when the result of the distribution lottery is "4 rounds distribution most advantageous result", and the result of the distribution lottery is "8 Selected with a 50% probability if the result of the round distribution is the most favorable result, and selected with a probability of 20% if the result of the distribution lottery is the ``Most favorable result of the 16th round distribution''. It's becoming

FIG. 53 is a diagram showing development of low-expectation super reach. Specifically, FIG. 53(A) is a view showing the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 in the state of progressing the low-expectation super reach in the first development, and FIG. 53(B). 10] is a view showing the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 in the state of progressing the low-expectation super reach in the second development. [FIG.

In the case of proceeding with the low-expectation Super Reach in the first development, the MPU 102 reduces the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 and arranges them at the lower left position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 to display the symbols. When making the angel present on the right side of the display screen G of the device 51 fight with the demon present on the left side, as shown in FIG. Let
On the other hand, in the case of proceeding with the low-expectation Super Reach in the second development, the MPU 102 reduces the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 and displays them at the lower left position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. When arranging and making the angel existing on the right side of the display screen G of the pattern display device 51 fight with the devil existing on the left side, as shown in FIG. Attack the devil by making the angel emit a ray of light that is thicker than the ray that the angel emits.
Therefore, the player can confirm the development of low-expectation super reach by confirming the thickness of the light beam.

FIG. 54 is a diagram showing the development of super reach with medium expectations. Specifically, FIG. 54(A) is a diagram showing a display screen G of the symbol display device 51 in a state in which the super reach with medium expectation level is progressing in the first development, and FIG. 54(B). 10] is a diagram showing a display screen G of the symbol display device 51 in a state in which a super reach with a medium expectation level is progressing in the second development. [FIG.

In the case of progressing the super reach with medium expectation level in the first development, the MPU 102 reduces the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 and arranges them at the lower left position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 to display the symbols. When moving the angel existing on the left side of the display screen G of the device 51 toward the right side, a stone is placed on the road as shown in FIG. 54(A).
On the other hand, in the case of proceeding with the medium-expected super reach in the second development, the MPU 102 reduces the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 and displays them at the lower left position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. When moving the angel existing on the left side of the display screen G of the pattern display device 51 toward the right side, the wings are placed on the road as shown in FIG. 54(B).
Therefore, the player can confirm the development of medium-expected super reach by confirming the objects placed on the road.

FIG. 55 is a diagram showing development of high-expectation super reach. Specifically, FIG. 55(A) is a view showing the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 in the state of progressing the high-expectation super reach in the first deployment, and FIG. 55(B). 10] is a diagram showing a display screen G of the symbol display device 51 in a state in which a high-expectation super reach is progressing in the second development.

In the case of proceeding with the high-expectation Super Reach in the first development, the MPU 102 reduces the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 and arranges them at the lower left position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 to display the symbols. When the angel existing in the center of the display screen G of the device 51 opens the treasure box, a bird appears from the treasure box as shown in FIG. 55(A).
On the other hand, in the case of proceeding with the high-expectation Super Reach in the second development, the MPU 102 reduces the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 and displays them at the lower left position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. When the angel present in the center of the display screen G of the pattern display device 51 is to open the treasure box, nothing appears from the treasure box as shown in FIG. 55(B).
Therefore, the player can confirm the development of the highly anticipated Super Reach by confirming whether or not the bird appears from the treasure box.

Returning to the description of the effect pattern determination processing, the processing after step S1906 will be described with reference to FIG.
In step S1906, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the first development super reach is selected in the super reach development selection process of step S1905.
When the MPU 92 determines in step S1906 that the super reach of the first development is selected, in step S1907, 1 is substituted into the area indicating the ascending effect flag provided in the various flag storage area 94c of the RAM 94. By doing so, the ascending order effect flag is set. This ascending order effect flag is a flag for specifying that the execution mode of the round notification effect is ascending order. In addition, the execution mode of the round notification effect will be described in detail later.

On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S1906 that the super reach of the first deployment has not been selected (if it determines that the super reach of the second deployment has been selected), in step S1908 , By substituting 0 into the area indicating the ascending order effect flag provided in the various flag storage area 94c of the RAM 94, the ascending order effect flag is cleared.

In addition, as described above, the MPU 92 executes the processing of step S1907 even when it is determined that the super reach is not generated in step S1902, and the area indicating the ascending effect flag provided in the various flag storage area 94c of the RAM 94 By substituting 1 for , the ascending order effect flag is set.

After executing the process of step S1907 or step S1908, the MPU 92 ends the effect pattern determination process.

Returning to the description of the effect determination process, the process of step S1318C will be described with reference to FIG.
After executing the process of step S1314, the MPU 92 executes a round notification effect determination process in step S1318C. In the round notification effect, when the game result determined in step S1314 is "most advantageous result for round allocation", the game result is "most advantageous result for 4 rounds", "most advantageous result for 8 rounds", and " This is an effect for informing the player which of the 16 rounds is the most advantageous result.

FIG. 56 is a diagram showing the appearance of the round notification accessory used for the round notification effect.
The center frame 52, as shown in FIG. In addition, the round notification accessory drive unit 57 is connected to the output port of the MPU 92 .

The round notification accessory 56 includes a base 561 formed in a substantially elliptical disk shape, and a rotation mechanism 562 that supports the base 561 so as to be rotatable about an axis orthogonal to the game board 31 (see FIG. 2). there is
The base 561 includes a 4-round lamp unit 561a for notifying the player that the game result determined in step S1314 is "most advantageous result in 4 rounds", and a 4-round lamp unit 561a that informs the player that the game result determined in step S1314 is "most advantageous result in 8 rounds". 8-round lamp part 561b for informing the player that the game result is "result", and a 16-round lamp part 561c for informing the player that the game result determined in step S1314 is "most advantageous result in 16 rounds". I have.

The 4th round lamp part 561a lights up when notifying the player that the game result determined in step S1314 is the "most favorable result in the 4th round", and indicates the "most favorable result in the 8th round" or the "most favorable result in the 16th round". It is turned off when notifying the player that it is "result".
The 8-round lamp part 561b lights up when notifying the player that the game result determined in step S1314 is the "most favorable result in the 8th round", and indicates the "most favorable result in the 4th round" or the "most favorable result in the 16th round". It is turned off when notifying the player that it is "result".
The 16-round lamp unit 561c lights up when notifying the player that the game result determined in step S1314 is the "most favorable result in 16 rounds", and indicates "most favorable result in 4 rounds" or "most favorable result in 8 rounds". It is turned off when notifying the player that it is "result".

The rotating mechanism 562 includes a shaft portion 562a orthogonal to the game board 31 and an arm portion 562b connecting the base 561 and the shaft portion 562a.
A shaft portion 562 a of the rotating mechanism 562 is connected to the round notification accessory driving portion 57 . This rotating mechanism 562 is set to either an exposed state or a hidden state by being driven by the round notification accessory driving section 57 . The exposed state is a state in which the base 561 is exposed in front of the display screen G of the pattern display device 51 by rotating the rotating mechanism 562 counterclockwise (see the solid line in the figure). The concealed state is a state in which the base 561 is concealed by the game board 31 by rotating the rotating mechanism 562 clockwise (see two-dot chain lines in the figure).

In the round notification effect determination process, the number of rounds is notified to the player by exposing the round notification accessory 56 in front of the display screen G of the pattern display device 51 .

Thus, in the present embodiment, the round notification accessory 56 functions as round notification means for notifying the player of the number of round games.
The round notification accessory 56 includes a plurality of notification units that notify the player of the number of round games by their own lighting. A round lamp portion 561b) and a second notification portion (16 round lamp portion 561c) for notifying the player of the number of round games, which is greater than that of the first notification portion, by lighting itself.

In the present embodiment, the first notification unit and the second notification unit notify the player of the number of round games by their lighting. may be notified. Further, in the present embodiment, the round notification accessory 56 includes the base 561 and the rotating mechanism 562, but may have a different shape. Specifically, the round notification means including the first notification section and the second notification section may be an image displayed on the pattern display device 51 or the like.

FIG. 57 is a diagram showing a flowchart of determination processing of the round notification effect.
In the round notification effect determination process, the MPU 92 executes steps S2001 to S2018 as shown in FIG.
In step S2001, the MPU 92 determines that the game result determined in step S1314 is the "round distribution most favorable result"("4th round most favorable result", "8th round most favorable result", or "16th round most favorable result"). It is determined whether or not. When the MPU 92 determines in step S2001 that the game result is the "round distribution most favorable result", the MPU 92 executes the processing from step S2002 onward, and in step S2001 the game result is "round distribution most favorable result". , the round notification effect determination process is terminated without executing the processes after step S2002.

In step S2002, the MPU 92 sets the round notification effect flag by substituting 1 in the area indicating the round notification effect flag provided in the various flag storage area 94c of the RAM 94. This round notification effect flag is a flag for specifying execution of the round notification effect.

In step S2003, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the high expectation super reach flag is set in the RAM 94.
When the MPU 92 determines in step S2003 that the high-expectation degree super reach flag is set in the RAM 94, in step S2004 the round variation counter RVC provided in the various counter areas 94a of the RAM 94 is set to "3". set.
On the other hand, if the MPU 92 determines in step S2003 that the high expectation level super reach flag is not set in the RAM 94, in step S2005 it determines whether the medium expectation level super reach flag is set in the RAM 94. determine whether

When the MPU 92 determines in step S2005 that the medium expectation degree super reach flag is set in the RAM 94, in step S2006, the round variation counter RVC provided in the various counter areas 94a of the RAM 94 is set to "2". set.
On the other hand, if the MPU 92 determines in step S2005 that the medium expectation level super reach flag is not set in the RAM 94, in step S2007 it determines whether the low expectation level super reach flag is set in the RAM 94. determine whether

When the MPU 92 determines in step S2007 that the low-expectation degree super reach flag is set in the RAM 94, in step S2008, the round variation counter RVC provided in the various counter areas 94a of the RAM 94 is set to "1". set.
On the other hand, if the MPU 92 determines in step S2007 that the low-expectation degree super reach flag is not set in the RAM 94, in step S2009, the round variation counter RVC provided in the various counter areas 94a of the RAM 94 is set to "0".

After executing any one of steps S2004, S2006, S2008 and S2009, the MPU 92 determines in step S2010 whether or not an ascending effect flag is set in the RAM 94.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S2010 that the ascending effect flag is set in the RAM 94, it executes the processing from step S2011.
On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S2010 that the ascending effect flag is not set in the RAM 94, it executes the processing after step S2015.

First, in step S2010, the processing (processing after step S2011) when it is determined that the ascending effect flag is set in the RAM 94 by the MPU 92 will be described.
In step S2011, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the game result determined in step S1314 is "most favorable result in 4 rounds".
When the MPU 92 determines in step S2011 that the game result is the "fourth round most advantageous result", the MPU 92 ends the round notification effect determination process without executing the processes after step S2012.
On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S2011 that the game result is not the "most advantageous result in 4 rounds", in step S2012, the 4 round off flag provided in the various flag storage area 94c of the RAM 94 is turned off. Set the 4 rounds off flag by substituting a 1 in the indicated area. This 4th round off flag is a flag for specifying that the game result determined in step S1314 is not the "4th round most advantageous result".

In step S2013, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the game result determined in step S1314 is "8th round best result".
When the MPU 92 determines in step S2013 that the game result is the "best result in 8 rounds", the MPU 92 ends the round notification effect determination process without executing the processes after step S2014.
On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S2013 that the game result is not the "most advantageous result in 8 rounds", in step S2014, the 8 round light-off flag provided in the various flag storage area 94c of the RAM 94 is turned off. Set the 8 Round Lights Out Flag by substituting a 1 in the indicated area. This 8-round light-out flag is a flag for specifying that the game result determined in step S1314 is not the "8-round most advantageous result".

Therefore, when it is determined in step S2001 that the game result is the "most advantageous result of round distribution", and in step S2010 it is determined that the ascending effect flag is set in the RAM 94, the 4th round light-off flag and the When both of the 8 round turn-off flags are set, the game result determined in step S1314 is "16 round most advantageous result".

Next, the processing (processing after step S2015) when it is determined by the MPU 92 that the ascending effect flag is not set in the RAM 94 in step S2010 will be described.
In step S2015, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the game result determined in step S1314 is "best result in 16 rounds".
When the MPU 92 determines in step S2015 that the game result is the "most advantageous result in 16 rounds", the MPU 92 ends the round notification effect determination process without executing the processes after step S2016.
On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S2015 that the game result is not the "16 round most advantageous result", in step S2016, the 16 round light-off flag provided in the various flag storage area 94c of the RAM 94 is turned off. Set the 16 round off flag by substituting a 1 in the indicated area. This 16-round light-out flag is a flag for specifying that the game result determined in step S1314 is not the "16-round most advantageous result".

In step S2017, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the game result determined in step S1314 is "best result in 8 rounds".
When the MPU 92 determines in step S2017 that the game result is the "best result in 8 rounds", the MPU 92 ends the round notification effect determination process without executing the processes after step S2018.
On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S2017 that the game result is not the "most advantageous result in 8 rounds", in step S2018, the 8 round light-off flag provided in the various flag storage area 94c of the RAM 94 is turned off. Set the 8 Round Lights Out Flag by substituting a 1 in the indicated area. This 8-round light-out flag is a flag for specifying that the game result determined in step S1314 is not the "8-round most advantageous result".

Therefore, when it is determined in step S2001 that the game result is the "most advantageous result of round allocation" and in step S2010 it is determined that the ascending order performance flag is not set in the RAM 94, the 8 round turn-off flag and the When both of the 16-round turn-off flags are set, the game result determined in step S1314 is "most favorable result in 4 rounds".

Returning to the description of the effect determination process, the process of step S1319C will be described with reference to FIG.
After executing the process of step S1318C, the MPU 92 executes a round notification effect execution process in step S1319C. After that, the MPU 92 executes the processes after step S1315, as in the first embodiment.

FIG. 58 is a diagram showing a flowchart of execution processing of the round notification effect.
In the process of executing the round notification effect, the MPU 92 executes steps S2101 to S2114 as shown in FIG.
In step S2101, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the round notification effect flag is set in the RAM 94.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S2101 that the round notification effect flag is not set in the RAM 94, it ends the round notification effect execution processing without executing the processing after step S2102.
On the other hand, when it is determined in step S2101 that the round notification effect flag is set in the RAM 94, in step S2102, a round notification effect generating process is executed.

As described above, when the MPU 62 determines in step S817C that the game result is the "most advantageous result of round distribution", in step S818C, the timer counter provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64 T is set to "10000" as a waiting time (waiting period) for opening, and the waiting time for opening is set to 20 seconds. Further, as described above, when the MPU 92 determines in step S2001 that the game result is the "best result for round distribution", in step S2002, the MPU 92 sets the round notification effect flag. Therefore, the execution processing of the round notification effect is executed during 20 seconds, which is the waiting time for the opening.

In the process of generating the round notification effect, the MPU 92 moves the base 561 in front of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 by rotating the rotating mechanism 562 counterclockwise with the round notification accessory drive unit 57. expose. Also, the MPU 92 turns on all of the 4-round lamp portion 561a, the 8-round lamp portion 561b, and the 16-round lamp portion 561c to initialize them. Furthermore, the MPU 92 sets a round notification effect generation command. Then, the MPU 92 stores the round notification effect generation command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94d of the RAM 94. FIG. This round notification effect generation command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the command transmission processing of step S1205 described above.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads from the program ROM 103 a data table for executing the generation of the round notification effect in the pattern display device 51 based on the round notification effect generation command transmitted from the MPU 92 . Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, every 20 msec) comes. As a result, the symbol display device 51 causes the display screen G to display and execute the generation of the round notification effect.

Therefore, in the present embodiment, the processing for generating the round notification effect functions as a lighting initialization unit that initializes both the first notification unit and the second notification unit by lighting them.

In step S2103, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the value of the round variation counter RVC is "0" or less.
When the MPU 92 determines in step S2103 that the value of the round variation counter RVC is not "0" or less, it executes the processing from step S2104 onward, and in step S2103 the value of the round variation counter RVC is "0" or less. If it is determined that it is, the processing from step S2110 is executed.
Here, the value of the round variation counter RVC is a value indicating the number of executions of ascending turn-off effect processing in step S2106 or the number of execution times of descending turn-off effect processing in step S2108, which will be described later. The ascending turn-off effect processing in step S2106 and the descending turn-off effect processing in step S2108 will be described in detail later.

First, the processing (processing after step S2104) when the MPU 92 determines that the value of the round variation counter RVC is not equal to or less than "0" in step S2103 will be described.
In step S2104, the MPU 92 determines whether or not an ascending effect flag is set in the RAM 94.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S2104 that the ascending effect flag is set in the RAM 94, it executes the processing from step S2105.
On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S2104 that the ascending effect flag is not set in the RAM 94, it executes the processing after step S2107.

First, the processing (processing after step S2105) when the MPU 92 determines that the ascending effect flag is set in the RAM 94 in step S2104 will be described.
In step S2105, the MPU 92 executes a chance number notification process. In this chance number notification process, the MPU 92 notifies the player of the value of the round variation counter RVC. Also, the MPU 92 sets a chance number notification command. Then, the MPU 92 stores the chance number notification command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94 d of the RAM 94 . This chance number notification command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the command transmission processing of step S1205 described above.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads out from the program ROM 103 a data table for executing notification of the number of chances in the pattern display device 51 based on the number of chances notification command transmitted from the MPU 92 . Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, every 20 msec) comes. As a result, the symbol display device 51 displays the number of chances on the display screen G to notify the player.

In step S2106, the MPU 92 executes an ascending turn-off effect process. In this ascending turn-off effect process, the MPU 92 executes a process of turning off the 4-round lamp section 561a and the 8-round lamp section 561b in ascending order of the number of rounds.
Here, as described above, the MPU 92 executes the ascending turn-off effect processing corresponding to the value of the round variation counter RVC. Therefore, the number of chances to increase the number of rounds increases as the number of executions of the ascending turn-off effect process increases. In other words, if the RAM 94 has an ascending order effect flag set (when the first development Super Reach is selected in step S1905), the number of chances for promotion of the number of rounds will be determined as "jackpot winning". The higher the expectation of the super reach that occurred when it became, the more it will be.

FIG. 59 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the ascending turn-off effect processing.
In the ascending turn-off effect process, the MPU 92 executes steps S2201 to S2212 as shown in FIG.
In step S2201, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the RAM 94 has a 4-round turn-off flag set.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S2201 that the 4th round turn-off flag is set in the RAM 94, it indicates that the game result determined in step S1314 is not the "4th round best result". Step S2202 and subsequent steps are executed to determine whether or not to turn off the round lamp portion 561a. If it is determined in step S2201 that the round 4 turning off flag has not been set in the RAM 94, then step S2207 and subsequent steps are performed. to run.

First, the processing (processing after step S2202) when the MPU 92 determines that the round 4 turn-off flag is set in the RAM 94 in step S2201 will be described.
In step S2202, the MPU 92 executes a 4-round turn-off selection process. In this 4-round extinguishing selection process, the MPU 92 selects whether or not to extinguish the 4-round lamp section 561a. Specifically, in this embodiment, the MPU 92 selects lighting or extinguishing of the 4-round lamp portion 561a with a probability of 50% each.

In step S2203, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the 4-round lamp section 561a is turned off.
When the MPU 92 determines in step S2203 that the 4-round lamp portion 561a is turned off, in step S2204, the MPU 92 executes an ascending turn-off success notification process. In this ascending turn-off success notification process, the MPU 92 executes light emission control of various lamp units 23 and audio control of the speaker unit 24 . In the ascending order light-off success notification process, the MPU 92 sets an ascending order light-off success notification command. Then, the MPU 92 stores ascending turn-off success notification commands in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94 d of the RAM 94 . This ascending turn-off success notification command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the above-described command transmission processing of step S1205.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads from the program ROM 103 a data table for executing the ascending order extinguishing success notification effect in the pattern display device 51 based on the ascending order extinguishing success notification command transmitted from the MPU 92 . Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, every 20 msec) comes. As a result, the symbol display device 51 causes the display screen G to display an ascending turn-off success notification effect to notify the player of the success of turning off the lights.

In step S2205, the MPU 92 clears the 4 round turn-off flag. Specifically, the MPU 92 clears the 4th round light-off flag by substituting 0 in an area indicating the 4th round light-off flag provided in the various flag storage area 94c of the RAM 94 . After that, the MPU 92 ends the ascending turn-off effect processing.

On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S2203 that the 4-round lamp portion 561a is not turned off, in step S2206, it executes ascending order turn-off failure notification processing. In this ascending turn-off failure notification process, the MPU 92 executes light emission control of various lamp units 23 and audio control of the speaker unit 24 . After that, the MPU 92 ends the ascending turn-off effect processing. In the ascending turn-off failure notification process, the MPU 92 sets an ascending turn-off failure notification command. Then, the MPU 92 stores the ascending turn-off failure notification command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94 d of the RAM 94 . This ascending turn-off failure notification command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the above-described command transmission processing of step S1205.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads from the program ROM 103 a data table for executing the ascending turn-off failure notification effect in the pattern display device 51 based on the ascending turn-off failure notification command transmitted from the MPU 92 . Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, every 20 msec) comes. As a result, the symbol display device 51 displays an ascending turn-off failure notification effect on the display screen G to notify the player of the turn-off failure.

Next, processing (processing after step S2207) when the MPU 92 determines that the 4-round turn-off flag is not set in the RAM 94 in step S2201 will be described.
In step S2207, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the 8-round light-off flag is set in the RAM 94.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S2207 that the 8th round turn-off flag is set in the RAM 94, it indicates that the game result determined in step S1314 is not the "best result in 8th round". Step S2208 and subsequent steps are executed to determine whether or not to turn off the round lamp portion 561b. If it is determined in step S2207 that the 8-round turn-off flag is not set in the RAM 94, then step S2208 and subsequent processing is executed. , the ascending turn-off effect processing is terminated.
In step S2208, the MPU 92 executes 8-round light-off selection processing. In this 8-round extinguishing selection process, the MPU 92 selects whether or not to extinguish the 8-round lamp section 561b. Specifically, in this embodiment, the MPU 92 selects lighting or extinguishing of the 8-round lamp portion 561b with a probability of 50% each.

In step S2209, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the 8-round lamp section 561b is turned off.
When the MPU 92 determines in step S2209 that the 8-round lamp portion 561b is turned off, in step S2210, the MPU 92 executes an ascending turn-off success notification process. In this ascending turn-off success notification process, the MPU 92 executes light emission control of various lamp units 23 and audio control of the speaker unit 24 . In the ascending order light-off success notification process, the MPU 92 sets an ascending order light-off success notification command. Then, the MPU 92 stores ascending turn-off success notification commands in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94 d of the RAM 94 . This ascending turn-off success notification command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the above-described command transmission processing of step S1205.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads from the program ROM 103 a data table for executing the ascending order extinguishing success notification effect in the pattern display device 51 based on the ascending order extinguishing success notification command transmitted from the MPU 92 . Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, every 20 msec) comes. As a result, the symbol display device 51 causes the display screen G to display an ascending turn-off success notification effect to notify the player of the success of turning off the lights.

In step S2211, the MPU 92 clears the 8-round turn-off flag. Specifically, the MPU 92 clears the 8-round light-off flag by substituting 0 into an area indicating the 8-round light-off flag provided in the various flag storage area 94c of the RAM 94 . After that, the MPU 92 ends the ascending turn-off effect processing.

On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines that the 8-round lamp portion 561a is not turned off, it executes the ascending turn-off failure notification process in step S2212. In this ascending turn-off failure notification process, the MPU 92 executes light emission control of various lamp units 23 and audio control of the speaker unit 24 . After that, the MPU 92 ends the ascending turn-off effect processing. In the ascending turn-off failure notification process, the MPU 92 sets an ascending turn-off failure notification command.
Then, the MPU 92 stores the ascending turn-off failure notification command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94 d of the RAM 94 . This ascending turn-off failure notification command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the above-described command transmission processing of step S1205.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads from the program ROM 103 a data table for executing the ascending turn-off failure notification effect in the pattern display device 51 based on the ascending turn-off failure notification command transmitted from the MPU 92 . Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, every 20 msec) comes. As a result, the symbol display device 51 displays an ascending turn-off failure notification effect on the display screen G to notify the player of the turn-off failure.

Thus, in the present embodiment, the ascending turn-off effect processing functions as an ascending turn-off determination unit that determines whether or not to turn off the first notification unit. It also functions as an ascending order extinguishing unit that extinguishes the first notification unit when it is determined.

Returning to the description of the execution processing of the round notification effect, the processing after step S2109 will be described with reference to FIG.
In step S2109, the MPU 92 subtracts 1 from the value of the round variation counter RVC to update it. After that, the MPU 92 executes the processes after step S2103 again.

Next, the processing (processing after step S2107) when it is determined by the MPU 92 that the ascending effect flag is not set in the RAM 94 in step S2104 will be described.
In step S2107, the MPU 92 executes pinch number notification processing. In this pinch number notification process, the MPU 92 notifies the player of the value of the round variation counter RVC. Also, the MPU 92 sets a pinch number notification command. Then, the MPU 92 stores the pinch number notification command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94 d of the RAM 94 . This pinch count notification command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the command transmission processing of step S1205 described above.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads out from the program ROM 103 a data table for executing notification of the number of pinches in the pattern display device 51 based on the pinch number notification command transmitted from the MPU 92 . Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, every 20 msec) comes. As a result, the symbol display device 51 displays the number of pinches on the display screen G to notify the player.

In step S2108, the MPU 92 executes a descending turn-off effect process. In this descending order extinguishing effect process, the MPU 92 executes a process of extinguishing the 8-round lamp section 561b and the 16-round lamp section 561c in descending order of the number of rounds.
Here, as described above, the MPU 92 executes the descending turn-off effect process corresponding to the value of the round variation counter RVC. Therefore, the number of pinches for demotion of the number of rounds increases as the number of executions of the descending turn-off effect process increases. In other words, if the number of pinches for demotion of the number of rounds is not set in the RAM 94 (when the second development super reach is selected in step S1905), the success or failure result is "jackpot winning". The higher the expectation of the super reach that occurred when it became, the more it will be.

FIG. 60 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the descending order light-off effect processing.
In the descending order lighting effect process, the MPU 92 executes steps S2301 to S2315 as shown in FIG.
In step S2301, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the value of the round variation counter RVC is "2" or more.
When the MPU 92 determines in step S2301 that the value of the round variation counter RVC is "2" or more, it executes the processing from step S2302 onward, and in step S2301 the value of the round variation counter RVC is "2". If it is determined that the above is not the case, the processing after step S2314 is executed.

First, the processing (processing after step S2302) when the MPU 92 determines that the value of the round variation counter RVC is equal to or greater than "2" in step S2301 will be described.
In step S2302, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the 16-round turn-off flag is set in the RAM 94.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S2302 that the 16-round turn-off flag is set in the RAM 94, it indicates that the game result determined in step S1314 is not the "16-round most advantageous result". Step S2303 and subsequent steps are executed to determine whether or not to turn off the round lamp portion 561c. If it is determined in step S2302 that the 16-round turn-off flag is not set in the RAM 94, then step S2308 and subsequent steps are executed. to run.

First, the processing (processing after step S2303) when the MPU 92 determines that the 16-round turn-off flag is set in the RAM 94 in step S2302 will be described.
In step S2303, the MPU 92 executes 16-round light-off selection processing. In this 16-round extinguishing selection process, the MPU 92 selects whether or not to extinguish the 16-round lamp section 561c. Specifically, in this embodiment, the MPU 92 selects lighting or extinguishing of the 16-round lamp portion 561c with a probability of 50% each.

In step S2304, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the 16-round lamp section 561c is turned off.
When the MPU 92 determines in step S2304 that the 16-round lamp portion 561c is turned off, in step S2305, it executes descending turn-off success notification processing.
In this descending turn-off success notification process, the MPU 92 executes light emission control of various lamp units 23 and audio control of the speaker unit 24 . In the descending order light-off success notification process, the MPU 92 sets a descending order light-off success notification command. Then, the MPU 92 stores the descending turn-off success notification command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94 d of the RAM 94 . This descending turn-off success notification command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the above-described command transmission processing of step S1205.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads from the program ROM 103 a data table for executing the descending order extinguishing success notification effect in the pattern display device 51 based on the descending order extinguishing success notification command transmitted from the MPU 92 . Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, every 20 msec) comes. As a result, the symbol display device 51 causes the display screen G to display a descending order extinguishing success notification effect to inform the player of the success of extinguishing.

In step S2306, the MPU 92 clears the 16-round turn-off flag. Specifically, the MPU 92 clears the 16-round light-off flag by assigning 0 to an area indicating the 16-round light-off flag provided in the various flag storage area 94c of the RAM 94 . After that, the MPU 92 terminates the descending turn-off effect processing.

On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S2304 that the 16-round lamp portion 561c has not been turned off, in step S2307, the MPU 92 executes descending turn-off failure notification processing. In this descending turn-off failure notification process, the MPU 92 executes light emission control of various lamp units 23 and audio control of the speaker unit 24 . After that, the MPU 92 terminates the descending turn-off effect processing. Also, in the descending turn-off failure notification process, the MPU 92 sets a descending turn-off failure notification command. Then, the MPU 92 stores the descending turn-off failure notification command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94 d of the RAM 94 . This descending turn-off failure notification command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the above-described command transmission processing of step S1205.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads from the program ROM 103 a data table for executing a descending turn-off failure notification effect in the pattern display device 51 based on the descending turn-off failure notification command transmitted from the MPU 92 . Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, every 20 msec) comes. As a result, the symbol display device 51 causes the display screen G to display a descending turn-off failure notification effect to notify the player of the turn-off failure.

Next, the processing (processing after step S2308) when the MPU 92 determines that the 16-round turn-off flag is not set in the RAM 94 in step S2302 will be described.
In step S2308, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the 8-round light-off flag is set in the RAM 94.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S2308 that the 8th round turn-off flag is set in the RAM 94, it indicates that the game result determined in step S1314 is not the "best result in 8th round." Step S2309 and subsequent steps are executed to determine whether or not to turn off the round lamp portion 561b. If it is determined in step S2308 that the 8-round turn-off flag is not set in the RAM 94, then step S2309 and subsequent processing is executed. ends the descending turn-off effect processing without executing

In step S2309, the MPU 92 executes 8-round light-off selection processing. In this 8-round extinguishing selection process, the MPU 92 selects whether or not to extinguish the 8-round lamp section 561b. Specifically, in this embodiment, the MPU 92 selects lighting or extinguishing of the 8-round lamp portion 561b with a probability of 50% each.

In step S2310, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the 8-round lamp section 561b is turned off.
When the MPU 92 determines in step S2310 that the 8-round lamp portion 561b is turned off, in step S2311, the MPU 92 executes descending order turn-off success notification processing. In this descending turn-off success notification process, the MPU 92 executes light emission control of various lamp units 23 and audio control of the speaker unit 24 . In the descending order light-off success notification process, the MPU 92 sets a descending order light-off success notification command. Then, the MPU 92 stores the descending turn-off success notification command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94 d of the RAM 94 . This descending turn-off success notification command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the above-described command transmission processing of step S1205.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads from the program ROM 103 a data table for executing the descending order extinguishing success notification effect in the pattern display device 51 based on the descending order extinguishing success notification command transmitted from the MPU 92 . Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, every 20 msec) comes. As a result, the symbol display device 51 causes the display screen G to display a descending order extinguishing success notification effect to inform the player of the success of extinguishing.

In step S2312, the MPU 92 clears the 8-round turn-off flag. Specifically, the MPU 92 clears the 8-round light-off flag by substituting 0 into an area indicating the 8-round light-off flag provided in the various flag storage area 94c of the RAM 94 . After that, the MPU 92 terminates the descending turn-off effect processing.

On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines that the 8-round lamp portion 561a is not turned off, it executes a descending turn-off failure notification process in step S2313. In this descending turn-off failure notification process, the MPU 92 executes light emission control of various lamp units 23 and audio control of the speaker unit 24 . After that, the MPU 92 terminates the descending turn-off effect processing. Also, in the descending turn-off failure notification process, the MPU 92 sets a descending turn-off failure notification command.
Then, the MPU 92 stores the descending turn-off failure notification command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94 d of the RAM 94 . This descending turn-off failure notification command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the above-described command transmission processing of step S1205.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads from the program ROM 103 a data table for executing a descending turn-off failure notification effect in the pattern display device 51 based on the descending turn-off failure notification command transmitted from the MPU 92 . Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, every 20 msec) comes. As a result, the symbol display device 51 causes the display screen G to display a descending turn-off failure notification effect to notify the player of the turn-off failure.

Next, the processing (processing after step S2314) when the MPU 92 determines in step S2301 that the value of the round variation counter RVC is not equal to or greater than "2" will be described.
In step S2314, the MPU 92 determines whether both the 8th round light-off flag and the 16th round light-off flag stored in the RAM 94 are cleared.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S2314 that both the 8th round light-out flag and the 16th round light-out flag are cleared, it executes the processing from step S2302 described above.
On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S2314 that at least one of the 8th round light-out flag and the 16th round light-out flag is not cleared, it executes final light-out processing in step S2315. After that, the MPU 92 terminates the descending turn-off effect processing.

Here, in the final light-off processing, when the number of times of pinching becomes 1 remaining (in step S2301, when the MPU 92 determines that the value of the round variation counter RVC is not "2" or more), the 8 round lamp is turned off. When the part 561b and the 16 round lamp part 561c cannot be turned off (in step S2314, when it is determined that at least one of the 8 round turn off flag and the 16 round turn off flag is not cleared by the MPU 92), This is a process for collectively turning off these lights.

FIG. 61 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the final turn-off process.
In the final extinguishing process, the MPU 92 executes steps S2401 to S2407 as shown in FIG.
In step S2401, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the 16-round turn-off flag is set in the RAM 94.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S2401 that the 16-round turn-off flag is set in the RAM 94, it indicates that the game result determined in step S1314 is not the "most advantageous result in 16 rounds". Step S2402 and subsequent steps are executed to turn off the round lamp portion 561c, and when it is determined in step S2401 that the 16-round turn-off flag is not set in the RAM 94, step S2404 and subsequent steps are executed.

First, processing (processing after step S2402) when the MPU 92 determines that the 16-round turn-off flag is set in the RAM 94 in step S2401 will be described.
In step S2402, the MPU 92 executes 16-round light-off processing. In this 16-round extinguishing process, the MPU 92 extinguishes the 16-round lamp section 561c.

In step S2403, the MPU 92 clears the 16-round turn-off flag. Specifically, the MPU 92 clears the 16-round light-off flag by assigning 0 to an area indicating the 16-round light-off flag provided in the various flag storage area 94c of the RAM 94 . After that, the MPU 92 repeatedly executes step S2401.

Next, processing (processing after step S2404) when the MPU 92 determines that the 16-round turn-off flag is not set in the RAM 94 in step S2401 will be described.
In step S2404, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the 8-round light-off flag is set in the RAM 94.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S2404 that the 8th round turn-off flag is set in the RAM 94, it indicates that the game result determined in step S1314 is not the "best result in 8th round." Step S2405 and subsequent steps are executed to turn off the round lamp portion 561b, and when it is determined in step S2404 that the 8-round turn-off flag is not set in the RAM 94, steps S2405 and S2406 are executed. Instead, the processing after step S2407, which will be described later, is executed.

In step S2405, the MPU 92 executes 8-round light-off processing. In this 8-round extinguishing process, the MPU 92 extinguishes the 8-round lamp section 561b.

In step S2406, the MPU 92 clears the 8 round turn-off flag. Specifically, the MPU 92 clears the 8-round light-off flag by substituting 0 into an area indicating the 8-round light-off flag provided in the various flag storage area 94c of the RAM 94 .

In step S2407, the MPU 92 executes descending turn-off success notification processing. In this descending turn-off success notification process, the MPU 92 executes light emission control of various lamp units 23 and audio control of the speaker unit 24 . After that, the MPU 92 terminates the final light-off process. In the descending order light-off success notification process, the MPU 92 sets a descending order light-off success notification command. Then, the MPU 92 stores the descending turn-off success notification command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94 d of the RAM 94 . This descending turn-off success notification command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the above-described command transmission processing of step S1205.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads from the program ROM 103 a data table for executing the descending order extinguishing success notification effect in the pattern display device 51 based on the descending order extinguishing success notification command transmitted from the MPU 92 . Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, every 20 msec) comes. As a result, the symbol display device 51 causes the display screen G to display a descending turn-off success notification effect to notify the player of the success of turning off the lights.

As described above, in the present embodiment, the descending turn-off effect processing functions as a descending turn-off determination unit that determines whether or not to turn off the second notification unit. It also functions as a descending order extinguishing unit that extinguishes the second notification unit when it is determined.

Returning to the description of the execution processing of the round notification effect, the processing after step S2109 will be described with reference to FIG.
In step S2109, the MPU 92 subtracts 1 from the value of the round variation counter RVC to update it. After that, the MPU 92 executes the processes after step S2103 again.

Thus, in this embodiment, when the MPU 92 determines that the ascending order effect flag is set in the RAM 94 in step S2104, the execution mode of the round notification effect is set in ascending order, and the chance number of times notification process of step S2105 is performed. And the ascending turn-off effect processing of step S2106 is executed.
On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines that the ascending order effect flag is not set in the RAM 94 at step S2104, the execution mode of the round notification effect is set to descending order, and the pinch count notification process at step S2107 and step S2108 Descending order extinguishing effect processing is executed.

Next, the processing (processing after step S2110) when the MPU 92 determines in step S2103 that the value of the round variation counter RVC is "0" or less will be described.
In step S2110, it is determined whether or not an ascending effect flag is set in the RAM94.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S2110 that the ascending order effect flag is not set in the RAM 94, in step S2111, the MPU 92 executes descending round finalized effect generation processing. In this descending round finalization effect generating process, the MPU 92 keeps lighting the lamp part with the largest number of rounds among the 4-round lamp part 561a, the 8-round lamp part 561b, and the 16-round lamp part 561c that are being lit. Turn off the other lamps. Also, in the descending order round fixed effect generating process, the MPU 92 sets a descending round fixed effect generating command. Then, the MPU 92 stores the command for generating the descending round finalization effect in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94 d of the RAM 94 . This descending order round fixed effect generation command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the command transmission processing of step S1205 described above.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads from the program ROM 103 a data table for executing the generation of the descending round finalization effect in the symbol display device 51 based on the descending round finalization effect generation command transmitted from the MPU 92 . Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, every 20 msec) comes. As a result, the symbol display device 51 causes the display screen G to display a descending order round finalization effect to notify the player of the finalization of the number of rounds.

On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S2110 that the ascending effect flag is set in the RAM 94, in step S2112 both the 4th round light-out flag and the 8th round light-out flag stored in the RAM 94 are set. Determine whether it is cleared.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S2112 that both the 4th round light-out flag and the 8th round light-out flag are cleared, in step S2113, the MPU 92 executes ascending round finalization effect generation processing. In this ascending round finalization effect generation process, the MPU 92 keeps lighting the lamp part with the smallest number of rounds among the 4-round lamp part 561a, the 8-round lamp part 561b, and the 16-round lamp part 561c that are being lit. Turn off the other lamps. In addition, in the ascending order round fixed effect generation process, the MPU 92 sets an ascending order round fixed effect generation command. Then, the MPU 92 stores the ascending round finalization effect generation command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94 d of the RAM 94 . This command for generating the ascending round finalization effect is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the above-described command transmission processing of step S1205.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads from the program ROM 103 a data table for executing the generation of the ascending round finalization effect in the symbol display device 51 based on the ascending round finalization effect generation command transmitted from the MPU 92 . Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, every 20 msec) comes. As a result, the symbol display device 51 displays an ascending order round confirmation effect on the display screen G to notify the player of the confirmation of the number of rounds.

On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S2112 that at least one of the 4th round light-out flag and the 8th round light-out flag is not cleared, in step S2114, the MPU 92 executes round promotion effect generation processing. . In this round promotion effect generating process, when the game result determined in step S1314 is "best result in 8th round", the MPU 92 turns off the 4th round lamp section 561a, and the game result determined in step S1314 is turned off. is the "most advantageous result in 16 rounds", the 4th round lamp portion 561a and the 8th round lamp portion 561b are extinguished. After that, the MPU 92 executes the ascending order round confirmation effect generating process of step S2113 described above. Also, in the round promotion effect generating process, the MPU 92 sets a round promotion effect generating command. Then, the MPU 92 stores the round promotion effect generation command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94 d of the RAM 94 . This round promotion effect generation command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the command transmission processing of step S1205 described above.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads from the program ROM 103 a data table for executing the generation of the round promotion effect in the pattern display device 51 based on the round promotion effect generation command transmitted from the MPU 92 . Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, every 20 msec) comes. As a result, the symbol display device 51 displays the round promotion effect on the display screen G to inform the player of the promotion of the number of rounds.

Thus, in the present embodiment, the round notification effect determination process and the round notification effect execution process are performed in ascending order (first order) of the 4-round lamp portion 561a, the 8-round lamp portion 561b, and the 16-round lamp portion 561c. By turning off (not adopted) at , the ascending turn-off effect processing (first order notification unit) for informing the player of the number of round games, and the multiple notification units are turned off in descending order (second order). It is provided with a descending order light-off effect process (second order notification unit) for notifying the player of the number of round games by making it (not adopted).

In addition, the round notification effect determination process and the round notification effect execution process are based on the super reach development (first development and second development) selected in the super reach development selection process (development selection unit). Then, the process (order switching unit) of step S2104 for switching between the ascending order light-off effect process and the descending order light-off effect process is provided. Specifically, the order switching unit switches to the ascending turn-off rendering process when the first deployment is selected in the super ready-to-win deployment selection process, and switches to the second deployment in the super ready-to-win deployment selection process. When it is, it is switched to the descending order extinguishing effect processing.

In the present embodiment, the first order is ascending order, the second order is descending order, and these two orders are switched by the order switching unit. On the other hand, the first order or the second order may be another order such as random, and the order switching unit may switch between three or more types of orders.
Further, the round notification effect determination process and the round notification effect execution process are provided with an order switching unit for switching between the ascending order extinguishing effect process and the descending order extinguishing effect process, but this need not be provided. For example, the round notification effect determination process and the round notification effect execution process are either ascending turn-off effect processing or descending turn-off effect processing regardless of the development of super reach selected in the development selection process of super reach. may be executed.

In addition, in the process of step S2104, the ascending turn-off effect process and the descending turn-off effect process are switched based on the development of super reach selected in the development selection process of super reach. Based on the type of pattern of the generated advance notice suspension (normal notice suspension pattern and special notice suspension pattern), it may be possible to switch between the ascending turn-off effect processing and the descending turn-off effect processing, and when the demo is displayed, the player is prompted to press a button or the like. The ascending turn-off effect processing and the descending turn-off effect processing may be switched by operating. In short, the order switching section should switch between the first order reporting section and the second order reporting section based on a predetermined condition.

In addition, in the present embodiment, the super reach expectation level selection process is based on the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37 as a trigger. The number of round games is small. In this case, it is easier to select the first expected effect than the second expected effect, and the round is based on the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37 as a trigger. When the number of times of games is large, it is set so that the second expected performance is more likely to be selected than the first expected performance.

Further, in the present embodiment, the round notification effect determination process and the round notification effect execution process are performed when the second expectation effect is selected in the super reach expectation level selection process. By setting the number of executions of the ascending turn-off effect process (number of chances) and the number of times of execution of the descending turn-off effect process (number of pinches) larger than when the first expected effect is selected in the process, the first notification unit and The control state of the second notification unit is switched. Therefore, the round notification effect determination process and the round notification effect execution process are different from each other based on the type of expected effect selected in the expectation degree selection process of super reach (ascending turn off determination unit or descending turn off determination A switching setting unit is provided for switching the control states of the first notification unit and the second notification unit by setting the number of times of repeated execution of determination by the unit.

Therefore, in the present embodiment, the round notification effect determination process and the round notification effect execution process are performed by controlling the first notification unit and the second notification unit to notify the player of the number of round games. functions as a department. Then, in the round notification effect determination process and the round notification effect execution process, the control states of the first notification unit and the second notification unit are changed based on the type of expected effect selected in the expectation degree selection process of super reach. are switching. In other words, the determination processing of the round notification effect and the execution processing of the round notification effect are performed by the first notification unit and the second The control state of the notification unit is switched.

In the present embodiment, the round notification effect determination process and the round notification effect execution process are performed when the second expectation effect is selected in the super reach expectation level selection process. The number of executions of the ascending turn-off effect process (the number of chances) and the number of times of execution of the descending turn-off effect process (the number of pinches) are set larger than when the first expected effect is selected in the process, but they are set to be smaller. good too. In short, the switching setting unit may switch the control states of the first notification unit and the second notification unit by setting mutually different execution counts based on the type of expected effect selected by the expected effect selection unit. .

In addition, the round notification effect determination process and the round notification effect execution process change the control states of the first notification unit and the second notification unit based on the type of expected effect selected in the expectation degree selection process of super reach. Although it was switched, for example, based on the type of the notice pending picture (normal notice pending picture and special notice pending picture) generated in the notice pending generation process, the control of the first notification unit and the second notification unit You can switch states. In short, the round notification control section may switch the control states of the first notification section and the second notification section based on the process from the start of the variable display on the pattern display device 51 until the stop.

In addition, in the present embodiment, the round notification control unit changes the control states of the first notification unit and the second notification unit based on the process from the start of the variable display on the pattern display device 51 until the stop. However, for example, the control states of the first notification unit and the second notification unit may be switched by having the player operate a button or the like during the demonstration display. In short, the round notification control section should switch the control states of the first notification section and the second notification section based on a predetermined condition.

Here, as described above, when the winning lottery results in "jackpot winning" and the allocation result in the allocation lottery becomes "most advantageous result" or "expressly small round high probability result", the game state Since the mode shifts to the high probability mode and the high frequency support mode, after that, before 100 game rounds are completed, if a "jackpot win" is won again in the winning lottery, the distribution result will always be "Round apportionment most advantageous result" is obtained, and the game state shifts to the high probability mode again, and also shifts to the high frequency support mode. In other words, the gaming state loops through the high probability mode and the high frequency support mode.

On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the super reach expectation degree selection process is a round game based on the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37 as a trigger. When the number of times is small, it is easier to select the first expected performance than the second expected performance, and the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37 as a trigger. When the number of round games based on is large, it is set so that it is easier to select the second expected effect than the first expected effect. Therefore, the player expects that he or she will win the jackpot quickly in the winning lottery before completing 100 game rounds, and will win the jackpot not through the first expectation performance but through the second expectation performance. It will also have the expectation that you want it to be. In addition, even if the first expected effect results in a "jackpot winning", if the second development is selected in the super reach development selection process, the descending order extinguishing effect with a small number of executions (number of pinches) Since the processing will be executed, the player can see the progress of the first expected effect in anticipation of the second development. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can provide the player with new gameplay.

It should be noted that, as described above, when configured to execute only the ascending turn-off effect process, the round notification effect determination process and the round notification effect execution process are the second in the expectation degree selection process of super reach. When the expected effect is selected, the number of execution times for repeatedly executing the determination by the ascending turn-off determining unit is set so as to be more advantageous than when the first expected effect is selected in the expectation degree selection process of super reach. By doing so (specifically, by setting a large number of times of execution), the control states of the first notification unit and the second notification unit may be switched.

Further, when configured to execute only the descending order extinguishing effect process, the round notification effect determination process and the round notification effect execution process are performed by selecting the second expected effect in the super ready-to-win expectation level selection process. In this case, by setting the number of executions for repeatedly executing the determination by the descending turn-off determination unit so as to be more advantageous than when the first expected effect is selected in the expectation degree selection process of super reach (specifically In practice, the control states of the first notification unit and the second notification unit should be switched by setting the number of times of execution to be small.

According to this, in the super ready-to-win expectation degree selection process, when the number of round games is small, it is easier to select the first expected effect than the second expected effect, and when the number of round games is large, , the second expected effect is set to be easier to select than the first expected effect, so that the player has a high level of expectation for the expected effect selected in the expectation level selection process for super reach. Will pay more attention. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

<About the flow of round notification production based on low-expectation super reach>
FIG. 62 is a diagram showing the flow up to the round notification effect based on the low-expectation super reach. In other words, FIG. 62 is a diagram showing the flow up to the round notification effect when low-expectation super-reach is selected in the super-reach expectation degree selection process of step S1903.
In the example of FIG. 62, the win/fail result is "big hit winning" and the distribution result is "round distribution most advantageous result".

Specifically, FIGS. 62(A) to (C) are diagrams showing a state in which a jackpot has been won through the low-expectation super reach progressed in the first development, and FIG. 62(D) to (F) is a diagram showing a state in which a jackpot is won after a low-expectation super-reach progressed in the second development. 62 shows the display screen G of the pattern display device 51. As shown in FIG.

First, based on the pattern command received from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 starts to variably display a plurality of symbol rows Z1 to Z3 (see FIG. 3) displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, thereby realizing a high-speed display. Transition to a variable period. During this high-speed fluctuation period, the MPU 102 periodically scrolls the symbols in each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a predetermined direction (upward in this embodiment) to start the variable display of symbols.
After the high-speed fluctuation period has passed, the MPU 102 stops and displays some of the symbol rows (symbol row Z1 and symbol row Z3) on the activated line L (see FIG. 3), so that the same combination of symbols (this embodiment Then, "7") is displayed to suggest a stop result, and in that state, the remaining symbol row (symbol row Z2) is variably displayed to generate a ready-to-win display and shift to a normal ready-to-win period.

After the normal reach period has elapsed, the MPU 102 reduces the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 based on the super reach generation command transmitted from the MPU 92, and displays predetermined characters and the like as moving images on substantially the entire display screen G. By doing so, you will enter the Super Reach period. In this super-reach period, the MPU 102 reduces the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 and arranges them in the lower left position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and is present on the right side of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. Advance a low-expectation super reach by pitting the angels against the demons on the left.

Here, when the first development super reach is selected in the super reach development selection process of step S1905, the MPU 102 displays the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 as shown in FIG. When the angel on the right and the devil on the left fight, the angel is made to attack the devil by emitting rays of light.
In addition, when the second development super reach is selected in the super reach development selection process of step S1905, the MPU 102 displays the right side of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 as shown in FIG. 62(D). When making the angel existing on the left fight with the devil existing on the left side, the angel attacks the devil by causing the angel to emit a ray that is thicker than the ray emitted by the angel in the first development.

After the super reach period has elapsed, the MPU 102 notifies the player of the result of the lottery according to whether the angel wins the contest, as shown in FIGS. 62(B) and (E). Specifically, the MPU 102 notifies the player that the win/loss result is a "big win" by causing the angel to win when the variable display of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 is stopped.

After the MPU 102 notifies the player of the result of the lottery, the MPU 102 generates a round notification effect when receiving a round notification effect generation command from the MPU 92 . Specifically, as shown in FIGS. 62(C) and 62(F), the MPU 92 rotates the rotation mechanism 562 counterclockwise by the round notification accessory drive unit 57, so that the pattern display device 51 The base 561 is exposed in front of the display screen G of . Also, the MPU 92 turns on all of the 4-round lamp portion 561a, the 8-round lamp portion 561b, and the 16-round lamp portion 561c to initialize them.

In addition, when the MPU 102 receives a chance number notification command from the MPU 92 (when the jackpot is won through the super reach of the first development), the angel existing on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 By notifying the value of the round variation counter RVC, the player is notified of the occurrence of the round notification effect. In the example of FIG. 62(C), since the jackpot has been won through a low-expectation super reach, the angel suggests that the value of the round variation counter RVC is 1, and the number of chances is 1. I am notifying you that it is time.

On the other hand, when the MPU 102 receives the pinch number notification command from the MPU 92 (when the jackpot is won through the super reach of the second development), the MPU 102 exists on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. The player is notified of the occurrence of the round notification performance by having the devil in the game notify the value of the round variation counter RVC. In the example of FIG. 62(F), since the jackpot is won after the low-expectation super reach, the devil suggests that the value of the round variation counter RVC is 1, and the number of pinches is 1. I am notifying you that it is time.

FIG. 63 is a diagram showing the flow of the round notification effect based on the low-expectation super-reach progressed in the first development.
Specifically, FIGS. 63A and 63B show a state in which an ascending turn-off failure notification effect has occurred, and FIG. 63C shows a state in which an ascending round confirmation effect has occurred. FIG. 63(D) is a diagram showing a state in which a round promotion effect has occurred, and FIG. 63(E) is a diagram showing a state in which an ascending round confirmation effect has occurred after the round promotion effect has occurred. . 63 is a diagram showing the display screen G of the pattern display device 51. As shown in FIG.

After notifying the player of the occurrence of the round notification effect, the MPU 102 generates an ascending order light-off success notification effect (effect of displaying the angel's words "success") when receiving an ascending order light-off success notification command from the MPU 92. - 特許庁. Further, when the MPU 102 receives an ascending turn-off failure notification command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 generates an ascending turn-off failure notification effect (effect of displaying an angel's line "failure"). Here, the MPU 102 receives the ascending turn-off success notification command or the ascending turn-off failure notification command of the number of chances (the value of the round variation counter RVC), and each time, performs the ascending turn-off success notification effect or the ascending turn-off failure notification effect. generate. Incidentally, FIGS. 63A and 63B are diagrams showing a state in which the ascending turn-off failure notification effect has occurred, as described above.

When the MPU 102 receives an ascending round confirmation effect generation command from the MPU 92 after generating the ascending turn-off success notification effect or the ascending turn-off failure notification effect of the number of chances, the MPU 102 performs the ascending round as shown in FIG. 63(C). Generate a fixed performance.
In this example, since the jackpot has been won after the low-expectation super-reach progressed in the first development, the number of chances is one. Since the ascending turn-off failure notification command is received and the ascending turn-off failure notification effect is generated, the 4-round lamp portion 561a, the 8-round lamp portion 561b, and the 16-round lamp portion 561c are all turned on.

In the ascending order round finalization effect, the MPU 92 maintains lighting of the lamp portion with the smallest number of rounds among the 4-round lamp portion 561a, the 8-round lamp portion 561b, and the 16-round lamp portion 561c being lit, and the other lamp portions. Since the lamp portions are turned off, the 4th round lamp portion 561a is kept on, and the 8th round lamp portion 561b and the 16th round lamp portion 561c are turned off. Then, the MPU 102 distributes the number of rounds by notifying the angel existing on the display screen G of the pattern display device 51 that the number of rounds is 4 rounds based on the ascending round confirmation effect generation command received from the MPU 92 . The result informs the player that it was the "fourth round best result".

On the other hand, when the MPU 102 receives a round promotion effect generation command from the MPU 92 after generating the lighting success notification effect in ascending order of the number of chances or the failure notification effect in ascending order of the number of chances, as shown in FIG. , to generate a round promotion effect.
In this example, since the jackpot has been won after the low-expectation super-reach progressed in the first development, the number of chances is one. Since the ascending turn-off failure notification command is received and the ascending turn-off failure notification effect is generated, the 4-round lamp portion 561a, the 8-round lamp portion 561b, and the 16-round lamp portion 561c are all turned on.

In the round promotion effect generating process, when the game result determined in step S1314 is "best result in 8th round", the MPU 92 turns off the 4th round lamp section 561a, and the game result determined in step S1314 is In the case of the "16th round best result", the 4th round lamp portion 561a and the 8th round lamp portion 561b are extinguished. Then, the MPU 102 notifies the angel present on the display screen G of the pattern display device 51 of the promotion of the number of rounds.

Thereafter, when the MPU 102 receives an ascending round finalization effect generation command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 generates an ascending round finalization effect as shown in FIG. 63(E).

In this example, the 16th round lamp portion 561c is kept on and the 4th round lamp portion 561a and the 8th round lamp portion 561b are turned off by generating the round promotion effect. In other words, the game result determined in step S1314 is "16 rounds most advantageous result".

In the ascending order round finalization effect, the MPU 92 maintains lighting of the lamp portion with the smallest number of rounds among the 4 round lamp portions 561a, 8 round lamp portions 561b, and 16 round lamp portions 561c being lit, and Since the lamp section is turned off, the lighting of the 16 round lamp section 561c is maintained. Then, the MPU 102 distributes the number of rounds by notifying the angel existing on the display screen G of the pattern display device 51 that the number of rounds is 16 rounds, based on the ascending round finalization effect generation command received from the MPU 92 . The result informs the player that it was the "16 Round Most Favorable Result".

FIG. 64 is a diagram showing the flow of the round notification effect based on the low-expectation super-reach progressed in the second development.
Specifically, FIGS. 64A and 64B are diagrams showing a state in which a descending turn-off success notification effect has occurred, and FIG. 64C is a diagram showing a state in which a descending round confirmation effect has occurred. be. Also, FIGS. 64A and 64D are diagrams showing a state in which a descending turn-off failure notification effect has occurred, and FIG. 64E is a diagram showing a state in which a descending round confirmation effect has occurred. 64 is a diagram showing the display screen G of the pattern display device 51. As shown in FIG.

After notifying the player of the occurrence of the round notification effect, the MPU 102 generates a descending order light-off success notification effect (effect of displaying the devil's line "success") when receiving a descending order light-off success notification command from the MPU 92. - 特許庁. Further, when the MPU 102 receives a descending turn-off failure notification command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 generates a descending turn-off failure notification effect (effect of displaying the devil's line "Failed"). Here, the MPU 102 receives the descending turn-off success notification command or the descending turn-off failure notification command of the number of pinches (the value of the round variation counter RVC), and each time, the descending turn-off success notification effect or the descending turn-off failure notification effect is displayed. generate.
Incidentally, FIGS. 64A and 64B are diagrams showing the state in which the descending order extinguishing success notification effect has occurred, as described above, and FIGS. It is a figure which shows the state which the lights-out failure information production|presentation generate|occur|produced.

When the MPU 102 receives a descending order round confirmation effect generation command from the MPU 92 after generating the descending order turn-off success notification effect or the descending turn-off failure notification effect of the number of pinches, as shown in FIGS. , a descending order round confirmation effect is generated.

In the example of FIGS. 64(A) and (B), since the jackpot is won after the low-expectation super-reach progressed in the second development, the number of pinches is 1, and the MPU 102 notifies the round. After the effect is generated, the descending order extinguishing success notification command is received from the MPU 92 and the descending order extinguishing success notification effect is generated, so the 4th round lamp portion 561a lights up, the 8th round lamp portion 561b and the 16th round lamp portion 561c. is turned off.

In this example, although the number of pinches is one, the 8-round lamp portion 561b and the 16-round lamp portion 561c are turned off at the same time. This indicates that the 8-round lamp section 561b and the 16-round lamp section 561c have been turned off by executing the final turn-off process of step S2315 in the MPU 92.

In the descending round finalization effect, the MPU 92 maintains lighting of the lamp portion with the largest number of rounds among the 4-round lamp portion 561a, the 8-round lamp portion 561b, and the 16-round lamp portion 561c being lit, and Since the lamp portions are turned off, the 4th round lamp portion 561a is kept on, and the 8th round lamp portion 561b and the 16th round lamp portion 561c are turned off. Then, as shown in FIG. 64(C), the MPU 102, based on the descending round final effect generation command received from the MPU 92, the number of rounds for the devil present on the display screen G of the pattern display device 51 is 4 rounds. By notifying that there is something, the player is notified that the sorting result was "4th round most advantageous result".

On the other hand, in the examples of FIGS. 64A and 64D, the jackpot is won after the low-expectation super-reach progressed in the second development, so the number of pinches is one, After generating the round notification effect, the MPU 102 receives the descending turn-off failure notification command from the MPU 92 and generates the descending turn-off failure notification effect. All of the lamp portions 561c are in a lighting state.

In the descending round finalization effect, the MPU 92 maintains lighting of the lamp portion with the largest number of rounds among the 4-round lamp portion 561a, the 8-round lamp portion 561b, and the 16-round lamp portion 561c being lit, and Since the lamp portions are turned off, the 16-round lamp portion 561a is kept turned on, and the 4-round lamp portion 561b and the 8-round lamp portion 561c are turned off. Then, as shown in FIG. 64(E), the MPU 102, based on the descending order round final effect generation command received from the MPU 92, determines that the demon present on the display screen G of the pattern display device 51 has 16 rounds. By notifying that there is something, the player is informed that the sorting result was "16 rounds with the most favorable result".

<About the flow of round notification production based on medium-expected super reach>
FIG. 65 is a diagram showing the flow up to the round notification effect based on the medium expected super reach. In other words, FIG. 65 is a diagram showing the flow up to the round notification effect in the case where the medium expectation degree of super reach is selected in the expectation degree selection processing of the super reach in step S1903.
In the example of FIG. 65, the win/fail result is "big hit win" and the distribution result is "most advantageous round distribution result".

Specifically, FIGS. 65A to 65C are diagrams showing a state in which a jackpot is won after super reach with medium expectations in the first development, and FIGS. 65D to 65F ) is a diagram showing a state in which a jackpot is won through a super reach with a medium expectation level in the second development. 65 is a diagram showing the display screen G of the pattern display device 51. As shown in FIG.

First, based on the pattern command received from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 starts to variably display a plurality of symbol rows Z1 to Z3 (see FIG. 3) displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, thereby realizing a high-speed display. Transition to a variable period. During this high-speed fluctuation period, the MPU 102 periodically scrolls the symbols in each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a predetermined direction (upward in this embodiment) to start the variable display of symbols.
After the high-speed fluctuation period has elapsed, the MPU 102 stops and displays some of the symbol rows (symbol row Z1 and symbol row Z3) on the activated line L (see FIG. 3), thereby allowing the combination of the same symbols (this embodiment In this case, "7") is displayed to suggest a stop result, and in this state, the remaining symbol row (symbol row Z2) is variably displayed to generate a ready-to-win display and shift to a normal ready-to-win period.

After the normal reach period has elapsed, the MPU 102 reduces the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 based on the super reach generation command transmitted from the MPU 92, and displays predetermined characters and the like as moving images on substantially the entire display screen G. By doing so, you will enter the Super Reach period. In this super reach period, the MPU 102 reduces the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 and arranges them at the lower left position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and is present on the left side of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. Advance a medium-strength super reach by moving the angel towards the right.

Here, when the first development super reach is selected in the super reach development selection process of step S1905, the MPU 102 displays the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 as shown in FIG. Leave a stone on the road when moving the angel existing on the left toward the right.
In addition, when the second development super reach is selected in the super reach development selection process of step S1905, the MPU 102 displays the left side of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 as shown in FIG. 65(D). Leave the wings on the road when moving the angels present in to the right.

After the super reach period has elapsed, the MPU 102 notifies the player of the result of the lottery according to whether or not the angel has found the treasure box, as shown in FIGS. 65(B) and (E). Specifically, the MPU 102 notifies the player that the win/loss result is a "big win" by causing an angel to find a treasure box when stopping the variable display of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3.

After the MPU 102 notifies the player of the result of the lottery, the MPU 102 generates a round notification effect when receiving a round notification effect generation command from the MPU 92 . Specifically, as shown in FIGS. 65(C) and 65(F), the MPU 92 rotates the rotation mechanism 562 counterclockwise by the round notification accessory drive unit 57 to rotate the symbol display device 51. The base 561 is exposed in front of the display screen G of . Also, the MPU 92 turns on all of the 4-round lamp portion 561a, the 8-round lamp portion 561b, and the 16-round lamp portion 561c to initialize them.

In addition, when the MPU 102 receives a chance number notification command from the MPU 92 (when a jackpot is won through the super reach of the first development), the angel present on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 By notifying the value of the round variation counter RVC, the player is notified of the occurrence of the round notification effect. In addition, in the example of FIG. 65(C), since the jackpot has been won after the middle expectation super reach, the angel suggests that the value of the round variation counter RVC is 2, and the number of chances is 2. I am notifying you that it is time.

On the other hand, when the MPU 102 receives the pinch number notification command from the MPU 92 (when the jackpot is won through the super reach of the second development), the MPU 102 exists on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. The player is notified of the occurrence of the round notification performance by having the demon present notify the value of the round variation counter RVC. In the example of FIG. 65(F), the jackpot has been won after the medium-expected super reach. I am notifying you that it is time.

FIG. 66 is a diagram showing the flow of the round notification effect based on the super reach with medium expectation that has progressed in the first development.
Specifically, FIGS. 66A and 66B are diagrams showing a state in which an ascending turn-off success notification effect has occurred, and FIG. 66C is a diagram showing a state in which the number of chances has been notified for the second time. 66(D) and (E) are diagrams showing a state in which the ascending turn-off failure notification effect has occurred, and FIG. 66(F) is a diagram showing a state in which the ascending round confirmation effect has occurred. 66 shows the display screen G of the pattern display device 51. As shown in FIG.

After notifying the player of the occurrence of the round notification effect, the MPU 102 generates an ascending order light-off success notification effect (effect of displaying the angel's words "success") when receiving an ascending order light-off success notification command from the MPU 92. - 特許庁. Further, when the MPU 102 receives an ascending turn-off failure notification command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 generates an ascending turn-off failure notification effect (effect of displaying an angel's line "failure"). Here, the MPU 102 receives the ascending turn-off success notification command or the ascending turn-off failure notification command of the number of chances (the value of the round variation counter RVC), and each time, performs the ascending turn-off success notification effect or the ascending turn-off failure notification effect. generate. Incidentally, FIGS. 66A and 66B are diagrams showing a state in which the ascending turn-off success notification effect has occurred, as described above.

Next, when the MPU 102 receives the second chance number notification command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 notifies the angel existing on the display screen G of the pattern display device 51 of the value of the round variation counter RVC, thereby making the round To notify a player of the occurrence of a notification performance. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 66(C), the angel notifies that the number of chances is 1, suggesting that the value of the round variation counter RVC is 1.

Thereafter, when the MPU 102 receives an ascending turn-off success notification command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 generates an ascending turn-off success notification effect. Further, when the MPU 102 receives an ascending turn-off failure notification command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 generates an ascending turn-off failure notification effect. Incidentally, FIGS. 66D and 66E are diagrams showing a state in which the ascending turn-off failure notification effect has occurred, as described above.

When the MPU 102 receives an ascending round confirmation effect generating command from the MPU 92 after generating the ascending turn-off success notification effect or the ascending turn-off failure notification effect of the number of chances, the MPU 102 performs the ascending round as shown in FIG. Generate a fixed performance.
In this example, since the jackpot has been won after the medium-expectation super reach progressed in the first development, the number of chances is two. Since the ascending turn-off success notification command and ascending turn-off failure command are received and the ascending turn-off success notification effect and the ascending turn-off failure notification effect are generated once each, the 4-round lamp portion 561a is turned off, the 8-round lamp portion 561b and The 16-round lamp portion 561c is in a lighting state.

In the ascending order round finalization effect, the MPU 92 maintains lighting of the lamp portion with the smallest number of rounds among the 4 round lamp portions 561a, 8 round lamp portions 561b, and 16 round lamp portions 561c being lit, and Since the lamp portion is turned off, the 8th round lamp portion 561b is kept turned on, and the 16th round lamp portion 561c is turned off. Then, the MPU 102 distributes the number of rounds by notifying the angel existing on the display screen G of the pattern display device 51 that the number of rounds is 8 rounds, based on the ascending round confirmation effect generation command received from the MPU 92 . The result informs the player that it was the "best result for 8 rounds".

The MPU 102 generates the round promotion performance when receiving a round promotion performance generation command from the MPU 92 after generating the ascending turn-off success notification performance or the ascending turn-off failure notification performance of the number of chances (not shown).
In this example, since the jackpot has been won after the medium-expectation super reach progressed in the first development, the number of chances is two, and the MPU 102 generates the round notification effect, and then the MPU 92 Since the ascending turn-off success notification command and ascending turn-off failure command are received and the ascending turn-off success notification effect and the ascending turn-off failure notification effect are generated once each, the 4-round lamp portion 561a is turned off, the 8-round lamp portion 561b and The 16-round lamp portion 561c is in a lighting state.

In the round promotion effect generating process, the MPU 92 turns off the 8 round lamp section 561b when the game result determined in step S1314 is "16 round most advantageous result". Then, the MPU 102 notifies the angel present on the display screen G of the pattern display device 51 of the promotion of the number of rounds.

After that, when the MPU 102 receives an ascending round confirmation effect generation command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 generates an ascending round confirmation effect.
In this example, the 16th round lamp portion 561c is kept on and the 4th round lamp portion 561a and the 8th round lamp portion 561b are turned off by generating the round promotion effect. In other words, the game result determined in step S1314 is "16 rounds most advantageous result".

In the ascending order round finalization effect, the MPU 92 maintains lighting of the lamp portion with the smallest number of rounds among the 4 round lamp portions 561a, 8 round lamp portions 561b, and 16 round lamp portions 561c being lit, and Since the lamp section is turned off, the lighting of the 16 round lamp section 561c is maintained. Then, the MPU 102 distributes the number of rounds by notifying the angel existing on the display screen G of the pattern display device 51 that the number of rounds is 16 rounds, based on the ascending round finalization effect generation command received from the MPU 92 . The result informs the player that it was the "16 Round Most Favorable Result".

FIG. 67 is a diagram showing the flow of the round notification effect based on the medium-expected super reach progressed in the second development.
Specifically, FIGS. 67A and 67B are diagrams showing a state in which the descending turn-off success notification effect has occurred, and FIG. 67C is a diagram showing a state in which the number of times of pinching has been notified for the second time. 67(D) and (E) are diagrams showing a state in which a descending turn-off failure notification effect is generated, and FIG. 67(F) is a diagram showing a state in which a descending round confirmation effect is generated. 67 shows the display screen G of the pattern display device 51. As shown in FIG.

After notifying the player of the occurrence of the round notification effect, the MPU 102 generates a descending order light-off success notification effect (effect of displaying the devil's line "success") when receiving a descending order light-off success notification command from the MPU 92. - 特許庁. Further, when the MPU 102 receives a descending turn-off failure notification command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 generates a descending turn-off failure notification effect (effect of displaying the devil's line "Failed"). Here, the MPU 102 receives the descending turn-off success notification command or the descending turn-off failure notification command of the number of pinches (the value of the round variation counter RVC), and each time, the descending turn-off success notification effect or the descending turn-off failure notification effect is displayed. generate.
Note that FIGS. 67A and 67B are diagrams showing a state in which the descending order extinguishing success notification effect has occurred, as described above.

Next, when the MPU 102 receives the second pinch count notification command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 causes the devil existing on the display screen G of the pattern display device 51 to notify the value of the round variation counter RVC, thereby increasing the number of rounds. To notify a player of the occurrence of a notification performance. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 67(C), the devil notifies that the number of pinches is 1, suggesting that the value of the round variation counter RVC is 1.

Thereafter, when the MPU 102 receives a descending order extinguishing success notification command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 generates a descending order extinguishing success notification effect. Further, when the MPU 102 receives a descending turn-off failure notification command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 generates a descending turn-off failure notification effect. Incidentally, FIGS. 67(D) and (E) are diagrams showing the state in which the descending turn-off failure notification effect has occurred, as described above.

When the MPU 102 receives a descending round confirmation effect generation command from the MPU 92 after generating the descending turn-off success notification effect or the descending turn-off failure notification effect of the number of pinches, the descending round is performed as shown in FIG. 67(F). Generate a fixed performance.
In this example, since the jackpot has been won after the middle-expectation super reach progressed in the second development, the number of pinches is two, and the MPU 102 generates the round notification effect, and then the MPU 92 Since the descending turn-off success notification command and the descending turn-off failure command are received and the descending turn-off success notification effect and the descending turn-off failure notification effect are generated once each, the 4-round lamp portion 561a and the 8-round lamp portion 561b light up, The 16-round lamp portion 561c is in an extinguished state.

In the descending round finalization effect, the MPU 92 maintains lighting of the lamp portion with the largest number of rounds among the 4-round lamp portion 561a, the 8-round lamp portion 561b, and the 16-round lamp portion 561c being lit, and Since the lamp portion is turned off, the 8-round lamp portion 561b is kept on and the 4-round lamp portion 561a is turned off. Then, the MPU 102 distributes the number of rounds by notifying the angel existing on the display screen G of the pattern display device 51 that the number of rounds is 8 rounds based on the descending order round finalization effect generation command received from the MPU 92 . The result informs the player that it was the "best result for 8 rounds".

<About the flow of round notification production based on the highly anticipated super reach>
FIG. 68 is a diagram showing the flow up to the round notification effect based on the highly anticipated super reach. In other words, FIG. 68 is a diagram showing the flow up to the round notification effect when high-expectation super-reach is selected in the super-reach expectation level selection processing in step S1903.
In the example of FIG. 68, the win/fail result is "big hit winning" and the distribution result is "round distribution most advantageous result".

Specifically, FIGS. 68(A) to (C) are diagrams showing a state in which a jackpot has been won through a high-expectation super reach progressed in the first development, and FIGS. (F) is a diagram showing a state in which a jackpot is won after a high-expectation super-reach progressed in the second development. 68 is a diagram showing the display screen G of the pattern display device 51. As shown in FIG.

First, based on the pattern command received from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 starts to variably display a plurality of symbol rows Z1 to Z3 (see FIG. 3) displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, thereby realizing a high-speed display. Transition to a variable period. During this high-speed fluctuation period, the MPU 102 periodically scrolls the symbols in each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a predetermined direction (upward in this embodiment) to start the variable display of symbols.
After the high-speed fluctuation period has elapsed, the MPU 102 stops and displays some of the symbol rows (symbol row Z1 and symbol row Z3) on the activated line L (see FIG. 3), thereby allowing the combination of the same symbols (this embodiment In this case, "7") is displayed to suggest a stop result, and in this state, the remaining symbol row (symbol row Z2) is variably displayed to generate a ready-to-win display and shift to a normal ready-to-win period.

After the normal reach period has elapsed, the MPU 102 reduces the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 based on the super reach generation command transmitted from the MPU 92, and displays predetermined characters and the like as moving images on substantially the entire display screen G. By doing so, you will enter the Super Reach period. In this super reach period, the MPU 102 reduces the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 and arranges them in the lower left position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and exists in the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. Advance the highly anticipated Super Reach by letting the angel open the treasure chest.

Here, when the first development super reach is selected in the super reach development selection process of step S1905, the MPU 102 displays the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 as shown in FIG. When you let the angel in the center open the treasure chest, make a bird appear from the treasure chest.
In addition, when the second development super reach is selected in the super reach development selection process of step S1905, the MPU 102 displays the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 as shown in FIG. When you let the angels existing in open the treasure chest, do not let anything appear from the treasure chest.

After the super reach period has elapsed, the MPU 102 notifies the player of the result of the lottery according to whether or not the treasure box contains a treasure, as shown in FIGS. 68(B) and (E). Specifically, the MPU 102 notifies the player that the win/loss result was a "jackpot win" by causing an angel to find a treasure box containing a treasure when stopping the variable display of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3. do.

After the MPU 102 notifies the player of the result of the lottery, the MPU 102 generates a round notification effect when receiving a round notification effect generation command from the MPU 92 . Specifically, as shown in FIGS. 68(C) and (F), the MPU 92 rotates the rotation mechanism 562 counterclockwise by the round notification accessory drive unit 57 to rotate the symbol display device 51. The base 561 is exposed in front of the display screen G of . Also, the MPU 92 turns on all of the 4-round lamp portion 561a, the 8-round lamp portion 561b, and the 16-round lamp portion 561c to initialize them.

In addition, when the MPU 102 receives a chance number notification command from the MPU 92 (when a jackpot is won through the super reach of the first development), the angel present on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 By notifying the value of the round variation counter RVC, the player is notified of the occurrence of the round notification effect. In addition, in the example of FIG. 68(C), since the jackpot has been won through the high-expectation super reach, the angel suggests that the value of the round variation counter RVC is 3, and the number of chances is 3. I am notifying you that it is time.

On the other hand, when the MPU 102 receives the pinch number notification command from the MPU 92 (when the jackpot is won through the super reach of the second development), the MPU 102 exists on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. The player is notified of the occurrence of the round notification performance by having the demon present notify the value of the round variation counter RVC. In the example of FIG. 68(F), since the jackpot is won after the highly anticipated super reach, the devil suggests that the value of the round variation counter RVC is 3, and the number of pinches is 3. I am notifying you that it is time.

FIG. 69 is a diagram showing the flow of the round notification effect based on the high-expectation super-reach progressed in the first development.
Specifically, FIGS. 69A and 69B are diagrams showing a state in which the ascending turn-off success notification effect has occurred, and FIG. 69C is a diagram showing a state in which the number of chances has been notified for the second time. 69(D) and (E) are diagrams showing a state in which the ascending turn-off success notification effect is generated, and FIG. 69(F) is a diagram showing a state in which the ascending round confirmation effect is generated. 69 is a diagram showing the display screen G of the pattern display device 51. As shown in FIG.

After notifying the player of the occurrence of the round notification effect, the MPU 102 generates an ascending order light-off success notification effect (effect of displaying the angel's words "success") when receiving an ascending order light-off success notification command from the MPU 92. - 特許庁. Further, when the MPU 102 receives an ascending turn-off failure notification command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 generates an ascending turn-off failure notification effect (effect of displaying an angel's line "failure"). Here, the MPU 102 receives the ascending turn-off success notification command or the ascending turn-off failure notification command of the number of chances (the value of the round variation counter RVC), and each time, performs the ascending turn-off success notification effect or the ascending turn-off failure notification effect. generate. Incidentally, FIGS. 69A and 69B are diagrams showing a state in which the ascending turn-off success notification effect is generated as described above.

Next, when the MPU 102 receives the second chance number notification command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 notifies the angel existing on the display screen G of the pattern display device 51 of the value of the round variation counter RVC, thereby making the round To notify a player of the occurrence of a notification performance. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 69(C), the angel notifies that the number of chances is two, suggesting that the value of the round variation counter RVC is two.

Thereafter, when the MPU 102 receives an ascending turn-off success notification command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 generates an ascending turn-off success notification effect. Further, when the MPU 102 receives an ascending turn-off failure notification command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 generates an ascending turn-off failure notification effect. Incidentally, FIGS. 69D and 69E are diagrams showing the state in which the ascending order extinguishing success notification effect has occurred, as described above.

Then, when the MPU 102 receives an ascending round finalization effect generation command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 generates an ascending round finalization effect as shown in FIG. 69(F).

In this example, since the jackpot has been won after the high-expectation super reach progressed in the first development, the number of chances is three, and the MPU 102 generates the round notification effect, and then the MPU 92 Since two ascending turn-off success notification commands are received and two ascending turn-off success notification effects are generated, the 4-round lamp portion 561a and the 8-round lamp portion 561b are turned off, and the 16-round lamp portion 561c is turned on. state. Therefore, in this example, the third chance number is not notified.

In the ascending order round finalization effect, the MPU 92 maintains lighting of the lamp portion with the smallest number of rounds among the 4 round lamp portions 561a, 8 round lamp portions 561b, and 16 round lamp portions 561c being lit, and Since the lamp portions are turned off, the 16-round lamp portion 561c is kept turned on, and the 4-round lamp portion 561a and the 8-round lamp portion 561b are turned off. Then, the MPU 102 distributes the number of rounds by notifying the angel existing on the display screen G of the pattern display device 51 that the number of rounds is 16 rounds, based on the ascending round finalization effect generation command received from the MPU 92 . The result informs the player that it was the "16 Round Most Favorable Result".

FIG. 70 is a diagram showing the flow of the round notification effect based on the high-expectation super-reach progressed in the second development.
Specifically, FIGS. 70(A) and (B) are diagrams showing a state in which the descending turn-off success notification effect has occurred, and FIG. 70(C) is a diagram showing a state in which the number of pinches has been notified for the second time. 70(D) and (E) are diagrams showing a state in which a descending order turn-off success notification effect has occurred, and 70(F) is a diagram showing a state in which a descending order round confirmation effect has occurred. 70 is a diagram showing the display screen G of the pattern display device 51. As shown in FIG.

After notifying the player of the occurrence of the round notification effect, the MPU 102 generates a descending order light-off success notification effect (effect of displaying the devil's line "success") when receiving a descending order light-off success notification command from the MPU 92. - 特許庁. Further, when the MPU 102 receives a descending turn-off failure notification command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 generates a descending turn-off failure notification effect (effect of displaying the devil's line "Failed"). Here, the MPU 102 receives the descending turn-off success notification command or the descending turn-off failure notification command of the number of pinches (the value of the round variation counter RVC), and each time, the descending turn-off success notification effect or the descending turn-off failure notification effect is displayed. generate.
It should be noted that FIGS. 70A and 70B are diagrams showing a state in which the descending order extinguishing success notification effect has occurred, as described above.

Next, when the MPU 102 receives the second pinch count notification command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 causes the devil existing on the display screen G of the pattern display device 51 to notify the value of the round variation counter RVC, thereby increasing the number of rounds. To notify a player of the occurrence of a notification performance. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 70(C), the devil notifies that the number of pinches is two, suggesting that the value of the round variation counter RVC is two.

Thereafter, when the MPU 102 receives a descending order extinguishing success notification command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 generates a descending order extinguishing success notification effect. Further, when the MPU 102 receives a descending turn-off failure notification command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 generates a descending turn-off failure notification effect. Incidentally, FIGS. 70(D) and (E) are diagrams showing a state in which the descending order extinguishing success notification effect has occurred, as described above.

Then, when the MPU 102 receives the descending round confirmation effect generation command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 generates the descending round confirmation effect as shown in FIG. 70(F).
In this example, since the jackpot has been won after the high-expectation super reach progressed in the second development, the number of pinches is three, and the MPU 102 generates the round notification effect, and then the MPU 92 Since two descending turn-off success notification commands are received and two descending turn-off success notification effects are generated, the 8-round lamp portion 561b and the 16-round lamp portion 561c are turned off, and the 4-round lamp portion 561a is turned on. state. Therefore, in this example, the third pinch count is not reported.

In the descending round finalization effect, the MPU 92 maintains lighting of the lamp portion with the largest number of rounds among the 4-round lamp portion 561a, the 8-round lamp portion 561b, and the 16-round lamp portion 561c being lit, and Since the lamp portions are turned off, the 4th round lamp portion 561a is kept on, and the 8th round lamp portion 561b and the 16th round lamp portion 561c are turned off. Then, the MPU 102, based on the descending order round finalization effect generation command received from the MPU 92, causes the devil existing on the display screen G of the pattern display device 51 to notify that the number of rounds is 4, thereby sorting the demons. The result informs the player that it was the "fourth round best result".

<Regarding the flow of round notification effects based on normal reach>
FIG. 71 is a diagram showing the flow of round notification effect based on normal reach. In other words, FIG. 71 is a diagram showing the flow of the round notification effect when the expectation level of super reach is not selected in the expectation level selection process of super reach in step S1903 (when super reach does not occur). is.
In the example of FIG. 71, the win/fail result is "big hit win" and the distribution result is "best round distribution result".

Specifically, FIG. 71(A) is a diagram showing a state in which a jackpot has been won through a normal reach, and FIG. 71(B) is a diagram showing a state in which an ascending order round confirmation effect has occurred. (C) is a diagram showing a state in which a round promotion effect has occurred, and FIG. 71(D) is a diagram showing a state in which an ascending round confirmation effect has occurred after a round promotion effect has occurred. 71 is a diagram showing the display screen G of the pattern display device 51. As shown in FIG.

First, based on the pattern command received from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 starts to variably display a plurality of symbol rows Z1 to Z3 (see FIG. 3) displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, thereby realizing a high-speed display. Transition to a variable period. During this high-speed fluctuation period, the MPU 102 periodically scrolls the symbols in each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a predetermined direction (upward in this embodiment) to start the variable display of symbols.
After the high-speed fluctuation period has passed, the MPU 102 stops and displays some of the symbol rows (symbol row Z1 and symbol row Z3) on the activated line L (see FIG. 3), so that the same combination of symbols (this embodiment Then, "7") is displayed to suggest a stop result, and in that state, the remaining symbol row (symbol row Z2) is variably displayed to generate a ready-to-win display and shift to a normal ready-to-win period.

After the normal reach period elapses, the MPU 102 finally stops and displays the combination of symbols having the same number as shown in FIG. inform the person.

After the MPU 102 notifies the player of the result of the lottery, the MPU 102 generates a round notification effect when receiving a round notification effect generation command from the MPU 92 . Specifically, the MPU 92 exposes the base 561 in front of the display screen G of the pattern display device 51 by rotating the rotation mechanism 562 counterclockwise with the round notification accessory drive section 57 . Also, the MPU 92 turns on all of the 4-round lamp portion 561a, the 8-round lamp portion 561b, and the 16-round lamp portion 561c to initialize them.

After generating the round notification effect, the MPU 102 generates the ascending round final effect as shown in FIG.
In this example, as described above, all of the 4 round lamp portions 561a, 8 round lamp portions 561b, and 16 round lamp portions 561c are lit.

In the ascending order round finalization effect, the MPU 92 maintains lighting of the lamp portion with the smallest number of rounds among the 4 round lamp portions 561a, 8 round lamp portions 561b, and 16 round lamp portions 561c being lit, and Since the lamp portions are turned off, the 4th round lamp portion 561a is kept on, and the 8th round lamp portion 561b and the 16th round lamp portion 561c are turned off. Then, the MPU 102 distributes the number of rounds by notifying the angel existing on the display screen G of the pattern display device 51 that the number of rounds is 4 rounds based on the ascending round confirmation effect generation command received from the MPU 92 . The result informs the player that it was the "fourth round best result".

On the other hand, after generating the round notification effect, the MPU 102 generates the round promotion effect as shown in FIG. 71(C) when receiving the round promotion effect generation command from the MPU 92 .
In this example, as described above, all of the 4 round lamp portions 561a, 8 round lamp portions 561b, and 16 round lamp portions 561c are lit.

In the round promotion effect generating process, when the game result determined in step S1314 is "best result in 8th round", the MPU 92 turns off the 4th round lamp section 561a, and the game result determined in step S1314 is In the case of the "16th round best result", the 4th round lamp portion 561a and the 8th round lamp portion 561b are turned off. Then, the MPU 102 notifies the angel present on the display screen G of the pattern display device 51 of the promotion of the number of rounds.

Thereafter, when the MPU 102 receives an ascending round finalization effect generation command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 generates an ascending round finalization effect as shown in FIG. 71(D).
In this example, the 16th round lamp portion 561c is kept on and the 4th round lamp portion 561a and the 8th round lamp portion 561b are turned off by generating the round promotion effect. In other words, the game result determined in step S1314 is "16 rounds most advantageous result".

In the ascending order round finalization effect, the MPU 92 maintains lighting of the lamp portion with the smallest number of rounds among the 4 round lamp portions 561a, 8 round lamp portions 561b, and 16 round lamp portions 561c being lit, and Since the lamp section is turned off, the lighting of the 16 round lamp section 561c is maintained. Then, the MPU 102 distributes the number of rounds by notifying the angel existing on the display screen G of the pattern display device 51 that the number of rounds is 16 rounds, based on the ascending round finalization effect generation command received from the MPU 92 . The result informs the player that it was the "16 Round Most Favorable Result".

According to this embodiment, the following functions and effects can be obtained.
(1) The pachinko machine 10 has round notification effect determination processing and round notification effect execution processing for informing the player of the number of round games by controlling the first notification unit and the second notification unit. Therefore, the number of round games can be notified to the player using the round notification accessory 56.例文帳に追加In addition, the round notification effect determination process and the round notification effect execution process switch the control states of the first notification unit and the second notification unit based on a predetermined condition. It is possible to diversify the method of informing the player of the number of games played. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can increase the attention of the player to the game.

(2) Round notification effect determination processing and round notification effect execution processing are determined by the ascending order light-out determination unit based on a predetermined condition when switched to the ascending order light-out effect processing in step S2104. By setting the number of times of repeated execution, the control state of the first notification unit and the second notification unit is switched. As the number increases, the player's expectation will be higher. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can increase the attention of the player to the game.

(3) Round notification effect determination processing and round notification effect execution processing, when switched to descending order light-off effect processing in the processing of step S2104, the descending order light-off determination unit determines based on a predetermined condition. Since the control state of the first notification unit and the second notification unit is switched by setting the number of execution times to be repeatedly executed, the number of execution times for executing the determination whether or not to turn off the second notification unit in the descending turn-off determination unit The player's expectation is higher as the number of the player's is smaller. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can increase the attention of the player to the game.

(4) The round notification effect determination process and the round notification effect execution process may set different numbers of times of execution based on the process from the start of the variable display on the symbol display device 51 until the stop. , the control states of the first notification unit and the second notification unit are switched, so the player pays attention to the process from the start of the variable display on the symbol display device 51 until the stop. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can increase the attention of the player to the game.
(5) The round notification effect determination process and the round notification effect execution process are performed by setting different numbers of times of execution based on the type of expected effect selected in the expectation degree selection process of super reach. Since the control states of the notification unit and the second notification unit are switched, the player pays attention to the type of expected effect selected in the expectation degree selection process of super reach. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can increase the attention of the player to the game.

(6) In the super ready-to-win expectation level selection process, when the number of round games is small, it is easier to select the first expected effect than the second expected effect, and when the number of round games is large, the second expected effect is selected. Since the second expected performance is set so that it is easier to select the second expected performance than the first expected performance, the player pays more attention to the high degree of expectation of the expected performance selected in the expectation degree selection processing of super reach. will do. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can increase the attention of the player to the game.

(7) Round notification effect determination processing and round notification effect execution processing include processing in step S2104 for switching between ascending turn-off effect processing and descending turn-off effect processing based on a predetermined condition. 56 can be used to diversify the method of informing the player of the number of round games. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can increase the attention of the player to the game.
(8) The ascending order light-off effect process notifies the player of the number of round games by turning off the plurality of notification units in order of the number of round games, and the descending order light-off effect process informs the player of the number of round games. By extinguishing the plurality of notification units in descending order, the player is notified of the number of times the round game has been played, so the player can easily grasp the notification units that have been rejected. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can increase the attention of the player to the game.

(9) In the round notification effect determination process and the round notification effect execution process, when the second expected effect is selected in the expectation degree selection process of super reach, the second expectation effect is selected in the expectation degree selection process of super reach. The control states of the first notification unit and the second notification unit are switched by setting the number of times of execution to be larger than when one expected effect is selected. According to this, when switching to the ascending turn-off effect processing in the processing of step S2104, the greater the number of executions of determining whether or not to turn off the first notification unit in the ascending turn-off determination unit, the greater the number of executions. Since the player's sense of expectation is high, the player's sense of expectation is higher when the second expected performance is selected than when the first expected performance is selected in the expectation level selection processing of super ready-to-win. It will be. In addition, when switching to the descending order light-off effect processing in the process of step S2104, the less the number of executions for executing the determination of whether or not to turn off the second notification unit in the descending order light-off determination unit, the more the player's Since the sense of expectation is high, the player's sense of expectation is higher when the first expected performance is selected than when the second expected performance is selected in the expectation degree selection processing of super ready-to-win. . In other words, the player's expectation is the result of the type of expectation effect selected in the super ready-to-win expectation level selection process and the result of switching to the ascending turn-off effect process or the descending turn-off effect process by the order switching unit. It will change depending on the combination. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can increase the attention of the player to the game.

(10) The round notification effect determination process and the round notification effect execution process are performed by setting different numbers of times of execution based on the type of expected effect selected in the expectation degree selection process of super reach. The control states of the notification unit and the second notification unit are switched, and the processing in step S2104 switches between the ascending turn-off effect processing and the descending turn-off effect processing based on the development of the expected effect selected in the expectation degree selection process of super reach. Therefore, the player's sense of expectation changes according to the combination of the type of expected performance selected in the expectation degree selection process of super reach and the development of the expected performance. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can increase the attention of the player to the game.
(11) The process of step S2104 switches to the ascending turn-off effect process when the first development is selected in the super reach development selection process, and the second development is selected in the super reach development selection process. Since the process is switched to the light-off effect process in descending order, the player can easily comprehend the development of the expected effect. Therefore, after the occurrence of the expected performance, the player watches the progress of the expected performance while expecting the development to be advantageous to the player, out of the first development and the second development. It is possible to improve the degree of attention of the player to the game.

[Fifth embodiment]
A fifth embodiment of the present invention will be described below with reference to the drawings.
In the following description, the same reference numerals are given to the parts that have already been described, and the description thereof will be omitted.

In this embodiment, the sound emission control device 90 and the display control device 100 perform processing different from that in the fourth embodiment. Specifically, in this embodiment, the effect determination process is different from that in the fourth embodiment. The contents of the effect determination process in this embodiment will be described below.

FIG. 72 is a diagram showing a flowchart of effect determination processing according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention.

In the effect determination process, the MPU 92 executes the processes of steps S1301 to S1317 in substantially the same manner as in the fourth embodiment. In this embodiment, the MPU 92 differs from the fourth embodiment in that, as shown in FIG. 72, the processes of steps S1318D and S1319D are executed instead of the processes of steps S1318C and S1319C.

In step S1318D, the MPU 92 executes round notification effect determination processing.
In the round notification effect, when the game result determined in step S1314 is "most advantageous result for round allocation", the game result is "most advantageous result for 4 rounds", "most advantageous result for 8 rounds", and " This is an effect for informing the player which of the 16 rounds is the most advantageous result.

FIG. 73 is a diagram showing the appearance of the round notification accessory used for the round notification effect.
The center frame 52, as shown in FIG. 73, includes a round information accessory 56D and a round information accessory driving section 57D for driving the round information accessory 56D. In addition, the round notification accessory drive unit 57D is connected to the output port of the MPU92.

The round notification accessory 56D includes a base 563 formed in a substantially elliptical disk shape, and a rotating mechanism 564 that supports the base 563 so as to be rotatable about an axis orthogonal to the game board 31 (see FIG. 2). there is
The base 563 is a round lamp that informs the player which of the "most advantageous result in 4 rounds", "most advantageous result in 8 rounds", and "most advantageous result in 16 rounds" is the game result determined in step S1314. A portion 563a and a magnification ramp portion 563b provided on the right side of the round ramp portion 563a.

The round lamp portion 563a is configured by arranging two 7-segment displays on the left and right. The round lamp unit 563a displays "4" when notifying the player that the game result determined in step S1314 is "4th round most advantageous result", and the game result determined in step S1314 is "4". When informing the player that the ``best result in 8 rounds'' is displayed, ``8'' is displayed, and the player is notified that the game result determined in step S1314 is ``best result in 16 rounds''. "16" is displayed in this case.
The magnification lamp portion 563b includes a 1x lamp portion 563b1 arranged on the upper right side of the round lamp portion 563a, and a 2x lamp portion 563b2 arranged below the 1x lamp portion 563b1.

The rotating mechanism 564 includes a shaft portion 564a orthogonal to the game board 31 and an arm portion 564b connecting the base 563 and the shaft portion 564a.
A shaft portion 564a of the rotating mechanism 564 is connected to the round notification accessory driving portion 57D.
This rotation mechanism 564 is set to either an exposed state or a hidden state by being driven by the round notification accessory driving section 57D. The exposed state is a state in which the base 563 is exposed in front of the display screen G of the pattern display device 51 by rotating the rotating mechanism 564 counterclockwise (see the solid line in the figure). The concealed state is a state in which the base 563 is concealed by the game board 31 by rotating the rotation mechanism 564 clockwise (see two-dot chain lines in the figure).

In the round notification effect determination processing, the number of rounds is notified to the player by exposing the round notification accessory 56D in front of the display screen G of the pattern display device 51.例文帳に追加

Thus, in this embodiment, the round notification accessory 56D functions as a round notification means for notifying the player of the number of round games.
In this embodiment, the round notification accessory 56D notifies the player of the number of round games by displaying the number of round games on the round lamp section 563a. may be notified to Also, in the present embodiment, the round notification accessory 56D includes the base 563 and the rotating mechanism 564, but may have a different shape. Specifically, the round notification means may be an image or the like displayed on the pattern display device 51 .

FIG. 74 is a diagram showing a flowchart of determination processing of the round notification effect.
In the round notification effect determination process, the MPU 92 executes the processes of steps S2001 to S2023D in substantially the same manner as in the fourth embodiment. In this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 74, the MPU 92 executes the processing of steps S2019D to S2023D after executing any one of steps S2004, S2006, S2008, and S2009. It differs from the fourth embodiment.

After executing any one of steps S2004, S2006, S2008 and S2009, the MPU 92 determines in step S2019D whether or not the game result determined in step S1314 is "fourth round best result". judge.
When the MPU 92 determines in step S2019D that the game result is the "most advantageous result in 4 rounds", in step S2020D the double-up counter DUC provided in the various counter areas 94a of the RAM 94 is set to "0". do.
On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S2019D that the game result is not the "most advantageous result in 4 rounds", in step S2021D, the game result determined in step S1314 is "most advantageous result in 8 rounds". It is determined whether or not.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S2021D that the game result is the "best result in 8 rounds", in step S2022D the double-up counter DUC provided in the various counter areas 94a of the RAM 94 is set to "1". do.
On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S2021D that the game result is not the "most advantageous result in 8 rounds" (when it determines that the game result is "most advantageous result in 16 rounds"), step S2023D , the double-up counter DUC provided in the various counter areas 94a of the RAM 94 is set to "2".

After executing any of the processes of step S2020D, step S2022D, and step S2023D, the MPU 92 ends the round notification effect determination process.

Returning to the description of the effect determination process, the process of step S1319D will be described with reference to FIG.
After executing the process of step S1318D, the MPU 92 executes a round notification effect execution process in step S1319D. After that, the MPU 92 executes the processes after step S1315, as in the fourth embodiment.

FIG. 75 is a diagram showing a flowchart of execution processing of the round notification effect.
In the round notification effect execution process, the processes of steps S2101 to S2120D are executed in substantially the same manner as in the fourth embodiment. In this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 75, the MPU 92 executes the processing of step S2102D instead of the processing of step S2102, and executes the processing of steps S2115D-S2117D instead of the processing of steps S2104-S2108. 2118D to S2120D instead of steps S2110 to S2114, which is different from the fourth embodiment.

In step S2101, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the round notification effect flag is set in the RAM 94.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S2101 that the round notification effect flag is not set in the RAM 94, it ends the execution processing of the round notification effect without executing the processing after step S2102D.
On the other hand, when it is determined in step S2101 that the round notification effect flag is set in the RAM 94, in step S2102D, a process for generating a round notification effect is executed.

As described above, when the MPU 62 determines in step S817C that the game result is the "most advantageous result of round distribution", in step S818C, the timer counter provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64 T is set to "10000" as a waiting time (waiting period) for opening, and the waiting time for opening is set to 20 seconds. Further, as described above, when the MPU 92 determines in step S2001 that the game result is the "best result for round distribution", in step S2002, the MPU 92 sets the round notification effect flag. Therefore, the execution processing of the round notification effect is executed during 20 seconds, which is the waiting time for the opening.

In the processing for generating the round notification effect, the MPU 92 moves the base 563 in front of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 by rotating the rotation mechanism 564 counterclockwise by the round notification accessory driving section 57D. expose. In addition, the MPU 92 causes the round lamp portion 563a to display "4" and turns off the 1x lamp portion 563b1 and the 2x lamp portion 563b2 to set the initial state. Furthermore, the MPU 92 sets a round notification effect generation command. Then, the MPU 92 stores the round notification effect generation command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94d of the RAM 94. FIG. This round notification effect generation command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the command transmission processing of step S1205 described above.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads from the program ROM 103 a data table for executing the generation of the round notification effect in the pattern display device 51 based on the round notification effect generation command transmitted from the MPU 92 . Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, every 20 msec) comes. As a result, the symbol display device 51 causes the display screen G to display and execute the generation of the round notification effect.

In step S2103, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the value of the round variation counter RVC is "0" or less.
When the MPU 92 determines in step S2103 that the value of the round variation counter RVC is not "0" or less, it executes the processing from step S2115D onwards, and in step S2103 the value of the round variation counter RVC is "0" or less. If it is determined to be, the processing from step S2118D is executed.
Here, the value of the round variation counter RVC is a value indicating the number of execution times of the double effect processing in step S2116D, which will be described later. The double effect processing in step S2116D will be described in detail later.

First, the processing (processing after step S2115D) when the MPU 92 determines in step S2103 that the value of the round variation counter RVC is not equal to or less than "0" will be described.
In step S2115D, the MPU 92 executes a chance number notification process. In this chance number notification process, the MPU 92 notifies the player of the value of the round variation counter RVC. Also, the MPU 92 sets a chance number notification command. Then, the MPU 92 stores the chance number notification command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94 d of the RAM 94 . This chance number notification command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the command transmission processing of step S1205 described above.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads out from the program ROM 103 a data table for executing notification of the number of chances in the pattern display device 51 based on the number of chances notification command transmitted from the MPU 92 . Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, every 20 msec) comes. As a result, the symbol display device 51 displays the number of chances on the display screen G to notify the player.

In step S2116D, the MPU 92 executes double effect processing. In this double effect process, the MPU 92 executes a process of multiplying the number "4" displayed on the round lamp portion 563a by one or two.

FIG. 76 is a diagram showing a flow chart of double effect processing.
In the double effect process, the MPU 92 executes steps S2501 to S2505 as shown in FIG.
In step S2501, the MPU 92 executes magnification ramp selection processing. In this magnification lamp selection process, the MPU 92 selects either one of the 1x lamp portion 563b1 and the 2x lamp portion 563b2, turns on the selected one magnification lamp portion 563b, and turns on the other magnification lamp portion. 563b is turned off. Specifically, in the present embodiment, the probability of selecting the 1x ramp portion 563b1 and the probability of selecting the 2x ramp portion 563b2 are each 50%.

In step S2502, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the double ramp portion 563b2 has been selected.
When the MPU 92 determines in step S2502 that the double ramp portion 563b2 has been selected, in step S2503, the MPU 92 executes double-up success notification processing. In this double-up success notification process, the MPU 92 doubles the value displayed on the round lamp portion 563a, executes light emission control of various lamp portions 23, and executes sound control of the speaker portion 24. FIG. Also, in the double-up success notification process, the MPU 92 sets a double-up success notification command. Then, the MPU 92 stores the double-up success notification command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94 d of the RAM 94 . This double-up success notification command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the command transmission processing of step S1205 described above.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads from the program ROM 103 the data table for executing the double-up success notification effect in the symbol display device 51 based on the double-up success notification command transmitted from the MPU 92 . Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, every 20 msec) comes. As a result, the symbol display device 51 displays a double-up success notification effect on the display screen G to notify the player of the success of the double-up.

In step S2504, the MPU 92 subtracts 1 from the value of the double-up counter DUC to update it. After that, the MPU 92 terminates the doubling effect processing.
Thus, in this embodiment, the value of the double-up counter DUC corresponds to the number of successful double-ups. Therefore, when the value of the double-up counter DUC is "1" (when it is determined in step S2021D that the game result is "best result in 8 rounds"), the double-up is allowed to succeed up to one time. be able to. Further, when the value of the double-up counter DUC is "2" (when it is determined in step S2021D that the game result is "16 rounds with the best result"), the double-up is allowed to succeed up to twice. be able to.

On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S2502 that the 2x lamp portion 563b2 has not been selected, in step S2505 the MPU 92 executes double-up failure notification processing. In this double-up failure notification process, the MPU 92 maintains the value displayed on the round lamp portion 563 a , controls light emission of various lamp portions 23 , and executes sound control of the speaker portion 24 . Also, in the double-up failure notification process, the MPU 92 sets a double-up failure notification command. Then, the MPU 92 stores the double-up failure notification command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94 d of the RAM 94 . This double-up failure notification command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the command transmission processing of step S1205 described above.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads from the program ROM 103 a data table for executing the double-up failure notification effect in the symbol display device 51 based on the double-up failure notification command transmitted from the MPU 92 . Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, every 20 msec) comes. As a result, the symbol display device 51 displays a double-up failure notification effect on the display screen G to notify the player of the double-up failure.

As described above, in the present embodiment, the magnification ramp selection process selects either the 1x ramp section 563b1 or the 2x ramp section 563b2 to change the value of the calculation result indicated by the round ramp section 563a. It functions as an increase determination unit that determines whether or not to increase.

Returning to the description of the execution processing of the round notification effect, the processing after step S2117D will be described with reference to FIG.
In step S2117D, the MPU 92 determines whether the value of the double-up counter DUC is "0" or less.
When the MPU 92 determines in step S2117D that the value of the double-up counter DUC is "0" or less, the MPU 92 executes the processes after step S2119D, which will be described later.
On the other hand, if it is determined in step S2117D that the value of the double-up counter DUC is not "0" or less, the MPU 92 subtracts 1 from the value of the round variation counter RVC to update it in step S2109. After that, the MPU 92 executes the processes after step S2103 again.

Next, the processing (processing after step S2118D) when the MPU 92 determines in step S2103 that the value of the round variation counter RVC is "0" or less will be described.
In step S2118D, the MPU 92 determines whether the value of the double-up counter DUC is "0" or less.
When the MPU 92 determines in step S2118D or the above-described step S2117D that the value of the double-up counter DUC is equal to or less than "0", in step S2119D, it executes round confirmation effect generation processing. In this round confirmation effect generation process, the MPU 92 sets a round confirmation effect generation command. Then, the MPU 92 stores the round confirmation effect generation command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94 d of the RAM 94 . This round confirmation effect generation command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the above-described command transmission processing of step S1205.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads out from the program ROM 103 a data table for executing the round confirmation effect in the pattern display device 51 based on the round confirmation effect generation command transmitted from the MPU 92 . Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, every 20 msec) comes. As a result, the symbol display device 51 displays a round confirmation effect on the display screen G to inform the player of the confirmation of the number of rounds.

On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S2118D that the value of the double-up counter DUC is not equal to or less than "0", in step S2120D, the MPU 92 executes round promotion effect generation processing. In this round promotion effect generating process, when the game result determined in step S1314 is "best result in 8th round", the MPU 92 displays "8" on the round lamp portion 563a, and determines in step S1314. When the resulting game result is "16th round best result", "16" is displayed on the round lamp portion 563a. After that, the MPU 92 executes the round confirmation effect generating process of step S2119D described above. Also, in the round promotion effect generating process, the MPU 92 sets a round promotion effect generating command. Then, the MPU 92 stores the round promotion effect generation command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94 d of the RAM 94 . This round promotion effect generation command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the command transmission processing of step S1205 described above.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads from the program ROM 103 a data table for executing the round promotion effect in the pattern display device 51 based on the round promotion effect generating command transmitted from the MPU 92 . Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, every 20 msec) comes. As a result, the symbol display device 51 displays the round promotion effect on the display screen G to inform the player of the promotion of the number of rounds.

Thus, in this embodiment, the round lamp part 563a functions as a basic value notification part indicating the basic value of the number of round games (4 in this embodiment).
Further, in the present embodiment, the magnification lamp portion 563b provides a calculated value notification indicating a calculated value (1x or 2x in the present embodiment) for calculating the basic value indicated by the round lamp portion 563a. functions as a department.
In this embodiment, the round lamp section 563a functions as a calculation result notification section that indicates the calculation results of the round lamp section 563a and the magnification lamp section 563b.

Further, in the present embodiment, the magnification ramp portion 563b performs a calculation on the base value indicated by the round ramp portion 563a, thereby increasing the value of the calculation result indicated by the round ramp portion 563a. A lamp unit 563b2 (increase calculation value notification unit) and a 1x lamp that does not increase the value of the calculation result indicated by the round lamp unit 563a by calculating the base value indicated by the round lamp unit 563a. and a section 563b1 (non-increase calculation value notification section).

In the present embodiment, the calculation for the basic value indicated by the round ramp portion 563a is a multiplication of 1 or 2, but other multiplications such as addition may be used. good too.

In addition, in the present embodiment, the plurality of types of expected effects are a first expected effect (for example, super reach with a low degree of expectation) and a second expected effect with a higher degree of expectation than the first expected effect (for example, The round notification effect determination process and the round notification effect execution process are performed when the second expected effect is selected in the expectation level selection process of super reach. By setting the number of executions for repeatedly executing the determination by the increase determination unit so as to be more advantageous than when the first expected effect is selected in the expectation level selection process (specifically, by increasing the number of executions setting), the control state of the calculated value notification unit is switched. Therefore, the round notification effect determination process and the round notification effect execution process are provided with a switching setting unit that switches the control state of the calculated value notification unit by setting the number of executions for repeatedly executing the determination by the increase determination unit. .

In addition, in the present embodiment, the super reach expectation level selection process is based on the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37 as a trigger. The number of round games is small. In this case, it is easier to select the first expected effect than the second expected effect, and the round is based on the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37 as a trigger. When the number of times of games is large, it is set so that the second expected performance is more likely to be selected than the first expected performance.

Here, as described above, when the winning lottery results in "jackpot winning" and the allocation result in the allocation lottery becomes "most advantageous result" or "expressly small round high probability result", the game state Since the mode shifts to the high probability mode and the high frequency support mode, after that, before 100 game rounds are completed, if a "jackpot win" is won again in the winning lottery, the distribution result will always be "Round apportionment most advantageous result" is obtained, and the game state shifts to the high probability mode again, and also shifts to the high frequency support mode. In other words, the gaming state loops through the high probability mode and the high frequency support mode.

On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the super reach expectation degree selection process is a round game based on the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37 as a trigger. When the number of times is small, it is easier to select the first expected performance than the second expected performance, and the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37 as a trigger. When the number of round games based on is large, the setting is made so that the second expected effect is more likely to be selected than the first expected effect. There is an expectation that the player will soon win the "big win" in the lottery, and an expectation that the player will win the big win not through the first expectation performance but through the second expectation performance. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can provide the player with new gameplay.

Therefore, in the present embodiment, the round notification effect determination process and the round notification effect execution process function as a round notification control unit that notifies the player of the number of round games by controlling the calculation value notification unit. In the round notification effect determination process and the round notification effect execution process, the control state of the calculated value notification unit is switched based on the type of expected effect selected in the expectation degree selection process of super reach. In other words, the determination processing of the round notification effect and the execution processing of the round notification effect are performed by changing the control state of the calculated value notification unit based on the process from when the variable display is started on the symbol display device 51 until it is stopped. is switching.

In the present embodiment, the round notification effect determination process and the round notification effect execution process change the control state of the calculated value notification unit based on the type of expected effect selected in the super reach expectation level selection process. Although it was switched, for example, based on the type of the notice pending picture (normal notice pending picture and special notice pending picture) generated in the notice pending generation process, the control of the first notification unit and the second notification unit You can switch states. In short, the round notification control section should switch the control state of the calculated value notification section based on the process from the start of the variable display on the pattern display device 51 until the stop.

In addition, in the present embodiment, the round notification control unit switches the control state of the calculated value notification unit based on the process from the start of the variable display on the pattern display device 51 until the stop. For example, the control state of the calculated value notification section may be switched by having the player operate a button or the like during the demonstration display. In short, the round notification control section should switch the control state of the calculated value notification section based on a predetermined condition.

Furthermore, in the present embodiment, the round notification effect determination process and the round notification effect execution process update the value of the calculation result indicated by the round lamp portion 563a as the next basic value indicated by the round lamp portion 563a. It has double effect processing (basic value update unit) to do. Then, the 2x ramp unit 563b2 doubles the base value shown by the round ramp unit 563a, thereby increasing the value of the computation result shown by the round ramp unit 563a, The unit 563b1 performs a calculation to multiply the base value indicated by the round ramp portion 563a by one, thereby preventing the value of the calculation result indicated by the round ramp portion 563a from increasing.

In addition, in this embodiment, the basic value notification unit and the calculation result notification unit are shared as a round lamp unit 563a, and the value of the calculation result indicated by the round lamp unit 563a in the double effect processing is displayed by the round lamp unit 563a. The basic value is updated as the next basic value to be shown, but the basic value notification unit and the calculation result notification unit may be provided separately.

Further, in the present embodiment, the calculated value notifying section includes the increased calculated value notifying section and the non-increasing calculated value notifying section. On the other hand, the calculated value notification unit is a reduced calculation value notification unit that decreases the value of the calculation result indicated by the calculation result notification unit by performing calculations on the basic value indicated by the basic value notification unit. and a non-decreasing calculated value notifying unit that does not decrease the value of the calculation result indicated by the calculation result notifying unit by performing calculations on the base value indicated by the base value notifying unit. In this case, the round notification control unit determines whether or not to decrease the value of the calculation result indicated by the calculation result notification unit by selecting either the decrease calculation value notification unit or the non-decrease calculation value notification unit. and a switching setting unit that switches the control state of the calculated value notification unit by setting the number of times of execution of the determination by the decrease determination unit based on a predetermined condition. good. In short, it is sufficient that the calculated value notifying section indicates a calculated value for performing a calculation on the basic value indicated by the basic value notifying section.

According to this, the switch setting unit switches the control state of the calculated value notification unit by setting the number of execution times for repeatedly executing the determination by the decrease determination unit based on a predetermined condition. The less the number of executions of determining whether or not to decrease the value of the calculation result indicated by the calculation result notification unit, the higher the player's expectations. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Note that the calculated value notifying section may include both an increasing calculated value notifying section and a non-increasing calculated value notifying section, and a decreasing calculated value notifying section and a non-decreasing calculated value notifying section. The increased calculated value notifying section and the non-decreasing calculated value notifying section may be shared. Further, in this case, as in the fourth embodiment, the round notification control unit may be configured to switch between the determination by the increase determination unit and the determination by the decrease determination unit based on a predetermined condition. good.

<About the flow of round notification production based on low-expectation super reach>
FIG. 77 is a diagram showing the flow of the round notification effect based on the low-expectation super reach. In other words, FIG. 77 is a diagram showing the flow of the round notification effect when low-expectation super-reach is selected in the super-reach expectation degree selection process of step S1903.
In the example of FIG. 77, the win/fail result is "big hit win", and the distribution result is "most advantageous round distribution result".

Specifically, FIG. 77(A) is a diagram showing a state in which a jackpot has been won through a low-expectation super reach, and FIG. 77(B) shows the occurrence of a round notification effect, informing the number of chances. FIG. 77(C) is a diagram showing a state in which a double-up failure notification effect has occurred; FIG. 77(D) is a diagram showing a state in which a round confirmation effect has occurred; FIG. 77(E) is a diagram showing a state in which the round promotion effect has occurred, and FIG. 77(F) is a diagram showing a state in which the round confirmation effect has occurred after the round promotion effect has occurred. 77 is a diagram showing the display screen G of the pattern display device 51. As shown in FIG.

First, based on the pattern command received from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 starts to variably display a plurality of symbol rows Z1 to Z3 (see FIG. 3) displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, thereby realizing a high-speed display. Transition to a variable period. During this high-speed fluctuation period, the MPU 102 periodically scrolls the symbols in each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a predetermined direction (upward in this embodiment) to start the variable display of symbols.
After the high-speed fluctuation period has passed, the MPU 102 stops and displays some of the symbol rows (symbol row Z1 and symbol row Z3) on the activated line L (see FIG. 3), so that the same combination of symbols (this embodiment Then, "7") is displayed to suggest a stop result, and in that state, the remaining symbol row (symbol row Z2) is variably displayed to generate a ready-to-win display and shift to a normal ready-to-win period.

After the normal reach period has elapsed, the MPU 102 reduces the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 based on the super reach generation command transmitted from the MPU 92, and displays predetermined characters and the like as moving images on substantially the entire display screen G. By doing so, you will enter the Super Reach period. In this super reach period, the MPU 102 reduces the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 and arranges them in the lower left position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and is present on the right side of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. Advance a low-expectation super reach by pitting the angels against the demons on the left.

After the super reach period has elapsed, the MPU 102 notifies the player of the result of the lottery according to whether the angel wins the contest, as shown in FIG. 77(A). Specifically, the MPU 102 notifies the player that the win/loss result is a "big win" by causing the angel to win when the variable display of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 is stopped.

After the MPU 102 notifies the player of the result of the lottery, the MPU 102 generates a round notification effect when receiving a round notification effect generation command from the MPU 92 . Specifically, as shown in FIG. 77(B), the MPU 92 rotates the rotation mechanism 564 counterclockwise by the round notification accessory drive unit 57D, thereby causing the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 to rotate. to expose the base 563 in front of the . In addition, the MPU 92 causes the round lamp portion 563a to display "4" and turns off the 1x lamp portion 563b1 and the 2x lamp portion 563b2 to set the initial state.

Further, when the MPU 102 receives the number-of-chance notification command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 causes the angel existing on the display screen G of the pattern display device 51 to notify the value of the round variation counter RVC, thereby generating a round notification effect. is notified to the player. In the example of FIG. 77, since a jackpot is won after a low-expectation super-reach, the angel suggests that the value of the round variation counter RVC is 1, and the number of chances is 1. I am notifying you.

Thereafter, when the MPU 102 receives a double-up success notification command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 generates a double-up success notification effect (effect of displaying an angel's line "success"). Further, when the MPU 102 receives a double-up failure notification command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 generates a double-up failure notification effect (effect of displaying an angel's line "failure"). Here, the MPU 102 receives the double-up success notification command or the double-up failure notification command of the number of chances (the value of the round variation counter RVC), and each time, the double-up success notification effect or the double-up failure notification effect is displayed. generate. FIG. 77(C) is a diagram showing a state in which the double-up failure notification effect has occurred, as described above.

When the MPU 102 receives a round confirmation effect generation command from the MPU 92 after generating the double-up success notification effect or the double-up failure notification effect of the number of chances, the round confirmation effect is generated as shown in FIG. 77(D). generate
In this example, since the jackpot has been won after the low-expectation super reach, the number of chances is one, and the MPU 102 generates the round notification effect, and then receives the double-up failure notification command from the MPU 92. Since the double-up failure notification effect is generated, the value displayed on the round lamp portion 563a is maintained at "4".

In the round confirmation effect, the MPU 102 notifies the angel existing on the display screen G of the pattern display device 51 that the number of rounds is 4 based on the round confirmation effect generation command received from the MPU 92. The player is notified that the distribution result is "most favorable result in 4 rounds".

On the other hand, when the MPU 102 receives a round promotion effect generation command from the MPU 92 after generating the double-up success notification effect or the double-up failure notification effect of the number of chances, as shown in FIG. , to generate a round promotion effect.
In this example, since the jackpot has been won after the low-expectation super reach, the number of chances is one, and the MPU 102 generates the round notification effect, and then receives the double-up failure notification command from the MPU 92. Since the double-up failure notification effect is generated, the value displayed on the round lamp portion 563a is maintained at "4".

In the round promotion effect generating process, when the game result determined in step S1314 is "best result in 8th round", the MPU 92 displays "8" on the round lamp portion 563a, and determines in step S1314. When the game result is "most advantageous result in 16 rounds", "16" is displayed on the round lamp portion 563a. Then, the MPU 102 notifies the angel present on the display screen G of the pattern display device 51 of the promotion of the number of rounds.

After that, when the MPU 102 receives a round confirmation effect generation command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 generates a round confirmation effect as shown in FIG. 77(F).
In this example, "16" is displayed on the round lamp portion 563a by generating the round promotion effect. In other words, the game result determined in step S1314 is the "16 round most advantageous result".

In the round confirmation effect, the MPU 102 notifies the angel present on the display screen G of the pattern display device 51 that the number of rounds is 16 based on the round confirmation effect generation command received from the MPU 92. The player is notified that the distribution result was "most advantageous result in 16 rounds".

<About the flow of round notification production based on medium-expected super reach>
FIG. 78 is a diagram showing the flow of the round notification effect based on the medium expected super reach. In other words, FIG. 78 is a diagram showing the flow of the round notification effect in the case where the medium expectation degree of super reach is selected in the expectation degree selection processing of the super reach in step S1903.
In addition, in the example of FIG. 78, the win/fail result is "big hit winning" and the distribution result is "round distribution most advantageous result".

Specifically, FIG. 78(A) is a diagram showing a state in which a jackpot has been won after a medium-expectation super reach, and FIG. 78(B) shows the occurrence of a round notification effect, informing the number of chances. FIG. 78(C) is a diagram showing a state in which a double-up success notification effect has occurred, and FIG. 78(D) is a diagram showing a state in which the number of chances has been notified for the second time. FIG. 78(E) is a diagram showing a state in which a double-up failure notification effect has occurred, and FIG. 78(F) is a diagram showing a state in which a round confirmation effect has occurred. 78 is a diagram showing the display screen G of the pattern display device 51. As shown in FIG.

First, based on the pattern command received from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 starts to variably display a plurality of symbol rows Z1 to Z3 (see FIG. 3) displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, thereby realizing a high-speed display. Transition to a variable period. During this high-speed fluctuation period, the MPU 102 periodically scrolls the symbols in each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a predetermined direction (upward in this embodiment) to start the variable display of symbols.
After the high-speed fluctuation period has passed, the MPU 102 stops and displays some of the symbol rows (symbol row Z1 and symbol row Z3) on the activated line L (see FIG. 3), so that the same combination of symbols (this embodiment Then, "7") is displayed to suggest a stop result, and in that state, the remaining symbol row (symbol row Z2) is variably displayed to generate a ready-to-win display and shift to a normal ready-to-win period.

After the normal reach period has elapsed, the MPU 102 reduces the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 based on the super reach generation command transmitted from the MPU 92, and displays predetermined characters and the like as moving images on substantially the entire display screen G. By doing so, you will enter the Super Reach period. In this super reach period, the MPU 102 reduces the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 and arranges them at the lower left position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and is present on the left side of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. Move the angel to the right.

After the super reach period has passed, the MPU 102 notifies the player of the result of the lottery according to whether or not the angel has found the treasure box, as shown in FIG. 78(A). Specifically, the MPU 102 notifies the player that the win/loss result is a "big win" by causing an angel to find a treasure box when stopping the variable display of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3.

After the MPU 102 notifies the player of the result of the lottery, the MPU 102 generates a round notification effect when receiving a round notification effect generation command from the MPU 92 . Specifically, as shown in FIG. 78(B), the MPU 92 rotates the rotation mechanism 564 counterclockwise by the round notification accessory drive unit 57D, thereby causing the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 to rotate. to expose the base 563 in front of the . In addition, the MPU 92 causes the round lamp portion 563a to display "4" and turns off the 1x lamp portion 563b1 and the 2x lamp portion 563b2 to set the initial state.

Further, when the MPU 102 receives the number-of-chance notification command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 causes the angel present on the display screen G of the pattern display device 51 to notify the value of the round variation counter RVC, thereby generating a round notification effect. is notified to the player. In the example of FIG. 78, since a jackpot is won after a medium-expected super-reach, the angel suggests that the value of the round variation counter RVC is 2, so the number of chances is 2. I am notifying you.

Thereafter, when the MPU 102 receives a double-up success notification command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 generates a double-up success notification effect (effect of displaying an angel's line "success"). Further, when the MPU 102 receives a double-up failure notification command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 generates a double-up failure notification effect (effect of displaying an angel's line "failure"). Here, the MPU 102 receives the double-up success notification command or the double-up failure notification command of the number of chances (the value of the round variation counter RVC), and each time, the double-up success notification effect or the double-up failure notification effect is displayed. generate. FIG. 78(C) is a diagram showing a state in which the double-up success notification effect is generated as described above.

Next, when the MPU 102 receives the second chance number notification command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 notifies the angel existing on the display screen G of the pattern display device 51 of the value of the round variation counter RVC, thereby making the round To notify a player of the occurrence of a notification performance. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 78(D), the angel notifies that the number of chances is 1, suggesting that the value of the round variation counter RVC is 1.

Thereafter, when the MPU 102 receives a double-up success notification command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 generates a double-up success notification effect. Further, when the MPU 102 receives a double-up failure notification command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 generates a double-up failure notification effect. FIG. 78(E) is a diagram showing a state in which the double-up failure notification effect is generated as described above.

When the MPU 102 receives a round confirmation effect generation command from the MPU 92 after generating the double-up success notification effect or the double-up failure notification effect of the number of chances, the round confirmation effect is generated as shown in FIG. 78(F). generate
In this example, since the jackpot has been won after the middle expected super reach, the number of chances is two. Since the failure command is received and the double-up success notification effect and the double-up failure notification effect are generated once each, the value displayed on the round lamp portion 563a is "8".

In the round confirmation effect, the MPU 102 notifies the angel present on the display screen G of the pattern display device 51 that the number of rounds is 8 based on the round confirmation effect generation command received from the MPU 92. The player is informed that the distribution result was "8th round most advantageous result".

The MPU 102 generates the round promotion performance when receiving a round promotion performance generation command from the MPU 92 after generating the double-up success reporting performance or the double-up failure reporting performance of the number of chances (not shown).
In this example, since the jackpot has been won after the middle expected super reach, the number of chances is two. Since the failure command is received and the double-up success notification effect and the double-up failure notification effect are generated once each, the value displayed on the round lamp portion 563a is "8".

In the round promotion effect generating process, the MPU 92 displays "16" on the round lamp portion 563a when the game result determined in step S1314 is "16 round most advantageous result". Then, the MPU 102 notifies the angel present on the display screen G of the pattern display device 51 of the promotion of the number of rounds.

After that, when the MPU 102 receives a round confirmation effect generation command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 generates a round confirmation effect.
In this example, "16" is displayed on the round lamp portion 563a by generating the round promotion effect. In other words, the game result determined in step S1314 is "16 rounds most advantageous result".

In the round confirmation effect, the MPU 102 notifies the angel present on the display screen G of the pattern display device 51 that the number of rounds is 16 based on the round confirmation effect generation command received from the MPU 92. The player is notified that the distribution result was "most advantageous result in 16 rounds".

<About the flow of round notification production based on the highly anticipated super reach>
FIG. 79 is a diagram showing the flow of the round notification effect based on the highly anticipated super reach. In other words, FIG. 79 is a diagram showing the flow of the round notification effect when high-expectation super-reach is selected in the super-reach expectation level selection process of step S1903.
In the example of FIG. 79, the win/fail result is "big hit winning" and the distribution result is "round distribution most advantageous result".

Specifically, FIG. 79(A) is a diagram showing a state in which a jackpot has been won through a high-expectation super reach, and FIG. 79(B) is a diagram showing the occurrence of a round notification effect, informing the number of chances. FIG. 79(C) is a diagram showing a state in which a double-up success notification effect has occurred, and FIG. 79(D) is a diagram showing a state in which the number of chances has been notified for the second time. FIG. 79(E) is a diagram showing a state in which a double-up success notification effect has occurred, and FIG. 79(F) is a diagram showing a state in which a round confirmation effect has occurred. 79 is a diagram showing the display screen G of the pattern display device 51. As shown in FIG.

First, based on the pattern command received from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 starts to variably display a plurality of symbol rows Z1 to Z3 (see FIG. 3) displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, thereby realizing a high-speed display. Transition to a variable period. During this high-speed fluctuation period, the MPU 102 periodically scrolls the symbols in each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a predetermined direction (upward in this embodiment) to start the variable display of symbols.
After the high-speed fluctuation period has passed, the MPU 102 stops and displays some of the symbol rows (symbol row Z1 and symbol row Z3) on the activated line L (see FIG. 3), so that the same combination of symbols (this embodiment Then, "7") is displayed to suggest a stop result, and in that state, the remaining symbol row (symbol row Z2) is variably displayed to generate a ready-to-win display and shift to a normal ready-to-win period.

After the normal reach period has elapsed, the MPU 102 reduces the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 based on the super reach generation command transmitted from the MPU 92, and displays predetermined characters and the like as moving images on substantially the entire display screen G. By doing so, you will enter the Super Reach period. In this super reach period, the MPU 102 reduces the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 and arranges them in the lower left position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and exists in the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. Have an angel open a treasure chest.

After the super reach period has passed, the MPU 102 notifies the player of the result of the lottery according to whether or not the treasure box contains a treasure, as shown in FIG. 79(A). Specifically, the MPU 102 notifies the player that the win/loss result was a "jackpot win" by causing an angel to find a treasure box containing a treasure when stopping the variable display of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3. do.

After the MPU 102 notifies the player of the result of the lottery, the MPU 102 generates a round notification effect when receiving a round notification effect generation command from the MPU 92 . Specifically, as shown in FIG. 79(B), the MPU 92 rotates the rotation mechanism 564 counterclockwise by the round notification accessory drive unit 57D, thereby causing the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 to rotate. to expose the base 563 in front of the . In addition, the MPU 92 causes the round lamp portion 563a to display "4" and turns off the 1x lamp portion 563b1 and the 2x lamp portion 563b2 to set the initial state.

Further, when the MPU 102 receives the number-of-chance notification command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 causes the angel existing on the display screen G of the pattern display device 51 to notify the value of the round variation counter RVC, thereby generating a round notification effect. is notified to the player. In the example of FIG. 79, since the jackpot is won after the high-expectation super-reach, the angel suggests that the value of the round variation counter RVC is 3, and the number of chances is 3. I am notifying you.

Thereafter, when the MPU 102 receives a double-up success notification command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 generates a double-up success notification effect (effect of displaying an angel's line "success"). Further, when the MPU 102 receives a double-up failure notification command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 generates a double-up failure notification effect (effect of displaying an angel's line "failure"). Here, the MPU 102 receives the double-up success notification command or the double-up failure notification command of the number of chances (the value of the round variation counter RVC), and each time, the double-up success notification effect or the double-up failure notification effect is displayed. generate. FIG. 79(C) is a diagram showing a state in which the double-up success notification effect is generated as described above.

Next, when the MPU 102 receives the second chance number notification command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 notifies the angel existing on the display screen G of the pattern display device 51 of the value of the round variation counter RVC, thereby making the round To notify a player of the occurrence of a notification performance. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 79(D), the angel notifies that the number of chances is two, suggesting that the value of the round variation counter RVC is two.

Thereafter, when the MPU 102 receives a double-up success notification command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 generates a double-up success notification effect. Further, when the MPU 102 receives a double-up failure notification command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 generates a double-up failure notification effect. FIG. 79(E) is a diagram showing a state in which the double-up success notification effect is generated as described above.

Then, when the MPU 102 receives the round confirmation effect generation command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 generates the round confirmation effect as shown in FIG. 79(F).
In this example, since the jackpot has been won after the highly expected super reach, the number of chances is 3, and the MPU 102 generates the round notification effect, and then the double-up success notification command from the MPU 92 twice. is received and the double-up success notification effect is generated twice, so the value displayed on the round lamp portion 563a is set to "16". Therefore, in this example, the third chance number is not notified.

In the round confirmation effect, the MPU 102 notifies the angel present on the display screen G of the pattern display device 51 that the number of rounds is 16 based on the round confirmation effect generation command received from the MPU 92. The player is notified that the distribution result was "most advantageous result in 16 rounds".

According to this embodiment, the following functions and effects can be obtained.
(1) The pachinko machine 10 has a round notification effect determination process and a round notification effect execution process for informing the player of the number of round games by controlling the magnification lamp unit 563b. A player can be notified of the number of round games by using the object 56D. In addition, since the round notification effect determination process and the round notification effect execution process switch the control state of the magnification lamp unit 563b based on a predetermined condition, the number of round games is counted using the round notification accessory 56D. It is possible to diversify the method of informing people. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the attention of the player to the game.

(2) In the round notification effect determination process and the round notification effect execution process, the control state of the magnification ramp section 563b is determined by setting the number of execution times for repeatedly executing the determination by the magnification ramp selection process based on a predetermined condition. Therefore, as the number of executions of determining whether to increase the value of the calculation result indicated by the round ramp portion 563a in the magnification ramp selection process increases, the player's expectation increases. Become. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the attention of the player to the game.

(3) In the round notification effect determination process and the round notification effect execution process, when the double lamp portion 563b2 is selected in the magnification lamp selection process, the value of the calculation result indicated by the round lamp portion 563a is Since the value of the calculation result indicated by the round ramp portion 563a in the magnification ramp selection process increases, the greater the number of executions, the more the player's Expectations will rise. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the attention of the player to the game.

(4) The round notification effect determination process and the round notification effect execution process may set different numbers of times of execution based on the process from the start of the variable display on the symbol display device 51 until the stop. , the control state of the calculated value notification unit is switched, so that the player pays attention to the process from the start of the variable display on the pattern display device 51 until the stop. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the attention of the player to the game.

(5) The round notification effect determination process and the round notification effect execution process are performed by setting different numbers of times of execution based on the expected effect selected in the expectation degree selection process of super reach. Since the control state of is switched, the player pays attention to the type of expected effect selected in the expectation degree selection process of super reach. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the attention of the player to the game.
(6) Round notification effect determination processing and round notification effect execution processing are performed in the expectation level selection process of super reach when the second expected effect is selected in the expectation level selection process of super reach. By setting the number of times of execution so as to be more advantageous than when the expected effect of 1 is selected, the control state of the calculated value notification unit is switched, so that the player can select the expected effect in the super reach expected degree selection process. We will pay attention to the high degree of expectation of the expected performance. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the attention of the player to the game.

(7) In the super ready-to-win expectation degree selection process, when the number of round games is small, it is easier to select the first expected effect than the second expected effect, and when the number of round games is large, the second expected effect is selected. Since the second expected performance is set so that it is easier to select the second expected performance than the first expected performance, the player pays more attention to the high degree of expectation of the expected performance selected in the expectation degree selection processing of super reach. will do. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can increase the attention of the player to the game.

[Modification of each embodiment]
It should be noted that the present invention is not limited to the above-described embodiments, and includes modifications, improvements, etc. within the scope of achieving the object of the present invention.
(1) In each of the above-described embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 executes opening and closing of the big winning hole 38a once per round game. On the other hand, the pachinko machine 10 may open and close the big winning opening 38a a plurality of times for one round game.
(2) In each of the above embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 sets the opening/closing door 38b to the open state, and then the predetermined upper limit duration (upper limit duration) elapses, or the game to the big winning opening 38a When the total winning number of balls reaches a predetermined upper limit number, the door 38b is closed again. On the other hand, for example, the upper limit number may vary according to the upper limit duration time, and the condition for setting the open/close door 38b to the closed state again is arbitrary.

(3) In each of the above embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 sets the opening/closing door 38b to the open state, and then the total winning number of game balls into the big winning opening 38a reaches eight, which is the predetermined upper limit number. As a result, the opening/closing door 38b is set to the closed state again. On the other hand, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may set the upper limit number to any number other than eight. Further, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may set different upper limit numbers according to the distribution results. Further, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may set different upper limit numbers for each round in one open/close execution mode.

(4) In each of the above embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 opens and closes when the total winning number of game balls into the big winning opening 38a reaches a predetermined upper limit after setting the opening/closing door 38b to the open state. The door 38b was set to the closed state again. On the other hand, for example, the pachinko machine 10 is provided with an end trigger port for setting the opening/closing door 38b to a closed state when a game ball enters the game ball, and when a predetermined time elapses, this end trigger port is provided. It may be configured to allow the ball to enter the trigger hole.
(5) In each of the above-described embodiments, after the pachinko machine 10 sets the opening/closing door 38b to the open state, the predetermined upper limit duration (upper limit duration) elapses, and the opening/closing door 38b is closed again. was set to On the other hand, for example, after setting the opening/closing door 38b to the open state, the pachinko machine 10 opens the opening/closing door 38b when a predetermined time elapses from the time when the winning to the big winning opening 38a occurs. It may be set to the closed state again.

(6) In each of the above embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 sets the opening/closing door 38b to the closed state after setting the opening/closing door 38b to the open state. On the other hand, for example, after setting the opening/closing door 38b to the open state, the pachinko machine 10 may shift to the next round game without setting the opening/closing door 38b to the closed state again.
(7) In each of the above-described embodiments, the upper limit duration of the short-time mode is set shorter than the shooting cycle of the game ball. On the other hand, for example, the upper limit duration of the short-time mode is a time equal to or longer than the shooting cycle of the game ball, and not more than n times (n=1, 2, or 3) the shooting cycle of the game ball. It may be set to time.

(8) In each of the above embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 has two types of open/close execution modes.
Specifically, the pachinko machine 10 has an open/close execution mode in which the round game is executed twice with the upper limit duration of the short-time mode, and a round game with the upper limit duration of the long-time mode 4 times, 8 times, and 16 times. It had an opening and closing execution mode to run. On the other hand, the pachinko machine 10 may have an opening and closing execution mode different from these regarding the form of the upper limit duration time and the number of round game executions. In addition, the pachinko machine 10 differs in the mode of the upper limit duration time, instead of setting a plurality of types of opening/closing execution modes, by varying the degree of opening of the opening/closing door 38b, such as half-opening or full-opening. , a configuration in which a plurality of types of opening/closing execution modes are set. Furthermore, the upper limit duration time may be set so that the exact upper limit duration time is different, although the same pattern appears to the player.

(9) In each of the above embodiments, the game result and the effect for the opening/closing execution mode are set in advance so as to correspond one-to-one. On the other hand, for example, the effect for the opening/closing execution mode may be set by randomly selecting from a plurality of types of effects without corresponding to the game result, or may be selected from a plurality of types of effects by lottery or the like. , and the selection rate may be changed according to the game result.

(10) In each of the above-described embodiments, the MPU 92 is effective when the game result is any of the "special loss result", "non-explicit small round high probability result", and "explicit small round high probability result" Information relating to a special combination of symbols is determined as a stop result to be finally stopped and displayed on the line L, and this special combination of symbols is the same regardless of the type of game result.
On the other hand, the MPU 92 may randomly determine the information related to the stop result so that it is difficult for the player to grasp the game result.

(11) In each of the above embodiments, the MPU 62 uses the jackpot random number counter C1 for the jackpot generation lottery, and uses the jackpot type counter C2 for the jackpot type lottery when the jackpot is generated. On the other hand, when a big win occurs, the MPU 62 may use the big win random number counter C1 for the lottery of the type of the big win. In this case, the jackpot type counter C2 may not be provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM64.

(12) In each of the above embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 has two types of loss results, ie, the "special loss result" and the "normal loss result", and the MPU 62 stores the value of the random number that wins the jackpot. A lottery for generating a big hit is executed by comparing the success/failure table and the value of the big hit random number counter C1 stored in the reserved ball storage area 64b. In other words, the MPU 62 used the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 to execute the lottery for the "special losing result". On the other hand, the MPU 62 uses a new counter different from the jackpot random number counter C1 provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64 to execute the lottery related to the "special loss result". A lottery related to "result" may be executed.

(13) In each of the above-described embodiments, under the game state in which the success/failure table for the low-probability mode is referred to in the lottery for the occurrence of the big win, the value of the random number that becomes the "special loss result" is two, and the occurrence of the big win. Under the game state in which the success/failure table for the high-probability mode is referred to in the lottery of (1), the value of the random number that becomes the "special loss result" is one. In other words, the probability of a "special failure result" is set to be higher in the low-probability mode than in the high-probability mode. On the other hand, the probability of becoming a "special outlier result" may be set lower in the low probability mode than in the high probability mode, and set to be the same in the low probability mode and the high probability mode. may have been Also, the probability of the "special failure result" may be set to 0 in at least one of the low-probability mode and the high-probability mode.

(14) In each of the above-described embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 creates advantageous game states and disadvantageous game states for the player by setting the win/fail lottery mode and the support mode. By setting the states, the player may create favorable and unfavorable playing states. For example, the pachinko machine 10 may create an advantageous game state and a disadvantageous game state for the player by varying the number of game rounds for continuing the high-frequency support mode after the end of the opening/closing execution mode. Further, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may create an advantageous game state and a disadvantageous game state for the player depending on whether or not to shift to the high frequency support mode after the end of the opening/closing execution mode. Further, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may create advantageous and unfavorable game states for the player by varying the number of game rounds in which the high-probability mode is continued after the end of the opening/closing execution mode. .

(15) In each of the above-described embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 stores the reservation information related to the upper working opening 36 in the first result display section reservation area Ra, and stores the reservation information related to the lower working opening 37 in the second result display section. By storing in the reserved area Rb, the reserved information regarding the upper working port 36 and the reserved information regarding the lower working port 37 are separately stored. On the other hand, the pachinko machine 10 may store the hold information relating to the upper working opening 36 and the holding information relating to the lower working opening 37 together.
(16) In each of the above-described embodiments, the MPU 62 preferentially sets the reservation information related to the lower operation opening 37 for completing the game round regardless of whether or not there is the reservation information related to the upper operation opening 36. . On the other hand, the MPU 62 may set the reservation information related to the upper operation port 36 and the reservation information related to the lower operation port 37 for completion of the game cycle in the winning order of the respective reservation information.

(17) In each of the above embodiments, the main controller 60 transmits a command to the audio light emission control device 90, and the audio light emission control device 90 transmits a command as a result of analyzing the command to the display control device 100. The control of the display control device 100 was executed by. In response to this, the main control device 60 transmits a command to the display control device 100, and the display control device 100 transmits a command as a result of analyzing the command to the sound emission control device 90, thereby performing sound emission control. Control of device 90 may be performed. The commands sent from the main control device 60 to the sound emission control device 90 and the commands sent from the sound emission control device 90 to the display control device 100 are not limited to the commands described in the above embodiments, and are arbitrary. .
(18) In each of the above embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 includes the main control device 60, the sound emission control device 90, and the display control device 100 as separate control devices. On the other hand, for example, the audio emission control device 90 and the display control device 100 may be provided as the same control device, and at least one of the audio emission control device 90 and the display control device 100 is the main control device. It may be provided as the same control device as the control device 60 .

(19) In each of the above-described embodiments, the symbol display device 51 periodically scrolls the symbols of each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a predetermined direction based on the winning of the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37. Then, by starting the variable display of symbols, an effect for a game cycle is executed on the display screen G.例文帳に追加On the other hand, the effect for the game round is not limited to the effect described in each of the above embodiments, and is arbitrary. For example, the pachinko machine 10 may execute an effect for a game round by operating a combination of a movable decorative member provided on the game board 31 and the pattern display device 51 . Further, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may execute an effect for a game round by operating a combination of light-emitting means provided on the game board 31 and the symbol display device 51 . Further, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may execute a game round effect by combining these decorative members and light emitting means with the pattern display device 51 to operate.

(20) In each of the above-described embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 executes an internal lottery (win/fail lottery and sorting lottery) based on the winning to the upper working port 36 or the lower working port 37, and then the main display section 45 And the symbol display device 51 executes the variable display, and displays the result of the internal lottery performed based on the winning in the upper working port 36 or the lower working port 37 as the result of stopping the variable display. On the other hand, for example, the main display unit 45 and the symbol display device 51 start the variable display before executing the internal lottery, and as a result of stopping the variable display, the internal lottery performed after the start of the variable display may display the results of In this case, after starting the variable display, before stopping the variable display, an internal lottery may be executed and the stop result and the like may be set.

(21) In each of the above embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 is provided with the main display unit 45, and the main display unit 45 executes the variable display of the pattern and displays the result of the internal lottery as a result of stopping the variable display. Was. On the other hand, for example, the main display unit 45 may display the same stop result as the stop result of the variable display regardless of the result of the internal lottery. The result of the lottery may be made unidentifiable.
Further, for example, the pachinko machine 10 does not have to include the main display section 45 .

(22) In each of the above-described embodiments, the symbol display device 51 periodically scrolls the symbols of each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a predetermined direction based on the winning of the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37. Then, by starting the variable display of symbols, an effect for a game cycle is executed on the display screen G.例文帳に追加On the other hand, the symbol display device 51 may execute an effect for the game round on the display screen G by displaying a symbol (design) that indicates the result of the internal lottery.

For example, the symbol display device 51 may set a predetermined area in at least one of an area narrower than the area for displaying the symbols of each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 and a peripheral area of the area for displaying the symbols of each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3. When the variable display of the symbols in each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 is stopped, a symbol indicating the result of the internal lottery may be displayed in the predetermined area. The symbols to be displayed in the predetermined area may be variably displayed or may not be displayed during the variably displayed symbols of each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3.

Here, the pattern displayed in the predetermined area may employ letters, colors, or patterns that are difficult for the player to distinguish, or may employ a combination of these. In addition, even if characters, colors, and patterns that are difficult for the player to identify are not used, mutually similar patterns or combinations thereof may be used to make it difficult for the player to identify. According to this, the administrator of the game parlor, for example, looks at the pattern display device 51 without looking at the main display section 45 at the end of the game round, as in the case of winning a big win lottery. It is possible to easily confirm whether or not a fraudulent act is being performed to cause the pachinko machine 10 to perform the behavior of .

(23) In each of the above embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 was configured to operate independently, but it may be configured to transmit and receive information by linking with an external device such as a mobile phone. . For example, a game machine is configured so that an optical code can be output by a player operating a button or the like provided on the game machine, and information on the optical code is transmitted to a camera provided on a mobile phone or the like. The game machine may be configured so that the information of the game machine can be transmitted to the web server by capturing and reading the image at the , and accessing the website. In addition, the gaming machine is configured so that the information of the web server can be received by the player accessing the website and entering the password issued by operating the button etc. provided on the gaming machine into the gaming machine. You may

(24) In each of the above-described embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 has been exemplified and explained as the gaming machine of the present invention. On the other hand, the gaming machine of the present invention may be a pachinko machine of another type different from the pachinko machine 10. For example, the gaming machine of the present invention may be configured such that when a game ball enters a specific area, It may be a pachinko machine that opens an electric accessory a predetermined number of times, or a pachinko machine that generates a jackpot right when a game ball enters a specific area. Also, the gaming machine of the present invention may be an arrangement ball machine or other type of gaming machine such as a mahjong game machine.

[Group of Inventions Extracted from Each Embodiment]
The features of the group of inventions extracted from each of the above embodiments will be described below. Of the features of the group of inventions, the corresponding configurations in each of the above-described embodiments are shown in parentheses, but the features of the group of inventions are not limited to the above-described embodiments, and the features of the group of inventions. Modifications, improvements, etc., and combinations of features within the range that can achieve the purpose are included in the features of the present invention group.

<Characteristic group A> Characteristic A1.
A shooting means (shooting handle 27) for shooting a game ball toward a game area formed on a game board, a game ball flowing down the game area is entered, and an internal lottery is executed when the game ball enters. A plurality of patterns are variably displayed on the basis of starting ball entry means (upper operation opening 36 and lower operation opening 37) and the result of an internal lottery executed with the entry of a game ball into the starting ball entry means. A gaming machine (pachinko machine 10) comprising variable display means (symbol display device 51),
Information storage means (sub-side pending information storage area 94b) for storing a plurality of internal lottery information (advance pending information) associated with the results of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the starting ball entering means )When,
Information storage means (sound emission control device 90) for storing the internal lottery information in the information storage means in the order in which game balls enter the starting ball entry means;
information notification means (audio emission control device 90 and display control device 100) for causing the variable display means to display a pattern associated with the internal lottery information based on the internal lottery information stored in the information storage means; prepared,
The information storage means is
an execution area (execution area SAE) for storing the internal lottery information for which the variable display is being performed by the variable display means;
A plurality of reservation areas (first sub-side reservation area SRa and second sub-side reservation area SRb) for storing the internal lottery information in a reservation state before executing the variable display by the variable display means,
The information storage means is
a pending shift unit (a pending shift process) that shifts the internal lottery information stored in the pending area toward the execution area;
When the internal lottery information is stored in the first areas (first areas SRa1, SRb1 and second areas SRa2, SRb2) of the reserve areas on the execution area side, first internal lottery information (special notice hold information), and when the internal lottery information is stored in the second areas (the third areas SRa3, SRb3 and the fourth areas SRa4, SRb4) on the opposite side of the execution area, the second internal lottery information Equipped with a hold allocation storage unit (notice hold generation processing) that is stored as (normal notice hold information),
The information reporting means is
When the first internal lottery information is stored in the reservation area in the reservation allocation storage unit, the first reserved pattern is displayed on the variable display means and the second internal lottery information is stored. A gaming machine, comprising: a reserved pattern control unit (display control device 100) for causing the variable display means to display a second reserved pattern different from the first reserved pattern in a case where the game machine is a game machine.

According to the feature A1 of the group of the present invention, the reserved pattern control unit causes the variable display means to display the first reserved pattern when the first internal lottery information is stored in the reserved area in the reserved distribution storage unit. , when the second internal lottery information is stored, the second reserved pattern different from the first reserved pattern is displayed on the variable display means, so that the first area and the second Depending on which of the areas the internal lottery information is stored, different reserved designs can be displayed on the variable display means. Therefore, the gaming machine can diversify the types of reserved symbols and improve the attention of the player to the game.

Feature A2.
In the gaming machine described in feature A1 of the invention group,
The second reserved design includes a plurality of types of second reserved designs corresponding to the degree of expectation of the second internal lottery information (low-expectation notice hold, medium-expectation notice hold, and high-expectation notice pending),
The reserved pattern control unit shifts the first reserved pattern displayed on the variable display means to the plurality of types when the reserved shift unit shifts the first internal lottery information toward the execution area. of the second reserved patterns in (1) to a second reserved pattern corresponding to the degree of expectation of the first internal lottery information.

According to feature A2 of the group of inventions, the reserved design control unit shifts the first internal lottery information toward the execution area by the reserved shift unit, the first reserved design displayed on the variable display means. is changed to the second reserved design corresponding to the degree of expectation of the first internal lottery information among the plurality of kinds of second reserved designs. It is possible to recognize the degree of expectation of the results of the lottery. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature A3.
In the gaming machine described in feature A2 of the invention group,
The reserved pattern control unit shifts the first reserved pattern displayed on the variable display means to the plurality of kinds of patterns when the reserved shift unit shifts the first internal lottery information to the execution area. A gaming machine characterized in that the second reserved design is changed to a second reserved design corresponding to the degree of expectation of the first internal lottery information.

According to feature A3 of the group of inventions, the reserved design control unit changes the first reserved design displayed on the variable display means when the reserved shift unit shifts the first internal lottery information to the execution area. Among a plurality of types of second reserved patterns, the second reserved pattern corresponding to the degree of expectation of the first internal lottery information is changed. cannot recognize the expected degree of internal lottery results. Therefore, the gaming machine can keep the player's attention to the game until the first internal lottery information is shifted to the execution area after displaying the first reserved symbol on the variable display means. can.

Feature A4.
In the gaming machine described in feature A2 or feature A3 of the present invention group,
The information reporting means is
When the holding shift unit shifts the first internal lottery information toward the execution area within the holding area, the first holding pattern displayed on the variable display means is shifted to the plurality of types of a first reserved design change determination unit that determines whether or not to change to a second reserved design corresponding to the degree of expectation of the first internal lottery information among the two reserved designs,
When the first reserved design change determination unit determines to change to the second reserved design, the reserved design control unit changes the first reserved design displayed on the variable display means to the plurality of reserved designs. Among the second reserved designs of seeds, the second reserved designs are changed to the second reserved designs corresponding to the degree of expectation of the first internal lottery information, and the first reserved design change determination unit changes to the second reserved designs. A gaming machine characterized in that, when it is determined not to allow the game, the first reserved pattern displayed on the variable display means is maintained.

According to the feature A4 of the present invention group, the reserved design control unit determines that the first reserved design change determination unit changes to the second reserved design, the first reserved design displayed on the variable display means is changed to a second reserved design corresponding to the degree of expectation of the first internal lottery information among a plurality of types of second reserved designs, and the first reserved design change determination unit changes the second reserved design. When it is determined not to change the pattern, the first reserved pattern displayed on the variable display means is maintained, so that the player pays attention to whether or not the first reserved pattern is changed. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature A5.
In the gaming machine described in feature A2 to feature A4 of the present invention group,
The reserved pattern control unit adjusts the degree of expectation of the second reserved pattern displayed on the variable display means when the second internal lottery information is shifted toward the execution area by the reserved shift unit. A gaming machine characterized by maintenance or promotion.

According to feature A5 of the group of inventions, the reserved design control unit shifts the second internal lottery information toward the execution area by the reserved shift unit, the second reserved design displayed on the variable display means , the player will pay attention to whether or not the expectation of the second reserved symbol is increased. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature A6.
In the gaming machine according to any one of features A2 to A5 of the invention group,
A gaming machine characterized in that the expectation degree of the second reserved pattern maintains the same degree of expectation after shifting the first internal lottery information or the second internal lottery information to the execution area. .

According to feature A6 of the present invention group, the expectation level of the second reserved symbol maintains the same level of expectation after shifting the first internal lottery information or the second internal lottery information to the execution area. , the player will pay more attention to the change of the first reserved symbol and the promotion of the second reserved symbol. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature A7.
In the gaming machine according to any one of features A1 to A6 of the present invention group,
The information storage means is
Generating an expectation level notification effect (a low-expectation look-ahead effect and a high-expectation look-ahead effect) for informing the expectation level of the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the starting ball entry means as a trigger. An expectation level notification effect storage unit (reservation generation process) for storing expectation level notification effect information in the reservation area,
The information reporting means is
Based on the expectation level notification effect information stored in the reservation area in the expectation level notification effect storage unit, an expectation level notification effect generation unit (prefetch effect generation process) for generating the expectation level notification effect,
The expectation degree notification effect storage unit stores the first internal lottery information in the reservation area in the reservation distribution storage unit, and stores the second internal lottery information in the reservation distribution storage unit. is stored in the reservation area, and the expectation degree notification effect information is switched and stored in the reservation area.

According to the feature A7 of the present invention group, the expectation degree notification effect storage unit stores the first internal lottery information in the reservation area in the reservation distribution storage unit, and the second internal lottery information in the reservation distribution storage unit. When the internal lottery information is stored in the reservation area, the expectation degree notification effect information is switched and stored in the reservation area, so the case where the first reserved pattern is displayed on the variable display means and the case where the second reserved pattern is displayed The expectation level notification effect can be switched between when it is displayed on the variable display means and when it is displayed. Therefore, the gaming machine can diversify the expectation level notification effect, and can improve the attention of the player to the game.

Feature A8.
In the gaming machine described in feature A7 of the invention group,
The expectation level notification effects include a plurality of types of expectation level notification effects (low expectation level look-ahead effects and Equipped with a high-expectation look-ahead effect),
The expectation level notification effect storage unit selects one of the plurality of types of expectation level notification effects when the first internal lottery information is stored in the reservation area in the reservation distribution storage unit. When the notification effect is generated and the second internal lottery information is stored in the reservation area in the reservation allocation storage unit, the expectation level notification with the lowest expectation level among the plurality of types of expectation level notification effects. A gaming machine characterized by switching to generate an effect (low-expectation look-ahead effect) and storing the expectation-notifying effect information in the holding area.

According to feature A8 of the present invention group, the expectation level notification effect storage unit stores the first internal lottery information in the reservation area in the reservation distribution storage unit, among the plurality of types of expectation level notification effects, When one of the expectation level notification performances is generated and the second internal lottery information is stored in the reservation area in the reservation distribution storage part, the expectation level with the lowest expectation level among the plurality of types of expectation level notification performances. Since the expectation level notification performance information is stored in the holding area by switching to generate the notification performance, the player can display the first information on the variable display means even when the expectation level notification performance with the lowest expectation is generated. Expectation can be maintained when the reserved pattern is displayed. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

According to the characteristic group A of the present invention, since it is possible to improve the attention of the player to the game, the following problems can be solved.

2. Description of the Related Art Conventionally, a gaming machine is known which has variable display means for variably displaying a plurality of patterns. This game machine executes an internal lottery such as a jackpot lottery when a game ball enters an operation opening (starting ball entry means), and starts variable display of patterns. For example, when a jackpot lottery is won, the game machine finally stop-displays a specific pattern combination or the like on the variable display means, and shifts the game state to a specific control state advantageous to the player. In this specific control state, the gaming machine pays out a large number of game balls, for example, by shifting the variable winning device to a state in which game balls can enter.
By the way, such a gaming machine displays on the variable display means a pending pattern for informing the player that there is a result of the internal lottery in a pending state before executing the variable display on the variable display means.
In addition, the game machine selects a plurality of types of reserved patterns (for example, reserved patterns having the same form in each of blue, green, and red) associated with the results of the internal lottery and displays them on the variable display means. , the degree of expectation of the result of the internal lottery is reported to the player to increase the player's sense of expectation.

However, the plurality of types of reserved patterns associated with the results of the internal lottery are uniform reserved patterns of the same system, although there are slight differences corresponding to the degree of expectation. There is a problem that the degree of attention to the game may also decrease.

<Feature B Group> Feature B1.
A shooting means (shooting handle 27) for shooting a game ball toward a game area formed on a game board, a game ball flowing down the game area is entered, and an internal lottery is executed when the game ball enters. A plurality of patterns are variably displayed on the basis of starting ball entry means (upper operation opening 36 and lower operation opening 37) and the result of an internal lottery executed with the entry of a game ball into the starting ball entry means. A gaming machine (pachinko machine 10) comprising variable display means (symbol display device 51),
Information storage means (sub-side pending information storage area 94b) for storing a plurality of internal lottery information (advance pending information) associated with the results of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the starting ball entering means )When,
Information storage means (sound emission control device 90) for storing the internal lottery information in the information storage means in the order in which game balls enter the starting ball entry means;
information notification means (audio emission control device 90 and display control device 100) for causing the variable display means to display a pattern associated with the internal lottery information based on the internal lottery information stored in the information storage means; prepared,
The information storage means is
an execution area (execution area SAE) for storing the internal lottery information for which the variable display is being performed by the variable display means;
A plurality of reservation areas (first sub-side reservation area SRa and second sub-side reservation area SRb) for storing the internal lottery information in a reservation state before executing the variable display by the variable display means,
The information storage means is
a pending shift unit (a pending shift process) that shifts the internal lottery information stored in the pending area toward the execution area;
When the internal lottery information is stored in the reservation area, a reservation distribution storage unit (notification Pending occurrence processing) and
The information reporting means is
When the first internal lottery information is stored in the reservation area in the reservation allocation storage unit, the first reserved pattern is displayed on the variable display means and the second internal lottery information is stored. A reserved pattern control unit (display control device 100) that causes the variable display means to display a second reserved pattern different from the first reserved pattern when the
The second reserved design includes a plurality of types of second reserved designs corresponding to the degree of expectation of the second internal lottery information (low-expectation notice hold, medium-expectation notice hold, and high-expectation notice pending),
The reserved pattern control unit shifts the first reserved pattern displayed on the variable display means to the plurality of types when the reserved shift unit shifts the first internal lottery information toward the execution area. of the second reserved patterns in (1) to a second reserved pattern corresponding to the degree of expectation of the first internal lottery information.

According to the feature B1 of the group of inventions, the reserved design control unit shifts the first internal lottery information toward the execution area by the reserved shift unit, the first reserved design displayed on the variable display means. is changed to the second reserved design corresponding to the degree of expectation of the first internal lottery information among the plurality of kinds of second reserved designs. It is possible to recognize the degree of expectation of the results of the lottery. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature B2.
In the gaming machine described in feature B1 of the invention group,
The reserved pattern control unit shifts the first reserved pattern displayed on the variable display means to the plurality of kinds of the first internal lottery information when the reserved shift unit shifts the first internal lottery information to the execution area. A gaming machine characterized in that the second reserved design is changed to a second reserved design corresponding to the degree of expectation of the first internal lottery information.

According to the feature B2 of the group of the present invention, the reserved design control unit changes the first reserved design displayed on the variable display means when the reserved shift unit shifts the first internal lottery information to the execution area. Among a plurality of types of second reserved patterns, the second reserved pattern corresponding to the degree of expectation of the first internal lottery information is changed. cannot recognize the expected degree of internal lottery results. Therefore, the gaming machine can keep the player's attention to the game until the first internal lottery information is shifted to the execution area after displaying the first reserved symbol on the variable display means. can.

Feature B3.
In the gaming machine described in Feature B1 or Feature B2 of the present invention group,
The information reporting means is
When the holding shift unit shifts the first internal lottery information toward the execution area within the holding area, the first holding pattern displayed on the variable display means is shifted to the plurality of types of a first reserved design change determination unit that determines whether or not to change to a second reserved design corresponding to the degree of expectation of the first internal lottery information among the two reserved designs,
When the first reserved design change determination unit determines to change to the second reserved design, the reserved design control unit changes the first reserved design displayed on the variable display means to the plurality of reserved designs. Among the second reserved designs of seeds, the second reserved designs are changed to the second reserved designs corresponding to the degree of expectation of the first internal lottery information, and the first reserved design change determination unit changes to the second reserved designs. A gaming machine characterized in that, when it is determined not to allow the game, the first reserved pattern displayed on the variable display means is maintained.

According to feature B3 of the present invention group, when the reserved design control unit determines that the first reserved design change determination unit changes to the second reserved design, the first reserved design displayed on the variable display means is changed to a second reserved design corresponding to the degree of expectation of the first internal lottery information among a plurality of types of second reserved designs, and the first reserved design change determination unit changes the second reserved design. When it is determined not to change the pattern, the first reserved pattern displayed on the variable display means is maintained, so that the player pays attention to whether or not the first reserved pattern is changed. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature B4.
In the gaming machine according to any one of feature B1 to feature B3 of the present invention group,
The reserved pattern control unit adjusts the degree of expectation of the second reserved pattern displayed on the variable display means when the second internal lottery information is shifted toward the execution area by the reserved shift unit. A gaming machine characterized by maintenance or promotion.

According to feature B4 of the group of the present invention, the reserved design control unit shifts the second internal lottery information toward the execution area by the reserved shift unit, the second reserved design displayed on the variable display means. , the player will pay attention to whether or not the expectation of the second reserved symbol is increased. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature B5.
In the gaming machine according to any one of feature B1 to feature B4 of the present invention group,
A gaming machine characterized in that the expectation degree of the second reserved pattern maintains the same degree of expectation after shifting the first internal lottery information or the second internal lottery information to the execution area. .

According to feature B5 of the present invention group, the expectation level of the second reserved symbol maintains the same level of expectation after shifting the first internal lottery information or the second internal lottery information to the execution area. , the player will pay more attention to the change of the first reserved symbol and the promotion of the second reserved symbol. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature B6.
In the gaming machine according to any one of feature B1 to feature B5 of the present invention group,
The holding allocation storage unit stores the internal lottery information in a first area (first areas SRa1, SRb1 and second areas SRa2, SRb2) on the execution area side among the holding areas; The first internal lottery information or the second internal lottery information is stored in a second area (third areas SRa3, SRb3 and fourth areas SRa4, SRb4) opposite to the execution area. A gaming machine characterized by sorting and storing information.

According to feature B6 of the group of inventions, the pending distribution storage unit stores the internal lottery information in the first region on the execution region side of the pending regions, and stores the internal lottery information in the second region on the opposite side of the execution region. Since the internal lottery information is sorted and stored in the first internal lottery information or the second internal lottery information in the case where the internal lottery information is stored in the game machine, the method of allocating the internal lottery information can be diversified.

Feature B7.
In the gaming machine according to any one of feature B1 to feature B6 of the present invention group,
The information storage means is
Generating an expectation level notification effect (a low-expectation look-ahead effect and a high-expectation look-ahead effect) for informing the expectation level of the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the starting ball entry means as a trigger. An expectation level notification effect storage unit (reservation generation process) for storing expectation level notification effect information in the reservation area,
The information reporting means is
Based on the expectation level notification effect information stored in the reservation area in the expectation level notification effect storage unit, an expectation level notification effect generation unit (prefetch effect generation process) for generating the expectation level notification effect,
The expectation degree notification effect storage unit stores the first internal lottery information in the reservation area in the reservation distribution storage unit, and stores the second internal lottery information in the reservation distribution storage unit. is stored in the reservation area, and the expectation degree notification effect information is switched and stored in the reservation area.

According to the feature B7 of the present invention group, the expectation level notification effect storage unit stores the first internal lottery information in the reservation area in the reservation distribution storage unit, and the second internal lottery information in the reservation distribution storage unit. When the internal lottery information is stored in the reservation area, the expectation degree notification effect information is switched and stored in the reservation area, so the case where the first reserved pattern is displayed on the variable display means and the case where the second reserved pattern is displayed The expectation level notification effect can be switched between when it is displayed on the variable display means and when it is displayed. Therefore, the gaming machine can diversify the expectation level notification effect, and can improve the attention of the player to the game.

Feature B8.
In the gaming machine described in feature B7 of the invention group,
The expectation level notification effects include a plurality of types of expectation level notification effects (low expectation level look-ahead effects and Equipped with a high-expectation look-ahead effect),
The expectation level notification effect storage unit selects one of the plurality of types of expectation level notification effects when the first internal lottery information is stored in the reservation area in the reservation distribution storage unit. When the notification effect is generated and the second internal lottery information is stored in the reservation area in the reservation allocation storage unit, the expectation level notification with the lowest expectation level among the plurality of types of expectation level notification effects. A gaming machine characterized by switching to generate an effect (low-expectation look-ahead effect) and storing the expectation-notifying effect information in the holding area.

According to feature B8 of the present invention group, the expectation level notification effect storage unit stores the first internal lottery information in the reservation area in the reservation allocation storage unit, among the plurality of types of expectation level notification effects, When one of the expectation level notification performances is generated and the second internal lottery information is stored in the reservation area in the reservation distribution storage part, the expectation level with the lowest expectation level among the plurality of types of expectation level notification performances. Since the expectation level notification performance information is stored in the holding area by switching to generate the notification performance, the player can display the first information on the variable display means even when the expectation level notification performance with the lowest expectation is generated. Expectation can be maintained when the reserved pattern is displayed. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

According to the characteristic group B of the present invention, since it is possible to improve the attention of the player to the game, the following problems can be solved.

2. Description of the Related Art Conventionally, a gaming machine is known which has variable display means for variably displaying a plurality of patterns. This game machine executes an internal lottery such as a jackpot lottery when a game ball enters an operation opening (starting ball entry means), and starts variable display of patterns. For example, when a jackpot lottery is won, the game machine finally stop-displays a specific pattern combination or the like on the variable display means, and shifts the game state to a specific control state advantageous to the player. In this specific control state, the gaming machine pays out a large number of game balls, for example, by shifting the variable winning device to a state in which game balls can enter.
By the way, such a gaming machine displays on the variable display means a pending pattern for informing the player that there is a result of the internal lottery in a pending state before executing the variable display on the variable display means.
In addition, the game machine selects a plurality of types of reserved patterns (for example, reserved patterns having the same form in each of blue, green, and red) associated with the results of the internal lottery and displays them on the variable display means. , the degree of expectation of the result of the internal lottery is reported to the player to increase the player's sense of expectation.

However, since it is possible to immediately recognize the degree of expectation of the plurality of types of reserved symbols associated with the result of the internal lottery, the player's attention to the game may decrease. There is a problem.

<Characteristic group C> Characteristic C1.
A shooting means (shooting handle 27) for shooting a game ball toward a game area formed on a game board, a game ball flowing down the game area is entered, and an internal lottery is executed when the game ball enters. A plurality of patterns are variably displayed on the basis of starting ball entry means (upper actuation opening 36 and lower actuation opening 37) and the result of an internal lottery executed when a game ball enters the start ball entry means. A gaming machine (pachinko machine 10) comprising variable display means (symbol display device 51),
Information storage means (sub-side pending information storage area 94b) for storing a plurality of internal lottery information (notice pending information) associated with the results of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the starting ball entering means )When,
Information storage means (sound emission control device 90) for storing the internal lottery information in the information storage means in the order in which game balls enter the starting ball entry means;
information notification means (audio emission control device 90 and display control device 100) for causing the variable display means to display a pattern associated with the internal lottery information based on the internal lottery information stored in the information storage means; prepared,
The information storage means is
an execution area (execution area SAE) for storing the internal lottery information for which the variable display is being performed by the variable display means;
A plurality of reservation areas (first sub-side reservation area SRa and second sub-side reservation area SRb) for storing the internal lottery information in a reservation state before executing the variable display by the variable display means,
The information storage means is
a pending shift unit (a pending shift process) that shifts the internal lottery information stored in the pending area toward the execution area;
When the internal lottery information is stored in the reservation area, a reservation distribution storage unit (notification pending generation process);
An expectation level notification effect (a low-expectation look-ahead effect and a high-expectation look-ahead effect) is generated to notify the expectation level of the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the starting ball entry means. An expectation degree notification effect storage unit (reservation generation processing) for storing expectation degree notification effect information in the reservation area,
The information reporting means is
When the first internal lottery information is stored in the reservation area in the reservation allocation storage unit, the first reserved pattern is displayed on the variable display means and the second internal lottery information is stored. A reserved design control unit (display control device 100) that causes the variable display means to display a second reserved design different from the first reserved design in the case of
An expectation level notification effect generation unit (prefetch effect generation process) for generating the expectation level notification effect based on the expectation level notification effect information stored in the reservation area in the expectation level notification effect storage unit (prefetching effect generation process),
The expectation degree notification effect storage unit stores the first internal lottery information in the reservation area in the reservation distribution storage unit, and stores the second internal lottery information in the reservation distribution storage unit. is stored in the reservation area, and the expectation degree notification effect information is switched and stored in the reservation area.

According to the feature C1 of the present invention group, the expectation degree notification effect storage unit stores the first internal lottery information in the reservation area in the reservation distribution storage unit, and the second internal lottery information in the reservation distribution storage unit. When the internal lottery information is stored in the reservation area, the expectation degree notification effect information is switched and stored in the reservation area, so the case where the first reserved pattern is displayed on the variable display means and the case where the second reserved pattern is displayed The expectation level notification effect can be switched between when it is displayed on the variable display means and when it is displayed. Therefore, the gaming machine can diversify the expectation level notification effect, and can improve the attention of the player to the game.

Feature C2.
In the gaming machine described in feature C1 of the invention group,
The expectation level notification effects include a plurality of types of expectation level notification effects (low expectation level look-ahead effects and Equipped with a high-expectation look-ahead effect),
The expectation level notification effect storage unit selects one of the plurality of types of expectation level notification effects when the second internal lottery information is stored in the reservation area in the reservation distribution storage unit. When the notification effect is generated and the first internal lottery information is stored in the reservation area in the reservation allocation storage unit, the expectation level notification with the lowest expectation level among the plurality of types of expectation level notification effects. A gaming machine characterized by switching to generate an effect (low-expectation look-ahead effect) and storing the expectation-notifying effect information in the holding area.

According to feature C2 of the present invention group, the expectation level notification effect storage unit stores the second internal lottery information in the reservation area in the reservation distribution storage unit, among the plurality of types of expectation level notification effects, When one of the expectation level notification performances is generated and the first internal lottery information is stored in the reservation area in the reservation distribution storage part, the expectation level with the lowest expectation level among the plurality of types of expectation level notification performances. Since the expectation level notification performance information is stored in the holding area by switching to generate the notification performance, the player can display the first information on the variable display means even when the expectation level notification performance with the lowest expectation is generated. Expectation can be maintained when the reserved pattern is displayed. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature C3.
In the gaming machine described in feature C1 or feature C2 of the invention group,
The second reserved design includes a plurality of types of second reserved designs corresponding to the degree of expectation of the second internal lottery information (low-expectation notice hold, medium-expectation notice hold, and high-expectation notice pending),
The reserved pattern control unit shifts the first reserved pattern displayed on the variable display means to the plurality of types when the reserved shift unit shifts the first internal lottery information toward the execution area. of the second reserved patterns in (1) to a second reserved pattern corresponding to the degree of expectation of the first internal lottery information.

According to the feature C3 of the group of the present invention, the reserved design control unit shifts the first internal lottery information toward the execution area by the reserved shift unit, the first reserved design displayed on the variable display means is changed to the second reserved design corresponding to the degree of expectation of the first internal lottery information among the plurality of kinds of second reserved designs. It is possible to recognize the degree of expectation of the results of the lottery. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature C4.
In the gaming machine described in feature C3 of the invention group,
The reserved pattern control unit shifts the first reserved pattern displayed on the variable display means to the plurality of kinds of patterns when the reserved shift unit shifts the first internal lottery information to the execution area. A gaming machine characterized in that the second reserved design is changed to a second reserved design corresponding to the degree of expectation of the first internal lottery information.

According to the feature C4 of the group of the present invention, the reserved design control unit changes the first reserved design displayed on the variable display means when the reserved shift unit shifts the first internal lottery information to the execution area. Among a plurality of types of second reserved patterns, the second reserved pattern corresponding to the degree of expectation of the first internal lottery information is changed. cannot recognize the expected degree of internal lottery results. Therefore, the gaming machine can keep the player's attention to the game until the first internal lottery information is shifted to the execution area after displaying the first reserved symbol on the variable display means. can.

Feature C5.
In the gaming machine described in feature C3 or feature C4 of the invention group,
The information reporting means is
When the holding shift unit shifts the first internal lottery information toward the execution area within the holding area, the first holding pattern displayed on the variable display means is shifted to the plurality of types of a first reserved design change determination unit that determines whether or not to change to a second reserved design corresponding to the degree of expectation of the first internal lottery information among the two reserved designs,
When the first reserved design change determination unit determines to change to the second reserved design, the reserved design control unit changes the first reserved design displayed on the variable display means to the plurality of reserved designs. Among the second reserved designs of seeds, the second reserved designs are changed to the second reserved designs corresponding to the degree of expectation of the first internal lottery information, and the first reserved design change determination unit changes to the second reserved designs. A gaming machine characterized in that, when it is determined not to allow the game, the first reserved pattern displayed on the variable display means is maintained.

According to the feature C5 of the present invention group, the reserved design control unit determines that the first reserved design change determination unit changes to the second reserved design, the first reserved design displayed on the variable display means is changed to a second reserved design corresponding to the degree of expectation of the first internal lottery information among a plurality of types of second reserved designs, and the first reserved design change determination unit changes the second reserved design. When it is determined not to change the pattern, the first reserved pattern displayed on the variable display means is maintained, so that the player pays attention to whether or not the first reserved pattern is changed. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature C6.
In the gaming machine according to any one of feature C3 to feature C5 of the present invention group,
The reserved design control unit adjusts the degree of expectation of the second reserved design displayed on the variable display means when the second internal lottery information is shifted toward the execution area by the reserved shift unit. A gaming machine characterized by maintenance or promotion.

According to the feature C6 of the group of inventions, the reserved design control unit shifts the second internal lottery information toward the execution area by the reserved shift unit, the second reserved design displayed on the variable display means , the player will pay attention to whether or not the expectation of the second reserved symbol is increased. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature C7.
In the gaming machine according to any one of feature C3 to feature C6 of the present invention group,
A gaming machine characterized in that the expectation degree of the second reserved pattern maintains the same degree of expectation after shifting the first internal lottery information or the second internal lottery information to the execution area. .

According to feature C7 of the present invention group, the expectation level of the second reserved symbol maintains the same level of expectation after shifting the first internal lottery information or the second internal lottery information to the execution area. , the player will pay more attention to the change of the first reserved symbol and the promotion of the second reserved symbol. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature C8.
In the gaming machine according to any one of features C1 to C7 of the invention group,
The holding allocation storage unit stores the internal lottery information in a first area (first areas SRa1, SRb1 and second areas SRa2, SRb2) on the execution area side among the holding areas; The first internal lottery information or the second internal lottery information is stored in a second area (third areas SRa3, SRb3 and fourth areas SRa4, SRb4) opposite to the execution area. A gaming machine characterized by sorting and storing information.

According to feature C8 of the present invention group, the pending distribution storage unit stores the internal lottery information in the first region on the execution region side of the pending regions, and stores the internal lottery information in the second region opposite to the execution region. Since the internal lottery information is sorted and stored in the first internal lottery information or the second internal lottery information in the case where the internal lottery information is stored in the game machine, the method of allocating the internal lottery information can be diversified.

According to the characteristic group C of the present invention, since it is possible to improve the attention of the player to the game, the following problems can be solved.

2. Description of the Related Art Conventionally, a gaming machine is known which has variable display means for variably displaying a plurality of patterns. This game machine executes an internal lottery such as a jackpot lottery when a game ball enters an operation opening (starting ball entry means), and starts variable display of patterns. For example, when a jackpot lottery is won, the game machine finally stop-displays a specific pattern combination or the like on the variable display means, and shifts the game state to a specific control state advantageous to the player. In this specific control state, the gaming machine pays out a large number of game balls, for example, by shifting the variable winning device to a state in which game balls can enter.
By the way, such a gaming machine displays on the variable display means a pending pattern for informing the player that there is a result of the internal lottery in a pending state before executing the variable display on the variable display means.
In addition, the game machine selects a plurality of types of reserved patterns (for example, reserved patterns having the same form in each of blue, green, and red) associated with the results of the internal lottery and displays them on the variable display means. , the degree of expectation of the result of the internal lottery is reported to the player to increase the player's sense of expectation.

However, since it is possible to immediately recognize the degree of expectation of the plurality of types of reserved symbols associated with the result of the internal lottery, the player's attention to the game may decrease. There is a problem.

<Feature D Group> Feature D1.
A shooting means (shooting handle 27) for shooting a game ball toward a game area formed on a game board, a game ball flowing down the game area is entered, and an internal lottery is executed when the game ball enters. A plurality of round games are executed based on the starting ball entry means (upper operation opening 36 and lower operation opening 37) and the results of an internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the starting ball entry means. A game machine (pachinko machine 10) that shifts the game state to a specific control state that
A round notification means (round notification accessory 56) for notifying the player of the number of round games,
The round notification means is
A first notification unit (4 round lamp unit 561a and 8 round lamp unit 561b) for informing the player of the number of round games;
A second notification unit (16 round lamp unit 561c) that notifies the player of the number of round games different from the first notification unit,
The game machine is
A round notification control unit (round notification effect determination process and round notification effect execution process) that notifies the player of the number of round games by controlling the first notification unit and the second notification unit,
The game machine, wherein the round notification control unit switches control states of the first notification unit and the second notification unit based on a predetermined condition.

According to feature D1 of the present invention group, the gaming machine includes a round notification control unit that notifies the player of the number of round games by controlling the first notification unit and the second notification unit. A player can be notified of the number of round games by using the notification means. Further, since the round notification control unit switches the control states of the first notification unit and the second notification unit based on a predetermined condition, a method of notifying the player of the number of round games by using the round notification means is proposed. You can diversify. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature D2.
In the gaming machine described in feature D1 of the invention group,
The round notification means is
a first notification unit that notifies the player of the number of times of the round game by lighting itself;
A second notification unit that notifies the player of the number of times of the round game, which is the number of round games greater than that of the first notification unit, by lighting itself;
The round notification control unit,
A lighting initialization unit (processing for generating a round notification effect) that initializes by lighting both the first notification unit and the second notification unit;
an ascending turn-off determination unit (ascending turn-off effect processing) that determines whether or not to turn off the first notification unit;
an ascending turn-off execution unit (ascending turn-off effect processing) for turning off the first notification unit when the ascending turn-off determination unit determines to turn off the first notification unit;
Based on a predetermined condition, by setting the number of execution times for repeatedly executing the determination by the ascending turn-off determination unit, the switching setting unit (round notification effect of the round notification effect) A game machine characterized by comprising a determination process and a round notification effect execution process).

According to the feature D2 of the group of inventions, the switching setting unit sets the number of execution times for repeatedly executing the determination by the ascending turn-off determination unit based on a predetermined condition, so that the first notification unit and the second notification unit Since the control state is switched, the greater the number of times the ascending turn-off determination unit executes the determination of whether or not to turn off the light of the first notification unit, the higher the player's expectation. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature D3.
In the gaming machine described in feature D1 or feature D2 of the present invention group,
The round notification means is
a first notification unit that notifies the player of the number of times of the round game by lighting itself;
A second notification unit that notifies the player of the number of times of the round game, which is the number of round games greater than that of the first notification unit, by lighting itself;
The round notification control unit,
A lighting initialization unit (processing for generating a round notification effect) that initializes by lighting both the first notification unit and the second notification unit;
A descending order extinguishing determination unit (descending order extinguishing effect processing) that determines whether or not to extinguish the second notification unit;
A descending order extinguishing execution unit (descending order extinguishing effect processing) for extinguishing the second reporting unit when the descending order extinguishing determination unit determines to extinguish the second reporting unit;
Based on a predetermined condition, by setting the number of execution times for repeatedly executing the determination by the descending turn-off determination unit, the switching setting unit (round notification effect of the round notification effect) A game machine characterized by comprising a determination process and a round notification effect execution process).

According to feature D3 of the present invention group, the switching setting unit sets the number of execution times for repeatedly executing the determination by the descending turn-off determination unit based on a predetermined condition, thereby making the first notification unit and the second notification unit Since the control state is switched, the lower the number of times the descending turn-off determination unit executes the determination of whether or not to turn off the light of the second notification unit, the higher the player's expectation.
Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature D4.
In the gaming machine described in Feature D2 or Feature D3 of the present invention group,
The game machine is
Variable display means (symbol display device 51) for variably displaying a plurality of patterns based on the result of an internal lottery executed with the entry of a game ball into the starting ball entry means,
The switching setting unit sets the number of times of execution different from each other based on the process from when the variable display is started to when the variable display is stopped. A game machine characterized by switching the control state of a notification unit.

According to feature D4 of the group of inventions, the switching setting unit sets different numbers of times of execution based on the process from when the variable display is started to when the variable display is stopped, so that the first Since the control states of the notification unit and the second notification unit are switched, the player pays attention to the process from when the variable display is started to when the variable display is stopped. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature D5.
In the gaming machine described in feature D4 of the invention group,
A plurality of types of expectation effects (super reach with low expectation, super reach with medium expectation) that make the player expect that the game state will shift to a specific control state that is advantageous to the player by the variable display means , and high-expectation super reach) with expected effect execution means (sound emission control device 90 and display control device 100),
The expected performance execution means is
An expected effect selection unit (super reach) that selects, from among the plurality of types of expected effects, an expected effect corresponding to the degree of expectation of the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the starting ball entry means. Expectation degree selection processing),
The switching setting unit changes the control states of the first notification unit and the second notification unit by setting the execution counts different from each other based on the type of expected effect selected by the expected effect selection unit. A game machine characterized by switching.

According to feature D5 of the present invention group, the switching setting unit sets the number of times of execution different from each other based on the type of expected effect selected by the expected effect selecting unit, thereby enabling the first notification unit and the second notification to be performed. Since the control state of the unit is switched, the player pays attention to the type of expected effect selected by the expected effect selecting unit. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature D6.
In the gaming machine described in feature D5 of the invention group.
The multiple types of expected effects are
The first expected performance (low-expected super reach and medium-expected super reach);
A second expected effect (super reach with high expectation) having a higher expectation than the first expected effect,
The expected effect selection unit, when the number of round games based on the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the starting ball entry means as a trigger is small, the second expected effect rather than the second expected effect. When the first expected effect is easy to select and the number of round games based on the result of internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the starting ball entry means as a trigger is large, the first expected effect is selected. A gaming machine characterized in that it is set so that the second expected performance can be selected more easily than the second expected performance.

According to feature D6 of the group of the present invention, the expected effect selection unit is more likely to select the first expected effect than the second expected effect when the number of round games is small, and when the number of round games is large. is set so that it is easier to select the second expected effect than the first expected effect, so that the player has a high degree of expectation for the expected effect selected by the expected effect selecting section. will pay attention. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature D7.
In the gaming machine described in feature D6 of the invention group,
The switching setting unit is more advantageous when the second expected performance is selected by the expected performance selection unit than when the first expected performance is selected by the expected performance selection unit. A gaming machine characterized in that the control states of the first notification unit and the second notification unit are switched by setting the number of execution times as follows.

According to feature D7 of the group of the present inventions, the switching setting unit is configured such that when the expected effect selection unit selects the second expected effect, the expected effect selection unit selects the first expected effect. By setting the number of executions so as to be more advantageous than the above, the control states of the first notification unit and the second notification unit are switched, so that the player can determine the degree of expectation of the expected effect selected by the expected effect selection unit. I will pay attention to the height. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

According to the characteristic group D of the present invention, since it is possible to improve the attention of the player to the game, the following problems can be solved.

2. Description of the Related Art Conventionally, a gaming machine is known which has variable display means for variably displaying a plurality of patterns. This game machine executes an internal lottery such as a jackpot lottery when a game ball enters an operation opening (starting ball entry means), and starts variable display of patterns. For example, when a jackpot lottery is won, the game machine causes the variable display means to finally stop and display a combination of specific patterns, etc., and puts the game machine into a specific control state that is advantageous to the player who executes the round game for a plurality of times. Move the game state to. In this specific control state, the gaming machine pays out a large number of game balls, for example, by shifting the variable winning device to a state in which game balls can enter.
By the way, in such a gaming machine, the number of round games after shifting the game state to a specific control state is determined based on the result of an internal lottery executed when a game ball enters the starting ball entry means. making it different.
After shifting the game state to the specific control state, the gaming machine notifies the player of the number of round games by using, for example, variable display means or accessories.

However, there is a problem that simply informing the player of the number of round games may reduce the player's attention to the game.

<Feature group E> Feature E1.
A shooting means (shooting handle 27) for shooting a game ball toward a game area formed on a game board, a game ball flowing down the game area is entered, and an internal lottery is executed when the game ball enters. A plurality of round games are executed based on the starting ball entry means (upper operation opening 36 and lower operation opening 37) and the results of an internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the starting ball entry means. A game machine (pachinko machine 10) that shifts the game state to a specific control state that
A round notification means (round notification accessory 56D) for informing the player of the number of round games,
The round notification means is
A basic value notification unit (round lamp unit 563a) indicating the basic value of the number of round games,
A calculated value notification unit (magnification lamp unit 563b) that indicates a calculated value for performing calculations on the basic value indicated by the basic value notification unit;
A calculation result notification unit (round lamp unit 563a) that indicates the calculation result of the basic value notification unit and the calculation value notification unit,
The game machine is
A round notification control unit (round notification effect determination process and round notification effect execution process) that notifies the player of the number of round games by controlling the calculated value notification unit,
The game machine, wherein the round notification control unit switches the control state of the calculated value notification unit based on a predetermined condition.

According to feature E1 of the present invention group, the gaming machine includes a round notification control unit that notifies the player of the number of round games by controlling the calculated value notification unit. The number of round games can be notified to the player. In addition, since the round notification control unit switches the control state of the calculated value notification unit based on a predetermined condition, it is possible to diversify the method of notifying the number of round games to the player using the round notification means. can. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature E2.
In the gaming machine described in feature E1 of the invention group,
The calculated value notification unit is
an increase calculated value notification unit (doubling lamp unit 563b2) that increases the value of the calculation result indicated by the calculation result notification unit by performing a calculation on the base value indicated by the base value notification unit; ,
A non-increase calculated value reporting unit (1x lamp unit 563b1) that does not increase the value of the calculation result indicated by the calculation result reporting unit by performing a calculation on the basic value indicated by the basic value reporting unit and
The round notification control unit,
By selecting either the increase calculation value notification unit or the non-increase calculation value notification unit, an increase determination unit (magnification lamp selection process);
Based on a predetermined condition, by setting the number of execution times for repeatedly executing the determination by the increase determination unit, the switching setting unit (round notification effect determination process and round notification effect determination process) that switches the control state of the calculated value notification unit execution processing).

According to feature E2 of the group of inventions, the switch setting unit switches the control state of the calculated value notification unit by setting the number of executions for repeatedly executing the determination by the increase determination unit based on a predetermined condition. The greater the number of times the increase determination unit executes the determination as to whether or not to increase the value of the calculation result indicated by the calculation result notification unit, the higher the player's expectations. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature E3.
In the gaming machine described in feature E2 of the invention group,
The round notification control unit,
A base value updating unit (doubling effect processing) that updates the value of the calculation result indicated by the calculation result notification unit as the next base value indicated by the base value notification unit,
The increase calculated value notifying unit increases the value of the calculation result indicated by the calculation result notifying unit by performing a calculation of doubling the base value indicated by the base value notifying unit, and the non-increasing calculation A gaming machine characterized in that the value notification unit performs a calculation of multiplying the basic value indicated by the basic value notification unit by 1, thereby not increasing the value of the calculation result indicated by the calculation result notification unit.

According to feature E3 of the present invention group, when the increase determination unit selects the increase calculation value notification unit, the round notification control unit doubles the value of the calculation result indicated by the calculation result notification unit. Therefore, the player's expectation increases as the number of times the increase determination unit executes determination as to whether or not to increase the value of the calculation result indicated by the calculation result notification unit increases. It will be. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature E4.
In the gaming machine according to any one of feature E1 to feature E3 of the present invention group,
The calculated value notification unit is
a reduced calculated value notifying unit that reduces the value of the calculation result indicated by the calculation result notifying unit by performing a calculation on the base value indicated by the base value notifying unit;
A non-decreasing calculated value reporting unit that does not decrease the value of the calculated result indicated by the calculation result reporting unit by performing a calculation on the basic value indicated by the basic value reporting unit;
The round notification control unit,
a decrease determination unit that determines whether or not to decrease the value of the computation result indicated by the computation result notification unit by selecting either the decrease computation value notification unit or the non-decrease computation value notification unit;
A game machine, comprising: a switch setting unit for switching a control state of the calculated value notification unit by setting the number of execution times for repeatedly executing the determination by the decrease determination unit based on a predetermined condition.

According to feature E4 of the group of inventions, the switch setting unit switches the control state of the calculated value notification unit by setting the number of executions for repeatedly executing the determination by the decrease determination unit based on a predetermined condition. The player's expectation increases as the number of executions of the determination of whether or not to decrease the value of the calculation result indicated by the calculation result notification section in the decrease determination section decreases. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature E5.
In the gaming machine according to any one of feature E1 to feature E4 of the invention group,
The game machine is
Variable display means (symbol display device 51) for variably displaying a plurality of patterns based on the result of an internal lottery executed with the entry of a game ball into the starting ball entry means,
The switching setting unit changes the control state of the calculated value informing unit by setting different numbers of times of execution based on the process from when the variable display is started to when the variable display is stopped. A gaming machine characterized by switching.

According to feature E5 of the group of inventions, the switching setting unit sets different numbers of times of execution based on the process from when the variable display is started to when the variable display is stopped. Since the control state of the notification unit is switched, the player pays attention to the process from the start of the variable display by the variable display means to the stop. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature E6.
In the gaming machine described in feature E5 of the invention group,
A plurality of types of expectation effects (super reach with low expectation, super reach with medium expectation) that make the player expect that the game state will shift to a specific control state that is advantageous to the player by the variable display means , and high-expectation super reach) with expected effect execution means (sound emission control device 90 and display control device 100),
The expected performance execution means is
An expected effect selection unit (super reach) that selects, from among the plurality of types of expected effects, an expected effect corresponding to the degree of expectation of the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the starting ball entry means. Expectation degree selection processing),
The switching setting unit switches the control state of the calculated value informing unit by setting different numbers of times of execution based on the type of expected effect selected by the expected effect selecting unit. game machine.

According to feature E6 of the group of the present inventions, the switching setting unit sets different numbers of times of execution based on the type of expected effect selected by the expected effect selecting unit, thereby changing the control state of the calculated value notifying unit. Since switching is performed, the player pays attention to the type of expected effect selected by the expected effect selecting section. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature E7.
In the gaming machine described in feature E6 of the invention group.
The multiple types of expected effects are
The first expected performance (low-expected super reach and medium-expected super reach);
A second expected effect (super reach with high expectation) having a higher expectation than the first expected effect,
The expected effect selection unit, when the number of round games based on the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the starting ball entry means as a trigger is small, the second expected effect rather than the second expected effect. When the first expected effect is easy to select and the number of round games based on the result of internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the starting ball entry means as a trigger is large, the first expected effect is selected. A gaming machine characterized in that it is set so that the second expected performance can be selected more easily than the second expected performance.

According to feature E7 of the group of the present inventions, the expected effect selection unit tends to select the first expected effect rather than the second expected effect when the number of round games is small, and when the number of round games is large. is set so that it is easier to select the second expected effect than the first expected effect, so that the player has a high degree of expectation for the expected effect selected by the expected effect selecting section. will pay attention. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature E8.
In the gaming machine described in feature E7 of the invention group,
The switching setting unit is more advantageous when the second expected performance is selected by the expected performance selection unit than when the first expected performance is selected by the expected performance selection unit. A game machine characterized in that the control state of the calculated value notification unit is switched by setting the number of execution times as follows.

According to feature E8 of the group of the present invention, the switch setting unit is configured such that when the expected effect selection unit selects the second expected effect, when the expected effect selection unit selects the first expected effect By setting the number of times of execution so as to be more advantageous, the control state of the calculated value notification unit is switched, so that the player pays attention to the degree of expectation of the expected performance selected by the expected performance selection unit. It will be. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

According to the characteristic group E of the present invention, since it is possible to improve the attention of the player to the game, the following problems can be solved.

2. Description of the Related Art Conventionally, a gaming machine is known which has variable display means for variably displaying a plurality of patterns. This game machine executes an internal lottery such as a jackpot lottery when a game ball enters an operation opening (starting ball entry means), and starts variable display of patterns. For example, when a jackpot lottery is won, the game machine causes the variable display means to finally stop and display a combination of specific patterns, etc., and puts the game machine into a specific control state that is advantageous to the player who executes the round game for a plurality of times. Move the game state to. In this specific control state, the gaming machine pays out a large number of game balls, for example, by shifting the variable winning device to a state in which game balls can enter.
By the way, in such a gaming machine, the number of round games after shifting the game state to a specific control state is determined based on the result of an internal lottery executed when a game ball enters the starting ball entry means. making it different.
After shifting the game state to the specific control state, the gaming machine notifies the player of the number of round games by using, for example, variable display means or accessories.

However, there is a problem that simply informing the player of the number of round games may reduce the player's attention to the game.

<Feature group F> Feature F1.
A shooting means (shooting handle 27) for shooting a game ball toward a game area formed on a game board, a game ball flowing down the game area is entered, and an internal lottery is executed when the game ball enters. A plurality of round games are executed based on the starting ball entry means (upper operation opening 36 and lower operation opening 37) and the results of an internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the starting ball entry means. A game machine (pachinko machine 10) that shifts the game state to a specific control state that
A round notification means (round notification accessory 56) for notifying the player of the number of round games,
The round notification means is
A plurality of notification units (4 round lamp unit 561a, 8 round lamp unit 561b, and 16 round lamp unit 561c) for informing the player of the number of round games,
The game machine is
A round notification control unit (round notification effect determination process and round notification effect execution process) that notifies the player of the number of round games by controlling the plurality of notification units,
The round notification control unit is
A first order notification unit (ascending turn-off effect processing) for notifying the player of the number of times of the round game by rejecting the plurality of notification units in the first order;
A second order notification unit (descending order extinguishing effect process) for notifying the player of the number of times of the round game by rejecting the plurality of notification units in a second order different from the first order;
A gaming machine comprising an order switching unit (processing of step S2104) for switching between the first order reporting unit and the second order reporting unit based on a predetermined condition.

According to feature F1 of the present invention group, the gaming machine includes a round notification control unit that notifies the player of the number of round games by controlling a plurality of notification units, so that the round notification means is used. The number of round games can be notified to the player. Further, since the round notification control unit includes an order switching unit for switching between the first order notification unit and the second order notification unit based on a predetermined condition, the number of round games is determined by using the round notification means. It is possible to diversify the method of informing people. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature F2.
In the gaming machine described in feature F1 of the invention group,
The plurality of notification units are
A first notification unit (4-round lamp unit 561a and 8-round lamp unit 561b) that notifies the player of the number of times of the round game by lighting itself;
A second notification unit (16 round lamp unit 561c) that notifies the player by its own lighting of the number of times of the round game, which is greater than the number of times of the first notification unit,
The round notification control unit,
A lighting initialization unit (round notification effect generation processing) that initializes by lighting both the first notification unit and the second notification unit,
The first order notification unit notifies the player of the number of round games by turning off the first notification unit and the second notification unit in order of the number of round games. The order notification unit notifies the player of the number of round games by turning off the first notification unit and the second notification unit in order of the number of round games played. .

According to the feature F2 of the present invention group, the first order notification unit notifies the player of the number of round games by turning off the first notification unit and the second notification unit in order of decreasing number of round games. However, the second order notification unit notifies the player of the number of round games by turning off the lights of the first notification unit and the second notification unit in order of the number of round games played, so that the player is unfamiliar. It is possible to easily grasp the notification unit that has been adopted. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature F3.
In the game machine described in feature F2 of the invention group,
The first order notification unit,
an ascending turn-off determination unit that determines whether or not to turn off the first notification unit;
an ascending turn-off execution unit that turns off the first notification unit when the ascending turn-off determination unit determines to turn off the first notification unit,
The second order notification unit,
a descending turn-off determination unit that determines whether or not to turn off the second notification unit;
A descending order extinguishing execution unit that extinguishes the second notification unit when the descending order extinguishing determination unit determines to extinguish the second notification unit,
The round notification control unit, based on a predetermined condition, sets the number of executions for repeatedly executing the determinations by the ascending turn-off determination unit and the descending turn-off determination unit, so that the first notification unit and the second notification unit A game machine characterized by comprising a switching setting unit (round notification effect determination process and round notification effect execution process) that switches the control state of.

According to feature F3 of the present invention group, the switching setting unit sets the number of executions for repeatedly executing the determination by the ascending turn-off determination unit and the descending turn-off determination unit based on a predetermined condition, so that the first notification unit and The control state of the second notification unit is switched. According to this, when the order switching unit switches to the first order notification unit, the higher the number of executions of determining whether or not to turn off the first notification unit by the ascending turn-off determination unit, the greater the number of executions. Players' expectations will be higher. Further, when the order switching unit switches to the second order notification unit, the lower the number of executions of determining whether or not to turn off the second notification unit in the descending turn-off determination unit, the more the player's Expectations will rise. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature F4.
In the game machine described in feature F3 of the invention group,
The game machine is
Variable display means (symbol display device 51) for variably displaying a plurality of patterns based on the result of an internal lottery executed with the entry of a game ball into the starting ball entry means,
The switching setting unit sets the number of times of execution different from each other based on the process from when the variable display is started to when the variable display is stopped. A game machine characterized by switching the control state of a notification unit.

According to feature F4 of the group of inventions, the switching setting unit sets different numbers of times of execution based on the process from when the variable display unit starts the variable display to when the variable display is stopped. Since the control states of the notification unit and the second notification unit are switched, the player pays attention to the process from the start of the variable display by the variable display means until the stop. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature F5.
In the gaming machine described in feature F4 of the invention group,
A plurality of types of expectation effects (super reach with low expectation, super reach with medium expectation) that make the player expect that the game state will shift to a specific control state that is advantageous to the player by the variable display means , and high-expectation super reach) with expected effect execution means (sound emission control device 90 and display control device 100),
The expected performance execution means is
An expected effect selection unit (super reach) that selects, from among the plurality of types of expected effects, an expected effect corresponding to the degree of expectation of the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the starting ball entry means. Expectation degree selection processing),
The switching setting unit changes the control states of the first notification unit and the second notification unit by setting the execution counts different from each other based on the type of expected effect selected by the expected effect selection unit. A game machine characterized by switching.

According to feature F5 of the present invention group, the switching setting unit sets the number of executions different from each other based on the type of expected effect selected by the expected effect selecting unit, whereby the first notification unit and the second notification are performed. Since the control state of the unit is switched, the player pays attention to the type of expected effect selected by the expected effect selecting unit. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature F6.
In the gaming machine described in feature F5 of the invention group.
The multiple types of expected performances are
The first expected performance (low-expected super reach and medium-expected super reach);
A second expected effect (super reach with high expectation) having a higher expectation than the first expected effect,
The expected effect selection unit, when the number of round games based on the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the starting ball entry means as a trigger is small, the second expected effect rather than the second expected effect. When the first expected effect is easy to select and the number of round games based on the result of internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the starting ball entry means as a trigger is large, the first expected effect is selected. A gaming machine characterized in that it is set so that the second expected performance can be selected more easily than the second expected performance.

According to the feature F6 of the group of the present invention, the expected effect selection unit is more likely to select the first expected effect than the second expected effect when the number of round games is small, and when the number of round games is large. is set so that it is easier to select the second expected effect than the first expected effect, so that the player has a high degree of expectation for the expected effect selected by the expected effect selecting section. will pay attention. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature F7.
In the game machine described in feature F6 of the invention group,
When the second expected effect is selected by the expected effect selection unit, the switching setting unit increases the number of executions compared to when the first expected effect is selected by the expected effect selection unit. A gaming machine characterized in that the control states of the first notification unit and the second notification unit are switched by setting a large number of.

According to the feature F7 of the group of the present invention, the switch setting unit is configured such that when the expected effect selection unit selects the second expected effect, when the expected effect selection unit selects the first expected effect The control states of the first notification unit and the second notification unit are switched by setting the number of times of execution to be greater than that. According to this, when the order switching unit switches to the first order notification unit, the higher the number of executions of determining whether or not to turn off the first notification unit by the ascending turn-off determination unit, the greater the number of executions. Since the player's expectation is high, the player's expectation is higher when the second expected performance is selected than when the first expected performance is selected by the expected performance selecting part. . Further, when the order switching unit switches to the second order notification unit, the lower the number of executions of determining whether or not to turn off the second notification unit in the descending turn-off determination unit, the more the player's Since the sense of expectation is high, the player's sense of expectation is higher when the first expected performance is selected than when the second expected performance is selected in the expected performance selection part. In other words, the player's expectation is a combination of the type of expected effect selected by the expected effect selecting section and the result of switching to the first order reporting section or second order reporting section by the order switching section. will change depending on Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature F8.
In the gaming machine according to any one of features F5 to F7 of the present invention group,
The order switching unit switches between the first order notification unit and the second order notification unit based on the deployment of the expected performance selected by the expected performance selection unit (the first development and the second development). A gaming machine characterized by:

According to the feature F8 of the present invention group, the switching setting unit sets the number of executions different from each other based on the type of expected effect selected by the expected effect selecting unit, whereby the first notification unit and the second notification are performed. The control state of the unit is switched, and the order switching unit switches between the first order notification unit and the second order notification unit based on the development of the expected effect selected by the expected effect selection unit, so that the player's expectation is improved. , the type of expected effect selected by the expected effect selecting unit and the combination of the expected effect and the development of the expected effect. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature F9.
In the game machine described in feature F8 of the invention group,
Each of the plurality of types of expected effects,
a first expansion;
a second deployment different from the first deployment;
The expected performance execution means is
A deployment selection unit (super reach deployment selection process) that selects one of the first deployment and the second deployment,
The order switching unit switches to the first order notification unit when the first deployment is selected by the deployment selection unit, and switches to the first order notification unit when the second deployment is selected by the deployment selection unit. A game machine characterized by switching to a second order notification unit.

According to feature F9 of the group of inventions, the order switching unit switches to the first order notification unit when the first deployment is selected by the deployment selection unit, and the second deployment is selected by the deployment selection unit. Since it is switched to the second order notification section when it is, the player can easily grasp the development of the expected performance.
Therefore, after the expected effect occurs, the player watches the expected effect while expecting the first development or the second development to be advantageous to the player. Attention to the game can be improved.

According to the feature group F of the present invention, since it is possible to improve the attention of the player to the game, the following problems can be solved.

2. Description of the Related Art Conventionally, a gaming machine is known which has variable display means for variably displaying a plurality of patterns. This game machine executes an internal lottery such as a jackpot lottery when a game ball enters an operation opening (starting ball entry means), and starts variable display of patterns. For example, when a jackpot lottery is won, the game machine causes the variable display means to finally stop and display a combination of specific patterns, etc., and puts the game machine into a specific control state that is advantageous to the player who executes the round game for a plurality of times. Move the game state to. In this specific control state, the gaming machine pays out a large number of game balls, for example, by shifting the variable winning device to a state in which game balls can enter.
By the way, in such a gaming machine, the number of round games after shifting the game state to a specific control state is determined based on the result of an internal lottery executed when a game ball enters the starting ball entry means. making it different.
After shifting the game state to the specific control state, the gaming machine notifies the player of the number of round games by using, for example, variable display means or accessories.

However, there is a problem that simply informing the player of the number of round games may reduce the player's attention to the game.

INDUSTRIAL APPLICABILITY As described above, the present invention can be suitably used for game machines such as pachinko game machines.

10... Pachinko machine 35... General winning opening 36... Upper operating opening 37... Lower operating opening 38... Variable winning device 38a... Large winning opening 38b... Open/close door 38c... Variable winning driving section 39... Out mouth, 51... pattern display device, 60... main control device, 62... MPU, 90... sound emission control device,
92...MPU, 100...Display control device, 102...MPU.

The present invention relates to a game machine such as a pachinko game machine.

2. Description of the Related Art Conventionally, there is known a game machine provided with variable display means for variably displaying a plurality of patterns (see Patent Document 1, for example). This game machine executes an internal lottery such as a jackpot lottery when a game ball enters an operation opening (starting ball entry means), and starts variable display of patterns.
For example, when a jackpot lottery is won, the game machine finally stop-displays a specific pattern combination or the like on the variable display means, and shifts the game state to a specific control state advantageous to the player. In this specific control state, the gaming machine pays out a large number of game balls, for example, by shifting the variable winning device to a state in which game balls can enter.
By the way, such a gaming machine displays on the variable display means a pending pattern for informing the player that there is a result of the internal lottery in a pending state before executing the variable display on the variable display means.
In addition, the game machine selects a plurality of types of reserved patterns (for example, reserved patterns having the same form in each of blue, green, and red) associated with the results of the internal lottery and displays them on the variable display means. , the degree of expectation of the result of the internal lottery is reported to the player to increase the player's sense of expectation.

JP 2005-074175 A

However, the plurality of types of reserved patterns associated with the results of the internal lottery are uniform reserved patterns of the same system, although there are slight differences corresponding to the degree of expectation. There is a problem that the degree of attention to the game may also decrease.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION An object of the present invention is to provide a gaming machine capable of increasing the attention of a player to a game.

In order to achieve this object, the game machine according to claim 1 comprises a shooting means for shooting game balls toward a game area formed on a game board, and entering the game balls flowing down the game area, A plurality of patterns are variably displayed based on a starting ball entry means for executing an internal lottery when a game ball enters and a result of the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the starting ball entry means. information storage means for storing a plurality of pieces of internal lottery information associated with results of an internal lottery executed when a game ball enters the starting ball entry means; and the starting ball entry means. information storage means for storing the internal lottery information in the information storage means in the order in which game balls enter the means; information reporting means capable of causing the variable display means to display a pattern, wherein the information storage means includes an execution area for storing the internal lottery information that is being displayed by the variable display means; a plurality of holding areas for storing the internal lottery information in a holding state before execution of the variable display by the variable display means, wherein the information storage means stores the internal lottery information stored in the holding area for the execution of the internal lottery information. reserved shift means for shifting toward the area; and when the internal lottery information is stored in a first area on the execution area side of the reservation area, the internal lottery information is stored as first internal lottery information and the execution area. holding allocation storing means for storing the internal lottery information as the second internal lottery information in a second area on the opposite side, wherein the information announcing means is stored in the holding allocation storing means When the first internal lottery information is stored in the reservation area, the first reservation pattern is displayed on the variable display means, and when the second internal lottery information is stored, the first reservation is performed. A reserved pattern control means for displaying a second reserved pattern different from the pattern on the variable display means is provided, and the second reserved pattern is a plurality of kinds of second reserved patterns corresponding to the degree of expectation of the second internal lottery information. The reserved pattern control means, when the reserved shift means shifts the first internal lottery information toward the execution area, the first displayed on the variable display means The reserved design is changed to a second reserved design corresponding to the degree of expectation of the first internal lottery information among the plurality of types of second reserved designs, and the information reporting means is operated by the reserved shift means to directing the first internal lottery information to the execution area; and shift within the reservation area, the first reserved pattern displayed on the variable display means corresponds to the degree of expectation of the first internal lottery information among the plurality of second reserved patterns. and a first reserved design change determining means for determining whether or not to change to a second reserved design, wherein the reserved design control means causes the second reserved design to be changed by the first reserved design change determining means. When it is determined to change, the first reserved pattern displayed on the variable display means is the second reserved pattern corresponding to the degree of expectation of the first internal lottery information among the plurality of second reserved patterns. 2 reserved design, and when the first reserved design change determining means determines not to change to the second reserved design, the first reserved design displayed on the variable display means is maintained. It is something to do .

According to the gaming machine of claim 1, the shooting means for shooting a game ball toward a game area formed on a game board, the game ball entering the game ball flowing down the game area, and the game ball entering the game ball. starting ball entry means for executing an internal lottery when the game ball enters the starting ball entry means; information storage means for storing a plurality of pieces of internal lottery information associated with results of an internal lottery executed when a game ball enters the starting ball entering means; and a game ball entering the starting ball entering means. information storage means for storing the internal lottery information in the information storage means in the order in which the ball is entered; and based on the internal lottery information stored in the information storage means, the pattern associated with the internal lottery information is displayed in the variable manner. information notifying means capable of being displayed on the means, wherein the information storage means comprises an execution area for storing the internal lottery information during execution of the variable display by the variable display means; a plurality of reservation areas for storing the internal lottery information in a reservation state before execution of the variable display, wherein the information storage means shifts the internal lottery information stored in the reservation area toward the execution area. holding shift means for storing the internal lottery information in a first area on the execution area side among the holding areas, storing the internal lottery information as first internal lottery information; holding allocation storing means for storing the internal lottery information as second internal lottery information when the internal lottery information is stored in the area 2; When the first internal lottery information is stored, a first reserved design is displayed on the variable display means, and when the second internal lottery information is stored, a second reserved design different from the first reserved design is displayed. A reserved pattern control means for displaying two reserved patterns on the variable display means is provided, and the second reserved patterns are provided with a plurality of types of second reserved patterns corresponding to the degree of expectation of the second internal lottery information. , the reserved pattern control means shifts the first reserved pattern displayed on the variable display means to the plurality of reserved patterns when the reserved shift means shifts the first internal lottery information toward the execution area. Among the second reserved designs of seeds, the second reserved designs corresponding to the degree of expectation of the first internal lottery information are changed to the second reserved designs, and the information notification means performs the first internal lottery with the reservation shift means. information within the holding region towards the execution region When shifting, the first reserved design displayed on the variable display means is the second reserved design corresponding to the degree of expectation of the first internal lottery information among the plurality of second reserved designs. When it is determined by the first reserved design change determining means that the reserved design control means changes to the second reserved design the first reserved design displayed on the variable display means is changed to a second reserved design corresponding to the degree of expectation of the first internal lottery information among the plurality of kinds of second reserved designs. When the first reserved design change determining means determines not to change to the second reserved design, the first reserved design displayed on the variable display means is maintained. Therefore, there is an effect that the player's attention to the game can be improved.

1 is a front view of a pachinko machine according to a first embodiment of the present invention; front view of game board Figure showing the display screen of the pattern display device Block diagram showing the electrical configuration of a pachinko machine Diagram showing the contents of each counter used for internal lottery A diagram showing a success/failure table that stores values of random numbers for winning a jackpot A diagram showing a distribution table storing random number values related to distribution destinations of jackpot types Figure showing a flowchart of timer interrupt processing A diagram showing a flow chart of the winning process for the working opening Diagram showing a flowchart of normal processing Diagram showing a flowchart of main processing A diagram showing a flowchart of game round control processing Diagram showing a flowchart of data setting processing Diagram showing a flowchart of fluctuation start processing Diagram showing a flowchart of game state transition processing A diagram showing a flowchart of the big winning opening opening/closing process A diagram showing a flowchart of the big winning opening opening process A diagram showing a flowchart of transition processing at the end of the open/close execution mode Block diagram showing the electrical configuration of the audio emission control device and the display control device The figure which shows the flowchart of the timer interruption process performed with a sound emission control apparatus. A diagram showing a flow chart of effect determination processing A diagram showing the relationship between the game result and the game state, etc. A diagram showing a flowchart of pending occurrence processing Diagram showing the contents of the sub-side hold information storage area A diagram showing a flowchart of advance notice pending occurrence processing The figure which shows the flowchart of the lottery process of the notice suspension expectation degree A diagram showing the design of the notice suspension of each degree of expectation A diagram showing the relationship between the pass/fail result and the probability of occurrence of notice suspension for each degree of expectation A diagram showing the notice pending and normal pending patterns displayed on the display screen of the pattern display device Diagram showing a flowchart of hold shift processing Diagram showing an example of the flow when a normal advance notice hold occurs A diagram showing another example of the flow when normal notice suspension occurs Diagram showing the flow when a special notice hold occurs The figure which shows the flowchart of the notice suspension generation|occurrence|production process which concerns on 2nd Embodiment of this invention. Diagram showing a flowchart of hold shift processing Diagram showing the flow when a special notice hold occurs The figure which shows the flowchart of the pending|holding generation|occurrence|production process which concerns on 3rd Embodiment of this invention The figure which shows the flowchart of the lottery process of the prefetch effect expectation degree Diagram showing the look-ahead effect for each expectation A diagram showing the relationship between the success or failure result and the probability of occurrence of the pre-reading effect for each degree of expectation Diagram showing a flowchart of hold shift processing Diagram showing an example of the flow when a normal advance notice hold occurs A diagram showing another example of the flow when normal notice suspension occurs Diagram showing the flow when a special notice hold occurs The figure which shows the flowchart of the game state transition processing which concerns on 4th Embodiment of this invention. A diagram showing a flow chart of effect determination processing A diagram showing a flow chart of production pattern determination processing A diagram showing the relationship between the distribution results and the selection probability of Super Reach for each level of expectation Diagram showing super reach with low expectations Diagram showing super reach with medium expectations Diagram showing high expectations super reach A diagram showing the relationship between the distribution results and the selection probability of Super Reach for each development A diagram showing the evolution of low-expectation super-reach Diagram showing the deployment of medium-expected super reach A diagram showing the deployment of the highly anticipated Super Reach A diagram showing the appearance of the round notification accessory used for the round notification effect A diagram showing a flowchart of the round notification effect determination process A diagram showing a flowchart of execution processing of the round notification effect A diagram showing a flowchart of the ascending turn-off effect processing A diagram showing a flowchart of the descending order light-off effect processing A diagram showing a flowchart of the final light-off process A diagram showing the flow up to the round notification effect based on low-expectation super reach A diagram showing the flow of the round notification effect based on the low-expectation super reach that progressed in the first development A diagram showing the flow of the round notification effect based on the low-expectation super reach that progressed in the second development A diagram showing the flow up to the round notification effect based on the medium-expected super reach A diagram showing the flow of the round notification effect based on the medium-expected super reach progressed in the first development A diagram showing the flow of the round notification effect based on the medium-expected super reach progressed in the second development A diagram showing the flow up to the round notification effect based on the highly anticipated super reach A diagram showing the flow of the round notification effect based on the highly anticipated super reach progressed in the first development A diagram showing the flow of the round notification effect based on the highly anticipated super reach progressed in the second development A diagram showing the flow of round notification effects based on normal reach The figure which shows the flowchart of the production|presentation determination process which concerns on 5th Embodiment of this invention. A diagram showing the appearance of the round notification accessory used for the round notification effect A diagram showing a flowchart of the round notification effect determination process A diagram showing a flowchart of execution processing of the round notification effect The figure which shows the flowchart of double effect processing Diagram showing the flow of round notification production based on low-expectation super reach Diagram showing the flow of round notification production based on medium-expected super reach A diagram showing the flow of the round notification effect based on the highly anticipated super reach

[First Embodiment]
A first embodiment of the present invention will be described below with reference to the drawings.
FIG. 1 is a front view of a pachinko machine according to a first embodiment of the present invention.
The pachinko machine 10 is a pachinko game machine which is a kind of game machine. This pachinko machine 10, as shown in FIG. 12.

The gaming machine main body 12 includes an inner frame (not shown) supported by the outer frame 11 so as to be rotatable with one of the left and right side portions as the supporting side, and an inner frame (not shown) disposed in front of the inner frame. A front door frame 13 supported by the inner frame so as to be rotatable forward with one of the left and right side portions as the support side, and a front door frame 13 disposed behind the inner frame and rearward with one of the left and right side portions as the support side. and a back pack unit (not shown) supported by the inner frame so as to be rotatable.

The gaming machine main body 12 has a locking device (not shown) provided at the leading end of the rotation. This locking device has a function of locking the game machine main body 12 with respect to the outer frame 11 so that it cannot be opened, and has a function of locking the front door frame 13 with respect to the inner frame so that it cannot be opened. have. These locked states are released by unlocking the cylinder lock 14 exposed on the front surface of the pachinko machine 10 using an unlock key.

The front door frame 13 has a substantially elliptical window portion 21 provided so as to cover the entire front side of the inner frame, and a window panel 22 fitted into the window portion 21 . In the present embodiment, the window panel 22 is made of transparent and colorless glass, but may be made of synthetic resin or the like to be transparent and colorless.
In addition, the front door frame 13 includes a display lamp portion 23 provided above the window portion 21 as a part of light emitting means configured by various lamp portions and the like provided around the window portion 21, and a display lamp portion 23, and includes a speaker unit 24 for outputting sound effects according to the game situation, and an upper bulging portion 25 and a lower bulging portion 26 provided below the window portion 21. there is

The upper bulging portion 25 and the lower bulging portion 26 are vertically arranged side by side and both are provided to bulge forward.
The upper bulging portion 25 has an upper plate 25a provided inside so as to open upward. The upper tray 25a temporarily stores the game balls paid out by the payout device 71 (see FIG. 4) provided in the back pack unit, and while aligning them in a line, moves them toward the game ball launching mechanism 81 (see FIG. 4). It has the function of guiding.
The lower bulging portion 26 also has a lower plate 26a provided inside so as to open upward. The lower tray 26a has a function of storing surplus game balls in the upper tray 25a.

Further, the front door frame 13 has a firing handle 27 as a firing means provided on the right side of the lower tray 26a. The shooting handle 27 is operated by a player of the pachinko machine 10 to shoot a game ball from a game ball shooting mechanism 81 provided below the inner frame toward a game area provided above the inner frame. do. The shooting handle 27 changes the shooting intensity of the game ball shot toward the game area, ie, the momentum of shooting, by changing the amount of rotation operation.

FIG. 2 is a front view of the game board.
The game board 31, as shown in FIG. 2, has an inner rail portion 32 and an outer rail portion 33 attached to its surface, and is mounted on an inner frame. The game area described above is formed on the game board 31 so as to be partitioned by the inner rail portion 32 and the outer rail portion 33 . Almost the entire area of this game area can be visually recognized from the front through the window portion 21 .
The inner rail portion 32 and the outer rail portion 33 form a guide rail 34 for guiding game balls to the game area, and this guide rail 34 is launched from the game ball launching mechanism 81 when the player rotates the shooting handle 27. The game ball that has been hit is guided to the upper part of the game area.

The guide rail 34 is formed so that its exit portion is arranged on one side of the game area and faces the center of the upper part of the game area. For this reason, the reaching position of the game ball in the upper part of the game area is shifted from the side where the exit portion of the guide rail 34 is formed to the opposite side as the rotation amount of the shooting handle 27 by the player increases. Shift to the side of the side. In this embodiment, the exit portion of the guide rail 34 is provided on the left side of the game area.

The game board 31 has, in the game area, a plurality of large and small openings which are formed so as to penetrate in the front-rear direction by being subjected to router processing. In addition, the game board 31 includes a general winning port 35 provided at each opening, an upper operating port (first starting ball entering means) 36, a lower operating port (second starting ball entering means) 37, a variable winning device 38, and an out port 39 . The game board 31 includes through gates 41 provided on the left and right sides of the central portion, a main display device 42 provided on the upper right side, a variable display unit 43 provided on the central portion, and the like. have. Furthermore, the game board 31 has a large number of nails 44 planted to appropriately disperse or adjust the falling direction of the game balls, and various members (accessories) such as windmills in the game area. ing.

Each of the general winning opening 35, the upper operating opening 36, the lower operating opening 37, and the various winning openings of the variable winning device 38 is provided with detection sensors 50a to 50d (see FIG. 4) for detecting the entry of game balls. The detection sensors 50a to 50d are arranged on the back side of the game board 31. As shown in FIG. Specifically, the general winning opening 35 includes a detection sensor 50a, the upper operating opening 36 includes a detecting sensor 50b, the lower operating opening 37 includes a detecting sensor 50c, and the variable winning device 38 includes a detecting sensor 50d. It has The pachinko machine 10 pays out a predetermined number of prize balls based on the detection results of the detection sensors 50a to 50d. The detection sensors 50a to 50d may be of any type as long as they can individually detect winning of game balls. For example, an electromagnetic induction type proximity sensor or the like can be employed.

Specifically, the pachinko machine 10 pays out 10 prize balls when a ball enters the general winning hole 35 . The pachinko machine 10 pays out three prize balls when a ball enters the upper operating port 36 and when a ball enters the lower operating port 37. - 特許庁The pachinko machine 10 pays out 15 prize balls when a ball enters the variable prize winning device 38.例文帳に追加In addition, the number of these prize balls is arbitrary, and for example, the number of prize balls in each of the operation ports 36 and 37 may be different.

Out port 39 is provided at the bottom of the game area of game board 31 . Game balls that do not enter various winning holes are discharged from the game area through the out hole 39.例文帳に追加In addition, the out port 39 is provided with a detection sensor 50e (see FIG. 4) for detecting an entry of a game ball. Note that the pachinko machine 10 does not pay out prize balls when a ball enters the out hole 39, unlike when a ball enters the various winning holes.

Each through gate 41 is provided with a detection sensor 50f (see FIG. 4) for detecting an entry of a game ball. Note that the pachinko machine 10 does not pay out prize balls when a ball enters each through gate 41, unlike the case where a ball enters a prize winning opening.

Here, the entry ball means that a game ball passes through a predetermined opening. It also includes a mode in which the game area continues to flow down. However, in the following description, in order to distinguish clearly from the entry of game balls into the out port 39, entry of game balls into various winning ports is also referred to as winning. Further, entering the through gate 41 refers to continuing to flow down the game area without being ejected from the game area after passing through the gate provided in the game area. A ball entering the through gate 41 is also referred to as winning a prize, like entering a ball into various winning holes.

The upper operation port 36 and the lower operation port 37 are unitized as an operation port device and installed on the game board 31 . Each operating port 36, 37 is opened upward to allow the game ball flowing down the game area to enter, and the upper operating port 36 is arranged upward and the lower operating port 37 is arranged downward. are arranged vertically side by side. The lower operating port 37 has an electric accessory 37a as a guide piece (support piece) composed of a pair of left and right movable pieces.

The electric accessory 37a is connected to an electric accessory driving section 37b mounted on the back side of the game board 31. As shown in FIG. The electric accessory 37a is set to either a closed state (non-supported state or non-guided state) or an open state (supported state or guided state) by being driven by the electric accessory drive section 37b. The closed state is a state in which the lower operation opening 37 is closed by bringing the upper end of the electric accessory 37a closer to the left and right. The open state is a state in which the lower operation opening 37 is opened by separating the upper end of the electric accessory 37a in the left-right direction.

Here, when the electric accessory 37a is set to the closed state, the distance between the upper end of the electric accessory 37a and the bottom surface of the upper operation port 36 becomes narrower than one game ball. Also, when the electric accessory 37a is set to the open state, the distance between the upper end of the electric accessory 37a and the bottom surface of the upper operation opening 36 becomes wider than one game ball. Therefore, the game ball cannot enter the lower operation opening 37 when the electric accessory 37a is set to the closed state, and can enter the lower operation opening 37 when the electric accessory 37a is set to the open state. can.

In addition, instead of the closed state and the open state described above, the electric accessory 37a has a state in which it is difficult for the game ball to enter the lower operation port 37 (a state in which the game ball can be entered unlike the closed state), and a lower It may be configured to switch between the operation port 37 and the state in which the game ball is likely to win. In addition, the lower operation port 37 may be configured to perform such switching not by setting the electric accessory 37a but by displacing the lower operation port 37. 37 may not include the electric accessory 37a.

The variable winning device 38 drives a large winning opening 38a that opens upward to allow game balls flowing down the game area to enter, an open/close door 38b for opening and closing the large winning opening 38a, and an opening/closing door 38b. A variable winning drive unit 38c is provided.
It should be noted that the player maximizes the amount of rotational operation of the shooting handle 27, and moves the reaching position of the game ball in the upper part of the game area from the side where the exit portion of the guide rail 34 is formed to the opposite side. By shifting to the side, the game ball can be guided to the variable winning device 38 avoiding the variable display unit 43 and the like.

Here, the game board 31 has a cover 381 provided so as to cover the front side of the variable winning device 38 . The cover 381 consists of a transparent (or translucent) panel 381a formed to make the variable winning device 38 visible from the front side, and an opaque panel 381a provided around the transparent panel 381a. and a panel 381b.
Therefore, the player can see the variable winning device 38 from the front through the transparent panel 381a and the window 21. FIG.

The big winning opening 38a is provided in an opening formed in the game area so as to pass through in the front-rear direction by applying router processing. As described above, the big winning opening 38a is equipped with a detection sensor 50d for detecting the entry of a game ball. The pachinko machine 10 pays out a predetermined number of prize balls based on the detection result.

The opening/closing door 38b is formed in a rectangular plate shape, and is provided on the game board 31 so as to close the opening of the big winning opening 38a. The opening/closing door 38b advances toward the window panel 22 and protrudes from the game board 31 to close the opening of the big winning opening 38a. 31, and an open state in which the opening of the big winning opening 38a is opened.
The variable winning driving unit 38c sets the opening/closing door 38b to either an open state or a closed state by driving the opening/closing door 38b.

Specifically, the opening/closing door 38b is normally set to a closed state in which game balls cannot win. When the internal lottery wins the transition to the opening/closing execution mode and the opening/closing execution mode is entered, the opening/closing door 38b is set to an open state in which a game ball can win a prize.
The opening/closing execution mode (specific control state) refers to a mode in which the opening/closing door 38b is set to an open state and a game ball can be entered into the big winning opening 38a. In addition, in the opening/closing execution mode, after the opening/closing door 38b is set to the open state, it is called one round game until it is set to the closed state again.

The main display device 42 has a main display unit 45 and a character object display unit 46, and includes a segment display device in which a plurality of segment light emitting units are arranged in a predetermined manner, a dot display device, and other display devices. arranged and configured.
The main display device 42 is provided on the game board 31 so as to protrude toward the window panel 22 provided on the front side thereof. That is, the main display device 42 can be visually recognized from the front of the pachinko machine 10 through the window panel 22 . Also, the distance between the main display device 42 and the window panel 22 is narrower than one game ball. Thereby, the pachinko machine 10 prevents game balls from falling between the main display device 42 and the window panel 22.例文帳に追加In other words, the pachinko machine 10 prevents game balls from falling in front of the main display device 42 .

The main display portion 45 includes a first result display portion 45a for displaying the result of the internal lottery performed based on the winning at the upper working port 36, and the internal lottery performed based on the winning at the lower working port 37. A second result display section 45b for displaying the result of the lottery is provided (see FIG. 4). The main display unit 45 may further include a round display unit for clearly indicating the number of round games in the opening/closing execution mode when the opening/closing execution mode is entered (or when the opening/closing execution mode is entered). .

The first result display unit 45a executes the variable display of the pattern with the winning to the upper working port 36 as a trigger, and as a result of stopping the variable display, the internal lottery performed based on the winning to the upper working port 36. to display the results of When the result of this internal lottery is the result corresponding to the transition to the opening/closing execution mode, the first result display section 45a displays a predetermined stop result. After that, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to the opening/closing execution mode.
The second result display unit 45b executes the variable display of the pattern with the winning of the lower working opening 37 as a trigger, and as a result of stopping the variable display, the internal lottery performed based on the winning of the lower working opening 37. to display the results of When the result of this internal lottery is the result corresponding to the transition to the opening/closing execution mode, the second result display section 45b displays a predetermined stop result. After that, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to the opening/closing execution mode.

The character object display unit 46 performs variable display of the pattern with the winning of each through gate 41 as a trigger, and as a result of stopping the variable display, the internal lottery performed based on the winning of each through gate 41. to display the results of The accessory display unit 46 displays a predetermined stop result when the result of the internal lottery is the result corresponding to the shift to the electric role open state. After that, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to the electric role open state. In this electric operation open state, the electric accessory 37a provided in the lower operation opening 37 is opened in a predetermined manner.

In the present embodiment, the main display unit 45 and character object display unit 46 are configured by segment displays, but are not limited to this, and may be liquid crystal display devices, organic EL display devices, CRTs, It may also consist of other types of display devices such as dot matrix. The patterns to be variably displayed on the main display unit 45 and the accessory display unit 46 include a configuration for variably displaying a plurality of types of characters, a configuration for variably displaying a plurality of types of symbols, and a configuration for variably displaying a plurality of types of characters. , or a configuration in which a plurality of colors are switched and displayed can be adopted.

The variable display unit 43 includes a pattern display device 51 that variably displays (variable display or switching display) a pattern, which is one type of pattern. Also, the variable display unit 43 has a center frame 52 arranged so as to surround the pattern display device 51 . The upper part of the center frame 52 is provided so as to bulge toward the window panel 22 provided on the front side thereof. As a result, the pachinko machine 10 prevents the game balls from falling in front of the display screen G of the pattern display device 51, and does not cause the inconvenience that the visibility of the display screen G is lowered due to the falling of the game balls. It is configured.

The pattern display device 51 is configured as a liquid crystal display device having a liquid crystal display.
The symbol display device 51 functions as variable display means for starting variable display of symbols based on winning in the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37 . That is, when the symbol display device 51 performs the variable display in the first result display portion 45a of the main display portion 45 and when the second result display portion 45b of the main display portion 45 performs the variable display, The variable display is executed accordingly.
The pattern display device 51 is not limited to a liquid crystal display device, and may be a plasma display device, an organic EL display device, or other display device such as a CRT.

The center frame 52 includes a first holding lamp portion 53 provided in the lower left region of the pattern display device 51, a second holding lamp portion 54 provided in the lower right region of the pattern display device 51, and a pattern display. and a third holding lamp portion 55 provided in the upper region of the device 51 .

The first reservation lamp part 53 is a part that displays the number of reserved game balls that have won the upper operation opening 36, and lights up according to the number of reserved games. The first holding lamp portion 53 can hold up to four game balls, and corresponds to the variable display of the first result display portion 45a and the symbol display device 51. FIG.
The second reservation lamp part 54 is a part that displays the number of reserved game balls that have won the lower operation opening 37, and is lit according to the number of reserved games. The second holding lamp section 54 can hold up to four game balls, and corresponds to the variable display of the second result display section 45b and the symbol display device 51. FIG.
The third reservation lamp portion 55 is a portion that displays the number of reserved game balls that have won a prize in each through gate 41, and lights up according to the number of reserved games. The third holding lamp section 55 can hold up to four game balls, and corresponds to the variable display of the accessory display section 46 .
It should be noted that each of the holding lamp units 53 to 55 may have another configuration such as being displayed as an image on a part of the pattern display device 51, which will be described later.

FIG. 3 is a diagram showing a display screen of the pattern display device.
As shown in FIG. 3, the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 is divided into three columns of display areas. Column Z3 is displayed. In each pattern row Z1 to Z3, eight kinds of patterns consisting of numbers "1" to "8" are arranged in ascending order from the bottom to the top, and "8" is followed by "1". configured as follows. In addition, in FIG. 3, the center line of each display area is shown by the dashed-dotted line.

The symbol display device 51 periodically scrolls the symbols of each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a predetermined direction (upward in this embodiment) based on the winning of the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37. By starting the variable display of symbols, an effect for a game cycle is executed on the display screen G. - 特許庁The effect for this game round is switched from the variable display to the stop display in the order of the left symbol row Z1→right symbol row Z3→middle symbol row Z2, and finally, predetermined symbols are stopped and displayed on the activated line L. end with a state
In other words, the game round means the period from when the variable display is started on the main display unit 45 and the symbol display device 51 based on the winning to the operation ports 36 and 37 until the predetermined stop result is displayed.

It should be noted that the pattern display device 51 is not limited to this, and the pattern display device 51 is arbitrary. For example, the number of symbol rows, the direction of scrolling of each symbol row, the number of symbols of each symbol row, etc. can be changed as appropriate. Also, the patterns in each pattern row may be a combination of a picture and a number instead of only numbers, or may be a picture only.

<Electrical Configuration of Pachinko Machine 10>
FIG. 4 is a block diagram showing the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine.
As shown in FIG. 4, the pachinko machine 10 includes a main control device 60, a sound emission control device 90, and a display control device 100, and these devices are mounted on the back side of the inner frame. In addition, the pachinko machine 10 includes a payout control device 70 for executing payout control for causing the payout device 71 to pay out game balls, and a power source/power source for executing shooting control for causing the game ball shooting mechanism 81 to shoot game balls. and a launch control device 80, which are mounted on the back pack unit.

The main controller 60 includes a main control board 61 that controls the main control (main control) of the game, and a power outage monitoring board 65 that monitors the power supply. Note that the main controller 60 includes a board box that houses the main control board 61 and the like. The substrate box may comprise marking means for marking upon its opening and may comprise marking structures for marking upon its opening. Specifically, as trace means, a circuit board box is formed by connecting a plurality of case bodies, and a connecting part (crimped part) that requires breaking of a predetermined part when separating each case body is provided, or a structure that peels off At this time, it is possible to adopt a structure in which a sealing seal that leaves a trace of being peeled off because the adhesive layer remains on the object to be adhered is attached so as to straddle the boundary between the plurality of case bodies. Also, as the trace structure, it is possible to employ a configuration in which an adhesive is applied to the boundary between these case bodies.

The main control board 61 includes an MPU 62 mounted on the main control board 61 and a ROM 63 and a RAM 64 that constitute the MPU 62 . Here, the MPU 62 is an element in which, in addition to the ROM 63 and RAM 64, a CPU, an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, a data input/output circuit, a counter circuit as a random number generator, and the like are combined into a chip.
In this embodiment, the ROM 63 and the RAM 64 are integrated into one chip with respect to the MPU 62, but they may be integrated into individual chips. This also applies to the MPUs of other controllers other than main controller 60 .

The ROM 63 is a memory for storing various control programs and fixed value data, and is non-volatile storage means that does not require power supply from the outside to hold stored information. The ROM 63 has various areas such as a win/fail table storage area 63a, a distribution table storage area 63b, and a reach table storage area 63c. These areas are described in detail later.
The RAM 64 is a memory for temporarily storing various data when executing the control program stored in the ROM 63. The RAM 64 is a volatile storage means that requires external power supply to hold the stored information. is. This RAM 64 has various areas such as a various counter area 64a, a reserved ball storage area 64b, and an electrical work reservation area 64c. These areas are described in detail later.

The MPU 62 has an input port and an output port. An input port of the MPU 62 is connected to a power failure monitor board 65 provided in the main controller 60 and a plurality of detection sensors 50a to 50f. The output port of the MPU 62 is connected to the power failure monitoring board 65, the payout control device 70, and the sound emission control device 90. Further, the output ports of the MPU 62 include an electric accessory drive unit 37b that opens and closes the electric accessory 37a of the lower operation port 37, a variable winning drive unit 38c that opens and closes the opening and closing door 38b of the variable winning device 38, and a main display. 45 and the character object display unit 46 .

The main control board 61 has a driver circuit. The MPU 62 executes drive control of various drive units and the like through this driver circuit. Specifically, in the electric role open state, the MPU 62 executes drive control of the electric accessory drive unit 37b to open and close the electric accessory 37a. Further, in the open/close execution mode, the MPU 62 executes drive control of the variable winning driving section 38c to open and close the big winning opening 38a. Also, in each game round, the MPU 62 executes display control of the main display section 45 to display the results of the internal lottery performed based on the winnings to the operation ports 36 and 37 . Further, the MPU 62 executes display control of the accessory display section 46 to display the results of the internal lottery performed based on the winning of each through gate 41 .

The blackout monitoring board 65 relays the main control board 61 and the power supply/launch control device 80 having the function of supplying operating power, and monitors the stable 24 volt DC voltage output from the power supply/launch control device 80. . Therefore, the MPU 62 receives power through the blackout monitoring board 65 .
The detection sensors 50a to 50f are in one-to-one correspondence with the general winning opening 35, the upper working opening 36, the lower working opening 37, various winning openings of the variable winning device 38, the out opening 39, and each through gate 41. is provided. The MPU 62 performs prize winning determination (ball entry determination) to various prize winning ports, the out port 39, and each through gate 41 based on the detection results of the detection sensors 50a to 50f. Note that the MPU 62 executes an internal lottery based on the winning determination for the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37 .

The payout control device 70 executes payout control to cause the payout device 71 to pay out prize balls and rental balls (game balls to be lent to players during games) based on commands (control instructions) transmitted from the main control device 60. do.

The power supply/launch control device 80 is connected to, for example, a commercial power supply (external power supply) in a game arcade or the like. Then, the power supply/launch control device 80 generates the operating power required for each of the main control board 61 and the payout control device 70 based on the external power supplied from the commercial power supply, and the generated operation supply power. The power/launch control device 80 includes a power failure power supply unit such as a backup capacitor. This power-off power supply unit supplies power for memory retention to the RAM 64 of the main control unit 60 even when the power supply to the pachinko machine 10 is interrupted.

In addition, the power supply/shooting control device 80 executes shooting control for causing the game ball shooting mechanism 81 to shoot game balls. Here, the game ball shooting mechanism 81 includes a shooting rail extending toward the guide rail 34 of the game board 31, a ball feeding device for supplying game balls stored in the upper tray 25a onto the shooting rail, and a and a solenoid that is an electric actuator that shoots the game ball supplied to the guide rail 34 toward the guide rail 34 . The power supply/launch control device 80 supplies a drive signal (launch permission signal) to the solenoid to launch the game ball when a predetermined launch condition is met.

<Electrical Configuration for Execution of Internal Lottery by MPU 62 of Main Control Unit 60>
FIG. 5 is a diagram showing the contents of each counter used for the internal lottery.
As shown in FIG. 5, the MPU 62 executes an internal lottery or the like by using the values (information) of the counters C1 to C3, CINI, CS and C4. Specifically, the MPU 62 uses the big win random number counter C1 for the lottery for the occurrence of the big win, uses the big win type counter C2 for the lottery for the type of the big win, and determines whether to generate the ready-to-win display. , the reach random number counter C3 is used. Also, the MPU 62 uses the random number initial value counter CINI to set the initial value of the jackpot random number counter C1, and uses the variation type counter CS to determine the display continuation time on the main display section 45 and the symbol display device 51. Further, the MPU 62 uses the electric accessory open counter C4 for the lottery to determine whether or not the electric accessory 37a of the lower operating port 37 is set to the electric role open state. The counters C1 to C3, CINI, CS, and C4 are provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64 (see FIG. 4).

Each of the counters C1 to C3, CINI, CS, and C4 is a loop counter that adds 1 to the previous value each time it is updated and returns to 0 after reaching the maximum value. Each counter is periodically updated, and the updated value is appropriately stored in a lottery counter buffer set in a predetermined area of the RAM 64 . Of the values stored in the lottery counter buffer, the values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3 are stored in the RAM 64 at the timing when the game ball enters the upper operating port 36 or the lower operating port 37. is stored in the reserved ball storage area 64b (see FIG. 4) provided as acquired information storage means. Further, among the values stored in the lottery counter buffer, the value of the electric accessary product release counter C4 is stored in the electric role holding area 64c (see FIG. 4) of the RAM 64 at the timing when the game ball wins the through gate 41. be done.

The reserved ball storage area 64b includes a first result display section reservation area Ra, a second result display section reservation area Rb, and an execution area AE.

The first result display holding area Ra provided as the first acquired information storage means has four storage areas of a first area Ra1 to a fourth area Ra4. Each of the areas Ra1 to Ra4 is set to have a storage capacity capable of storing a set of values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3. The MPU 62 uses a set of values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3 as reservation information in time series to each area Ra1 to Ra4 in accordance with the winning of the game ball to the upper operation port 36. store it. Specifically, when the winning to the upper working port 36 occurs a plurality of times in succession, the MPU 62 outputs the pending information in the order of the first area Ra1→second area Ra2→third area Ra3→fourth area Ra4. Store in chronological order.

As described above, the reservation area Ra for the first result display section is provided with four storage areas, so that up to four winnings of game balls into the upper operation opening 36 are reserved. The first result display reserved area Ra includes storage areas for writing the reserved numbers stored in the areas Ra1 to Ra4.
In addition, the number of reservations related to the upper working port 36 is not limited to four, and may be any number, such as two, three, or five or more, and may be singular. may

The second result display holding area Rb provided as the second acquired information storage means comprises four storage areas, a first area Rb1 to a fourth area Rb4. Each of the areas Rb1 to Rb4 is set to have a storage capacity capable of storing a set of values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3. The MPU 62 uses a set of values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3 as reservation information in time series to each area Rb1 to Rb4 in accordance with the winning of the game ball to the lower operation port 37. store it. Specifically, when the winning to the lower opening 37 occurs a plurality of times in succession, the MPU 62 outputs the pending information in the order of the first area Rb1→second area Rb2→third area Rb3→fourth area Rb4. Store in chronological order.

As described above, since the second result display portion reservation area Rb has four storage areas, up to four winnings of game balls into the lower operation opening 37 are reserved. In addition, the second result display portion reservation area Rb includes a storage area for writing the number of reservations stored in each of the areas Rb1 to Rb4.
In addition, the number of reserves related to the lower working port 37 is not limited to four, and may be any number, such as two, three, or five or more, and may be singular. may

The execution area AE stores the pending information stored in the storage area of the first result display portion pending area Ra or the second result display portion pending area Rb when starting the variable display of each of the result display portions 45a and 45b. This is the area to move the .

The electrician reservation area 64c includes four storage areas, like the first result display reservation area Ra and the second result display reservation area Rb. Therefore, the winning of game balls to each through gate 41 is reserved up to four.
The number of pending gates 41 is not limited to four, and may be any number, such as two, three, or five or more. may

<Detailed description of each counter>
The details of each counter will be described below.
First, the electric accessory release counter C4 will be described. For example, the electric accessory release counter C4 is a loop counter that loops within the range of 0 to 250 by adding 1 to the previous value each time it is updated and returning to 0 after reaching the maximum value of 250. ing.
The electric accessory release counter C4 is periodically updated, and the updated value is stored in the electric role holding area 64c of the RAM 64 via the lottery counter buffer at the timing when the game ball wins in each through gate 41. be.
Then, based on the value of the electric role product open counter C4 stored in the electric role holding area 64c, the MPU 62 draws a lottery (electric role object release lottery).

Here, the pachinko machine 10 has a plurality of support modes with mutually different frequencies of enabling game balls to enter the lower operation opening 37 by setting the electric accessory 37a to the open state. Specifically, the pachinko machine 10 has a low frequency support mode (low frequency guide state) in which the frequency of setting the electric role product 37a to the open state is relatively low, and the frequency of setting the electric role product 37a to the open state is low. and a relatively high frequency support mode (high frequency guide state).

The low frequency support mode and the high frequency support mode have the same probability of winning the electric role open state in the electric accessory open lottery (for example, both 4/5). However, compared to the low-frequency support mode, the high-frequency support mode sets the electric accessory 37a to the open state more times when the electric role open state is won, and the electric accessory 37a is set to the open state. The opening time of one time to do is also getting longer. In addition, in the high-frequency support mode, the closing time for setting the electric accessory 37a to the closed state between each opening in one electric open state is shorter than the opening time of one time. Furthermore, in the high-frequency support mode, compared to the low-frequency support mode, the minimum secured time (role The duration of one fluctuation display in the object display section 46) is shortened.

Therefore, in the high-frequency support mode, game balls are more likely to enter the lower operation opening 37 as compared with the low-frequency support mode. In other words, in the low-frequency support mode, the game ball has a higher probability of winning the upper working opening 36 than the lower working opening 37 . In addition, in the high-frequency support mode, the probability that the game ball will enter the lower operation opening 37 rather than the upper operation opening 36 is higher.
When it is detected that a prize has been entered into the lower operating port 37, a predetermined number of prize balls are paid out. Therefore, in the high-frequency support mode, the player can play the game while not reducing the number of game balls. It can be carried out.

Note that the configurations of the low-frequency support mode and the high-frequency support mode are not limited to this. For example, the high frequency support mode may be configured to increase the probability of winning the electric role open state in the electric accessory open lottery as compared to the low frequency support mode. Further, for example, a plurality of types of reserved time may be prepared, and the high-frequency support mode may be configured so that it is easier to select a shorter reserved time than the low-frequency support mode, and the average of the selected reserved time may be configured to be shortened. Furthermore, by combining the conditions of the number of times the electric accessory 37a is set to the open state, the opening time, and the securing time, the high frequency support mode changes the frequency of setting the electric accessory 37a to the open state to the low frequency support mode. may be configured to be relatively high compared to .

Next, the jackpot random number counter C1 will be described. For example, the jackpot random number counter C1 is a loop counter that loops within the range of 0 to 599 by adding 1 to the previous value each time it is updated and returning to 0 after reaching the maximum value of 599. . Also, the jackpot random number counter C1 reads the value of the random number initial value counter CINI at that time as an initial value each time it loops. The random number initial value counter CINI is a loop counter that loops within the range of 0 to 599, like the jackpot random number counter C1.

The jackpot random number counter C1 is periodically updated, and the updated value is transferred to the reserved ball storage area 64b of the RAM 64 via the lottery counter buffer at the timing when the game ball enters the upper operating port 36 or the lower operating port 37. stored in Specifically, the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 is stored in the first result display holding area Ra of the RAM 64 at the timing when the game ball wins the upper operation port 36, and the game ball wins the lower operation port 37. It is stored in the reservation area Rb for the second result display section of the RAM 64 at the timing.
Then, the MPU 62 executes a lottery for the occurrence of a big hit (lottery for winning or not) based on the value of the big-hit random number counter C1 stored in the reserved ball storage area 64b.

FIG. 6 is a diagram showing a success/failure table that stores values of random numbers for winning a jackpot.
Among the values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the value of the random number that wins the jackpot is stored in the hit/fail table storage area 63a (see FIG. 4) of the ROM 63 provided as the hit/fail information group storage means, as shown in FIG. (whether or not information group).

Here, the pachinko machine 10 has two winning lottery modes, a low probability mode (low probability state) in which it is difficult to win a big win and a high probability mode (high probability state) in which it is easy to win a big win. . The success/failure table includes a success/failure table for the low-probability mode (low-probability success/failure information group) shown in FIG. group).
The MPU 62 executes a lottery for the occurrence of a big hit by comparing these win/fail tables with the value of the big hit random number counter C1 stored in the reserved ball storage area 64b.

These hit/fail tables have lottery results (hit/fail results) of occurrence of a plurality of jackpots, such as "big win win", "special loss result", and "ordinary loss result".
Specifically, under the gaming state in which the success/failure table for the low-probability mode is referred to in the lottery for the occurrence of the big win, as shown in FIG. is.
On the other hand, under the gaming state in which the success/failure table for the high-probability mode is referred to at the time of the lottery for the occurrence of the big win, as shown in FIG. is. Here, the value of the random number for winning the jackpot stored in the success/failure table for the low-probability mode is included in the value of the random number for "winning the jackpot" stored in the success/failure table for the high-probability mode.

The value and number of random numbers stored in each success/failure table are arbitrary, and it is sufficient that the high probability mode has a higher probability of winning a "big win" than the low probability mode. Further, the value of the random number for "winning the jackpot" stored in the success/failure table for the high-probability mode must not include the value of the random number for "winning the jackpot" stored in the success/failure table for the low-probability mode. Alternatively, it may include a part of the random number values that are stored in the success/failure table for the low-probability mode and become the "big win".

In addition, in each win/fail lottery mode, random numbers other than "big win winning" results in a loss without winning a big win.
Here, as described above, the pachinko machine 10 has two types of loss results, ie, the "special loss result (small win result)" and the "normal loss result". These outliers are common in that none of them serve as a trigger for shifting to the lottery mode or the support mode. However, the difference is that the "special deviation result" serves as a trigger for shifting to the opening/closing execution mode, whereas the "normal deviation result" does not trigger a transition to the opening/closing execution mode.

Next, the jackpot type counter C2 will be described. The jackpot type counter C2 is, for example, a loop counter that loops within the range of 0 to 29 by adding 1 to the previous value each time it is updated and returning to 0 after reaching the maximum value of 29. .
The jackpot type counter C2 is periodically updated, and the updated value is stored in the reserved ball storage area 64b of the RAM 64 via the lottery counter buffer at the timing when the game ball enters the upper operating port 36 or the lower operating port 37. stored in Specifically, the value of the jackpot type counter C2 is stored in the reservation area Ra for the first result display portion of the RAM 64 at the timing when the game ball wins in the upper operation port 36, and the game ball wins in the lower operation port 37. It is stored in the reservation area Rb for the second result display section of the RAM 64 at the timing.
Then, based on the value of the jackpot type counter C2 stored in the reserved ball storage area 64b, the MPU 62 executes a lottery (distribution lottery) for the jackpot type when the jackpot occurs.

FIG. 7 is a diagram showing an allocation table storing random number values relating to allocation destinations of types of jackpots.
As shown in FIG. 7, the random number value related to the allocation destination of the jackpot type is stored in the allocation table storage area 63b (see FIG. 4) of the ROM 63 provided as the allocation information group storage means. minute information group). The distribution table includes a first distribution table (first distribution information group) shown in FIG. 7(a) and a second distribution table (second distribution information group) shown in FIG. 7(b). ing.
The MPU 62 executes a jackpot type lottery by comparing these distribution tables with the value of the jackpot type counter C2 stored in the reserved ball storage area 64b.

In the first distribution table, the value of the jackpot type counter C2 shifted from the reservation area Ra for the first result display unit to the execution area AE, that is, the value of the jackpot type counter C2 based on the winning to the upper operation port 36 It is a table referred to when performing a lottery for the type of jackpot.
As shown in FIG. 7A, the first distribution table includes "low probability result (special distribution result corresponding to low probability)", "non-explicit small round high probability result (latency high probability result corresponding to small round )”, “explicit small round high probability result (high probability result for small round)”, and “most advantageous result at low probability (special distribution result for high probability)” and Specifically, in the first distribution table, among the values “0 to 29” of the jackpot type counter C2, “0 to 9” are distributed to “low probability results”, and “10 to 14” are distributed to “unspecified low Round high probability results”, “15 to 19” are allocated to “explicit low probability round high probability results”, and “20 to 29” are allocated to “most advantageous results at low probability”.

In the second distribution table, the value of the jackpot type counter C2 shifted from the second result display portion reservation area Rb to the execution area AE, that is, the value of the jackpot type counter C2 based on the winning to the lower operation port 37 It is a table referred to when performing a lottery for the type of jackpot.
The second distribution table, as shown in FIG. )”, and “Most advantageous result for 16 rounds (special allocation result corresponding to high probability)”. Specifically, in the second distribution table, among the values "0 to 29" of the jackpot type counter C2, "0 to 9" are distributed to "four rounds of the most advantageous result", and "10 to 19" are distributed to "8 ``Most favorable result in the round'', and ''20-29'' to the ``Most favorable result in the 16th round''.
In the following explanation, "Most favorable result at low probability", "Most favorable result for 4 rounds", "Most favorable result for 8 rounds", and "Most favorable result for 16 rounds" are also expressed simply as "Most favorable result". do. In addition, "4th round most favorable result", "8th round most favorable result", and "16th round most favorable result" are particularly expressed as "round distribution most favorable result".

Each sorting result has a difference in at least one of the following conditions (1) to (3).
(1) Winner lottery mode after the end of the opening/closing execution mode (2) Support mode after the end of the opening/closing execution mode (3) Aspect of opening/closing control of the variable winning device 38 in the opening/closing execution mode

First, the difference between the win/fail lottery modes (1) will be described.
The "low-probability result" is a distribution result in which the win-or-fail lottery mode is set to the low-probability mode after the opening/closing execution mode ends, regardless of the winning/failure lottery mode before the opening/closing execution mode ends. This low-probability mode continues at least until a "big win" is achieved in the winning lottery.
"Unexplained few rounds high probability result", "Explicit few rounds high probability result", and "Most favorable result" are high probability of winning lottery mode after opening and closing execution mode regardless of the winning lottery mode before closing execution mode. This is the distribution result set in the mode. This high-probability mode shifts to the low-probability mode when the number of game rounds reaches the end reference number of times (specifically, 100 times).

Next, the difference in support mode (2) will be described.
For "Low Probability Result", "Explicit Few Rounds High Probability Result", and "Most Favorable Result", the support mode will be set to high frequency support mode after the opening and closing execution mode ends, regardless of the support mode before the opening and closing execution mode ends. This is the distribution result. This high-frequency support mode shifts to a low-frequency support mode when the game times reach the end reference number of times (specifically, 100 times).

The "non-explicit few rounds high probability result" is a distribution result that maintains the support mode before the end of the open/close execution mode. Here, if the support mode before the end of the opening/closing execution mode is the high-frequency support mode, the high-frequency support mode is maintained as is for the "non-explicit small number of rounds high-probability result". This high-frequency support mode shifts to a low-frequency support mode when the game times reach the end reference number of times (specifically, 100 times).

The difference in the opening/closing control mode of the variable winning device 38 in the opening/closing execution mode (3) will be described in detail later.

Next, the reach random number counter C3 will be described. The reach random number counter C3 is, for example, a loop counter that loops within the range of 0 to 238 by adding 1 to the previous value each time it is updated and returning to 0 after reaching the maximum value of 238. .
The reach random number counter C3 is periodically updated, and the updated value is stored in the reserved ball storage area 64b of the RAM 64 via the lottery counter buffer at the timing when the game ball enters the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37. stored in Specifically, the value of the reach random number counter C3 is stored in the first result display holding area Ra of the RAM 64 at the timing when the game ball enters the upper operating port 36, and the game ball enters the lower operating port 37. It is stored in the reservation area Rb for the second result display section of the RAM 64 at the timing.
Then, the MPU 62 executes a lottery (reach generation lottery) to determine whether to generate a reach display based on the value of the reach random number counter C3 stored in the reserved ball storage area 64b.

The ready-to-win display is an expectation effect that occurs when the winning lottery does not result in a "big win" but results in a "normal failure".
Specifically, the MPU 62 determines the value of the reach random number counter C3 stored in the reach table and the reserved ball storage area 64b when the result of the win/fail lottery does not result in a "big hit" but results in a "normal loss". By comparing with , a lottery is executed as to whether or not to generate a ready-to-win display, and when the ready-to-win display is to be generated in this lottery, the ready-to-win display is generated. The ready-to-win table is a table that stores random number values associated with occurrence of the ready-to-win display, and is stored in the ready-to-win table storage area 63c of the ROM 63 (see FIG. 4).

Here, when it becomes "big hit winning" in the lottery lottery and is distributed to "most advantageous result at low probability" in the distribution lottery, the symbol display device 51 displays the same odd number or A combination of symbols having the same even-numbered number is stop-displayed on the activated line L. - 特許庁In addition, when "big win winning" is obtained in the winning lottery and "low probability result" is distributed in the distribution lottery, the symbol display device 51 displays a combination of symbols having the same even number as the stop result. is stopped on the effective line L. In addition, if it becomes "jackpot winning" in the winning lottery and is distributed to "unspecified small round high probability result" or "explicit small round high probability result" in the distribution lottery, or "jackpot winning" in the lottery lottery In the event that a "special failure result" is obtained without becoming a symbol display device 51, the symbol display device 51 does not select a combination of symbols having the same number as the stop result, but selects a "normal failure result" in the win-or-fail lottery. A special combination of symbols having numbers different from each other, which will never be displayed, is stopped on the activated line L. - 特許庁

Then, in the lottery, if it becomes a "big win" and is sorted into "4th round most favorable result", "8th round most favorable result", or "16 round most favorable result" in the distribution lottery, the pattern will be displayed. The display device 51 stops and displays a combination of symbols having the same odd number on the pay line L as a stop result.

The reach display is when the combination of symbols with the same number is finally stopped and displayed (it becomes a "big hit" in the winning lottery, and is distributed to the "best result" or "low probability result" in the distribution lottery. ), it occurs regardless of the value of the reach random number counter C3. In addition, the reach display is used when the combination of special symbols is finally stopped and displayed ("jackpot winning" in the winning lottery, "unspecified small round high probability result" or "explicit small round high probability" in the distribution lottery) In the case of being sorted to "probable result" or "special losing result" instead of "big hit winning" in the winning lottery), it does not occur regardless of the value of the reach random number counter C3.

In the ready-to-win display mode, some of the plurality of symbol rows Z1 to Z3 displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 (for example, the symbol row Z1 and the symbol row Z3) are displayed on the activated line L. By stopping and displaying, the same combination of symbols is displayed to indicate the result of stopping, and in that state, the remaining symbol rows (for example, the symbol row Z2) are variably displayed.
Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 generates the ready-to-win display, after the variable display is started on the symbol display device 51, and before displaying the predetermined stop result, the winning lottery results in a "jackpot winning", Players can be expected to be sorted into a "low probability result" or "best result" in the sorting lottery.

Note that the ready-to-win display mode is not limited to this, and a part of the symbol rows are stopped and displayed, and the remaining symbol rows are variably displayed, and a predetermined character or the like is displayed in the background as a moving image. Alternatively, each pattern row may be reduced or hidden, and a predetermined character or the like may be displayed on substantially the entire display screen G as a moving image.

Here, the pachinko machine 10 has an expected performance as a kind of variable display of the pattern display device 51. - 特許庁The expectation effect is such that the player expects that he or she has won a "big win" in the lottery after the start of the variable display on the symbol display device 51 and before the predetermined stop result is displayed. I mean performance. Specifically, the pachinko machine 10 has two types of expectation effects, namely, the aforementioned ready-to-win display and advance notice display.

The notice display will not be "jackpot winning" in the lottery if it becomes "jackpot winning" in the lottery, or if it becomes "special losing result" without becoming "jackpot winning" in the lottery lottery. This is an expected effect that makes the effect more likely to occur than in the case of the "normal deviation result". This advance notice display may make it easier to select an effect with a low appearance rate instead of making the effect more likely to occur, or may be combined.
While the lottery to determine whether or not to generate the ready-to-win display is performed by the main controller 60, the lottery to determine whether to generate the advance notice display is performed by the sound emission control device 90. .

The mode of the advance notice display is that of a plurality of symbol rows Z1 to Z3 displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, all of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 are variably displayed, and some of the symbol rows (for example, symbol row Z1) is stopped on the activated line L, and a plurality of symbol rows (for example, symbol rows Z2 and Z3) are variably displayed or ready-to-win display is generated, a predetermined character etc. are displayed on the display screen G as moving images. This notice display occurs both when the reach display is generated and when the reach display is not generated, but it is set so that it is more likely to occur when the reach display is generated than when the reach display is not generated. It is
Note that the advance notice display is not limited to this, and for example, the background may be changed, and the pattern rows Z1 to Z3 may be changed and displayed.

Finally, the fluctuation type counter CS will be explained. For example, the fluctuation type counter CS is a loop counter that loops within the range of 0 to 198 by adding 1 to the previous value each time it is updated and returning to 0 after reaching the maximum value 198. .
The fluctuation type counter CS is updated at least once each time a normal process, which will be described later, is executed, and is stored in the lottery counter buffer each time it is updated.
Then, the MPU 62 determines the pattern display duration time on the main display section 45 and the pattern display duration time on the pattern display device 51 based on the value of the variation type counter CS stored in the lottery counter buffer.

<Regarding Various Processing Executed by Main Controller 60>
The MPU 62 of the main control device 60 executes timer interrupt processing and normal processing that advances the game, and main processing that is activated when the power is turned on. Timer interrupt processing, normal processing, and main processing will be described in order below.
In addition to timer interrupt processing, normal processing, and main processing, the MPU 62 executes NMI interrupt processing activated by input of a power failure signal to the NMI terminal (non-maskable terminal), but description of this processing will be omitted.

<Timer interrupt processing>
FIG. 8 is a diagram showing a flowchart of timer interrupt processing.
In the timer interrupt process, the MPU 62 periodically (for example, every 2 msec) executes steps S101 to S105, as shown in FIG.

In step S101, the MPU 62 executes reading processing of the plurality of detection sensors 50a to 50f. In this reading process, the MPU 62 reads the states of the plurality of detection sensors 50a to 50f, judges the states, and stores them in the RAM 64 as winning detection information. When the MPU 62 determines that the detection sensors 50a to 50d corresponding to various winning ports detect the winning of the game balls, it sets a prize ball command for instructing the payout of the prize balls, and sets this set prize ball command. A command is transmitted to the payout control device 70 . For example, when the MPU 62 determines that the detection sensor 50d corresponding to the variable winning device 38 has detected the winning of game balls, a prize ball command for instructing 15 prize balls, which is the specific unit number to the payout control device 70.
The payout control device 70 performs payout control to cause the payout device 71 to pay out prize balls based on the prize ball command transmitted from the MPU 62 .

In step S102, the MPU 62 updates the random number initial value counter CINI. Specifically, as described above, the MPU 62 adds 1 to the previous value of the random number initial value counter CINI to update it, and stores the updated value in the lottery counter buffer set in a predetermined area of the RAM 64. do. Note that the MPU 62 returns the value of the random number initial value counter CINI to 0 and clears it if it reaches the maximum value when adding 1 to the previous value of the random number initial value counter CINI.

In step S103, the MPU 62 updates the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, the reach random number counter C3, and the electric accessory release counter C4. Specifically, as described above, the MPU 62 adds 1 to each of the previous values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, the reach random number counter C3, and the electric accessary product release counter C4 and updates them. The subsequent value is stored in a lottery counter buffer set in a predetermined area of the RAM 64 . Note that the MPU 62 returns the values of the counters C1 to C4 to 0 and clears them when the previous values of the counters C1 to C4 have reached the maximum value when 1 is added thereto.

In step S104, the MPU 62 executes the winning process for through. In this through winning process, when the MPU 62 determines that the detection sensor 50f corresponding to each through gate 41 has detected the winning of the game ball, the electric accessory opening counter C4 updated in step S103 is stored in the electric service reservation area 64c. Further, the MPU 62 sets a command for lighting the third suspension lamp section 55 and transmits the set command to the sound emission control device 90 .
In addition, the sound emission control device 90 turns on the third suspension lamp section 55 based on a command transmitted from the MPU 62 . Further, the number of reserved game balls that have won the through gate 41 is, as described above, a maximum of four, and the third reservation lamp portion 55 is lit by the number corresponding to this reserved number.

In step S105, the MPU 62 executes the winning process for the working opening.
The prize winning process for the operating port will be described in detail below.

<Winning process for operating port>
FIG. 9 is a diagram showing a flow chart of the winning process for the working opening.
In the winning process for the working opening, the MPU 62 executes steps S201 to S212 as shown in FIG.

In step S201, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the detection sensor 50b corresponding to the upper operating port 36 has detected the winning of the game ball, thereby determining whether the game ball has entered the upper operating port 36 (start winning). determine whether When the MPU 62 determines in step S201 that the game ball has won in the upper working port 36, in step S202, the number of reserved balls stored in the first result display section reserved area Ra is grasped, and the reserved number is determined. The number is set in a predetermined storage area in the first result display section reservation area Ra as the first start-up reservation storage number RaN. Then, MPU62 performs the process after step S205.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S201 that the game ball has not entered the upper operating port 36, in step S203, the detection sensor 50c corresponding to the lower operating port 37 detects the winning of the game ball. is detected, it is determined whether or not the game ball has entered the lower operation opening 37 (start winning).
When the MPU 62 determines in step S203 that the game ball has not entered the lower working opening 37, it ends the winning processing for the working opening. In addition, when the MPU 62 determines that the game ball has won the lower operation opening 37 in step S203, in step S204, the number of reservations stored in the second result display section reservation area Rb is grasped, The pending number is set in a predetermined storage area in the second result display portion pending area Rb as the second start pending storage number RbN. Then, MPU62 performs the process after step S205.

After executing the process of step S202 or step S204, the MPU 62 checks in step S205 if the number of starting suspension memories N (RaN or RbN) set in step S202 or step S204 is less than the upper limit value (4 in this embodiment). Determine whether or not there is
When the MPU 62 determines in step S205 that the number N of start pending memories is not less than the upper limit value, the MPU 62 ends the prize winning process for the operating opening. Further, when the MPU 62 determines in step S205 that the start pending memory number N is less than the upper limit value, the MPU 62 adds 1 to the value of the start pending memory number N and updates it in step S206.

In step S207, the MPU 62 stores a set of values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3 updated in step S103 of the timer interrupt process out of the empty storage area of the reservation area for the result display section. The suspension information is stored in the first storage area, that is, the storage area corresponding to the start suspension storage number N updated in step S206.

For example, when the MPU 62 sets the first start pending memory number RaN in step S202, each of the jackpot random number counter C1, jackpot type counter C2, and reach random number counter C3 updated in step S103 of the timer interrupt process A set of values is stored as pending information in the first storage area of the empty storage areas in the first result display portion pending area Ra, that is, in the storage area corresponding to the first start pending storage number RaN updated in step S206. For example, when the MPU 62 sets "3" to the first start pending memory number RaN in step S202, the MPU 62 stores "4" in the first start pending memory number RaN updated in step S206. Hold information is stored in a certain fourth area Ra4.

Also, for example, when the MPU 62 sets the second start pending memory number RbN in step S204, the jackpot random number counter C1, jackpot type counter C2, and reach random number counter C3 updated in step S103 of the timer interrupt process are stored as suspension information in the first storage area among the empty storage areas of the second result display section storage area Rb, that is, in the storage area corresponding to the second start suspension storage number RbN updated in step S206. do. For example, when the MPU 62 sets "3" to the second start pending memory number RbN in step S204, the MPU 62 stores the second start pending memory number RbN in the storage area corresponding to "4" updated in step S206. Hold information is stored in a certain fourth area Rb4.

In step S208, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the winning lottery mode is the high probability mode.
When the MPU 62 determines in step S208 that the win/loss lottery mode is not the high-probability mode, in step S209 the win/fail table for the low-probability mode (see FIG. 6A) is stored in the win/fail table storage area 63a of the ROM 63. If it is determined in step S208 that the win/loss lottery mode is the high-probability mode, the win/fail table for the high-probability mode (see FIG. 6B) is read from the win/fail table storage area 63a of the ROM 63 in step S210. read out.

After executing the process of step S209 or step S210, the MPU 62 executes the suitability determination process in step S211. In this success/failure determination process, the MPU 62 stores the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 stored in the first storage area among the empty storage areas of the result display portion reservation area in step S207, and the success/failure read out in step S209 or step S210. By comparing with the table, the result of the winning lottery (winning result) is determined. In addition, as described above, the winning result is one of "big win winning", "special losing result", and "normal losing result". The same is true for

In step S212, when the first start suspension storage number RaN is set in step S202, the MPU 62 stores the storage area of the storage area Ra for the first result display section. 1 hold generation command is set, and this set first hold generation command is transmitted to the sound emission control device 90 .
This first suspension generation command is for causing the sound emission control device 90 to recognize that suspension information has been stored in the storage area of the first result display holding area Ra based on the winning of the game ball to the upper operation port 36. and information related to the success/failure result. In other words, the first pending generation command includes each information related to "jackpot winning", "special loss result", and "usual loss result" as information related to win/fail results.
In addition, the sound emission control device 90 turns on the first suspension lamp unit 53 based on the first suspension generation command transmitted from the MPU 62, and also executes predetermined processing. This processing will be described later in detail. Further, the number of reserved game balls that have won the upper operation port 36 is, as described above, a maximum of four, and the first reservation lamp portion 53 is lit by the number corresponding to this reserved number.

Further, in step S208, the MPU 62, when the second start pending storage number RbN is set in step S204, is for recognizing that the pending information is stored in the storage area of the second result display portion pending area Rb. , and transmits this set second hold generation command to the sound emission control device 90 . After that, the MPU 62 terminates the prize winning process for the operating port.
This second hold generation command is used to make the sound emission control device 90 recognize that the hold information is stored in the storage area of the second result display portion hold area Rb based on the winning of the game ball to the lower operation opening 37. and information related to the success/failure result. In other words, the second hold generation command includes each information related to "jackpot winning", "special loss result", and "usual loss result" as the information related to the win/fail result.
In addition, the sound emission control device 90 turns on the second suspension lamp unit 54 based on the second suspension generation command transmitted from the MPU 62, and also executes predetermined processing. This processing will be described later in detail. Also, the number of reserved game balls that have won the lower operation opening 37 is, as described above, a maximum of four, and the second reservation lamp portion 54 is lit by the number corresponding to this reserved number.

<Normal processing>
FIG. 10 is a diagram showing a flowchart of normal processing.
The MPU 62 executes a main process, which will be described later, which is activated when the power is turned on, and then executes a normal process, which is the main process for advancing the game. In this normal process, the MPU 62 executes steps S301 to S314 as shown in FIG. Specifically, the MPU 62 periodically executes steps S301 to S309 in a cycle of 4 msec, repeatedly executes steps S308 to S311 when a remaining time occurs, and executes step S312 and subsequent steps according to the determination result of step S308. Run.

In step S301, the MPU 62 executes timer interrupt processing or external output processing for transmitting commands set in the previous normal processing to each sub-side control device. In this external output process, for example, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the prize ball command is set, and if it determines that the prize ball command is set, the prize ball command is sent to the payout control device 70 Send. Further, for example, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the first on-hold generation command is set, and if it determines that the first on-hold generation command is set, the first on-hold generation command is controlled by sound emission control. Send to device 90 . Further, for example, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the second hold generation command is set, and if it determines that the second hold generation command is set, the second hold generation command is controlled by sound emission control. Send to device 90 . Further, for example, the MPU 62 determines whether or not a command for effect such as a command corresponding to the effect for the game cycle or a command corresponding to the effect for the open/close execution mode is set, and the command for effect is determined. When it is determined that it is set, the command for that effect is transmitted to the sound emission control device 90 .

In step S302, the MPU 62 updates the variation type counter CS. Specifically, as described above, the MPU 62 adds 1 to the previous value of the fluctuation type counter CS to update it, and stores the updated value in the lottery counter buffer set in a predetermined area of the RAM 64. . In addition, when the MPU 62 has reached the maximum value when adding 1 to the previous value of the fluctuation type counter CS, the value of the fluctuation type counter CS is returned to 0 and cleared.

In step S303, the MPU 62 executes game round control processing for advancing the game round. In the game round control process, the MPU 62 executes a win/fail lottery and a sorting lottery, determines information related to a pattern to be finally stopped and displayed on the pattern display device 51, and determines a pattern to be finally stopped and displayed on the main display unit 45. decision of information related to
In step S304, the MPU 62 executes game state transition processing for shifting the game state. In the game state transition processing, the MPU 62 executes transition processing to each game state such as an opening/closing execution mode, a high probability mode, and a high frequency support mode.
The game round control process in step S303 and the game state transition process in step S304 will be described later in detail.

In step S305, the MPU 62 executes demonstration display execution determination processing. In this demonstration display execution determination process, the MPU 62 determines whether or not a predetermined start waiting period (for example, 3 seconds) for the start of the demonstration has elapsed without a new game round being started after the game round has ended. However, when it is determined that the start waiting period has elapsed, a demo command for starting the demo display is transmitted to the sound emission control device 90 .
Note that the sound emission control device 90 starts the demonstration display execution process based on the demonstration command transmitted from the MPU 62 .

Here, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the start waiting period has passed by counting the number of times the process of step S305 is executed. For example, if the start waiting period is set to 3 seconds and the interval for repeatedly executing the process of step S305 is 4 msec, the MPU 62 counts the number of times the process of step S305 is executed, and when it reaches 750 times, the start waiting period is determined to have passed. Note that the configuration for measuring the start waiting period is arbitrary, and for example, the start waiting period may be measured using a real-time clock. In addition, when the MPU 62 starts a new game round while counting the number of execution times of the process of step S305, the count value is reset.

In step S<b>306 , the MPU 62 executes an electric support process for executing drive control of the electric accessory 37 a provided in the lower working port 37 . In this electric role support process, the MPU 62 executes the electric role product opening lottery based on the value of the electric role product opening counter C4 stored in the electric role holding area 64c of the RAM 64, and the electric role product opening lottery. When winning, the opening/closing process of the electric accessory 37a is executed. Further, the MPU 62 performs display control of the accessory display unit 46 so as to display the result of the electric accessory open lottery.

In step S307, the MPU 62 executes game ball launch control processing. In this game ball shooting control process, the MPU 62 causes the power supply/shooting control device 80 to execute shooting control for shooting a game ball based on the rotation of the shooting handle 27 by the player. Specifically, the power supply/shooting control device 80 causes the game ball shooting mechanism 81 to shoot a game ball by exciting the solenoid of the game ball shooting mechanism 81 at a predetermined cycle (0.6 sec in this embodiment). . In addition, the solenoid is energized so as to shoot the game ball with a shooting intensity corresponding to the rotation operation amount of the shooting handle 27 . Further, the power supply/shooting control device 80 supplies a drive signal to the solenoid of the game ball shooting mechanism 81 to shoot the game ball when a predetermined shooting condition is met.

In step S308, the MPU 62 determines whether a power failure flag is set in a power failure flag storage area (not shown) of the RAM 64 or not. This power failure flag is set in the RAM 64 when a power failure signal is input from the power failure monitor board 65 to the NMI terminal of the MPU 62 . The power failure monitoring board 65 outputs this power failure signal when it confirms the occurrence of power failure. This power failure flag is cleared when the main process is executed next time.

Here, the pachinko machine 10 sets various flags by substituting 1 in a predetermined area of the RAM 64 or the like, and clears various flags by substituting 0. For example, the pachinko machine 10 sets the power outage flag by substituting 1 in the power outage flag storage area of the RAM 64 and clears the power outage flag by substituting 0 in the power outage flag storage area of the RAM 64 .

When the MPU 62 determines that the power failure flag is set in step S308, the MPU 62 executes the power failure processing of step S312 and subsequent steps without executing the processing of step S309 and subsequent steps. Specifically, in step S312, the MPU 62 prohibits the generation of timer interrupt processing. In step S313, the MPU 62 calculates and stores a RAM determination value (checksum of the RAM 64). In step S314, MPU62 prohibits the access to RAM64. After that, the MPU 62 continues the infinite loop until the power supply is completely cut off and the process cannot be executed.

On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S308 that the power failure flag has not been set, in step S309 it determines whether the timing for executing the next normal process has come, that is, whether the current normal process has It is determined whether or not a predetermined time (4 msec in this embodiment) has passed since the start.
When the MPU 62 determines in step S309 that the timing for executing the next normal process has not yet arrived, that is, when the remaining time has occurred, in step S310, the random number initial value counter CINI is updated, and in step S311. , the fluctuation type counter CS is updated. The MPU 62 repeats steps S308 to S311 until it determines in step S309 that it is time to execute the next normal process.

On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S309 that the timing for executing the next normal process has arrived, that is, if the remaining time has not occurred, the next normal process is executed by executing step S301 again. Begin normal processing.

<Main processing>
FIG. 11 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the main processing.
In the main process, the MPU 62 executes steps S401 to S412 as shown in FIG.
In step S401, the MPU 62 executes start-up processing upon power-on. In this start-up process, the MPU 62 waits for a predetermined time (for example, about 500 msec) after the power is turned on in order to wait for the sub-side control board (such as the control board of the sound emission control device 90) to become operable. ) has passed.

In step S402, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the permission prohibition period of 1 sec has elapsed. When the MPU 62 determines that 1 sec has not passed in step S402, it repeats the process of step S402. Further, when the MPU 62 determines that 1 sec has passed in step S402, the MPU 62 executes the processing after step S403.

Here, the MPU 62 determines whether or not 1 sec has passed by counting the number of times the process of step S402 is executed. For example, if the interval for repeatedly executing the processing of step S402 is 0.1 msec, the MPU 62 counts the number of executions of the processing of step S402 and determines that 1 sec has elapsed when the number reaches 10000 times. Note that the configuration for measuring the permission prohibition period is arbitrary. For example, the permission prohibition period may be measured using a real-time clock.

In step S403, MPU62 permits the access to RAM64.
In step S404, the MPU 62 determines whether or not a RAM erase switch (not shown) provided in the power/emission control device 80 is turned on.
When the MPU 62 determines that the RAM erase switch is turned on in step S404, it executes the processing from step S409.
On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S404 that the RAM erase switch is not turned on, it determines in step S405 whether or not the power failure flag is set in the power failure flag storage area of the RAM 64. do.

When the MPU 62 determines that the power failure flag is not set in step S405, the MPU 62 executes the processing from step S409.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines that the power failure flag is set in step S405, it calculates the RAM determination value in step S406.
At step S407, the MPU 62 confirms the validity of the data stored in the RAM 64 by determining whether the RAM determination value calculated at step S406 is normal. Specifically, the MPU 62 compares the RAM determination value calculated in step S406 with the RAM determination value saved in step S313 (power failure processing) of the normal processing, and if they match, , the RAM determination value is determined to be normal, and if they do not match, the RAM determination value is determined to be abnormal.

When the MPU 62 determines that the RAM determination value is not normal in step S407, the MPU 62 executes the processing from step S409.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines that the RAM determination value is normal in step S407, it clears the power failure flag stored in the power failure flag storage area of the RAM 64 in step S408.

The validity of the data stored in the RAM 64 may be determined by a method different from the method of confirming the consistency of the RAM determination value. The validity of the data stored in the RAM 64 may be confirmed by determining in the main processing whether or not the keyword has been written normally.

As described above, when the MPU 62 determines that the RAM erase switch is turned on in step S404, determines that the power failure flag is not set in step S405, or determines that the RAM determination value is not normal, the processing from step S409 is executed.
Specifically, the MPU 62 clears the work area of the RAM 64 in step S409, and initializes the RAM 64 in step S410.

Therefore, for example, the administrator of the game hall can initialize the data stored in the RAM 64 by turning on the power of the pachinko machine 10 while pressing the RAM erase switch at the start of business of the game hall. Moreover, the pachinko machine 10 initializes the data stored in the RAM 64 when the occurrence of a power failure is not confirmed by the power failure monitoring board 65 or when the RAM determination value is abnormal.

After executing the process of step S408 or step S410, the MPU 62 transmits an initial command to the sub-side control board (such as the control board of the sound emission control device 90) in step S411, and timer interrupt in step S412. Allow the process to occur, and shift to the above-described normal process.
By receiving the initial command transmitted in step S411, the sub-side control board recognizes that communication with the main control board 61 is being performed normally, and executes its own initialization. do.

<Game Round Control Processing>
FIG. 12 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the game round control process.
In the game round control process, the MPU 62 executes steps S501 to S509 as shown in FIG.
In step S501, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the opening/closing execution mode is in progress. When the MPU 62 determines in step S501 that the open/close execution mode is in progress, it ends the game round control process without executing the processes after step S502. Therefore, when it is determined that the open/close execution mode is in progress, the MPU 62 does not start the progress of the game cycle regardless of whether or not the winning of the game ball to the operation ports 36 and 37 is detected.
The MPU 62 determines whether or not the opening/closing execution mode is in progress by referring to the opening/closing execution mode flag stored in the RAM 64 . The same applies to each of the following processes. The MPU 62 sets the opening/closing execution mode flag when shifting to the opening/closing execution mode, and clears the opening/closing execution mode flag when the opening/closing execution mode ends.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S501 that the open/close execution mode is not in progress, in step S502, the main display section 45 determines whether the variable display is being performed, that is, the game round is in progress. Determine whether or not
When the MPU 62 determines in step S502 that the main display section 45 is not performing the variable display, the MPU 62 executes the game round start processing in steps S503 to S505.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S502 that the main display section 45 is performing the variable display, the MPU 62 executes the game cycle progressing process in steps S506 to S509.

First, the processing for starting a game cycle in steps S503 to S505 will be described.
In step S503, the MPU 62 grasps the number of reservations stored in the first result display section reservation area Ra and the number of reservations stored in the second result display section reservation area Rb, and these numbers of reservations is equal to or less than "0". When the MPU 62 determines in step S503 that the total number CRN is equal to or less than "0", it ends the game round control process.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S503 that the total number CRN is not "0" or less, in step S504, the first result display section reservation area Ra or the second result display section reservation area A data setting process is executed to set the pending information stored in Rb for completion of game rounds. After that, in step S505, the MPU 62 causes the main display unit 45 and the symbol display device 51 to start variable display, executes a variation start process for finishing the game round, and ends the game round control process.
The data setting process in step S504 and the variation start process in step S505 will be described in detail below.

FIG. 13 is a diagram showing a flowchart of data setting processing.
In the data setting process, the MPU 62 executes steps S601 to S611 as shown in FIG.
In step S601, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the second start reservation memory number RbN in the second result display section reservation area Rb set in step S204 of the operation port winning process is "0" or less. do. When the MPU 62 determines in step S601 that the second start pending memory number RbN is equal to or less than "0", the MPU 62 executes data setting processing for the first result display section in steps S602 to S606, and proceeds to step S601. If it is determined that the second start pending memory number RbN is not equal to or less than "0", data setting processing for the second result display section in steps S607 to S611 is executed.

In this way, the data setting process includes the data setting process for the first result display section for setting the reservation information stored in the reservation area Ra for the first result display section for completing the game cycle, and the data setting processing for the second result display section. and a data setting process for the second result display section for setting the reservation information stored in the reservation area Rb for completion of the game cycle.
When the MPU 62 determines in step S601 that the second start pending storage number RbN is not equal to or less than "0", the MPU 62 does not execute the data setting process for the first result display section. Execute the data setting process for In other words, when the MPU 62 determines that there is reservation information stored in the second result display section reservation area Rb based on the winning of the game ball to the lower operation opening 37, the upper operation opening 36 The reservation information stored in the second result display section reservation area Rb is preferentially played regardless of whether or not there is reservation information stored in the first result display section reservation area Ra based on the winning of the game ball. Set for one digestion.

First, data setting processing for the first result display section in steps S602 to S606 will be described.
In step S602, the MPU 62 subtracts 1 from the value of the first start pending storage number RaN in the first result display portion pending area Ra to update the value.
In step S603, the MPU 62 moves the pending information stored in the first area Ra1 of the first result display portion pending area Ra to the execution area AE.
In step S604, the MPU 62 executes data shift processing for shifting the pending information stored in the storage area of the first result display portion pending area Ra. This data shift process is a process of sequentially shifting the pending information stored in each of the areas Ra1 to Ra4 to the first area Ra1 side. Specifically, the MPU 62 shifts the pending information in the second area Ra2 to the first area Ra1, shifts the pending information in the third area Ra3 to the second area Ra2, and shifts the pending information in the fourth area Ra4 to the third area Ra1. Shift to area Ra3.

At step S605, the MPU 62 clears the second result display flag stored in the RAM 64. FIG. This second result display section flag is a flag for specifying which main display section 45, out of the first result display section 45a and the second result display section 45b, starts the variable display when completing a game round. is. In this step S605, the MPU 62 clears the second result display section flag, so that when the game cycle is completed, the variable display is made on the first result display section 45a based on the winning of the game ball into the upper working hole 36. indicates that the

In step S606, the MPU 62 sets a first shift command for recognizing that the hold information stored in the storage area of the first result display portion hold area Ra has been shifted. A shift command is transmitted to the sound emission control device 90, and the data setting process is terminated. This command at the time of the first shift emits a voice to indicate that the hold information stored in the hold area Ra for the first result display unit has been shifted based on the winning of the game ball to the upper operation port 36. It contains information for the control device 90 to recognize.
In addition, the sound emission control device 90 changes the lighting state of the first holding lamp section 53 based on the command for the first shift transmitted from the MPU 62 . Specifically, the sound emission control device 90 reduces the lighting number of the first reservation lamp portion 53 as the number of reserved game balls that have won the upper operation opening 36 decreases. Also, the sound emission control device 90 executes a predetermined process based on the first shift command transmitted from the MPU 62 . This processing will be described later in detail.

Next, data setting processing for the second result display section in steps S607 to S611 will be described.
In step S607, the MPU 62 subtracts 1 from the value of the second start pending storage number RbN in the second result display portion pending area Rb to update it.
In step S608, the MPU 62 moves the pending information stored in the first area Rb1 of the second result display portion pending area Rb to the execution area AE.
In step S609, the MPU 62 executes data shift processing for shifting the pending information stored in the storage area of the second result display portion pending area Rb. This data shift process is a process of sequentially shifting the pending information stored in each of the areas Rb1 to Rb4 to the first area Rb1 side. Specifically, the MPU 62 shifts the pending information of the second area Rb2 to the first area Rb1, shifts the pending information of the third area Rb3 to the second area Rb2, shifts the pending information of the fourth area Rb4 to the third Shift to area Rb3.

At step S610, the MPU 62 sets the second result display section flag in the RAM 64. FIG. In this step S610, the MPU 62 sets the second result display section flag, so that when the game cycle is completed, the second result display section 45b displays a variable display based on the winning of the game ball into the lower operation opening 37. indicates that the

In step S611, the MPU 62 sets a second shift-time command for recognizing that the shift of the pending information stored in the storage area of the second result display portion pending area Rb has been executed. A shift command is transmitted to the sound emission control device 90, and the data setting process is terminated. This command at the time of the second shift emits a voice to indicate that the hold information stored in the hold area Rb for the second result display portion has been shifted based on the winning of the game ball to the lower operation port 37. It contains information for the control device 90 to recognize.
In addition, the sound emission control device 90 changes the lighting state of the second holding lamp section 54 based on the command for the second shift transmitted from the MPU 62 . Specifically, the sound emission control device 90 reduces the lighting number of the second reservation lamp portion 54 as the number of reserved game balls that have won the lower operation opening 37 decreases. Also, the sound emission control device 90 executes a predetermined process based on the second shift command transmitted from the MPU 62 . This processing will be described later in detail.

FIG. 14 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the fluctuation start process.
In the fluctuation start process, the MPU 62 executes steps S701 to S718 as shown in FIG.
In step S701, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the winning lottery mode is the high probability mode.
When the MPU 62 determines in step S701 that the win/loss lottery mode is not the high-probability mode, in step S702, the win/fail table for the low-probability mode (see FIG. 6A) is stored in the win/fail table storage area 63a of the ROM 63. If it is determined in step S701 that the win/loss lottery mode is the high-probability mode, the win/fail table for the high-probability mode (see FIG. 6B) is read out from the win/fail table storage area 63a of the ROM 63 in step S703. read out.

After executing the process of step S702 or step S703, the MPU 62 executes the suitability determination process in step S704. In this success/failure determination process, the MPU 62 compares the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 stored in the execution area AE with the success/failure table read out in step S702 or step S703 to obtain the result of the success/failure lottery (result of success/failure). judge. In addition, as described above, the winning result is one of "big win winning", "special losing result", and "normal losing result". The same is true for

In step S705, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the win/loss result determined in step S704 is "big hit". If the MPU 62 determines in step S705 that the win/loss result is "jackpot winning", it executes the processing from step S706 onwards. , the processing after step S712 is executed.

First, in step S705, the processing (processing after step S706) when it is determined by the MPU 62 that the winning result is "big hit winning" will be described.
In step S706, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the second result display flag is set in the RAM 64. FIG.

When the MPU 62 determines in step S706 that the second result display section flag is not set in the RAM 64, the first result display section 45a based on the winning of the game ball to the upper operation opening 36 starts a variable display. Therefore, in step S707, the first distribution table (see FIG. 7A) is read from the distribution table storage area 63b of the ROM 63. FIG.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines that the second result display section flag is set in the RAM 64 in step S706, the second result display section 45b based on the winning of the game ball to the lower opening 37 , the second sorting table (see FIG. 7B) is read from the sorting table storage area 63b of the ROM 63 in step S708.

After performing the process of step S707 or step S708, MPU62 performs a distribution determination process in step S709. In this distribution determination process, the MPU 62 compares the value of the jackpot type counter C2 stored in the execution area AE with the distribution table read out in step S707 or step S708 to determine the result of the distribution lottery ( distribution result).

In step S710, the MPU 62 executes a stop result setting process for the jackpot result. In this stop result setting process for the jackpot result, the MPU 62 determines in step S709 the information related to the pattern to be finally stopped and displayed on the first result display section 45a or the second result display section 45b of the main display section 45. A decision is made according to the sorting result, and the decided information is stored in the RAM 64 . Here, the MPU 62 compares the distribution result determined in step S709 with the stop result table for the jackpot result stored in advance in the ROM 63, and determines the pattern to be finally stopped and displayed on the main display unit 45. Determine relevant information. The stop result table for the jackpot result defines the mode of the pattern to be stopped and displayed on the main display unit 45 so as to be different for each sorting result.

In step S711, the MPU 62 sets a flag in the RAM 64 according to the distribution result determined in step S709. Specifically, when the MPU 62 specifies that the distribution result is a "low probability result", it sets a low probability result flag and specifies that it is a "non-explicit small round high probability result" , set the non-explicit small round high-probability result flag, and if it is specified as "explicit small-round high-probability result", set the explicit small-round high-probability result flag, and set the "most favorable result" , then set the best result flag. Then, MPU62 performs the process after step S716.
In addition, in each of the following processes, the MPU 62 executes determination of the distribution result by referring to these flags.

Next, the process (process after step S712) when it is determined by the MPU 62 that the win/loss result is not "big win winning" in step S705 will be described.
In step S712, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the win/loss result determined in step S704 is the "special losing result".
If the MPU 62 determines in step S712 that the win/loss result is the "special failure result", it executes the processing from step S713 onwards, and if it determines that the success/failure result is not the "special failure result" in step S712. , the process after step S715 is executed.

In step S713, the MPU 62 executes stop result setting processing for the special outlier result. In this stop result setting process for the special outlier result, the MPU 62 determines information related to the pattern to be finally stopped and displayed on the first result display section 45a or the second result display section 45b of the main display section 45, and The information obtained is stored in the RAM 64 . Here, the MPU 62 refers to the stop result table for special outlier results stored in advance in the ROM 63 to determine information related to the pattern to be finally stopped and displayed on the main display section 45 . The mode of the picture set in the stop result table for the special winning result is different from the mode of the picture set in the stop result table for the big win result.
At step S714, the MPU 62 sets a special out flag in the RAM 64. FIG.
In each of the following processes, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the win/loss result is a "special loss result" by referring to this special loss flag.

On the other hand, in step S715, the MPU 62 executes the stop result setting process for the normal deviation result. In this stop result setting process for the out-of-normal result, the MPU 62 determines information related to the pattern to be finally stopped and displayed on the first result display section 45a or the second result display section 45b of the main display section 45, and The information obtained is stored in the RAM 64 . Here, the MPU 62 refers to the stop result table for the normal outlier result stored in the ROM 63 in advance, thereby determining information related to the pattern to be finally stopped and displayed on the main display section 45 . The mode of the picture set in the stopping result table for the normal losing result is different from the mode of the picture set in the stopping result table for the jackpot result and the stopping result table for the special losing result.

After executing any of the processes of steps S711, S714, and S715, the MPU 62 executes a process of setting the display duration (display duration) in step S716.
In the display duration setting process, the MPU 62 acquires the value of the variation type counter CS stored in the variation type counter buffer in the lottery counter buffer of the RAM 64 .

In addition, in the display duration setting process, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the ready-to-win display is generated on the pattern display device 51 . Specifically, the MPU 62 determines that the sorting result determined in step S709 is a "low probability result" or "best result", and the success/failure result determined in step S704 is a "normal deviation result". At the same time, when winning the ready-to-win generation lottery, it is determined that the ready-to-win display occurs. In addition, as described above, the MPU 62 compares the reach table stored in advance in the reach table storage area 63c of the ROM 63 with the value of the reach random number counter C3 stored in the reserved ball storage area 64b. Run a reach generation lottery.

When the MPU 62 determines that the reach display occurs, the change type counter obtained from the change type counter buffer by referring to the reach generation display duration table stored in the reach display table storage area 63c of the ROM 63 A display continuation time corresponding to the value of CS is determined, and the determined display continuation time is set in a display continuation time counter provided in various counter areas 64 a of the RAM 64 .

When it is determined that the reach display does not occur, the MPU 62 refers to the reach non-occurrence display duration table stored in the reach table storage area 63c of the ROM 63, so that the fluctuation acquired from the fluctuation type counter buffer A display continuation time corresponding to the value of the type counter CS is determined, and the determined display continuation time is set in a display continuation time counter provided in the various counter areas 64 a of the RAM 64 .

Specifically, the reach non-occurrence display duration table is set so that the display duration is shortened as the pending number increases. Therefore, the display continuation time for consuming the pending information related to the upper working port 36 is set to be shorter as the number of pending items related to the upper working port 36 increases. Further, the display duration time when the pending information related to the lower working port 37 is consumed is set to be shorter as the number of pending items related to the lower working port 37 increases. Further, the reach non-occurrence display duration table is set so that the display duration is shorter when the support mode is the high-frequency support mode than when it is the low-frequency support mode. In other words, if the pending number is the same, the display duration time in the high-frequency support mode is shorter than that in the low-frequency support mode.
Furthermore, the display duration determined by referring to the reach occurrence display duration table is different from the display duration determined by referring to the reach non-occurrence display duration table.

In addition, the reach non-occurrence display duration table may be set to a relationship opposite to the above-described relationship, such as the display duration becomes longer as the number of holds increases, depending on the number of holds and support mode It may be configured so that it does not fluctuate. Alternatively, the display duration table may be set individually for each of the win/fail result and the sorting result.

At step S717, the MPU 62 sets the variation command and the type command. In step S301 of normal processing, the MPU 62 transmits the command for variation and the type command set in step S717 to the sound emission control device 90. FIG.
Note that the sound emission control device 90 executes predetermined processing based on the variation command and the type command transmitted from the MPU 62 . This processing will be described later in detail.

The variation command includes information related to display duration. Also, the variation command does not include information as to whether or not the ready-to-win display will occur.
Here, as described above, the display duration determined by referring to the reach generation display duration table and the display duration determined by referring to the reach non-occurrence display duration table different.
Therefore, even if the variation command does not include the information on whether or not the ready-to-win display occurs, the ready-to-win display is performed by the sound emission control device 90, which is the sub-side control device, based on the information on the display duration time. It is possible to determine whether or not it occurs. In this sense, it can be said that the variation command indirectly includes information as to whether or not the ready-to-win display will occur. Note that the variation command may directly include information as to whether or not the ready-to-win display will occur.

The type command includes information related to the win/fail result. In other words, the type command includes each piece of information related to "big win win", "special loss result", and "normal loss result" as information related to win/fail results. Also, the type command includes information related to sorting results. In other words, the type command includes, as information related to the sorting result, each of the "low probability result", the "non-explicit few round high probability result", the "explicit few round high probability result", and the "best result". contains information.
In the following description, the win/fail result and the sorting result are collectively referred to as the game result. In other words, the type command contains information about the game result.

In step S718, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the second result display section flag is set in the RAM 64, and causes the main display section 45 to start variable display based on the determination result. After that, the MPU 62 terminates the fluctuation start process.
Specifically, when the MPU 62 determines that the second result display section flag is not set in the RAM 64, the first Since it indicates that the result display section 45a is to start the variable display, the first result display section 45a is caused to start the variable display.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines that the second result display section flag is set in the RAM 64, the second Since it indicates that the result display section 45b is to start the variable display, the second result display section 45b is caused to start the variable display.

Returning to the description of the game round control process, the game round progressing process of steps S506 to S509 will be described with reference to FIG.
In step S502, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the main display section 45 is performing variable display. Execute the process.

In step S506, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the display continuation time set in step S716 of the fluctuation start process has elapsed. Specifically, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the value set in the display continuation time counter of the RAM 64 has become "0" or less. The value of the display duration counter is updated by subtracting 1 from the previous value each time the timer interrupt process is executed.

When the MPU 62 determines in step S506 that the display continuation time has not elapsed, in step S507, the MPU 62 executes processing for variable display. In this process for variable display, the MPU 62 updates the display on the main display section 45 during variable display. After that, the MPU 62 ends the game round control process.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S506 that the display continuation time has elapsed, in step S508, the MPU 62 executes fluctuation end processing. In this fluctuation end processing, the MPU 62 stores the information (main (information related to the pattern to be finally stopped and displayed on the display unit 45). Then, at the end of the game cycle, the MPU 62 controls the display of the main display section 45 so that the main display section 45 displays the pattern corresponding to the specified information on the main display section 45 during the variable display.

Here, the pattern finally stopped and displayed on the main display section 45 differs for each type of game result. Therefore, the manager of the game hall or the like can confirm the game result by looking at the main display section 45 at the end of the game round. According to this, the manager of the game hall can easily check whether or not the pachinko machine 10 is being cheated to behave in the same manner as when winning a lottery for generating a big win. can be done systematically.
The display area of the main display unit 45 is narrower than that of the display screen G of the pattern display device 51. Compared to Z1 to Z3, it is difficult for the player to recognize. Therefore, at the end of the game cycle, the player checks the display screen G of the pattern display device 51 instead of the main display section 45 to determine whether or not the player has won the big win. Attention to the screen G can be increased.

In step S509, the MPU 62 sets a fluctuation end command. The MPU 62 transmits the fluctuation end command set in step S509 to the sound emission control device 90 in step S301 of the normal process. After that, the MPU 62 ends the game round control process.
In addition, the sound emission control device 90 executes processing for ending the effect of the game round based on the variation end command transmitted from the MPU 62 . Here, the sound emission control device 90 may be configured to independently end the effect of the game round without requiring reception of the variation end command.

<Game state transition processing>
FIG. 15 is a diagram showing a flowchart of game state transition processing.
In the game state transition process, the MPU 62 executes steps S801 to S816 as shown in FIG.
In step S801, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the opening/closing execution mode is in progress.
When the MPU 62 determines in step S801 that the opening/closing execution mode is not in progress, the MPU 62 executes the processing from step S802 onward.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S801 that the open/close execution mode is in progress, the MPU 62 executes the processing from step S813.

First, the processing (processing after step S802) when it is determined in step S801 that the MPU 62 is not in the opening/closing execution mode will be described.
In step S802, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the variable display on the main display section 45 has ended. When the MPU 62 determines in step S802 that the variable display on the main display section 45 has not ended, it ends the game state transition processing.
On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S802 that the variable display of the main display section 45 has ended, it determines in step S803 whether the success/failure result corresponds to the transition to the opening/closing execution mode. determine whether Specifically, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the win/loss result is "big win winning" or "special losing result".

When the MPU 62 determines in step S803 that the result corresponds to the transition to the opening/closing execution mode, the MPU 62 sets an opening/closing execution mode flag in the RAM 64, and then executes the processing from step S804.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S803 that the win/fail result does not correspond to the transition to the opening/closing execution mode (if it determines that the win/fail result is the "normal deviation result"), the game Terminate state transition processing.

In step S804, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the win/loss result is a "special losing result".
When the MPU 62 determines in step S804 that the win/loss result is the "special loss result", the MPU 62 sets "2" to the open/close counter SOC provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64 in step S805. This opening/closing counter SOC is a counter for specifying the total number of times the MPU 62 opens and closes the big winning opening 38a of the variable winning device 38 when shifting to the opening/closing execution mode.

On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S804 that the win/loss result is not the "special loss result", i.e., if it determines that the win/loss result is the "jackpot winning", in step S806, the distribution result is a small-round high-probability result ("implicit small-round high-probability result" or "explicit small-round high-probability result").

When the MPU 62 determines in step S806 that the result of allocation is a small round high probability result, in step S807 the MPU 62 sets the round counter RC provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64 to "2". Further, when the MPU 62 determines in step S806 that the allocation result is not the high-probability result for a small number of rounds, in step S808 it determines whether or not the allocation result is the "best result".

When the MPU 62 determines in step S808 that the distribution result is the "most advantageous result", in step S809, the MPU 62 executes a round number setting process. In this round number setting process, the MPU 62 sets a value corresponding to the number of rounds of the “best result” in the round counter RC provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64 .
Specifically, when the MPU 62 determines in step S808 that the distribution result is the "most favorable result at low probability" or the "most favorable result for 4 rounds", the counter area 64a of the RAM 64 is provided with "4" is set in the round counter RC. Further, when the MPU 62 determines in step S808 that the result of allocation is the "best result in 8 rounds", the MPU 62 sets the round counter RC provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64 to "8". Furthermore, when the MPU 62 determines in step S808 that the result of distribution is the "16 round most advantageous result", it sets the round counter RC provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64 to "16".

On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S808 that the sorting result is not the "most advantageous result", that is, if the sorting result is the "low probability result", in step S810, Set the round counter RC to "4". This round counter RC is a counter for specifying the number of round games by the MPU 62 when shifting to the opening/closing execution mode.

Here, the pachinko machine 10 has a plurality of opening/closing execution modes with mutually different end conditions. Specifically, the pachinko machine 10 has, as opening/closing execution modes, a number-of-rounds stipulation mode that shifts to when the win/fail result is a "jackpot win", and an opening/closing number mode to shift to when the win/fail result is a "special losing result". and a prescribed mode.

The round number regulation mode ends on the condition that a predetermined number of round games have been executed. Here, the number of round games corresponds to the value set in the round counter RC.
The opening/closing number regulation mode ends under the condition that the large winning opening 38a has been opened and closed a predetermined total number of times, or that a predetermined number of game balls have entered the large winning opening 38a. Here, the total number of openings and closings of the big winning opening 38a corresponds to the value set in the opening/closing counter SOC. This opening/closing number regulation mode does not end under the condition of the number of executions of the round game.

In addition, the pachinko machine 10 executes opening and closing of the big winning opening 38a once per round game. Also, one round game continues until one of the following two conditions is satisfied. In other words, after setting the opening/closing door 38b to the open state, the pachinko machine 10 sets the opening/closing door 38b to the closed state again by satisfying one of the following two conditions.
(1) A predetermined upper limit duration time (upper limit duration) elapses (2) The total winning number of game balls into the big winning opening 38a reaches a predetermined upper limit number

After executing any one of steps S805, S807, S809, and S810, in step S811, the MPU 62 sets the timer counter T provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64 to waiting time for opening (waiting period) is set to "1000". The value set in the timer counter T is updated by subtracting 1 from the previous value each time the timer interrupt process is executed. Therefore, the waiting time for opening is 2 seconds. The waiting time for opening is not limited to this and is arbitrary.

In this way, when the MPU 62 determines in step S803 that the win/fail result corresponds to the transition to the opening/closing execution mode, the MPU 62 sets the waiting time for opening to the timer counter T regardless of the type of the game result. set. In other words, the waiting time for opening is the same regardless of the type of game result.
The waiting time for the opening is not limited to this, and for example, it may be configured to be subtly different according to the type of game result to such an extent that the player recognizes the same.
In addition, for example, the waiting time for the opening is greatly different between the game result of "low probability result" or "best result" and the game result other than these. It is good also as a structure which makes it differ greatly according to the kind.

At step S812, the MPU 62 sets an opening command. After that, the MPU 62 terminates the game state transition process. This opening command includes information on the game result that triggered the transition to the opening/closing execution mode. The MPU 62 transmits the opening command set in step S812 to the sound emission control device 90 in step S301 of normal processing.
Note that the sound emission control device 90 recognizes the transition to the opening/closing execution mode based on the opening command transmitted from the MPU 62, and executes predetermined processing. This processing will be described later in detail.

Next, the processing (processing after step S813) when it is determined that the MPU 62 is in the opening/closing execution mode in step S801 will be described.
In step S813, the MPU 62 executes a big winning opening opening/closing process.

FIG. 16 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the big winning opening opening/closing process.
In the big winning opening opening/closing process, the MPU 62 executes steps S901 to S924 as shown in FIG.
In step S901, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the big winning opening 38a is open.
When the MPU 62 determines in step S901 that the large winning opening 38a is not open, the MPU 62 executes the processing from step S902.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines that the big winning opening 38a is open in step S901, it executes the processing from step S906.

First, in step S901, the processing (processing after step S902) when it is determined by the MPU 62 that the big winning opening 38a is not open will be described.
In step S902, the MPU 62 determines whether the value of the open/close counter SOC is "0" or less and the value of the round counter RC is "0" or less.
When the MPU 62 determines in step S902 that both the value of the opening/closing counter SOC and the value of the round counter RC are equal to or less than "0", the MPU 62 ends the big winning opening opening/closing process.

On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S902 that at least one of the value of the open/close counter SOC and the value of the round counter RC is not "0" or less, in step S903, the timer counter T Determines whether the value is less than or equal to "0".
When the MPU 62 determines in step S903 that the value of the timer counter T is not equal to or less than "0", it ends the big winning opening opening/closing process.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S903 that the value of the timer counter T is equal to or less than "0", in step S904, it executes a special winning opening opening process.
In the following, a detailed description will be given of the big winning opening opening process in step S904.

FIG. 17 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the big winning opening opening process.
In the big winning opening opening process, the MPU 62 executes steps S1001 to S1007 as shown in FIG.
In step S1001, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the win/loss result is a "special losing result".

When the MPU 62 determines in step S1001 that the win/fail result is the "special loss result", in step S1002, the MPU 62 sets "8" to the winning counter PC provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64, and At S1003, the timer counter T is set to "85". As described above, the timer counter T is updated by subtracting 1 from the previous value each time the timer interrupt process is executed. Therefore, the time set in the timer counter T is 0.17 sec.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1001 that the win/fail result is not the "special loss result", in step S1004, it sets the winning counter PC to "8", and in step S1005, the distribution result is a small-round high-probability result ("implicit small-round high-probability result" or "explicit small-round high-probability result").

When the MPU 62 determines in step S1005 that the result of allocation is the low-round high-probability result, it sets the timer counter T to "85" in step S1003.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1005 that the allocation result is not the small round high probability result, it sets the timer counter T to "15000" in step S1006. As described above, the timer counter T is updated by subtracting 1 from the previous value each time the timer interrupt process is executed. Therefore, the time set in the timer counter T is 30 seconds.

After executing the process of step S1003 or step S1006, the MPU 62 executes the opening execution process of the big winning opening 38a in step S1007. In this opening execution process, the MPU 62 sets the open/close door 38b to the open state by executing the drive control of the variable winning driving section 38c. After that, the MPU 62 ends the big winning opening opening process.

The value set in the winning counter PC at step S1002 or step S1004 defines the upper limit of the total winning number of game balls into the big winning hole 38a.
Also, the value set in the timer counter T in step S1003 or step S1006 defines the upper limit duration time from when the opening/closing door 38b is set to the open state to when it is set to the closed state again. Therefore, the MPU 62 sets two types of upper limit duration time with different lengths by setting the timer counter T to "85" or "15000", as described above. Specifically, the MPU 62 has a long-time mode (long-term mode) in which the upper limit duration is set to 30 sec, and a short-time mode (short-term mode) in which the upper limit duration is set to 0.17 sec, which is shorter than that of the long-time mode. aspect).

Here, as described above, the pachinko machine 10 causes the game ball shooting mechanism 81 to shoot a game ball by exciting the solenoid of the game ball shooting mechanism 81 at a cycle of 0.6 sec. In addition, as described above, the MPU 62 sets the upper limit of the total winning number of game balls to the big winning opening 38a to eight by setting the winning counter PC to "8".
Therefore, the upper limit duration of the long time mode is sufficiently longer than the product of the upper limit of the total winning number of game balls into the big winning hole 38a and the firing period of the game balls, so the upper limit of 8 game balls is easy to win in the big prize opening 38a.
On the other hand, the upper limit duration of the short-time mode is shorter than the product of the upper limit of the total winning number of game balls into the big winning hole 38a and the shooting cycle of the game balls. (shorter than the period), it is difficult to let the game ball enter the big winning hole 38a. Depending on the timing, it is possible to win about one game ball into the big winning hole 38a.

Returning to the explanation of the big winning opening opening/closing process, the processes after step S905 will be explained with reference to FIG.
The MPU 62 sets an opening command in step S905 after executing the big winning opening opening process in step S904. In addition, the MPU 62 transmits the open command set in step S905 to the sound emission control device 90 in step S301 of normal processing. After that, the MPU 62 ends the big winning opening opening/closing process.
Based on the open command transmitted from the MPU 62, the sound emission control device 90 recognizes that the opening/closing door 38b has been set to the open state, and executes predetermined processing.

Next, the processing (processing after step S906) when it is determined by the MPU 62 that the big winning opening 38a is being opened in step S901 will be described.
In step S906, the MPU 62 determines whether the value of the timer counter T is "0" or less. That is, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the upper limit continuation time set in the timer counter T in step S1003 or step S1006 of the special winning opening opening process has elapsed.

When the MPU 62 determines in step S906 that the value of the timer counter T is not equal to or less than "0", it executes the processing from step S907.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S906 that the value of the timer counter T is equal to or less than "0", it executes the processing from step S918.

First, processing (processing after step S907) when the MPU 62 determines in step S906 that the value of the timer counter T is not equal to or less than "0" will be described.
In step S907, the MPU 62 determines whether or not a prize has been awarded to the special prize opening 38a. It should be noted that the determination as to whether or not a prize has been awarded to the large winning opening 38a is executed based on the detection result of the detection sensor 50d corresponding to the large winning opening 38a.

When the MPU 62 determines in step S907 that no prize has been awarded to the large winning opening 38a, the MPU 62 ends the large winning opening opening/closing process.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S907 that a prize has been awarded to the large prize winning opening 38a, in step S908, the value of the prize winning counter PC is updated by subtracting 1 from it.

In step S909, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the value of the winning counter PC is "0" or less.
When the MPU 62 determines in step S909 that the value of the winning counter PC is not equal to or less than "0", the MPU 62 ends the big winning opening opening/closing process.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S909 that the value of the winning counter PC is equal to or less than "0", in step S910 the closing execution process is executed. In this closing execution process, the MPU 62 sets the open/close door 38b to the closed state by executing the drive control of the variable winning driving section 38c.

In step S911, the MPU 62 sets a closing command. The MPU 62 transmits the closing command set in step S911 to the sound emission control device 90 in step S301 of normal processing.
Based on the closing command transmitted from the MPU 62, the sound emission control device 90 recognizes that the opening/closing door 38b has been set to the closed state, and executes predetermined processing.

In step S912, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the win/loss result is a "special losing result".
When the MPU 62 determines in step S912 that the win/fail result is the "special loss result", the MPU 62 executes the processes after step S923, which will be described later.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S912 that the win/fail result is not the "special loss result", it executes the processing from step S913.
In step S913, the MPU 62 subtracts 1 from the value of the round counter RC to update it.

In step S914, the MPU 62 determines whether the value of the round counter RC is "0" or less.
When the MPU 62 determines in step S914 that the value of the round counter RC is not less than "0", it sets the value of the timer counter T to "500" in step S915. After that, the MPU 62 ends the big winning opening opening/closing process.

Here, the value set in the timer counter T in step S915 is the open standby time from when the open/close door 38b is set to the open state and then set to the closed state until the open/close door 38b is set to the open state again. stipulates the time. In addition, in this embodiment, the release waiting time is 1 sec. This opening standby time is the same regardless of the type and progress of the opening/closing execution mode.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S914 that the value of the round counter RC is equal to or less than "0", it executes the processing from step S916.
In step S916, the MPU 62 sets the timer counter T to "2000" as a waiting time (waiting period) for ending. As described above, the value set in the timer counter T is updated by subtracting 1 from the previous value each time the timer interrupt process is executed. Therefore, the waiting time for the ending is 4 seconds. Note that the waiting time for the ending is not limited to this and is arbitrary.

The waiting time for the ending is the same regardless of the type of game result, like the waiting time for the opening. That is, the waiting time for this ending is the same regardless of the type of opening/closing execution mode.
The waiting time for the ending is not limited to this. For example, it may be configured to be slightly different according to the type of game result to the extent that the player recognizes the same.
In addition, for example, the waiting time for the ending is greatly different between the game result of "low probability result" or "best result" and the game result other than these. It is good also as a structure which makes it differ greatly according to the kind.

In step S917, the MPU 62 sets an ending command. The MPU 62 transmits the ending command set in step S917 to the sound emission control device 90 in step S301 of normal processing. After that, the MPU 62 ends the big winning opening opening/closing process.
Note that the sound emission control device 90 recognizes the end of the opening/closing execution mode based on the ending command transmitted from the MPU 62, and executes a predetermined process.

Next, the processing (processing after step S918) when the MPU 62 determines in step S906 that the value of the timer counter T is "0" or less will be described.
In step S918, the MPU 62 executes closing execution processing in the same manner as in step S910 described above.
In step S919, the MPU 62 sets a closing command as in step S911 described above.

In step S920, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the win/loss result is a "special losing result".
If the MPU 62 determines in step S920 that the win/loss result is not the "special loss result", that is, if it determines that the win/loss result is a "big hit", it executes the processing from step S921 onwards.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S920 that the win/fail result is the "special loss result", the MPU 62 executes the processing from step S923.

First, the process (process after step S921) when it is determined by the MPU 62 that the win/fail result is not the "special loss result" in step S920 will be described.
In step S921, the MPU 62 subtracts 1 from the value of the round counter RC to update it.

In step S922, the MPU 62 determines whether the value of the round counter RC is "0" or less.
When the MPU 62 determines in step S922 that the value of the round counter RC is not equal to or less than "0", it executes the processes after step S915 described above.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S922 that the value of the round counter RC is equal to or less than "0", it executes the processes after S916 described above.

Next, the process (process after step S923) when it is determined by the MPU 62 that the win/fail result is the "special loss result" in step S912 or step S920 will be described.
In step S923, the MPU 62 subtracts 1 from the value of the open/close counter SOC to update it.

In step S924, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the value of the open/close counter SOC is "0" or less.
When the MPU 62 determines in step S924 that the value of the open/close counter SOC is not equal to or less than "0", the MPU 62 executes the processes after step S915 described above.
Further, when the MPU 62 determines in step S924 that the value of the open/close counter SOC is equal to or less than "0", the MPU 62 executes the processes after S916 described above.

Returning to the description of the game state transition processing, the processing after step S814 will be described with reference to FIG.
After executing the big winning opening opening/closing process in step S813, the MPU 62 checks in step S814 whether the value of the opening/closing counter SOC is "0" or less and the value of the round counter RC is "0" or less. judge.

When the MPU 62 determines in step S814 that at least one of the value of the open/close counter SOC and the value of the round counter RC is not "0" or less, it ends the game state transition processing.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S814 that both the value of the open/close counter SOC and the value of the round counter RC are less than or equal to "0", in step S815 the value of the timer counter T is set to " 0” or less.

When the MPU 62 determines in step S815 that the value of the timer counter T is not "0" or less, it ends the game state transition processing.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S815 that the value of the timer counter T is "0" or less, in step S816, after clearing the opening/closing execution mode flag stored in the RAM 64, Execute transition processing when opening/closing execution mode ends. After that, the MPU 62 terminates the game state transition process.
The transition processing when the opening/closing execution mode ends will be described in detail below.

FIG. 18 is a diagram showing a flowchart of transition processing when the opening/closing execution mode ends.
In the transition process at the end of the opening/closing execution mode, the MPU 62 executes steps S1101 to S1109 as shown in FIG.
In step S1101, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the sorting result is the "most advantageous result" or the "high probability result of explicit few rounds".

When the MPU 62 determines in step S1101 that the sorting result is the "highest advantage result" or the "high probability result for a small number of explicit rounds", it executes the processing from step S1102 onward.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1101 that the sorting result is not the "highest advantage result" or the "high probability result of explicit few rounds", it executes the processing from step S1105 onward.

First, the processing (processing after step S1102) when the MPU 62 determines in step S1101 that the distribution result is the "most advantageous result" or the "explicit small round high probability result" will be described.
At step S1102, the MPU 62 sets a high frequency support flag in the RAM 64. FIG. The MPU 62 maintains the high frequency support flag if it is already set in the RAM 64 . Thereby, the MPU 62 sets the support mode to the high frequency support mode.

At step S1103, the MPU 62 sets the high probability mode flag to the RAM 64. FIG. The MPU 62 maintains the high-probability mode flag if it has already been set in the RAM 64 . As a result, the MPU 62 sets the win/fail lottery mode to the high probability mode.
In step S1104, the MPU 62 sets "100" to the value of the number-of-games counter provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64. FIG. After that, the MPU 62 terminates the transition processing when the opening/closing execution mode ends.

Here, the high-frequency support mode and the high-probability mode are continued until 100 games, which is the end reference number set in the game counter, are completed. The MPU 62 clears the high-frequency support flag and the high-probability mode flag when 100 games have been played. As a result, the MPU 62 sets the support mode to the low-frequency support mode and sets the success/fail lottery mode to the low-probability mode.
Note that the MPU 62 executes these processes in the normal process as the game round control process in step S303 and as the electric support process in step S306, but detailed description thereof will be omitted.

When ending the transition process at the end of the open/close execution mode, the MPU 62 sets the flags (low probability result flag, non-explicit small round high probability result flag, explicit small round high probability clear the most favorable result flag) and the special outlier flag. Further, in step S208 of the prize winning process for the operation opening and step S701 of the fluctuation start process, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the high probability mode flag is set in the RAM 64, so that the win/fail lottery mode is set to the high probability lottery mode. It is determined whether it is in the mode or not.

Next, processing (processing after step S1105) when the MPU 62 determines in step S1101 that the sorting result is not the "most favorable result" or the "high probability result of explicit few rounds" will be described.
In step S1105, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the distribution result is the "non-explicit small round high probability result".

When the MPU 62 determines in step S1105 that the allocation result is the "non-explicit small round high probability result", it executes the processing from step S1106 onward.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1105 that the allocation result is not the "non-explicit small round high probability result", it executes the processing from step S1107.

First, the processing (processing after step S1106) when the MPU 62 determines in step S1105 that the allocation result is the "non-explicit small round high probability result" will be described.
At step S1106, the MPU 62 sets the high probability mode flag in the RAM 64. FIG. The MPU 62 maintains the high-probability mode flag if it has already been set in the RAM 64 . As a result, the MPU 62 sets the win/fail lottery mode to the high probability mode.
After that, the MPU 62 executes the processes after S1104 described above, and ends the transition process when the opening/closing execution mode ends.

Next, the processing (processing after step S1107) when the MPU 62 determines in step S1105 that the allocation result is not the "non-explicit small round high probability result" will be described.
In step S1107, the MPU 62 determines whether the sorting result is a "low probability result".

When the MPU 62 determines in step S1107 that the sorting result is not the "low probability result" (when it determines that the win/loss result is the "special outlier result"), it ends the transition processing at the end of the opening/closing execution mode. do.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1107 that the sorting result is the "low-probability result", it executes the processing after step S1108.

In step S1108, the MPU 62 clears the high probability mode flag. As a result, the MPU 62 sets the win/fail lottery mode to the low probability mode. This low-probability mode continues at least until a "big win" is obtained in the winning lottery and the distribution result is other than a "low-probability result".

In step S1109, the MPU 62 sets a high frequency support flag in the RAM 64. FIG. The MPU 62 maintains the high frequency support flag if it is already set in the RAM 64 . Thereby, the MPU 62 sets the support mode to the high frequency support mode.
After that, the MPU 62 executes the processes after S1104 described above, and ends the transition process when the opening/closing execution mode ends.

In this way, if the winning lottery results in a "jackpot winning" and the distribution result in the distribution lottery becomes a "most advantageous result" or a "high probability result", the game state is the current state. Regardless of the game state, after the opening/closing execution mode (that is, the round number regulation mode) ends, the game shifts to the high probability mode and the high frequency support mode. The high-probability mode and the high-frequency support mode shift to the low-probability mode and the low-frequency support mode when 100 game rounds are completed without becoming "big win" in the lottery.

Also, when the current support mode is the high-frequency support mode, if the win-or-loss lottery results in a "jackpot win" and the distribution result in the distribution lottery is "unexplained small round high probability result", After the opening/closing execution mode (that is, round number regulation mode) ends, the game state shifts to the high probability mode and the high frequency support mode. The high-probability mode and the high-frequency support mode shift to the low-probability mode and the low-frequency support mode when 100 game rounds are completed without becoming "big win" in the lottery.

On the other hand, when the current support mode is the low-frequency support mode, the win-or-loss lottery results in a "jackpot win", and the distribution result in the distribution lottery is the "non-explicit small round high probability result". Then, the game state shifts to the high probability mode and the low frequency support mode after the opening/closing execution mode (that is, the round number regulation mode) ends.
The high-probability mode shifts to the low-probability mode when 100 game rounds are completed without becoming "big win" in the lottery, and the low-frequency support mode is at least "big win" in the lottery. Continue until

In addition, if the winning lottery results in a "big win" and the distribution result in the distribution lottery results in a "low probability result", the game state is the opening and closing execution mode (that is, After the end of the round number regulation mode), it shifts to the low probability mode and the high frequency support mode. The low-probability mode continues at least until a "jackpot win" is achieved in the lottery, and the high-frequency support mode continues until the "jackpot win" is achieved in the lottery. Transition to frequency support mode.

Further, when the winning lottery does not result in a "big hit", that is, when the winning result in the winning lottery is a "special losing result" or a "normal losing result", the game state does not shift.

Here, as described above, in the high-frequency support mode, the probability of winning the game ball at the lower operation opening 37 is higher than that at the upper operation opening 36 . Further, when the MPU 62 determines that there is reservation information stored in the second result display section reservation area Rb based on the winning of the game ball to the lower operation port 37, the game ball to the upper operation port 36 Regardless of whether or not there is any pending information stored in the first result display holding area Ra, the pending information stored in the second result displaying holding area Rb is preferentially played in the game cycle. Set for digestion. Then, the table referred to when performing the lottery for the type of jackpot with respect to the value of the jackpot type counter C2 based on the winning to the lower operation port 37 is the second distribution table (FIG. 7(b)). reference).

Therefore, if the winning lottery results in a "jackpot winning" and the distribution result in the distribution lottery is "most advantageous result" or "explicit small round high probability result", the game state is changed to the high probability mode. Since it shifts to the high-frequency support mode as it shifts, after that, if it becomes "jackpot winning" again in the winning lottery before completing 100 game rounds, the distribution result will always be "round distribution most advantageous". Result", and the game state shifts to the high probability mode again and to the high frequency support mode. In other words, the gaming state loops through the high probability mode and the high frequency support mode. In the high-probability mode, the winning lottery has a probability of 11/600 (approximately 1/55) of winning the jackpot.

<Electrical Configuration of Audio Light Emission Control Device 90 and Display Control Device 100>
FIG. 19 is a block diagram showing the electrical configuration of the sound emission control device and the display control device.
As shown in FIG. 19, the sound emission control device 90 includes a sound emission control board 91, an MPU 92 mounted on the sound emission control board 91, and a ROM 93 and a RAM 94 that constitute the MPU 92. Here, the MPU 92 is an element in which a CPU, an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, a data input/output circuit, etc., as well as the ROM 93 and the RAM 94, are integrated into a chip.

The ROM 93 is a memory for storing various control programs and fixed value data, and is non-volatile storage means that does not require power supply from the outside to hold stored information. The ROM 93 has various areas such as a lottery table storage area 93a and an expectation table storage area 93b. These areas are described in detail later.
The RAM 94 is a memory for temporarily storing various data when executing the control program stored in the ROM 93, and is a volatile storage means that requires an external power supply to hold the stored information. is. This RAM 94 has various areas such as various counter areas 94a, sub-side pending information storage areas 94b, various flag storage areas 94c, and command list storage areas 94d. These areas are described in detail later.

The MPU 92 has an input port and an output port. The input port of the MPU 92 is connected to the main controller 60 as described above. The output port of the MPU 92 is connected to various lamp units 23 , 53 to 55 , speaker unit 24 and display control device 100 .
The MPU 92 executes driving control of various lamp units 23 , 53 to 55 and the speaker unit 24 based on commands transmitted from the main control device 60 .
Also, the MPU 92 transmits commands resulting from analysis of these commands to the display control device 100 . The sound emission control device 90 is electrically connected to the display control device 100 via a connector unit (connection unit) in which connectors are provided at both ends of a signal line.

The display control device 100 includes a display control board 101 , an MPU 102 , a program ROM 103 and a work RAM 104 that constitute the MPU 102 , a video display processor (VDP) 105 , a character ROM 106 and a video RAM 107 . Here, the MPU 102 is an element in which, in addition to the program ROM 103 and work RAM 104, a CPU, an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, a data input/output circuit, and the like are combined into a chip. MPU 102 , VDP 105 , character ROM 106 and video RAM 107 are mounted on display control board 101 .

The MPU 102 analyzes the command transmitted from the sound emission control device 90 and performs predetermined arithmetic processing based on this command to control the VDP 105 . Specifically, MPU 102 controls VDP 105 by generating commands for VDP 105 .

The program ROM 103 is a memory for storing various control programs and fixed value data, and is non-volatile storage means that does not require power supply from the outside for holding stored information.
The work RAM 104 is a memory for temporarily storing various data and the like when executing the control program stored in the program ROM 103. The work RAM 104 is a volatile memory that requires power supply from the outside to hold the stored information. It is a memory means.

The VDP 105 is a kind of drawing circuit that directly operates an image processing device as a liquid crystal display driver incorporated in the pattern display device 51 . Since the VDP 105 is made into an IC chip, it is also called a "drawing chip", and its substance should be called a microcomputer chip containing firmware dedicated to drawing processing. The VDP 105 reads image data from the character ROM 106 based on the content of the command generated by the MPU 102 and stores the image data in the video RAM 107 .

The character ROM 106 functions as an image data library for storing character data such as designs displayed on the design display device 51 . The character ROM 106 holds bitmap format image data of various patterns, a color palette table and the like that are referred to when determining the expression color of each dot of the bitmap image.
The video RAM 107 is a memory for storing display data to be displayed on the pattern display device 51 , and the display contents of the pattern display device 51 are changed by rewriting the contents of the video RAM 107 .

<Regarding Timer Interrupt Processing Executed by Sound Emission Control Device 90>
FIG. 20 is a diagram showing a flowchart of timer interrupt processing executed by the sound emission control device.
The MPU 92 of the sound emission control device 90 executes timer interrupt processing for advancing the game. In this timer interrupt process, the MPU 92 periodically (for example, every 2 msec) executes steps S1201 to S1205, as shown in FIG.

In step S1201, the MPU 92 executes command storage processing. In this command storage process, when the MPU 92 receives a command from the MPU 62 , it stores the command in the RAM 94 . Specifically, the RAM 94 has a ring buffer for storing and reading commands received from the MPU 62 , and the MPU 92 stores the commands in the ring buffer according to the order received from the MPU 62 . The MPU 92 reads commands from the ring buffer in the order in which they are stored in the ring buffer.

In step S1202, the MPU 92 executes effect determination processing based on the command received from the MPU 62. FIG. In the effect determination process, the MPU 92 determines the effect for the game cycle, the effect for the open/close execution mode, and the like.
In step S1203, the MPU 92 executes an effect execution process based on the content of the effect determination process in step S1202. Specifically, in the effect execution process, the MPU 92 executes light emission control of various lamp units 23 and 53 to 55 and executes sound control of the speaker unit 24 .

In step S<b>1204 , the MPU 92 executes demonstration display execution processing based on the demonstration command received from the MPU 62 . In the demonstration display execution process, the MPU 92 executes the demonstration display when a predetermined start waiting period (for example, 3 seconds) for the start of the demonstration elapses without a new game cycle being started after the game cycle ends. . Specifically, in the demonstration display execution process, the MPU 92 executes light emission control of various lamp units 23 and audio control of the speaker unit 24 .

In step S1205, command transmission processing for transmitting the commands set in the effect determination processing in step S1202 and the demonstration display execution processing in step S1204 to the display control device 100 is executed. In this command transmission process, the MPU 92 determines whether or not it is time to transmit various commands stored as a command list in the command list storage area 94d of the RAM 94 to the display control device 100, and transmits various commands to the display control device 100. , the command is transmitted to the display control device 100 . The contents of the command list will be explained later in detail.
After that, the MPU 92 terminates the timer interrupt processing.

<Regarding effect determination processing executed by the sound emission control device 90>
FIG. 21 is a diagram showing a flowchart of effect determination processing.
The MPU 92 of the sound emission control device 90 executes an effect determination process in order to execute an effect for the game cycle, an effect for the open/close execution mode, and the like. In this effect determination process, the MPU 92 executes steps S1301 to S1317 as shown in FIG.

In step S1301, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the pending command (first pending command or second pending command) transmitted from the MPU 62 is received.
When the MPU 92 determines in step S1301 that the hold generation command has not been received, it executes the processing from step S1303 onward.
On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S1301 that it has received the pending command, it executes pending processing in step S1302. In this hold generation process, the MPU 92 stores sub-side hold information in the sub-side hold information storage area 94b based on the content of the hold generation command. This pending generation process will be described later in detail.

After executing the process of step S1302, or when it is determined in step S1301 that the hold generation command has not been received, the MPU 92 executes the process of step S1303 and subsequent steps.
In step S1303, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the shift command (first shift command or second shift command) transmitted from the MPU 62 is received.
When the MPU 92 determines in step S1303 that the shift command has not been received, the MPU 92 executes the processing from step S1305 onward.
On the other hand, if the MPU 92 determines in step S1303 that it has received the shift command, it executes the hold shift process in step S1304. In this hold shift process, the MPU 92 shifts the sub-side hold information stored in the sub-side hold information storage area 94b based on the content of the shift command. This pending shift process will be described later in detail.

After executing the process of step S1304, or when it is determined in step S1303 that the shift time command has not been received, the MPU 92 executes the process of step S1305 and subsequent steps.
In step S1305, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the variation command and the type command transmitted from the MPU 62 have been received.
When the MPU 92 determines in step S1305 that each command has not been received, it executes the processing from step S1313 onward.
On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S1305 that each command has been received, in step S1306, based on the content of the type command, the game result is "best result" or "low probability". result”.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S1306 that the game result is the "most advantageous result" or "low probability result", in step S1307, it executes symbol determination processing corresponding to the type of game result. In this symbol determination process, when the MPU 92 determines that the winning lottery results in a "jackpot winning" and the distribution lottery results in a "low-probability, most advantageous result", the final result on the effective line L Information related to the combination of symbols with the same odd number or the same even number is determined as the stop result to be displayed, and the winning lottery results in a "big win", and in the distribution lottery, the "round allocation is most advantageous". When it is determined that it is sorted to "result", information related to the combination of symbols having the same odd number as the stop result to be finally stopped and displayed on the activated line L is determined, and "big win winning" is determined in the winning lottery. , and when it is determined that it has been distributed to the "low probability result" in the distribution lottery, information related to the combination of symbols having the same even number as the stop result that is finally stopped and displayed on the effective line L to decide. The odd and even numbers are randomly determined by lottery or the like.

On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S1306 that the game result is not the "best result" or "low probability result", in step S1308, based on the content of the type command, the game result is " It is determined whether or not the result is “out of normal result”.
When the MPU 92 determines in step S1308 that the game result is not the "normal result", that is, the game result is "special result", "non-explicit small round high probability result", and "explicit small round high probability result". If it is either, in step S1309, common symbol determination processing is executed. In this common symbol determination process, the MPU 92 determines information relating to a combination of special symbols as a stop result to be finally stopped and displayed on the activated line L. FIG. Specifically, the MPU 92 selects not a combination of symbols having the same number, but a special combination of symbols having different numbers (for example, "3-4-1"). It should be noted that this special symbol combination is the same regardless of the type of game result.

On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S1308 that the game result is the "normal failure result", in step S1310, the MPU 92 executes symbol determination processing for normal failure. In this normal out-of-symbol determination process, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the ready-to-win display will occur based on the content of the variation command.

When the MPU 92 determines that the ready-to-win display will occur, the MPU 92 determines information relating to the combination of the symbols for the ready-to-win display as the stop result to be finally stopped and displayed on the activated line L. FIG. It should be noted that the combination of symbols for the ready-to-win display is randomly determined by a lottery or the like.
On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines that the ready-to-win display does not occur, the MPU 92 provides information relating to a combination of symbols different from the above-described combination of symbols as a stop result to be finally stopped and displayed on the activated line L. decide. Specifically, the MPU 92 randomly determines a combination of symbols different from any of the combination of symbols having the same number, the special combination of symbols, and the combination of symbols in the ready-to-win display by lottery or the like.

After executing any one of steps S1307, S1309, and S1310, the MPU 92 executes a production pattern determination process in step S1311. In this effect pattern determination process, the MPU 92 selects an effect pattern corresponding to the variation command and the type command by referring to the effect table pre-stored in the ROM 93 . Specifically, the MPU 92 selects an effect continuation time (effect continuation period) and the content of the effect as the effect pattern. Incidentally, in step S1311, the MPU 92 also executes a lottery to determine whether or not to generate an advance notice display.

Further, the MPU 92 executes light emission control of the display lamp unit 23 and voice control of the speaker unit 24 in the above-described effect execution processing of step S1203 based on the selected effect pattern.

In step S1312, the MPU 92 sets a change start command and a stop result command including information related to the stop result determined in any one of steps S1307, S1309 and S1310. Then, the MPU 92 stores the variation start command and the stop result command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94d of the RAM 94. FIG. These fluctuation start command and stop result command are transmitted to the display control device 100 in the command transmission processing of step S1205 described above.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 retrieves from the program ROM 103 a data table for starting the variable display and displaying the stop result on the pattern display device 51 based on the variable start command and the stop result command transmitted from the MPU 92 . read out. Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, every 20 msec) comes. Thereby, the symbol display device 51 finally stops and displays the stop result determined by the MPU 92 on the effective line L after starting the variable display.

After executing the process of step S1312, or when determining in step S1305 that the variation command and the type command have not been received, the MPU 92 executes the process of step S1313 and subsequent steps.
In step S1313, the MPU 92 determines whether an opening command has been received.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S1313 that the opening command has not been received, it executes the processing from step S1317.
On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S1313 that the opening command has been received, in step S1314 the MPU 92 determines the type of game result based on the content of the opening command.

In step S1315, the MPU 92 executes determination processing of the effect for the opening/closing execution mode corresponding to the type of game result determined in step S1314. In the processing for determining the effect for the opening/closing execution mode, when the MPU 92 determines in step S1314 that the game result is the "special loss result" or the "non-explicit small round high probability result", the opening/closing execution mode effect is determined. Effect A is selected as the effect. Further, when the MPU 92 determines that the game result is the “explicit small round high probability result”, the MPU 92 selects the effect B as the effect for the opening/closing execution mode. Further, when the MPU 92 determines that the game result is the "most advantageous result", the MPU 92 selects the effects CA to CC or the effect D as the effects for the opening/closing execution mode. Further, when the MPU 92 determines that the game result is the "low probability result", the MPU 92 selects the effect D as the effect for the opening/closing execution mode.

The duration of the effects A and B corresponds to the time when the opening and closing of the big winning opening 38a is executed twice in a short period of time in the open/close execution mode. In addition, the duration of the effects CA and D corresponds to the time when the opening and closing of the big winning opening 38a is executed four times in the open/close execution mode, and the duration of the effect CB corresponds to the time when the opening and closing is executed four times in the open/close execution mode. The duration of the effect CC corresponds to the time required to open and close the winning opening 38a eight times for a long period of time. corresponds to

Further, the MPU 92 executes light emission control of the display lamp unit 23 and voice control of the speaker unit 24 in the above-described effect execution processing of step S1203 based on the selection result of the effects A to D.

In step S1316, the MPU 92 sets an opening/closing execution mode command including information relating to the effect for the opening/closing execution mode selected in step S1315. This opening/closing execution mode command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the command transmission processing of step S1205 described above.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads out from the program ROM 103 a data table for executing the opening/closing execution mode effect on the pattern display device 51 based on the opening/closing execution mode command transmitted from the MPU 92 . Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, every 20 msec) comes. As a result, the pattern display device 51 executes an effect for the opening/closing execution mode selected by the MPU 92 of the sound emission control device 90 .

After executing the process of step S1316, or when determining that the opening command has not been received in step S1313, the MPU 92 executes the process of step S1317 and subsequent steps.
In step S1317, the MPU 92 executes other processing. In other processes, the MPU 92 executes processes for advancing the effects for the opening/closing execution mode based on the opening command, closing command, and ending command transmitted from the MPU 62, for example. After that, the MPU 92 terminates the effect determination process.

<Regarding the relationship between game results and game status>
The relationship between game results and game states based on the execution of various processes will be described below.
FIG. 22 is a diagram showing the relationship between game results and game states. Specifically, FIG. 22 is a diagram showing the relationship between the game results excluding the "normal failure result" and the game states, etc., in which the game results are arranged in the column direction and the game states, etc. are arranged in the row direction.
The pachinko machine 10, as shown in FIG. Distributed results of "Few Rounds High Probability Result", "Low Probability Most Favorable Result", "4 Rounds Most Favorable Result", "8 Rounds Most Favorable Result", "16 Rounds Most Favorable Result", and "Low Probability Result" and

As shown in the second column of the table in FIG. 22, the "special loss result" is the game result selected when the "big win" is not won in the win/loss lottery (symbol x in the figure). Also, the sorting result is the game result selected when "big hit" is won in the winning lottery (symbol ◯ in the figure).
Hereinafter, the relationship between the game results other than the "normal result" and the game state will be described. In this embodiment, the pachinko machine 10 sets the relationship between the game result and the game state as follows. The contents of the game state and the like are arbitrary.

In the case of the "special failure result", the opening/closing execution mode shifts to the opening/closing number regulation mode instead of the round number regulation mode, and the opening/closing of the big winning hole 38a is executed twice in a short period of time. Also, in the "special losing result", the lottery mode does not shift.
In the "unspecified small round high probability result", the opening and closing execution mode shifts to the round number regulation mode in which the round game is performed with two times as the upper limit number of times, and the opening and closing of the big winning opening 38a is executed twice in a short time mode. be done. In addition, in the "non-explicit small round high probability result", the winning lottery mode shifts to the high probability mode.
In this way, the "special loss result" and the "non-explicit small round high probability result" are different in the type of opening and closing execution mode, but are common in that the opening and closing of the big winning opening 38a is executed twice in a short time mode. is doing.

In addition, in the "special failure result" and "non-explicit small round high probability result", the stop result is a combination of special symbols, and the effect for the opening/closing execution mode is effect A. In addition, "special outlier results" and "implicit few-round high-probability results" do not transition to support mode. In addition, the symbol display device 51 does not display, on the display screen G, an image indicating that the high-probability mode is set in the game round after the opening/closing execution mode ends.

Therefore, the player cannot grasp whether the game result is the "special failure result" or the "non-explicit few round high probability result" by checking the stop result or the effect for the opening/closing execution mode. Can not. In other words, even when the distribution lottery results in the "unexplained small round high probability result" and shifts to the high probability mode, the symbol display device 51 does not perform the winning lottery in the game round after the opening/closing execution mode ends. Disguise as if the mode has not changed.
Therefore, the player can play the game while enjoying the prediction as to whether or not the win/fail lottery mode has shifted to the high-probability mode.

In the "explicit small round high probability result", the opening and closing execution mode shifts to the round number regulation mode in which the round game is performed with two times as the upper limit number, and the opening and closing of the big winning opening 38a is executed twice in a short time mode. be. In addition, in the "explicit small round high probability result", the winning lottery mode shifts to the high probability mode. In addition, in the "explicit small round high probability result", the stop result is a combination of special symbols, and the effect for the opening/closing execution mode is effect B. In addition, in the "explicit small number of rounds high probability result", the support mode shifts to the high frequency support mode. Further, in the game cycle after the opening/closing execution mode ends, the symbol display device 51 displays an image on the display screen G clearly indicating the high probability mode.
Therefore, the player can understand that the game result is the "explicit small round high probability result" by confirming the stop result and the effect for the opening/closing execution mode.

In the "most advantageous result at low probability", the opening/closing execution mode shifts to the round number regulation mode in which the round game is performed with four times as the upper limit number of times, and the opening/closing of the big winning opening 38a is executed four times in a long time mode. be.
Here, in the "most advantageous result at low probability", the stop result is a combination of symbols having the same odd number or the same even number, and the winning lottery mode shifts to the high probability mode, opening and closing The effect for the run mode is effect CA or effect D. Specifically, when the stop result is a combination of symbols having the same odd number, the effect for the opening/closing execution mode is the effect CA, and the stop result is a combination of symbols having the same even number. In this case, the effect for the opening/closing execution mode is the effect D.

In the "four rounds most advantageous result", the opening/closing execution mode shifts to the round number regulation mode in which the round game is performed with four times as the upper limit number of times, and the opening/closing of the big winning opening 38a is executed four times in a long time mode. .
Here, in the "fourth round most advantageous result", the stop result is a combination of symbols having the same odd number, and the win/fail lottery mode shifts to the high probability mode. Acting CA.

In the "eight rounds most advantageous result", the opening/closing execution mode shifts to the round number regulation mode in which the round game is performed with eight times as the upper limit number of times, and the opening/closing of the big winning opening 38a is executed eight times in a long time mode. .
Here, in the "best result of 8 rounds", the stop result is a combination of symbols having the same odd number, and the winning lottery mode shifts to the high probability mode, and the effect for the opening and closing execution mode is as follows. It becomes the production CB.

In the "16 rounds most advantageous result", the opening/closing execution mode shifts to the round number regulation mode in which the round game is performed with 16 times as the upper limit, and the opening/closing of the big winning hole 38a is executed 16 times in a long time mode. .
Here, in the "16 rounds most advantageous result", the stop result is a combination of symbols having the same odd number, and the winning lottery mode shifts to the high probability mode, and the effect for the opening and closing execution mode is It becomes the production CC.

In the "low probability result", the opening/closing execution mode shifts to the round number regulation mode in which the round game is performed with four times as the upper limit number of times, and the opening/closing of the big winning opening 38a is executed four times in a long time mode.
Here, in the "low-probability result", the stop result is a combination of symbols having the same even number, and the success/fail lottery mode shifts to the low-probability mode, and the effect for the opening/closing execution mode is the effect D becomes.

Then, in the "most advantageous result" and the "low probability result", the support mode shifts to the high frequency support mode.

Therefore, when the stop result is a combination of symbols having the same odd number, and the effect for the opening/closing execution mode is the effect CA, the game result is "most advantageous result at low probability". Or it can be grasped that it is the 'fourth round most advantageous result'. However, when the stop result is a combination of symbols having the same even number, the player confirms the stop result and the effect for the opening and closing execution mode, so that the game result is "maximum when low probability". It is not possible to grasp whether it is a "favorable result" or a "low probability result".

Then, in the game cycle after the end of the opening/closing execution mode, if the effect for the opening/closing execution mode is finally the effect D, the symbol display device 51 displays an image indicating that the high probability mode is on the display screen G. do not do.

Specifically, the symbol display device 51 does not display an image indicating that the high probability mode is on the display screen G, and in the high frequency support mode, the game round is the end reference number of times (specifically, 100 times) is reached, an image is displayed on the display screen G to notify that the mode will be shifted to the low-frequency support mode. In other words, even if the distribution lottery results in the "most advantageous result at low probability", the symbol display device 51 will make the final effect for the opening/closing execution mode in the game round after the opening/closing execution mode ends. If the effect is D, the game result is camouflaged as if it were a "low-probability result".

<Holding process>
FIG. 23 is a diagram showing a flowchart of a hold generation process.
As described above, the MPU 92 of the sound emission control device 90 executes suspension generation processing in step S1302 of the effect determination processing. In this hold occurrence process, the MPU 92 executes steps S1401 to S1409 as shown in FIG. Specifically, the MPU 92 stores sub-side pending information in the sub-side pending information storage area 94b based on the contents of the pending command.

FIG. 24 is a diagram showing the contents of the sub-side pending information storage area.
The sub-side reservation information storage area 94b, as shown in FIG. 24, comprises a first sub-side reservation area SRa, a second sub-side reservation area SRb, and an execution area SAE.

The first sub-side reservation area SRa provided as the first sub-side acquisition information storage means comprises four storage areas of a first area SRa1 to a fourth area SRa4. Each of the areas SRa1 to SRa4 is set to have a storage capacity capable of storing normal hold information for causing a normal hold and advance notice hold information for causing a notice hold. The normal hold information for generating the normal hold and the notice hold information for causing the notice hold will be described later in detail.

The MPU 92 stores the normal hold information or advance notice hold information as sub-side hold information in each of the areas SRa1 to SRa4 in time series in accordance with the reception of the first hold generation command. Specifically, when the MPU 92 receives the first hold generation command transmitted from the MPU 62, the MPU 92 sends the sub-side hold information in the order of the first area SRa1→second area SRa2→third area SRa3→fourth area SRa4. Store in chronological order.

Thus, since the first sub-side reservation area SRa has four storage areas, up to four pieces of sub-side reservation information based on the first reservation generation command are reserved. Also, the first sub-side reservation area SRa has a storage area for writing the number of reservations stored in the areas SRa1 to SRa4.

The second sub-side reservation area SRb provided as the second sub-side acquired information storage means comprises four storage areas of a first area SRb1 to a fourth area SRb4. Each of the areas SRb1 to SRb4 is set to have a storage capacity capable of storing normal hold information for generating a normal hold and advance notice hold information for causing a notice hold. The normal hold information for generating the normal hold and the notice hold information for causing the notice hold will be described later in detail.

The MPU 92 stores the normal hold information or advance notice hold information as sub-side hold information in each of the areas SRb1 to SRb4 in chronological order in accordance with the reception of the second hold generation command. Specifically, when the MPU 92 receives the second hold generation command transmitted from the MPU 62, the sub-side hold information is sent in the order of the first area SRb1→second area SRb2→third area SRb3→fourth area SRb4. Store in chronological order.

Thus, the second sub-side reserved area SRb has four storage areas, so that up to four pieces of sub-side reserved information based on the second reservation generation command are reserved. Further, the second sub-side reservation area SRb has a storage area for writing the number of reservations stored in each of the areas SRb1 to SRb4.

The execution area SAE is for moving the sub-side reservation information stored in the storage area of the first sub-side reservation area SRa or the second sub-side reservation area SRb when starting the variable display of the pattern display device 51. area.

Returning to the description of the hold occurrence process, the processes after step S1401 will be described with reference to FIG.
In step S1401, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the first pending command transmitted from the MPU 62 has been received.
When the MPU 92 determines in step S1401 that it has received the first suspension generation command, in step S1402, it grasps the number of suspensions stored in the first sub-side reservation area SRa, and It is set in a predetermined storage area in the first sub-side reservation area SRa as the first sub-side start reservation storage number SRaN. After that, the MPU 92 executes the processes after step S1404.

On the other hand, if the MPU 92 determines in step S1401 that it has not received the first pending command (if it determines that it has received the second pending command), in step S1403, the The number of reservations stored in the second sub-side reservation area SRb is grasped, and the number of reservations is set in a predetermined storage area in the second sub-side reservation area SRb as the second sub-side start reservation storage number SRbN. After that, the MPU 92 executes the processes after step S1404.

After executing the processing of step S1402 or step S1403, the MPU 92 adds 1 to the value of the sub-side start pending storage number SN (SRaN or SRbN) to update it in step S1404.

In step S1405, the MPU 92 executes lottery processing for notice suspension. In this advance notice suspension lottery process, the MPU 92 executes a lottery to determine whether or not to generate the advance notice suspension.
Specifically, the MPU 92 executes a lottery to determine whether or not to generate an advance notice suspension by using the value of the advance notice suspension occurrence counter. Note that the notice suspension occurrence counter is provided in various counter areas 94 a of the RAM 94 .

The notice suspension occurrence counter is a loop counter that adds 1 to the previous value each time it is updated and returns to 0 after reaching the maximum value. The notice pending occurrence counter is periodically updated, and the updated value is appropriately stored in a notice pending occurrence counter buffer set in a predetermined area of the RAM 94 .
Then, the MPU 92 executes a lottery (announcement suspension occurrence lottery) to determine whether or not to generate an announcement suspension based on the value of the announcement suspension occurrence counter stored in the announcement suspension occurrence counter buffer. Specifically, the MPU 92 obtains the value of the notice pending occurrence counter stored in the notice pending occurrence counter buffer, and compares this value with the notice pending occurrence table to determine whether or not to generate the notice pending. conduct a lottery. The advance notice pending occurrence table is a table that stores random number values related to the occurrence of advance notice pending, and is stored in the lottery table storage area 93 a of the ROM 93 .

In step S1406, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the lottery for notice suspension occurrence has been won in step S1405 (whether to generate notice suspension).
When the MPU 92 determines in step S1405 to generate the advance notice suspension, in step S1407, the MPU 92 executes advance notice suspension generation processing. In this notice pending generation processing, the MPU 92 executes processing for causing notice pending. In addition, the MPU 92 executes light emission control of the display lamp unit 23 and audio control of the speaker unit 24 in the effect execution processing of step S1203 described above based on the contents of this advance notice suspension generation processing.
Note that the advance notice suspension occurrence processing in step S1407 will be described later in detail.

On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S1405 not to generate the advance notice suspension, it executes normal suspension generation processing in step S1408. In this normal hold generation processing, the MPU 92 executes processing for generating a normal hold. Further, the MPU 92 executes light emission control of the display lamp unit 23 and audio control of the speaker unit 24 in the effect execution processing of step S1203 described above based on the contents of this normal hold generation processing.

Specifically, the MPU 92 stores the normal suspension information in the first memory area among the empty storage areas of the sub-side reservation areas, that is, in the storage area corresponding to the sub-side start suspension storage number SN updated in step S1404.

For example, when the MPU 92 sets the first sub-side start pending storage number SRaN in step S1402, the first storage area among the free storage areas of the first sub-side reserve area SRa, that is, the number updated in step S1404. The normal suspension information is stored in the storage area corresponding to the first sub-side start suspension storage number SRaN. For example, when the MPU 92 sets "3" to the number SRaN of first sub-side start suspension storage in step S1402, the MPU 92 corresponds to "4" in the number SRaN of first sub-side storage suspension of storage updated in step S1404. The normal hold information is stored in the fourth area SRa4, which is a storage area for

Further, for example, when the MPU 92 sets the second sub-side start pending storage number SRbN in step S1403, the first storage area among the free storage areas of the second sub-side holding area SRb, that is, in step S1404 The normal suspension information is stored in the storage area corresponding to the updated second sub-side start suspension storage number SRbN. For example, when the MPU 92 sets "3" to the second sub-side start pending storage number SRbN in step S1403, it corresponds to "4" in the second sub-side start pending storage number SRbN updated in step S1404. The normal hold information is stored in the fourth area SRb4, which is a storage area for

This normal hold information is information for specifying to generate a normal hold. In addition, the normal hold information includes information related to the sub-side start hold storage number SN updated in step S1404 and the corresponding storage area.

After executing the advance notice suspension generation process in step S1407 or the normal suspension generation process in step S1408, the MPU 92 sets a suspension display generation command in step S1409. Then, the MPU 92 stores the pending display generation command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94d of the RAM 94. FIG. This pending display generation command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the command transmission processing of step S1205 described above.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads from the program ROM 103 a data table for causing the pattern display device 51 to generate an advance notice suspension or a normal suspension based on the suspension display generation command transmitted from the MPU 92 . Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, every 20 msec) comes. As a result, the pattern display device 51 displays the pattern of notice suspension or the pattern of normal suspension on the display screen G to inform the player of the occurrence of notice suspension or normal suspension.

FIG. 25 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the notice suspension occurrence process.
As described above, the MPU 92 of the sound emission control device 90 executes the notice suspension generation process in step S1407 of the suspension generation process. In this advance notice pending generation process, the MPU 92 executes steps S1501 to S1505 as shown in FIG.

In step S1501, the MPU 92 executes lottery processing for the degree of expectation of suspension of advance notice. In the lottery process of the degree of expectation of the suspension of the advance notice, the MPU 92 executes a lottery for determining the degree of expectation of the suspension of the notice.
Specifically, the MPU 92 executes lottery processing for the advance notice pending expectation level based on the contents of the pending command (first pending command or second pending command) received from the MPU 62 .

FIG. 26 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the lottery process for the degree of expectation of holding the previous notice.
In the lottery process for the degree of expectation of suspension of notice, the MPU 92 executes steps S1601 to S1606 as shown in FIG.
In step S1601, based on the contents of the pending command (first pending command or second pending command) received from the MPU 62, it is determined whether or not the winning result is "big hit winning".

When the MPU 92 determines in step S1601 that the win/loss result is "big win winning", the MPU 92 reads out the prediction pending expectation level table for the big win result from the expectation level table storage area 93b of the ROM 93 in step S1602.
On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S1601 that the win/loss result is not "big hit winning", in step S1603, the hold generation command received from the MPU 62 (first hold generation command or second hold generation command ), it is determined whether or not the win/loss result is a “special loss result”.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S1603 that the success/failure result is the "special failure result", the MPU 92 reads the notice pending expectation level table for the special failure result from the expectation level table storage area 93b of the ROM 93 in step S1604.
On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S1603 that the success/failure result is not the “special failure result” (if it determines that the success/failure result is the “normal failure result”), in step S1605 The advance notice pending expectation level table for results is read out from the expectation level table storage area 93b of the ROM 93. FIG.

After executing any one of steps S1602, S1604, and S1605, the MPU 92 executes an advance notice pending expectation lottery execution process in step S1606. In this advance notice holding expectation degree lottery execution process, the MPU 92 executes a lottery for determining the degree of expectation of the advance notice holding by using the value of the advance notice holding expectation degree counter. Note that the notice holding expectation degree counter is provided in the various counter areas 94a of the RAM 94. FIG.

The advance notice pending expectation degree counter is a loop counter that adds 1 to the previous value each time it is updated and returns to 0 after reaching the maximum value. The notice pending expectation degree counter is periodically updated, and the updated value is appropriately stored in the notice pending expectation degree counter buffer set in a predetermined area of the RAM 94 .
Then, the MPU 92 executes a lottery (announcement holding expectation level lottery) for determining the degree of expectation of the announcement holding based on the value of the announcement holding expectation level counter stored in the announcement holding expectation level counter buffer. Specifically, the MPU 92 acquires the value of the advance notice pending expectation degree counter stored in the buffer for the advance notice pending expectation degree counter, and stores this value in step S1602, step S1604, or step S1605. Perform a lottery to determine the expected degree of advance notice hold by comparing with the degree table.

27A and 27B are diagrams showing patterns of advance notice suspension of each degree of expectation. FIG. 28 is a diagram showing the relationship between the success/fail result and the probability of occurrence of notice suspension for each degree of expectation.
As shown in FIG. 27, the notice suspension has patterns of low expectation, medium expectation, and high expectation associated with the success/fail result. The pattern of each degree of expectation is held in the character ROM 106 of the display control device 100 .
Incidentally, FIG. 27(A) shows the low-expectation notice suspension displayed on the display screen G of the pattern display device 51, and FIG. FIG. 27(C) shows the notice suspension of high expectations displayed on the display screen G of the pattern display device 51. FIG.

As shown in FIG. 27(A), the advance notice suspension with a low degree of expectation is a pattern in which one donut is placed on a plate. This low-expectation advance notice suspension is less likely to occur when the lottery result is ``big win'' or ``special loss result'' and more likely to occur when the result is ``ordinary loss result''.
Specifically, as shown in FIG. 28, the notice suspension of the low expectation occurs with a probability of 5% when reading the notice suspension expectation table for the jackpot result in step S1602, and step S1604. If the advance notice pending expectation level table for the special outlier result is read in step S1605, it occurs with a probability of 10%. will occur with a probability of

In addition, as shown in FIG. 27(B), the advance notice suspension of medium expectation is a pattern in which three donuts are placed on a plate. This medium-expectation notice hold is more likely to occur than the low-expectation notice hold if the result of the lottery is "jackpot winning" or "special loss result", and is more likely to occur than the high-expectation notice hold. It is a notice hold that is unlikely to occur, and if the result of the lottery is a "normal outlier result", it is less likely to occur than a notice hold with low expectations, and a notice hold that is more likely to occur than notice holds with high expectations. be.
Specifically, as shown in FIG. 28, the notice suspension of medium expectation occurs with a probability of 15% in the case where the notice suspension expectation table for the jackpot result is read in step S1602, and step S1604 If the advance notice pending expectation level table for the special outlier result is read in step S1605, it occurs with a probability of 30%. will occur with a probability of

And, as shown in FIG. 27(C), the advance notice suspension with a high degree of expectation is a pattern in which a large number of donuts are placed on a plate. This high-expectation advance notice suspension is likely to occur when the lottery result is ``big win winning'' or ``special loss result'', and is less likely to occur when the result is ``ordinary loss result''.
Specifically, as shown in FIG. 28, when the advance notice pending expectation table for the jackpot result is read in step S1602, the notice pending of high expectation occurs with a probability of 80%, and step S1604. If the advance notice pending expectation level table for the special outlier result is read in step S1605, it occurs with a probability of 60%. will occur with a probability of

Returning to the description of the advance notice pending occurrence process, the processes after step S1502 will be described with reference to FIG.
In step S1502, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the sub-side start pending memory number SN (SRaN or SRbN) set in step S1402 or S1403 is 2 or more.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S1502 that the number SN of sub-side start suspension memories is equal to or greater than 2, in step S1503, the MPU 92 executes start-time notice suspension expectation level selection processing. In this start-time notice hold expectation level selection process, the MPU 92 selects the notice hold that is the same as or lower than the notice hold won in the notice hold expectation level lottery process in step S1501. Therefore, when the high expectation notice hold is won in the notice hold expectation lottery process of step S1501, the MPU 92 randomly selects one of the high expectation, medium expectation and low expectation notice hold. , and in the lottery process of the notice hold expectation in step S1501, if the notice hold of medium expectation is won, the notice hold of medium expectation or low expectation is selected at random, and the notice hold of step S1501 is selected. In the event that the lottery process of the expectation level wins the announcement suspension of the low expectation, the announcement suspension of the low expectation is selected.

In step S1504, the MPU 92 stores the normal notice suspension information in the first memory area among the empty storage areas of the sub-side reservation areas, that is, in the storage area corresponding to the sub-side start suspension storage number SN updated in step S1404. After that, the MPU 92 terminates the advance notice pending generation process.

For example, when the MPU 92 sets the first sub-side start pending storage number SRaN in step S1402, the first storage area among the free storage areas of the first sub-side reserve area SRa, that is, the number updated in step S1404. Normal advance notice suspension information is stored in a storage area corresponding to the first sub-side start suspension storage number SRaN. For example, when the MPU 92 sets "3" to the number SRaN of first sub-side start suspension storage in step S1402, the MPU 92 corresponds to "4" in the number SRaN of first sub-side storage suspension of storage updated in step S1404. The normal advance notice suspension information is stored in the fourth area SRa4, which is a storage area for the normal advance notice.

Further, for example, when the MPU 92 sets the second sub-side start pending storage number SRbN in step S1403, the first storage area among the free storage areas of the second sub-side holding area SRb, that is, in step S1404 The normal notice suspension information is stored in the storage area corresponding to the updated second sub-side start suspension storage number SRbN. For example, when the MPU 92 sets "3" to the second sub-side start pending storage number SRbN in step S1403, it corresponds to "4" in the second sub-side start pending storage number SRbN updated in step S1404. The normal advance notice suspension information is stored in the fourth area SRb4, which is a storage area for the normal advance notice.

This normal notice suspension information is information for specifying that the normal notice suspension is to be generated. In addition, the normal notice pending information is updated in step S1404 with information concerning the degree of expectation of the notice pending that was won in the lottery processing of the degree of expectation of notice pending in step S1501 and information concerning the degree of expectation of the current normal notice pending. It includes the sub-side start pending storage number SN and information related to the corresponding storage area. Here, the MPU 92 sets the expectation degree of the advance notice suspension selected in the start time advance notice suspension expectation degree selection processing in step S1503 as the current expectation degree of the normal advance notice suspension.

On the other hand, if the MPU 92 determines in step S1502 that the number SN of sub-side start-holding memories is not 2 or more (if it determines that the number SN of sub-side start-holding memories is 0 or 1), step In S1505, the special advance notice suspension information is stored in the first storage area among the empty storage areas of the sub-side suspension areas, that is, in the storage area corresponding to the sub-side start suspension storage number SN updated in step S1404. After that, the MPU 92 terminates the advance notice pending generation process.

For example, when the MPU 92 sets the first sub-side start pending storage number SRaN in step S1402, the first storage area among the free storage areas of the first sub-side reserve area SRa, that is, the number updated in step S1404. Special advance notice suspension information is stored in a storage area corresponding to the first sub-side start suspension storage number SRaN. For example, when the MPU 92 sets "1" to the number SRaN of first sub-side start suspension storage in step S1402, it corresponds to "2" of the number SRaN of first sub-side storage suspension storage updated in step S1404. Special advance notice suspension information is stored in the fourth area SRa4, which is a storage area for

Further, for example, when the MPU 92 sets the second sub-side start pending storage number SRbN in step S1403, the first storage area among the free storage areas of the second sub-side holding area SRb, that is, in step S1404 The special advance notice suspension information is stored in the storage area corresponding to the updated second sub-side start suspension storage number SRbN. For example, when the MPU 92 sets the number SRbN of second sub-side start reservation storage to "1" in step S1403, the MPU 92 corresponds to "2" of the second sub-side start reservation storage number SRbN updated in step S1404. Special advance notice suspension information is stored in the fourth area SRb4, which is a storage area for

This special advance notice suspension information is information for specifying that special advance notice suspension is to be generated. In addition, the special notice pending information is information related to the degree of expectation of the notice pending, which was won in the lottery process of the degree of expectation of notice pending in step S1501, and the storage area corresponding to the number SN of sub-side start pending memories updated in step S1404. and information related to

Here, the notice hold information (normal notice hold information and special notice hold information) stored in the storage area of the sub-side hold area is stored in the command list storage area 94d of the RAM 94 in step S1409. included in the command. Then, this hold display generation command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the command transmission processing of step S1205 described above.

As described above, the MPU 102 of the display control device 100 programs the data table for executing the normal notice hold or the special notice hold in the pattern display device 51 based on the hold display generation command transmitted from the MPU 92. Read from the ROM 103 . Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, every 20 msec) comes. Thereby, the pattern display device 51 displays the pattern of the normal notice suspension or the pattern of the special notice suspension on the display screen G to inform the player of the occurrence of the normal notice suspension or the special notice suspension.

FIG. 29 is a diagram showing symbols of advance notice suspension and normal suspension displayed on the display screen of the symbol display device.
As shown in FIG. 29, the MPU 102 has pedestals B1 to B4 provided corresponding to the four storage areas of the first area SRa1 to the fourth area SRa4 of the first sub-side reservation area SRa, and the execution area SAE. Then, the execution pedestal AB provided on the left side of the pedestals B1 to B4 is displayed on the display screen G.

The pedestals B1 to B4 and the execution pedestal AB notify the player of the occurrence of the advance notice suspension or the normal suspension by placing a pattern indicating the advance notice suspension or the normal suspension on the pedestals B1 to B4.
Specifically, when the MPU 102 determines that the normal hold information is stored in the storage area of the first sub-side reservation area SRa based on the content of the hold display generation command transmitted from the MPU 92, the pedestal On B1 to B4, a sphere pattern, which is a normally reserved pattern, is placed.
MPU 102, based on the content of the pending display generation command transmitted from MPU 92, when it is specified that the normal advance notice pending information is stored in the storage area of first sub-side holding area SRa, the MPU 102, when it is determined that the normal advance notice pending information is stored, On the top, one of the patterns of advance notice suspension corresponding to the current degree of expectation of normal notice suspension, that is, the pattern of notice suspension of each degree of expectation, which is the pattern of normal notice suspension, is placed (see FIG. 27). .
When the MPU 102 identifies that special advance notice pending information is stored in the storage area of the first sub-side holding area SRa based on the contents of the pending display generation command transmitted from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 selects the pedestal B1 or the pedestal B2. A pattern of furoshiki, which is a pattern of special notice pending, is placed on the .

Further, when the MPU 102 specifies that the execution area SAE stores normal suspension information, the MPU 102 places a sphere pattern, which is a normal suspension pattern, on the execution base AB.
When the MPU 102 determines that the normal notice pending information is stored in the execution area SAE, the MPU 102 displays a picture of the notice pending corresponding to the degree of expectation of the current normal notice pending on the execution base AB. Any one of the patterns of advance notice suspension of each degree of expectation (see FIG. 27) is placed.
When the MPU 102 specifies that special notice suspension information is stored in the execution area SAE, the MPU 102 places a furoshiki pattern, which is a special notice suspension pattern, on the execution pedestal AB.
Note that the MPU 102 identifies the information stored in the execution area SAE based on the content of the pending display shift command transmitted from the MPU 92 . This pending display shift command will be described later in detail.

Here, in the example of FIG. 29, the MPU 102 places the pattern of normal suspension on the pedestal B1, places the pattern of special notice suspension on the pedestal B2, and places the low-expectation pattern on the pedestal B3. A picture with normal notice reserved is placed, and a picture with normal notice reserved is placed on the base AB for execution. Also, in this example, the MPU 102 does not place a pattern on the pedestal B4.
The pedestals B1 to B4 are also provided corresponding to the four storage areas of the first area SRb1 to the fourth area SRb4 of the second sub-side reservation area SRb. Specifically, the pattern corresponding to the storage area of the second sub-side reservation area SRb is superimposed on the front side of the pattern corresponding to the storage area of the first sub-side reservation area SRa.

Thus, in this embodiment, the sub-side reservation information storage area 94b is associated with the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper working port 36 or the lower working port 37 as a trigger. It functions as information storage means for storing advance notice pending information (internal lottery information).
The sub-side pending information storage area 94b includes an execution area SAE as an execution area for storing advance notice pending information during execution of variable display on the pattern display device 51, and a It has a first sub-side reservation area SRa and a second sub-side reservation area SRb as a plurality of reservation areas for storing advance notice reservation information in a reservation state.

Here, in the present embodiment, the advance notice pending information is associated with the win/fail result, but may be associated with other information such as display duration time. In short, the notice suspension information should be associated with the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball to the upper working port 36 or the lower working port 37 as a trigger.

Specifically, the MPU 92 generates the ready-to-win display based on the information about the display duration, and the display duration is set to such an extent that the player expects that he or she has won a "big win" in the lottery. When it is determined to be long (for example, when super reach occurs), the probability of generating a high-expectation advance notice suspension is increased and the probability of generating a low-expectation advance notice suspension is decreased. In addition, the MPU 92 should generate the ready-to-win display based on the information about the display duration time, and the display duration time must be long enough to make the player expect that he or she has won a "big win" in the lottery. When it is determined (for example, when super reach does not occur), the probability of generating a high-expectation advance notice suspension is reduced and the probability of generating a low-expectation advance notice suspension is increased. Then, the MPU 92 may determine the degree of expectation of advance notice suspension by drawing lots based on this probability.

In addition, in this embodiment, the sound emission control device 90 functions as information storage means for storing advance notice suspension information in the sub-side suspension information storage area 94b in the order in which the game ball enters the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37. do.
Then, the sound emission control device 90 and the display control device 100 display the pattern associated with the advance notice pending information on the pattern display device 51 based on the advance notice pending information stored in the sub-side pending information storage area 94b. It functions as a notification means.

Furthermore, in the present embodiment, the advance notice pending generation processing is performed in the first areas SRa1 and SRb1 and the second areas SRa2 and SRb2 on the execution area SAE side of the first sub-side pending area SRa and the second sub-side pending area SRb. In the case of storing the advance notice pending information, it functions as a pending allocation storage section for storing as special advance notice pending information (first internal lottery information). Therefore, the first areas SRa1, SRb1 and the second areas SRa2, SRb2 function as first regions.
Then, in the advance notice pending generation processing, advance notice pending information is placed in the third areas SRa3, SRb3 and the fourth areas SRa4, SRb4 on the opposite side of the execution area SAE among the first sub-side holding area SRa and the second sub-side holding area SRb. , it functions as a hold distribution storage unit for storing normal notice hold information (second internal lottery information). Therefore, the third areas SRa3, SRb3 and the fourth areas SRa4, SRb4 function as the second area.

Although the number of the first areas and the number of the second areas are set to be the same in this embodiment, they may be set differently. In other words, in the process of step S1502, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the sub-side start pending memory number SN (SRaN or SRbN) set in step S1402 or step S1403 is 2 or more. , 1 or more, or 3 or more.
In short, the pending distribution storage unit stores the internal lottery information as the first internal lottery information in the case where the internal lottery information is stored in the first area on the execution area side among the pending areas, and stores the internal lottery information in the second area on the side opposite to the execution area. In the case of storing the internal lottery information in the area of , it is sufficient if it can be stored as the second internal lottery information.

<Hold shift processing>
FIG. 30 is a diagram showing a flowchart of hold shift processing.
The MPU 92 of the sound emission control device 90 executes the hold shift process in step S1304 of the effect determination process, as described above. In this pending shift process, the MPU 92 executes steps S1701 to S1712 as shown in FIG. Specifically, the MPU 92 shifts the sub-side reservation information stored in the sub-side reservation area based on the content of the shift command.

In step S1701, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the first shift command transmitted from the MPU 62 has been received.
When the MPU 92 determines in step S1701 that it has received the first shift time command, it executes the data setting processing of the first sub-side reservation area SRa in steps S1702 to S1704. If it is determined that the shift time command has not been received (if it has been determined that the second shift time command has been received), data setting processing for the second sub-side reservation area SRb in steps S1705 to S1707 is executed.

First, data setting processing for the first sub-side reservation area SRa in steps S1702 to S1704 will be described.
In step S1702, the MPU 92 subtracts 1 from the value of the first sub-side start reservation storage number SRaN in the first sub-side reservation area SRa to update it.
In step S1703, the MPU 92 moves the sub-side reservation information stored in the first area SRa1 of the first sub-side reservation area SRa to the execution area SAE.
In step S1704, the MPU 92 executes data shift processing for shifting the sub-side reservation information stored in the storage area of the first sub-side reservation area SRa. This data shift process is a process of sequentially shifting the sub-side pending information stored in each of the areas SRa1 to SRa4 to the first area SRa1 side. Specifically, the MPU 92 shifts the sub-side pending information of the second area SRa2 to the first area SRa1, shifts the sub-side pending information of the third area SRa3 to the second area SRa2, and shifts the sub-side pending information of the third area SRa3 to the second area SRa2. The side hold information is shifted to the third area SRa3.

Next, data setting processing for the second sub-side reservation area SRb in steps S1705 to S1707 will be described.
In step S1705, the MPU 92 subtracts 1 from the value of the second sub-side start reservation storage number SRbN in the second sub-side reservation area SRb to update it.
In step S1706, the MPU 92 moves the sub-side reservation information stored in the first area SRb1 of the second sub-side reservation area SRb to the execution area SAE.
In step S1707, the MPU 92 executes data shift processing for shifting the sub-side reservation information stored in the storage area of the second sub-side reservation area SRb. This data shift process is a process of sequentially shifting the sub-side pending information stored in each of the areas SRb1 to SRb4 to the first area SRb1 side. Specifically, the MPU 92 shifts the sub-side pending information of the second area SRb2 to the first area SRb1, shifts the sub-side pending information of the third area SRb3 to the second area SRb2, and shifts the sub-side pending information of the third area SRb3 to the second area SRb2. The side hold information is shifted to the third area SRb3.

After executing the process of step S1704 or step S1707, the MPU 92 determines in step S1708 whether or not the notice pending information moved to the execution area SAE is special notice pending information.
When the MPU 92 determines in step S1708 that the information is the special advance notice suspension information, in step S1709, the MPU 92 executes special advance notice suspension expectation degree notification processing. In this special notice pending expectation degree notification process, the MPU 92 notifies the player of the special notice pending expectation degree. Specifically, the MPU 92 executes processing for opening the furoshiki, which is the design of the special notice pending, and notifying the player of the contents. Further, the MPU 92 executes light emission control of the display lamp unit 23 and audio control of the speaker unit 24 in the above-described effect execution processing of step S1203 based on the contents of the special notice pending expectation level notification processing. .

Here, when the furoshiki, which is the pattern of the special notice pending, is opened, the content is one of the pictures of the notice pending of each degree of expectation, which is the pattern of the normal notice pending. Specifically, the player is informed of the advance notice suspension of the expectation degree won in the lottery process of the notice suspension expectation degree in step S1501 described above as the contents of the wrapping cloth.

After the MPU 92 executes the special advance notice pending expectation level notification process in step S1709, or if it is determined that the information is not special advance notice pending information in step S1708, in step S1710, the advance notice shifted to the storage area of the sub-side reserve area It is determined whether or not the hold information is normal notice hold information.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S1710 that the information is normal notice pending information, in step S1711, the MPU 92 executes normal notice pending expectation level promotion processing. In this normal notice pending expectation degree promotion processing, the MPU 92 executes processing for promoting the degree of expectation of the normal notice pending. Further, the MPU 92 executes light emission control of the display lamp unit 23 and audio control of the speaker unit 24 in the effect execution processing of step S1203 described above based on the contents of this normal notice pending expectation degree promotion processing. .

Here, the normal notice hold expectation degree promotion processing is performed when the current normal notice hold expectation degree is lower than the expectation degree of the notice hold prize won in the aforementioned notice hold expectation lottery processing in step S1501. is a process for stepwise raising the degree of expectation of , with a predetermined probability (50% in this embodiment).
For example, the first sub-side sets normal notice hold information in which the expectation of the notice hold won in the notice hold expectation lottery process in step S1501 is set as high expectation and the expectation of current normal notice hold is set as low expectation. When the reservation area SRa is shifted from the fourth area SRa4 to the third area SRa3, the MPU 92 sets the expectation level of the normal advance notice holding to the low expectation level with a probability of 50% in the normal advance notice holding expectation level promotion process of step S1711. Maintain it as it is and upgrade it to medium expectations with a probability of 50%. It should be noted that the MPU 92 moves the current expectation level of the normal advance notice suspension to the middle expectation level in the normal advance notice suspension expectation level promotion process of step S1711, the MPU 92 moves the The current expectation degree of normal advance notice suspension included in the stored normal advance notice suspension information is updated to medium expectation degree.

Further, for example, the normal notice hold information is set to the high expectation degree as the expectation degree of the notice hold winning in the lottery process of the notice hold expectation degree in step S1501, and the medium expectation degree as the expectation degree of the current normal notice hold. When the shift is made from the third area SRa3 of the sub-side holding area SRa to the second area SRa2, the MPU 92 moderates the expectation level of the normal advance notice holding with a probability of 50% in the normal advance notice holding expectation degree promotion process of step S1711. Maintain the level of expectations and upgrade to high expectations with a probability of 50%. It should be noted that the MPU 92, in the case of raising the current expectation level of the normal advance notice suspension to the high expectation level in the normal advance notice suspension expectation level promotion processing of step S1711, moves the third area SRa3 of the first sub-side reservation area SRa. The current expectation level of normal advance notice suspension included in the stored normal advance notice suspension information is updated to a high expectation level.

After the MPU 92 executes the normal notice pending expectation level promotion processing in step S1711, or when it is determined in step S1710 that the information is not normal notice pending information, the MPU 92 sets a hold display shift time command in step S1712. Then, the MPU 92 stores the pending display shift command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94d of the RAM 94. FIG. Here, the notice hold information (normal notice hold information and special notice hold information) stored in the sub-side hold information storage area 94b is included in the hold display shift command stored in the command list storage area 94d of the RAM 94. there is This on-hold display shift command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the above-described command transmission processing of step S1205.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 informs the expectation level of the special notice hold and raises the expectation level of the normal notice hold in the pattern display device 51 based on the hold display shift command transmitted from the MPU 92. A data table is read from the program ROM 103 . Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, every 20 msec) comes. As a result, the pattern display device 51 causes the display screen G to display and execute notification of the degree of expectation for the suspension of the special advance notice and promotion of the degree of expectation for the suspension of the normal notice.

Thus, in the present embodiment, the hold shift process functions as a hold shift unit that shifts the advance notice hold information stored in the first sub-side reservation area SRa and the second sub-side reservation area SRb toward the execution area SAE. do.
In addition, the display control device 100 stores the special advance notice pending information in the first sub-side holding area SRa or the second sub-side holding area SRb in the advance notice pending generating process, and the special advance notice pending pattern (first pending pattern) is displayed on the pattern display device 51, and when the normal notice reservation information is stored, the pattern display device 51 is caused to display the normal notice reserved pattern (second reserved pattern) different from the special notice reserved pattern. It functions as a picture control unit.

In the present embodiment, a wrapping cloth is used as a special notice pending design, but any design may be employed as long as it is different from the second pending design. Further, in the present embodiment, a pattern in which a donut is placed on a plate is adopted as a pattern of normal notice reservation, but any pattern may be adopted as long as it is different from the first reserved pattern. .

In addition, in the present embodiment, the picture of normal notice suspension includes a plurality of types of normal notice suspension corresponding to the degree of expectation of the normal notice suspension information, that is, low expectation notice suspension, medium expectation notice suspension, and high expectation notice suspension. with a notice hold of
Specifically, in the present embodiment, the pattern of normal notice suspension is changed by changing the amount of donuts for each of the patterns of low expectation, medium expectation, and high expectation. was suggesting. On the other hand, for example, the normal notice pending picture may suggest a change in expectations by changing other features such as color.

Further, in the present embodiment, the display control device 100 shifts the special notice pending information displayed on the pattern display device 51 to the execution area SAE in the hold shift process, and shifts the special notice pending picture displayed on the picture display device 51 into a plurality of types. Among the pictures of the normal notice suspension, the picture pattern of the normal notice suspension corresponding to the degree of expectation of the special notice suspension information is changed.
On the other hand, for example, when the display control device 100 shifts the special advance notice pending information toward the execution area SAE in the pending shift process, that is, the special advance notice pending information is shifted to the first sub-side holding area SRa or the second sub-side holding area SRa. When shifting in the second sub-side reservation area SRb, the normal notice corresponding to the degree of expectation of the special notice hold information among the patterns of the special notice hold displayed on the pattern display device 51 among the plural kinds of normal notice hold pictures. It may be changed to a reserved pattern.

The display control device 100 configured in this manner shifts the special advance notice pending picture displayed on the pattern display device 51 to a plurality of types of normal There may be provided a first reserved picture pattern change determination unit for determining whether or not to change the picture pattern of the reserved notice to the picture of normal notice reserved corresponding to the degree of expectation of the special notice reserved information. In this case, when the display control device 100 determines to change the pattern to the normal notice pending picture by the first reserved picture change determining unit, the special notice pending picture displayed on the pattern display device 51 is changed. Among multiple types of normal notice pending pictures, the pattern is changed to the normal notice pending picture corresponding to the degree of expectation of the special notice pending information, and the first pending picture change determination unit determines not to change to the normal notice pending picture. In this case, the pattern of the special notice suspension displayed on the pattern display device 51 should be maintained. According to this, since the player pays attention to whether or not the pattern of the special notice pending changes, the gaming machine can increase the player's attention to the game.

Further, in the present embodiment, the display control device 100 shifts the normal notice pending information toward the execution area SAE in the hold shift process, and the degree of expectation of the normal notice pending pattern displayed on the pattern display device 51 is are maintained or promoted. The degree of expectation of the normal notice pending picture maintains the same degree of expectation after the special notice pending information or the normal notice pending information is shifted to the execution area SAE.
On the other hand, when the display control device 100 shifts the normal notice pending information toward the execution area SAE in the hold shift process, the degree of expectation of the normal notice pending pattern displayed on the pattern display device 51 is raised. It may be maintained without promotion, or it may always be promoted. Further, the degree of expectation of the normal notice pending picture may be raised after the special notice pending information or the normal notice pending information is shifted to the execution area SAE.

Here, when the normal advance notice pending information is shifted toward the execution area SAE in the pending shift process, the display control device maintains or enhances the degree of expectation of the normal advance notice pending pattern displayed on the pattern display device 51. 100, of the first sub-side reservation area SRa and the second sub-side reservation area SRb, the normal notice reservation information is placed in the first areas SRa1, SRb1 and the second areas SRa2, SRb2 on the execution area SAE side. If the advance notice suspension generation process is configured to store, the number of shifts before moving to the execution area SAE is reduced. Therefore, the number of times the degree of expectation of the normal notice pending pattern displayed on the pattern display device 51 is increased is also reduced, so there is a problem that the player's attention to the game is also reduced.

On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the advance notice pending occurrence processing is performed in the first areas SRa1, SRb1 and the second area SRa2 on the execution area SAE side of the first sub-side holding area SRa and the second sub-side holding area SRb. , SRb2 are stored as special notice hold information, the display control device 100 stores the special notice hold information in the first sub-side reservation area SRa or the second sub-side reservation area SRb in the notice hold occurrence process. When the notice hold information is stored, the special notice hold pattern can be displayed on the pattern display device 51.例文帳に追加Then, when the display control device 100 shifts the special advance notice pending information to the execution area SAE in the pending shift process, the special advance notice pending picture displayed on the pattern display device 51 is replaced with a plurality of normal notice pending pictures. Of these, the pattern is changed to the normal notice pending picture corresponding to the degree of expectation of the special notice pending information, so that the player's attention to the game can be improved.

<Regarding the flow when a normal notice hold occurs>
FIG. 31 is a diagram showing an example of the flow when normal notice suspension occurs. FIG. 32 is a diagram showing another example of the flow when normal notice suspension occurs. Specifically, FIGS. 31(A) and 32(A) are diagrams showing a state in which a pattern of normal notice suspension is placed on the pedestal B3 and generated based on the content of the suspension display generation command. is. 31(B) and 32(B) are diagrams showing a state in which the normal notice pending picture is placed on the pedestal B2 and shifted based on the content of the pending display shifting command. 31(C), (D) and FIGS. 32(C), (D), based on the contents of the hold display shift time command, the pattern of the normal notice hold is placed on the base B1 and shifted. It is a figure which shows a state.

The MPU 102 generates a pattern of normal advance notice suspension by placing it on the pedestal B3, as shown in FIGS. .
Note that the MPU 102 shifts the normally reserved patterns by placing them on the pedestals B1, B2, and AB based on the content of the reserved display shifting command received from the MPU 92. FIG.

Here, the hold display generation command includes normal advance notice hold information. This normal notice suspension information is information for specifying that the normal notice suspension is to be generated. In addition, as described above, the normal notice pending information includes information related to the expectation of the notice pending that was won in the lottery process for the expected degree of notice pending in step S1501, information related to the expectation of the current normal notice pending, It contains the number SN of sub-side start pending storage updated in step S1404 and information related to the corresponding storage area.

In the example of FIGS. 31 and 32, the information related to the expectation level of the advance notice suspension won in the lottery process of the expectation level of the notice suspension in step S1501 is high expectation, and the information related to the expectation level of the current normal notice suspension is Information related to the storage area corresponding to the sub-side startup pending storage number SN updated in step S1404 with low expectations is the third area SRa3 of the first sub-side pending area SRa.
Therefore, the MPU 102 generates a pattern of low-expectation normal notice suspension on the pedestal B3 based on the contents of the suspension display generation command received from the MPU 92 .

Next, the MPU 102 places a pattern of normal notice suspension on the pedestal B2, as shown in FIGS. to shift.
When the MPU 102 identifies that the expectation level of the current normal notice suspension has been raised based on the content of the hold display shift command received from the MPU 92, as shown in FIG. The pattern of normal advance notice suspension is placed on the pedestal B2 and shifted.
On the other hand, the MPU 102, based on the content of the hold display shift time command received from the MPU 92, when it is specified that the expectation degree of the current normal notice hold is not raised, , the low-expectation normal notice pending pattern is placed on the pedestal B2 and shifted.
It should be noted that the expectation level of the normal notice suspension is raised by making the devil appear and increasing the number of donuts on the plate.

After placing and shifting the pattern of the normal notice suspension on the pedestal B2, the MPU 102, based on the content of the next suspension display shift command received from the MPU 92, executes (C), (D) and (D) of FIG. As shown in FIGS. 32(C) and 32(D), the normal notice pending pattern is placed on the pedestal B1 and shifted.

The MPU 102 specifies that the expectation level of the current normal notice suspension has been raised in the case where the pattern of the normal notice suspension with medium expectation level is placed on the pedestal B2 and shifted (see FIG. 31(B)). In this case, as shown in FIG. 31(C), the high-expectation normal notice suspension pattern is placed on the pedestal B1 and shifted. Further, when the MPU 102 determines that the current level of expectation for the pending normal notice is not raised, as shown in FIG. Place and shift.

On the other hand, the MPU 102, in the case where the pattern of normal notice suspension with a low expectation level is placed on the pedestal B2 and shifted (see FIG. 32(B)), the current expectation level of normal notice suspension 32(C), the pattern of normal notice suspension with medium expectation level is placed on the pedestal B1 and shifted. Further, when the MPU 102 determines that the current level of expectation for normal notice suspension is not raised, as shown in FIG. Place and shift.

<About the flow when a special advance notice hold occurs>
FIG. 33 is a diagram showing the flow when special notice suspension occurs. Specifically, FIG. 33(A) is a diagram showing a state in which a design for special advance notice suspension is placed on the pedestal B2 and generated based on the content of the suspension display generation command. FIG. 33(B) is a diagram showing a state in which the pattern of special advance notice suspension is placed on the pedestal B1 and shifted based on the contents of the command for shifting the suspension display. 33(C) to (E) are diagrams showing a state in which the special advance notice pending picture is placed on the execution pedestal AB and shifted based on the contents of the hold display shifting command.

The MPU 102 generates a special advance notice pending picture by placing it on the pedestal B2, as shown in FIG.
Note that the MPU 102 shifts the normal pending picture by placing it on the pedestals B1 and AB based on the content of the hold display shifting command received from the MPU 92 .

Here, the hold display generation command includes special notice hold information. This special advance notice suspension information is information for specifying that special advance notice suspension is to be generated. In addition, as described above, the special notice hold information includes information related to the degree of expectation of notice hold that was won in the lottery process for the degree of expectation of notice hold in step S1501, and the sub-side start hold storage number SN updated in step S1404. and information about the corresponding storage area.

In the example of FIG. 33, the information related to the storage area corresponding to the sub-side start pending storage number SN updated in step S1404 is the second area SRa2 of the first sub-side pending area SRa.
Therefore, the MPU 102 generates a pattern of special advance notice suspension by placing it on the pedestal B2 based on the content of the suspension display generation command received from the MPU 92 .

Next, the MPU 102 places and shifts the special advance notice pending picture on the base B1 as shown in FIG.

After placing and shifting the design of the special notice suspension on the pedestal B1, the MPU 102, based on the contents of the next suspension display shift time command received from the MPU 92, changes to (C) to (E) in FIG. As shown, the special notice pending picture is placed on the execution pedestal AB and shifted, and at the same time, the wrapping cloth of the special notice pending picture is opened and the contents thereof are notified to the player. Here, when the furoshiki, which is the pattern of the special notice pending, is opened, the content is one of the pictures of the notice pending of each degree of expectation, which is the pattern of the normal notice pending.
Specifically, the player is notified of the advance notice suspension of the expectation level won in the lottery process of the notice suspension expectation level in step S1501 described above as the contents of the wrapping cloth.

For example, in the event that a high-expectation pending notice is won in the step S1501 lottery process for the pending notice-holding expectation degree, as shown in FIG. becomes.
Further, for example, in the event that a medium-expectation notice hold is won in the notice-hold expectation lottery process in step S1501, as shown in FIG. It becomes the pattern of
Further, for example, when the lottery process of the advance notice withholding expectation in step S1501 wins the advance notice with low expectation, as shown in FIG. It becomes the pattern of

According to this embodiment, the following functions and effects can be obtained.
(1) The display control device 100 displays a pattern of special advance notice suspension when the special notice suspension information is stored in the first sub-side suspension area SRa or the second sub-side suspension area SRb in the advance notice suspension generation process. 51, and when the normal advance notice pending information is stored, the pattern display device 51 is caused to display the normal advance notice pending picture which is different from the special advance notice pending picture. Different pending patterns can be displayed on the pattern display device 51 depending on which of the regions 2 the advance notice pending information is stored. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can diversify the types of reserved symbols and improve the attention of the player to the game.

(2) When the display control device 100 shifts the special notice pending information toward the execution area SAE in the hold shift process, the special notice pending picture displayed on the pattern display device 51 is changed to a plurality of types of normal notice pending. Of the patterns, the pattern is changed to the normal notice pending picture corresponding to the degree of expectation of the special notice pending information, so that the player can recognize the degree of expectation of the result of the internal lottery due to the change of the special notice pending picture. can be done. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can increase the attention of the player to the game.

(3) When the display control device 100 shifts the special notice pending information to the execution area SAE in the hold shift process, the pattern of the special notice pending displayed on the pattern display device 51 is changed to a plurality of types of normal notice pending. Since the patterns are changed to normal notice pending pictures corresponding to the degree of expectation of the special notice pending information, the player recognizes the degree of expectation of the result of the internal lottery until the special notice pending information is shifted to the execution area SAE. I can't. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 maintains the player's attention to the game after displaying the pattern of the special notice suspension on the pattern display device 51 until the special notice suspension information is shifted to the execution area SAE. can be done.

(4) When the display control device 100 shifts the normal notice pending information toward the execution area SAE in the hold shift process, the degree of expectation of the normal notice pending pattern displayed on the pattern display device 51 is maintained or promoted. As a result, the player pays attention to whether or not the degree of expectation of the normal notice pending pattern is raised. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the attention of the player to the game.
(5) The degree of expectation of the normal notice pending pattern maintains the same degree of expectation after the special notice pending information or the normal notice pending information is shifted to the execution area SAE. We will pay more attention to the change in and the promotion of the pattern that is usually reserved for notice. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the attention of the player to the game.

[Second embodiment]
A second embodiment of the present invention will be described below with reference to the drawings.
In the following description, the same reference numerals are given to the parts that have already been described, and the description thereof will be omitted.

In this embodiment, the audio light emission control device 90 and the display control device 100 perform processing different from that in the first embodiment. Specifically, in the present embodiment, the notice hold generation process and the hold shift process are different from those in the first embodiment. The contents of the advance notice pending generation process and pending shift process in this embodiment will be described below.

<Announcement Hold Occurrence Processing>
FIG. 34 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the advance notice suspension generation process according to the second embodiment of the present invention.
In the advance notice pending occurrence process, the MPU 92 executes steps S1501 to S1505 in substantially the same manner as in the first embodiment. In the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 34, the MPU 92 executes the lottery process for the degree of expectation of the suspension of notice suspension in step S1501, and before executing the process in step S1503 or step S1505, the special notice in step S1506A. The pending lottery process and the process of step S1507A are executed, and other steps are executed in the same manner as in the first embodiment.

In step S1501, the MPU 92 executes lottery processing for the degree of expectation of suspension of advance notice. In the lottery process for the degree of expectation of the suspension of the advance notice, the MPU 92 executes a lottery for determining the degree of expectation of the suspension of the notice.
Specifically, the MPU 92, based on the content of the hold generation command (first hold generation command or second hold generation command) received from the MPU 62, similar to the first embodiment, lottery processing of advance notice hold expectation degree to run.

In step S1506A, the MPU 92 executes lottery processing for special notice suspension. In this special notice suspension lottery process, the MPU 92 executes a lottery to determine whether to generate the special notice suspension.
Specifically, the MPU 92 uses the value of the special notice pending occurrence counter to perform a lottery as to whether or not to generate the special notice pending. Note that the special notice suspension occurrence counter is provided in the various counter areas 94a of the RAM 94. FIG.

The special notice pending occurrence counter is a loop counter that adds 1 to the previous value each time it is updated and returns to 0 after reaching the maximum value. The special notice pending occurrence counter is periodically updated, and the updated value is appropriately stored in a special notice pending occurrence counter buffer set in a predetermined area of the RAM 94 .
Then, the MPU 92 executes a lottery (special advance notice suspension occurrence lottery) to determine whether or not to generate special advance notice suspension based on the value of the special notice suspension occurrence counter stored in the special notice suspension occurrence counter buffer. Specifically, the MPU 92 obtains the value of the special notice pending occurrence counter stored in the special notice pending occurrence counter buffer, and compares this value with the special notice pending occurrence table to determine the special notice pending. A lottery is executed as to whether or not to generate it. The table for occurrence of special notice suspension is a table storing random number values relating to the occurrence of special notice suspension, and is stored in the lottery table storage area 93 a of the ROM 93 .

In step S1507A, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the lottery for special notice suspension occurrence has been won in step S1506A (whether or not to generate special notice suspension).
When the MPU 92 determines in step S1507A not to generate a special advance notice suspension, in step S1503, the MPU 92 executes start time advance notice suspension expectation level selection processing. In this start-time notice pending expectation level selection process, the MPU 92 selects the notice hold that is the same as or lower than the notice hold won in the lottery process for the notice hold expectation level in step S1501. Therefore, when the high-expectation notice hold is won in the notice-hold expectation lottery process in step S1501, the MPU 92 randomly selects one of the high-expectation, medium-expectation, and low-expectation notice holds. , and in the lottery process of the notice hold expectation in step S1501, if the notice hold of medium expectation is won, the notice hold of medium expectation or low expectation is selected at random, and the notice hold of step S1501 is selected. When the lottery process of the expectation degree wins the announcement suspension of the low expectation, the announcement suspension of the low expectation is selected.

In step S1504, the MPU 92 stores the normal notice suspension information in the first memory area among the empty storage areas of the sub-side reservation areas, that is, in the storage area corresponding to the sub-side start suspension storage number SN updated in step S1404. After that, the MPU 92 terminates the advance notice pending generation process.

For example, when the MPU 92 sets the first sub-side start pending storage number SRaN in step S1402, the first storage area among the free storage areas of the first sub-side reserve area SRa, that is, the number updated in step S1404. Normal advance notice suspension information is stored in a storage area corresponding to the first sub-side start suspension storage number SRaN. For example, when the MPU 92 sets "3" to the number SRaN of first sub-side start suspension storage in step S1402, the MPU 92 corresponds to "4" in the number SRaN of first sub-side storage suspension of storage updated in step S1404. The normal advance notice suspension information is stored in the fourth area SRa4, which is a storage area for the normal advance notice.

Further, for example, when the MPU 92 sets the second sub-side start pending storage number SRbN in step S1403, the first storage area among the free storage areas of the second sub-side holding area SRb, that is, in step S1404 The normal notice suspension information is stored in the storage area corresponding to the updated second sub-side start suspension storage number SRbN. For example, when the MPU 92 sets "3" to the second sub-side start pending storage number SRbN in step S1403, it corresponds to "4" in the second sub-side start pending storage number SRbN updated in step S1404. The normal advance notice suspension information is stored in the fourth area SRb4, which is a storage area for the normal advance notice.

This normal notice suspension information is information for specifying that the normal notice suspension is to be generated. In addition, the normal notice pending information is updated in step S1404 with information concerning the degree of expectation of the notice pending that was won in the lottery processing of the degree of expectation of notice pending in step S1501 and information concerning the degree of expectation of the current normal notice pending. It includes the sub-side start pending storage number SN and information related to the corresponding storage area. Here, the MPU 92 sets the expectation degree of the advance notice suspension selected in the start time advance notice suspension expectation degree selection processing in step S1503 as the current expectation degree of the normal advance notice suspension.

On the other hand, if the MPU 92 determines in step S1507A to generate the special advance notice suspension, in step S1505, the special notice suspension information is stored in the first storage area among the empty storage areas of the sub-side suspension area, that is, Stored in a storage area corresponding to the sub-side start pending storage number SN updated in step S1404. After that, the MPU 92 terminates the advance notice pending generation process.

For example, when the MPU 92 sets the first sub-side start pending storage number SRaN in step S1402, the first storage area among the free storage areas of the first sub-side reserve area SRa, that is, the number updated in step S1404. Special advance notice suspension information is stored in a storage area corresponding to the first sub-side start suspension storage number SRaN. For example, when the MPU 92 sets "3" to the number SRaN of first sub-side start suspension storage in step S1402, the MPU 92 corresponds to "4" in the number SRaN of first sub-side storage suspension of storage updated in step S1404. Special advance notice suspension information is stored in the fourth area SRa4, which is a storage area for

Further, for example, when the MPU 92 sets the second sub-side start pending storage number SRbN in step S1403, the first storage area among the free storage areas of the second sub-side holding area SRb, that is, in step S1404 The special advance notice suspension information is stored in the storage area corresponding to the updated second sub-side start suspension storage number SRbN. For example, when the MPU 92 sets "3" to the second sub-side start pending storage number SRbN in step S1403, it corresponds to "4" in the second sub-side start pending storage number SRbN updated in step S1404. Special advance notice suspension information is stored in the fourth area SRb4, which is a storage area for

This special advance notice suspension information is information for specifying that special advance notice suspension is to be generated. In addition, the special notice pending information is information related to the degree of expectation of the notice pending, which was won in the lottery process of the degree of expectation of notice pending in step S1501, and the storage area corresponding to the number SN of sub-side start pending memories updated in step S1404. and information related to

Here, the notice hold information (normal notice hold information and special notice hold information) stored in the storage area of the sub-side hold area is stored in the command list storage area 94d of the RAM 94 in step S1409. included in the command. Then, this hold display generation command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the command transmission processing of step S1205 described above.

As described above, the MPU 102 of the display control device 100 programs the data table for executing the normal notice hold or the special notice hold in the pattern display device 51 based on the hold display generation command transmitted from the MPU 92. Read from the ROM 103 . Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, every 20 msec) comes. Thereby, the pattern display device 51 displays the pattern of the normal notice suspension or the pattern of the special notice suspension on the display screen G to inform the player of the occurrence of the normal notice suspension or the special notice suspension.

As described above, in the present embodiment, in the advance notice pending generation process, when the advance notice pending information is stored in the first sub-side holding area SRa or the second sub-side holding area SRb, the advance notice pending information is distributed to the special advance notice pending information or the normal advance notice pending information. It functions as a hold distribution storage unit that stores the
Note that in the present embodiment, the advance notice suspension generation process is performed by executing a lottery to determine whether or not special advance notice suspension is to be generated in the special advance notice suspension lottery processing of step S1506A. When the notice hold information is stored in the second sub-side hold area SRb, it is sorted into special notice hold information or normal notice hold information and stored. On the other hand, the advance notice pending generation process may be sorted into special notice pending information or normal notice pending information and stored based on other conditions such as the gaming state. Specifically, for example, the advance notice pending generation process may be assigned to the normal notice pending information in the low probability mode, and to the special notice pending information in the high probability mode. In short, the advance notice pending generation process only needs to be able to store the notice pending information in the first sub-side holding area SRa or the second sub-side holding area SRb by assigning it to the special advance notice holding information or the normal notice holding information. .

<Hold shift processing>
FIG. 35 is a diagram showing a flowchart of hold shift processing.
In the hold shift process, the MPU 92 executes the processes of steps S1701 to S1712A in substantially the same manner as in the first embodiment. In this embodiment, the MPU 92 executes the processes of steps S1708A, S1709A and S1712A instead of the processes of steps S1708, S1709 and S1712 as shown in FIG. Differs from one embodiment.

In step S1708A, the MPU 92 determines whether the advance notice pending information shifted to the storage area of the sub-side holding area or the advance notice pending information moved to the execution area SAE is special notice pending information.
When the MPU 92 determines in step S1708A that the information is the special notice suspension information, in step S1709A, the MPU 92 executes notice processing of the degree of expectation of notice suspension. In this advance notice hold expectation degree notification processing, the MPU 92 notifies the player of the special notice hold expectation degree with a probability of 50% when the special notice hold information is shifted to the storage area of the sub-side reservation area. When the special notice suspension information has moved to the execution area SAE, the player is notified of the degree of expectation of the special notice suspension with a probability of 100%. Specifically, the MPU 92 executes processing for opening the furoshiki, which is the design of the special notice pending, and notifying the player of the contents. In addition, the MPU 92 executes light emission control of the display lamp unit 23 and audio control of the speaker unit 24 in the effect execution processing of step S1203 described above based on the contents of this advance notice pending expectation level notification processing.

Here, when the furoshiki, which is the pattern of the special notice pending, is opened, the content is one of the pictures of the notice pending of each degree of expectation, which is the pattern of the normal notice pending. Specifically, the player is informed of the advance notice suspension of the expectation degree won in the lottery process of the notice suspension expectation degree in step S1501 described above as the contents of the wrapping cloth.

After the MPU 92 executes the advance notice suspension expectation level notification processing in step S1709A, or when it is determined that the information is not special advance notice suspension information in step S1708, the processing from step S1710 onward is executed in the same manner as in the first embodiment. do.

After the MPU 92 executes the normal advance notice pending expectation level promotion processing in step S1711, or if it is determined in step S1710 that the information is not the normal advance notice pending information, the MPU 92 sets a hold display shift time command in step S1712A. Then, the MPU 92 stores the pending display shift command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94d of the RAM 94. FIG. Here, the notice hold information (normal notice hold information and special notice hold information) stored in the sub-side hold information storage area 94b is included in the hold display shift command stored in the command list storage area 94d of the RAM 94. there is Further, the special notice pending information stored in the sub-side pending information storage area 94b includes information as to whether or not to notify the player of the degree of expectation of the special notice pending. This on-hold display shift command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the above-described command transmission processing of step S1205.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 informs the expectation level of the special notice hold and raises the expectation level of the normal notice hold in the pattern display device 51 based on the hold display shift command transmitted from the MPU 92. A data table is read from the program ROM 103 . Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, every 20 msec) comes. As a result, the pattern display device 51 causes the display screen G to display and execute notification of the degree of expectation for the suspension of the special advance notice and promotion of the degree of expectation for the suspension of the normal notice.

Thus, in the present embodiment, the display control device 100 shifts the special advance notice pending picture displayed on the pattern display device 51 to the execution area SAE in the hold shift process. Among a plurality of types of normal notice pending pictures, the normal notice pending picture pattern corresponding to the degree of expectation of the special notice pending information is changed.
Only when the special advance notice pending information is shifted to the execution area SAE in the hold shift process, the display control device 100 changes the pattern of the special notice pending displayed on the pattern display device 51 to a plurality of types of normal notice pending. of the patterns may be changed to normal notice pending pictures corresponding to the degree of expectation of the special notice pending information.

Further, in the present embodiment, the advance notice hold expectation degree notification processing in step S1709A is performed by shifting the special notice hold information toward the execution area SAE in the first sub-side reservation area SRa or the second sub-side reservation area SRb in the hold shift processing. , the pattern of the special advance notice suspension displayed on the pattern display device 51 is changed to the normal advance notice suspension pattern corresponding to the degree of expectation of the special advance notice suspension information among a plurality of types of normal notice suspension patterns. It functions as a first reserved design change determination unit that determines whether or not.
Then, when the display control device 100 determines to change the pattern to the normal notice pending picture in the notice processing of step S1709A, the special notice pending picture displayed on the picture display device 51 is displayed in a plurality of types. Of the normal notice pending pictures, it is changed to the normal notice pending picture corresponding to the degree of expectation of the special notice pending information, and it is determined not to change to the normal notice pending picture in the advance notice pending expectation degree notification processing in step S1709A. In this case, the pattern of the special notice suspension displayed on the pattern display device 51 is maintained.

<About the flow when a special advance notice hold occurs>
FIG. 36 is a diagram showing the flow when special notice suspension occurs. Specifically, FIG. 36(A) is a diagram showing a state in which a design for special advance notice suspension is placed on the pedestal B2 and generated based on the content of the suspension display generation command. FIGS. 36B and 36C are diagrams showing a state in which the special advance notice pending picture is placed on the pedestal B1 and shifted based on the content of the hold display shifting command. FIG. 36(D) is a diagram showing a state in which the pattern of special advance notice suspension is placed on the execution pedestal AB and shifted based on the contents of the suspension display shift command.

The MPU 102 generates a pattern of special advance notice suspension by placing it on the pedestal B2, as shown in FIG.
Note that the MPU 102 shifts the normally reserved pattern by placing it on the pedestals B1 and AB based on the content of the reserved display shifting command received from the MPU 92 .

Here, the hold display generation command includes special notice hold information. This special advance notice suspension information is information for specifying that special advance notice suspension is to be generated. In addition, as described above, the special notice hold information includes information related to the degree of expectation of notice hold that was won in the lottery process for the degree of expectation of notice hold in step S1501, and the sub-side start hold storage number SN updated in step S1404. and information about the corresponding storage area.

In the example of FIG. 36, the information related to the storage area corresponding to the sub-side startup pending storage number SN updated in step S1404 is the second area SRa2 of the first sub-side pending area SRa.
Therefore, the MPU 102 generates a pattern of special advance notice suspension by placing it on the pedestal B2 based on the content of the suspension display generation command received from the MPU 92 .

When the information related to the storage area corresponding to the sub-side start pending storage number SN updated in step S1404 is the third area SRa3 of the first sub-side reserve area SRa, the MPU 102 receives the pending Based on the content of the display generation command, a pattern of special advance notice suspension is placed on the base B3 and generated. Further, when the information related to the storage area corresponding to the sub-side start pending storage number SN updated in step S1404 is set to the fourth area SRa4 of the first sub-side reserve area SRa, the MPU 102 receives the pending start received from the MPU 92. Based on the content of the display generation command, a pattern of special notice suspension is placed on the pedestal B4 and generated.

Next, the MPU 102 places the special advance notice pending picture on the pedestal B1 as shown in FIGS. shift.
Here, the hold display shift time command includes special notice hold information. As described above, this special notice pending information includes information as to whether or not the degree of expectation of the special notice pending is to be notified to the player.

When the MPU 102 determines to inform the player of the degree of expectation of the special notice suspension based on the content of the command for the hold display shift, as shown in FIG. While being placed on and shifted, the furoshiki, which is a pattern of the special notice pending, is opened and the contents thereof are notified to the player. Here, when the furoshiki, which is the pattern of the special notice pending, is opened, the content is one of the pictures of the notice pending of each degree of expectation, which is the pattern of the normal notice pending.
Specifically, the player is notified of the advance notice suspension of the expectation level won in the lottery process of the notice suspension expectation level in step S1501 described above as the contents of the wrapping cloth.

Further, when the MPU 102 determines not to inform the player of the expectation level of the special notice suspension based on the content of the hold display shift command, as shown in FIG. is placed on the pedestal B1 and shifted.
After placing and shifting the special notice pending picture on the pedestal B1, the MPU 102, based on the contents of the next pending display shift time command received from the MPU 92, The pattern of the special notice pending is placed on the execution pedestal AB and shifted, and the furoshiki, which is the pattern of the special notice pending, is opened and the contents thereof are notified to the player.
In addition, in the example of FIG. 36, since the case where the low-expectation notice-holding is won in the notice-holding expectation lottery process of step S1501, the contents of the furoshiki are the low-expectation notice-holding patterns. It has become.

According to this embodiment, the following functions and effects can be obtained.
(1) When the display control device 100 shifts the special notice pending information toward the execution area SAE in the hold shift process, the special notice pending picture displayed on the pattern display device 51 is changed to a plurality of types of normal notice pending. Of the patterns, the pattern is changed to the normal notice pending picture corresponding to the degree of expectation of the special notice pending information, so that the player can recognize the degree of expectation of the result of the internal lottery due to the change of the special notice pending picture. can be done. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the attention of the player to the game.

(2) When the display control device 100 determines to change to the normal notice pending picture in the notice pending notice degree notification process of step S1709A, a plurality of special notice pending pictures displayed on the picture display device 51 are displayed. Among the normal notice pending pictures of the seeds, it is changed to the normal notice pending picture corresponding to the degree of expectation of the special notice pending information, and it is determined not to change to the normal notice pending picture in the advance notice pending expectation level notification processing in step S1709A. In this case, the special notice pending picture displayed on the picture display device 51 is maintained, so the player pays attention to whether or not the special notice pending picture changes. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can increase the attention of the player to the game.

(3) The display control device 100 maintains or enhances the degree of expectation of the normal notice pending pattern displayed on the pattern display device 51 when shifting the normal notice pending information toward the execution area SAE in the pending shift process. As a result, the player pays attention to whether or not the degree of expectation of the normal notice pending pattern is raised. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the attention of the player to the game.
(4) The degree of expectation of the normal notice pending pattern maintains the same degree of expectation after the special notice pending information or the normal notice pending information is shifted to the execution area SAE. We will pay more attention to the change in and the promotion of the pattern that is usually reserved for notice. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the attention of the player to the game.

[Third embodiment]
A third embodiment of the present invention will be described below with reference to the drawings.
In the following description, the same reference numerals are given to the parts that have already been described, and the description thereof will be omitted.

In this embodiment, the audio light emission control device 90 and the display control device 100 perform processing different from that in the first embodiment. Specifically, in the present embodiment, hold generation processing and hold shift processing are different from those in the first embodiment. The contents of the hold generation process and the hold shift process in this embodiment will be described below.

<Holding process>
FIG. 37 is a diagram showing a flowchart of on-hold generation processing according to the third embodiment of the present invention.
In the hold occurrence process, the MPU 92 executes the processes of steps S1401 to S1415B in substantially the same manner as in the first embodiment. In this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 37, the MPU 92 differs from the first embodiment in that it executes the processing of steps S1410B to S1415B after executing the processing of step S1409.

In step S1410B, the MPU 92 executes lottery processing for the prefetch effect. In this lottery process for the look-ahead effect, the MPU 92 executes a lottery to determine whether or not to generate the look-ahead effect.
Specifically, the MPU 92 uses the value of the look-ahead effect generation counter to execute a lottery as to whether or not to generate the look-ahead effect. Note that the look-ahead effect generation counter is provided in various counter areas 94a of the RAM 94. FIG.

The look-ahead effect occurrence counter is a loop counter that adds 1 to the previous value each time it is updated and returns to 0 after reaching the maximum value. The look-ahead effect generation counter is periodically updated, and the updated value is appropriately stored in a look-ahead effect generation counter buffer set in a predetermined area of the RAM 94 .
Then, the MPU 92 executes a lottery (prefetching effect generation lottery) as to whether or not to generate the prefetching effect based on the value of the prefetching effect generation counter stored in the buffer for the prefetching effect generation counter. Specifically, the MPU 92 acquires the value of the look-ahead effect generation counter stored in the look-ahead effect generation counter buffer, and compares this value with the look-ahead effect generation table to determine whether or not to generate the look-ahead effect. conduct a lottery. The look-ahead effect generation table is a table that stores random number values related to the generation of look-ahead effects, and is stored in the lottery table storage area 93 a of the ROM 93 .

In step S1411B, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the prefetch effect generation lottery is won in step S1410B (whether or not to generate the prefetch effect).
When the MPU 92 determines in step S1411B that the look-ahead effect is not to be generated, it ends the suspension generation process without executing the processes after step S1412B.
On the other hand, if the MPU 92 determines in step S1411B to generate the look-ahead effect, in step S1412B, the special notice pending information is first stored in the empty storage area of the sub-side pending area in step S1505. It is determined whether or not it is stored in an area, ie, a storage area corresponding to the sub-side start pending storage number SN updated in step S1404.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S1412B that the special advance notice suspension information is not stored, the MPU 92 executes the process of step S1413B.
On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines that the special notice suspension information is stored in step S1412B, it executes the process of step S1414B.

First, the processing (processing of step S1413B) when it is determined in step S1412B that the MPU 92 does not store the special advance notice suspension information will be described.
In step S1413B, the MPU 92 executes lottery processing for the degree of anticipation of the prefetch effect.
In this lottery processing for the degree of expectation of the look-ahead effect, the MPU 92 executes a lottery for determining the degree of expectation of the look-ahead effect.
Specifically, the MPU 92 executes lottery processing for the degree of anticipation of the look-ahead effect based on the content of the pending command (first pending command or second pending command) received from the MPU 62 .

FIG. 38 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the lottery process for the degree of expectation of the prefetch effect.
In the lottery process for the degree of anticipation of effect, the MPU 92 executes steps S1801 to S1806 as shown in FIG.
In step S1801, based on the content of the pending command (first pending command or second pending command) received from the MPU 62, it is determined whether or not the winning result is "big win".

When the MPU 92 determines in step S1801 that the win/loss result is "big win winning", it reads the prefetch effect expectation table for the big win result from the expectation table storage area 93b of the ROM 93 in step S1802.
On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S1801 that the win/loss result is not "big hit", in step S1803, the hold generation command received from the MPU 62 (first hold generation command or second hold generation command ), it is determined whether or not the win/loss result is a “special loss result”.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S1803 that the success/failure result is the "special loss result", it reads the look-ahead performance expectation table for the special loss result from the expectation table storage area 93b of the ROM 93 in step S1804.
On the other hand, if the MPU 92 determines in step S1803 that the success/failure result is not the "special failure result" (if it determines that it is the "normal failure result"), in step S1805, if the MPU 92 A look-ahead effect expectation table is read from the expectation table storage area 93b of the ROM 93. - 特許庁

After executing any one of steps S1802, S1804, and S1805, the MPU 92 executes a look-ahead effect expectation lottery execution process in step S1806. In this read-ahead effect expectation degree lottery execution process, the MPU 92 executes a lottery for determining the degree of expectation of the read-ahead effect by using the value of the look-ahead effect expectation degree counter. In addition, the look-ahead effect expectation degree counter is provided in various counter areas 94a of the RAM 94. FIG.

The look-ahead effect expectation degree counter is a loop counter that adds 1 to the previous value each time it is updated and returns to 0 after reaching the maximum value. The look-ahead effect expectation level counter is periodically updated, and the updated value is appropriately stored in a look-ahead effect expectation level counter buffer set in a predetermined area of the RAM 94 .
Then, the MPU 92 executes a lottery (prefetching performance expectation degree lottery) for determining the degree of expectation of the prefetching performance based on the value of the prefetching performance expectation degree counter stored in the buffer for the prefetching performance expectation degree counter. Specifically, the MPU 92 acquires the value of the look-ahead effect expectation degree counter stored in the look-ahead effect expectation degree counter buffer, and reads this value in step S1802, step S1804, or step S1805. A lottery for determining the degree of expectation of the look-ahead performance is executed by comparing with the degree table.

FIG. 39 is a diagram showing a look-ahead effect for each degree of expectation. FIG. 40 is a diagram showing the relationship between the success/failure result and the occurrence probability of the prefetch effect for each degree of expectation.
The look-ahead effect, as shown in FIG. 39, has a look-ahead effect of each expectation level of low expectation level and high expectation level associated with the success/failure result. The look-ahead effect for each degree of expectation is held in the character ROM 106 of the display control device 100 .
Incidentally, FIG. 39(A) shows a low-expectation look-ahead effect displayed on the display screen G of the pattern display device 51, and FIG. It shows the anticipation effect of the degree of expectation.

As shown in FIG. 39(A), the low-expectation look-ahead effect is a effect of darkening the background of the display screen G of the pattern display device 51 and generating a small lightning bolt. This low-expectation look-ahead performance is a look-ahead performance that is less likely to occur when the lottery result is ``big win'' or ``special loss result'' and more likely to occur when the result is ``ordinary loss result''.
Specifically, as shown in FIG. 40, the low-expectation look-ahead effect occurs with a probability of 20% when the big hit result look-ahead effect expectation table is read in step S1802, and step S1804. If the look-ahead effect expectation table for the special loss result is read in step S1805, it occurs with a probability of 40%. will occur with a probability of

The high-expectation look-ahead effect is, as shown in FIG. 39(B), a effect in which the background of the display screen G of the pattern display device 51 is darkened and a large lightning bolt is generated. This high-expectation look-ahead performance is likely to occur when the lottery result is ``big win'' or ``special loss result'', and is less likely to occur when it is ``ordinary loss result''.
Specifically, as shown in FIG. 40, the high-expectation look-ahead effect occurs with a probability of 80% when the table of expectations of the look-ahead effect for big win results is read in step S1802, and step S1804. If the look-ahead effect expectation table for the special loss result is read in step S1805, it occurs with a probability of 60%. will occur with a probability of

Returning to the description of the hold occurrence process, referring to FIG. 37, the process (the process of step S1414B) when it is determined in step S1412B that the MPU 92 has stored the special advance notice hold information will be described.
In step S1414B, the MPU 92 executes a low-expectation look-ahead effect selection process. In this low-expectation look-ahead effect selection process, the MPU 92 determines the low-expectation look-ahead effect expectation level regardless of the result of the lottery.

After executing the process of step S1413B or step S1414B, in step S1415B, the MPU 92 stores the look-ahead effect information in the first storage area among the empty storage areas of the sub-side reservation area, that is, the sub-side start suspension storage updated in step S1404. Store in a storage area corresponding to the number SN. After that, the MPU 92 terminates the pending process.

For example, when the MPU 92 sets the first sub-side start pending storage number SRaN in step S1402, the first storage area among the free storage areas of the first sub-side reserve area SRa, that is, the number updated in step S1404. Prefetching effect information is stored in a storage area corresponding to the first sub-side start pending storage number SRaN. For example, when the MPU 92 sets "3" to the number SRaN of first sub-side start suspension storage in step S1402, the MPU 92 corresponds to "4" in the number SRaN of first sub-side storage suspension of storage updated in step S1404. Prefetch effect information is stored in a fourth area SRa4, which is a storage area for the game.

Further, for example, when the MPU 92 sets the second sub-side start pending storage number SRbN in step S1403, the first storage area among the free storage areas of the second sub-side holding area SRb, that is, in step S1404 Prefetch effect information is stored in a storage area corresponding to the updated second sub-side start pending storage number SRbN. For example, when the MPU 92 sets "3" to the second sub-side start pending storage number SRbN in step S1403, it corresponds to "4" in the second sub-side start pending storage number SRbN updated in step S1404. The read-ahead effect information is stored in the fourth area SRb4, which is a storage area for playing.

This look-ahead effect information is information for specifying to generate a look-ahead effect. In addition, the look-ahead effect information is the expectation level of the look-ahead effect won in the lottery process of the look-ahead effect expectation level of step S1413B, or the expectation level of the look-ahead effect selected in the low-expectation look-ahead effect selection process of step S1414B. It contains relevant information.

In this way, in the present embodiment, the hold generating process is an expectation notification effect for notifying the expectation of the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper operation opening 36 or the lower operation opening 37. Expectation level notification for storing expectation level notification effect information (prefetch effect information) for generating (low-expectation pre-reading effect or high-expectation pre-reading effect) in a first sub-side reservation area SRa or a second sub-side reservation area SRb. It functions as a performance storage unit.

Here, in the present embodiment, the degree-of-expectation notification effect is associated with the success/fail result, but may be associated with other information such as display duration time. In short, the expectation level notification effect should be able to notify the expectation level of the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37 as a trigger.

Specifically, the MPU 92 generates the ready-to-win display based on the information about the display duration, and the display duration is set to such an extent that the player expects that he or she has won a "big win" in the lottery. When it is determined to be long (for example, when super reach occurs), the probability of generating a high-expectation look-ahead performance is increased and the probability of generating a low-expectation look-ahead performance is decreased. In addition, the MPU 92 should generate the ready-to-win display based on the information about the display duration time, and the display duration time must be long enough to make the player expect that he or she has won a "big win" in the lottery. When determined (for example, when super reach does not occur), the probability of generating a high-expectation look-ahead performance is reduced and the probability of generating a low-expectation look-ahead performance is increased. Then, the MPU 92 may determine the degree of expectation of the look-ahead effect by drawing lots based on this probability.

In addition, as described above, in the present embodiment, the advance notice pending occurrence process is performed in the first areas SRa1, SRb1 and the second areas SRa1, SRb1 and second When storing advance notice pending information in the areas SRa2 and SRb2, it functions as a pending allocation storage section for storing as special advance notice pending information (first internal lottery information). Therefore, the first areas SRa1, SRb1 and the second areas SRa2, SRb2 function as first regions.
Then, in the advance notice pending generation processing, advance notice pending information is placed in the third areas SRa3, SRb3 and the fourth areas SRa4, SRb4 on the opposite side of the execution area SAE among the first sub-side holding area SRa and the second sub-side holding area SRb. , it functions as a hold distribution storage unit for storing normal notice hold information (second internal lottery information). Therefore, the third areas SRa3, SRb3 and the fourth areas SRa4, SRb4 function as the second area.

Although the number of the first areas and the number of the second areas are set to be the same in this embodiment, they may be set differently. In other words, in the process of step S1502, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the sub-side start pending memory number SN (SRaN or SRbN) set in step S1402 or step S1403 is 2 or more. , 1 or more, or 3 or more.
In short, the pending distribution storage unit stores the internal lottery information as the first internal lottery information in the case of storing the internal lottery information in the first area on the execution area side among the pending areas, and stores the internal lottery information in the second area on the side opposite to the execution area. In the case of storing the internal lottery information in the area of , it is sufficient if it can be stored as the second internal lottery information.

Therefore, in the present embodiment, in the advance notice pending generation processing, when the advance notice pending information is stored in the first sub-side holding area SRa or the second sub-side holding area SRb, the special advance notice pending information or the normal notice pending information is stored. I am letting
Further, in the present embodiment, the suspension occurrence process is performed when the special advance notice suspension information is stored in the first sub-side reservation area SRa or the second sub-side reservation area SRb in the advance notice suspension occurrence process. The expectation level notification effect information is switched between the case where the normal advance notice reservation information is stored in the first sub-side reservation area SRa or the second sub-side reservation area SRb, and the information is stored in the first sub-side reservation area SRa or the second sub-side reservation area. It is stored in SRb.

Specifically, the expectation level notification effect includes a plurality of types of expectation level notification effects corresponding to the expectations of the results of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37 as a trigger. (Low-expectation look-ahead effect and high-expectation look-ahead effect). Then, in the suspension generation process, when the normal announcement suspension information is stored in the first sub-side suspension area SRa or the second sub-side suspension area SRb in the advance notice suspension generation process, one of the plurality of types of expectation level notification effects is selected. When the expectation degree notification effect is generated and the special notice reservation information is stored in the first sub-side reservation area SRa or the second sub-side reservation area SRb in the notice reservation generation process, a plurality of types of expectation degree notification effects are performed. Of these, the expectation level notification performance with the lowest expectation level (prefetch performance with low expectation level) is switched to be generated, and the expectation level notification performance information is stored in the first sub-side reservation area SRa or the second sub-side reservation area SRb. ing.

In the present embodiment, the expectation level notification effect has two types of low expectation level and high expectation level look-ahead effects, but may have three or more types of expectation level notification effects. .
In addition, in the present embodiment, the suspension occurrence process is performed by notifying a plurality of types of expectations when the special advance notice suspension information is stored in the first sub-side reservation area SRa or the second sub-side reservation area SRb in the advance notice suspension generation process. Of the effects, the expectation level notification effect with the lowest expectation (prefetch effect with low expectation) is switched to occur, and the expectation level notification effect information is sent to the first sub-side reservation area SRa or the second sub-side reservation area SRb. Although it has been stored, it is switched so as to generate the expectation level notification performance with the highest level of expectation (high expectation level look-ahead performance), and the expectation level notification performance information is stored in the first sub-side reservation area SRa or the second sub-side reservation area. It may be stored in SRb. In short, the suspension generation processing is performed when the special notification suspension information is stored in the first sub-side reservation area SRa or the second sub-side reservation area SRb in the notification suspension generation processing, and when the normal notification suspension information is stored in the notification suspension generation processing. is stored in the first sub-side reservation area SRa or the second sub-side reservation area SRb, and the expectation level notification effect information is switched and stored in the first sub-side reservation area SRa or the second sub-side reservation area SRb. All you have to do is

<Hold shift processing>
FIG. 41 is a diagram showing a flowchart of hold shift processing.
In the pending shift process, the MPU 92 executes the processes of steps S1701 to S1712B in substantially the same manner as in the first embodiment. In addition, in this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 41, the MPU 92 differs from the first embodiment in that after executing the processing of step S1711, the processing after step S1713B is executed.

In step S1713B, the MPU 92 determines whether or not there is prefetch effect information in the storage area of the sub-side reservation area or the execution area SAE.
When the MPU 92 determines that there is prefetch effect information in step S1713B, it executes prefetch effect generation processing in step S1714B. In this look-ahead effect generating process, the MPU 92 generates a look-ahead effect of each degree of expectation based on the contents of the look-ahead effect information. Specifically, the MPU 92 executes the light emission control of the display lamp section 23 and the sound control of the speaker section 24 in the effect execution processing of step S1203 described above.

After executing the look-ahead effect generating process in step S1714B, or when determining that there is no look-ahead effect information in step S1713B, the MPU 92 sets a hold display shift time command in step S1712B. Then, the MPU 92 stores the pending display shift command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94d of the RAM 94. FIG. Here, the notice hold information (normal notice hold information and special notice hold information) stored in the sub-side hold information storage area 94b is included in the hold display shift command stored in the command list storage area 94d of the RAM 94. there is Further, the prefetch effect information stored in the sub-side pending information storage area 94b is included in the pending display shift command stored in the command list storage area 94d of the RAM94. This on-hold display shift command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the above-described command transmission processing of step S1205.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 notifies the expectation level of the special notice hold, raises the expectation level of the normal notice hold, and generates the look-ahead effect on the pattern display device 51 based on the hold display shift time command transmitted from the MPU 92. A data table for execution in is read out from the program ROM 103 . Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, every 20 msec) comes. As a result, the pattern display device 51 causes the display screen G to display and execute notification of the degree of expectation of the suspension of the special advance notice, promotion of the degree of expectation of the suspension of the normal notice, and generation of the look-ahead effect.

Thus, in the present embodiment, the look-ahead effect generation process is based on the look-ahead effect information stored in the first sub-side reservation area SRa or the second sub-side reservation area SRb in the reservation generation process. It functions as an expectation level notification effect generation unit that generates a look-ahead effect or a high-expectation look-ahead effect.

<Regarding the flow when a normal notice hold occurs>
FIG. 42 is a diagram showing an example of the flow when normal notice suspension occurs. FIG. 43 is a diagram showing another example of the flow when normal notice suspension occurs. Specifically, FIGS. 42(A) and 43(A) are diagrams showing a state in which a pattern of normal advance notice suspension is placed on the pedestal B3 and generated based on the content of the suspension display generation command. is. 42(B) and 43(B) are diagrams showing a state in which the normal advance notice pending picture is placed on the pedestal B2 and shifted based on the content of the pending display shifting command. 42(C), (D) and FIGS. 43(C), (D), based on the content of the hold display shift command, the pattern of the normal notice hold is placed on the base B1 and shifted. It is a figure which shows a state.

The MPU 102 generates a pattern of normal notice suspension by placing it on the pedestal B3, as shown in FIGS. .
Note that the MPU 102 shifts the normally reserved patterns by placing them on the pedestals B1, B2, and AB based on the content of the reserved display shifting command received from the MPU 92. FIG.

Here, the hold display generation command includes normal advance notice hold information. This normal notice suspension information is information for specifying that the normal notice suspension is to be generated. In addition, as described above, the normal notice pending information includes information related to the expectation of the notice pending that was won in the lottery process for the expected degree of notice pending in step S1501, information related to the expectation of the current normal notice pending, It contains the number SN of sub-side start pending storage updated in step S1404 and information related to the corresponding storage area.

Also, the MPU 102 generates a look-ahead effect as shown in FIGS.
Here, the pending display generation command includes prefetch effect information. This look-ahead effect information is information for specifying to generate a look-ahead effect. In addition, the look-ahead effect information is the expectation of the look-ahead effect won in the lottery process of the look-ahead effect expectation level in step S1413B, or the expectation level of the look-ahead effect selected in the low-expectation look-ahead effect selection process of step S1414B. It contains relevant information.

In the examples of FIGS. 42 and 43, the information related to the expectation level of the advance notice suspension won in the lottery process of the expectation level of the notice suspension in step S1501 is high expectation, and the information related to the expectation level of the current normal notice suspension is Information related to the storage area corresponding to the sub-side startup pending storage number SN updated in step S1404 with low expectations is the third area SRa3 of the first sub-side pending area SRa. Further, the expectation level of the pre-reading effect won in the lottery process of the pre-reading effect expectation level in step S1413B is assumed to be a high expectation level.
Therefore, the MPU 102 generates a low-expectation normal notice suspension pattern on the pedestal B3 based on the content of the pending display generation command received from the MPU 92, and generates a high-expectation look-ahead effect. Let

In addition, when the expectation level of the prefetch effect won in the lottery process of the prefetch effect expectation level in step S1413B is low expectation level, the MPU 102, based on the contents of the pending display generation command received from the MPU 92, Generate anticipation look-ahead effect.
Further, when the pending display generation command does not include the prefetch effect information, the MPU 102 does not generate the prefetch effect.

Next, the MPU 102 places the normal notice pending pattern on the pedestal B2, as shown in FIGS. and shift, and generate a high-expectation look-ahead effect.
When the MPU 102 identifies that the expectation level of the current normal notice suspension has been raised based on the content of the command during the hold display shift received from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 changes the expectation level to the medium expectation level as shown in FIG. 42(B). The pattern of normal advance notice suspension is placed on the pedestal B2 and shifted.
On the other hand, the MPU 102, based on the content of the hold display shift time command received from the MPU 92, when it is specified that the expectation level of the current normal notice hold is not raised, , the low-expectation normal notice pending pattern is placed on the pedestal B2 and shifted.
It should be noted that the expectation level of the normal notice suspension is raised by making the devil appear and increasing the number of donuts on the plate.

After placing and shifting the normal advance notice pending picture on the pedestal B2, the MPU 102, based on the contents of the next pending display shift command received from the MPU 92, executes the following operations (C), (D) and As shown in FIGS. 43(C) and 43(D), the design of normal notice suspension is placed on the pedestal B1 and shifted, and a high-expectation look-ahead effect is generated.

The MPU 102 specifies that the expectation level of the current normal notice suspension has been raised in the case where the normal notice suspension picture with medium expectation level is placed on the pedestal B2 and shifted (see FIG. 42(B)). In this case, as shown in FIG. 42(C), the high-expectation normal notice suspension pattern is placed on the pedestal B1 and shifted. Further, when the MPU 102 determines that the current level of expectation for normal notice suspension has not been raised, as shown in FIG. Place and shift.

On the other hand, the MPU 102, in the case where the pattern of normal notice suspension with a low expectation level is placed on the pedestal B2 and shifted (see FIG. 43(B)), the current expectation level of normal notice suspension 43(C), the pattern of normal notice suspension with medium expectation level is placed on the pedestal B1 and shifted. Further, when the MPU 102 determines that the current level of expectation for normal notice suspension has not been raised, as shown in FIG. Place and shift.

In this way, the MPU 102 generates a high-expectation look-ahead effect based on the contents of the hold display generation command received from the MPU 92, regardless of the current expectation level of the normal advance notice hold.

<About the flow when a special advance notice hold occurs>
FIG. 44 is a diagram showing the flow when special notice suspension occurs. Specifically, FIG. 44(A) is a diagram showing a state in which a design for special advance notice suspension is placed on the pedestal B2 and generated based on the content of the suspension display generation command. FIG. 44(B) is a diagram showing a state in which the design of the special advance notice suspension is placed on the pedestal B1 and shifted based on the contents of the command for shifting the suspension display. 44(C) to (E) are diagrams showing a state in which the special advance notice pending picture is placed on the execution pedestal AB and shifted based on the content of the hold display shift command.

The MPU 102 generates a pattern of special advance notice suspension by placing it on the pedestal B2, as shown in FIG.
Note that the MPU 102 shifts the normally reserved pattern by placing it on the pedestals B1 and AB based on the content of the reserved display shifting command received from the MPU 92 .

Here, the hold display generation command includes special notice hold information. This special advance notice suspension information is information for specifying that special advance notice suspension is to be generated. In addition, as described above, the special notice hold information includes information related to the degree of expectation of notice hold that was won in the lottery process for the degree of expectation of notice hold in step S1501, and the sub-side start hold storage number SN updated in step S1404. and information about the corresponding storage area.

Further, the MPU 102 generates a look-ahead effect as shown in FIG.
Here, the pending display generation command includes prefetch effect information. This look-ahead effect information is information for specifying to generate a look-ahead effect. In addition, the look-ahead effect information is the expectation of the look-ahead effect won in the lottery process of the look-ahead effect expectation level in step S1413B, or the expectation level of the look-ahead effect selected in the low-expectation look-ahead effect selection process of step S1414B. It contains relevant information.

In the example of FIG. 44, the information related to the storage area corresponding to the sub-side start pending storage number SN updated in step S1404 is the second area SRa2 of the first sub-side pending area SRa.
Also, it is assumed that the low-expectation look-ahead effect is selected in the low-expectation look-ahead effect selection process in step S1414B.
Therefore, the MPU 102 generates a pattern of special advance notice suspension by placing it on the pedestal B2 based on the contents of the suspension display generation command received from the MPU 92, and generates a low-expectation look-ahead effect.

It should be noted that the MPU 92 selects the low-expectation look-ahead effect in the low-expectation look-ahead effect selection process of step S1414B (because it determines that the special notice suspension information is stored in step S1412B). , the MPU 102 does not generate a high-expectation look-ahead effect based on the content of the pending display generation command received from the MPU 92 .
Incidentally, when the pending display generation command does not include the prefetch effect information, the MPU 102 does not generate the prefetch effect.

Next, the MPU 102 places and shifts the design of the special advance notice suspension on the pedestal B1 as shown in FIG. Generate a look-ahead effect with low expectations.

After placing and shifting the design of the special notice suspension on the pedestal B1, the MPU 102, based on the contents of the next suspension display shift time command received from the MPU 92, changes to (C) to (E) in FIG. As shown, the picture with the special notice pending is placed on the execution pedestal AB and shifted, the furoshiki, which is the picture with the special notice pending, is opened, and the player is notified of the contents, and the degree of expectation is low. Generates a look-ahead effect. Here, when the furoshiki, which is the pattern of the special notice pending, is opened, the content is one of the pictures of the notice pending of each degree of expectation, which is the pattern of the normal notice pending.
Specifically, the player is notified of the advance notice suspension of the expectation level won in the lottery process of the notice suspension expectation level in step S1501 described above as the contents of the wrapping cloth.

For example, when the high-expectation pending notice is won in the step S1501 lottery process for the expected pending notice, the contents of the furoshiki include a design of the high-expectation pending notice, as shown in FIG. 44(C). becomes.
Further, for example, in the event that a medium-expectation notice hold is won in the notice-hold expectation lottery process in step S1501, as shown in FIG. It becomes the pattern of
Furthermore, for example, when the lottery process of the advance notice pending expectation degree in step S1501 wins the notice pending notice of the low expectation, as shown in FIG. It becomes the pattern of

In this way, the MPU 102 generates a low-expectation look-ahead effect based on the content of the hold display generation command received from the MPU 92, regardless of the expectation level won in the lottery process for the advance notice hold expectation level in step S1501. ing.
Therefore, even when a look-ahead effect with a low degree of expectation occurs, if the pattern display device 51 displays the special notice pending picture, the player opens the wrapping cloth of the special notice pending picture. , the expectation can be maintained until the content is notified to the player.

According to this embodiment, the following functions and effects can be obtained.
(1) Reservation occurrence processing is performed when special notice reserving information is stored in the first sub-side reserving area SRa or second sub-side reserving area SRb in the notice reserving generation processing, and normal notice reserving is performed in the notice reserving generation processing The expectation level notification performance information is switched between the case where the information is stored in the first sub-side reservation area SRa or the second sub-side reservation area SRb, and stored in the first sub-side reservation area SRa or the second sub-side reservation area SRb. Therefore, the low-expectation read-ahead performance or the high-expectation look-ahead performance is switched between the case of displaying the special notice pending picture on the pattern display device 51 and the case of displaying the normal notice pending picture on the pattern display device 51.例文帳に追加can be done. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can diversify the look-ahead effect and improve the attention of the player to the game.

(2) Suspension generation processing is performed when the special advance notice suspension information is stored in the first sub-side reservation area SRa or the second sub-side reservation area SRb in the advance notice suspension generation processing. The expectation notification performance information is stored in the first sub-side reservation area SRa or the second sub-side reservation area SRb by switching so as to generate the expectation notification performance with the lowest expectation (prefetch performance with low expectation). The player can maintain the sense of expectation when the pattern display device 51 displays the special notice suspension pattern even when the expectation degree notification performance with the lowest degree of expectation is generated. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Note that, in the present embodiment, the advance notice pending generation processing is performed in the first areas SRa1 and SRb1 and the second areas SRa2 and SRb2 on the execution area SAE side of the first sub-side pending area SRa and the second sub-side pending area SRb. When the advance notice pending information is stored, it is stored as special advance notice pending information (first internal lottery information), and of the first sub-side pending area SRa and the second sub-side pending area SRb, the information on the side opposite to the execution area SAE is stored. When the notice hold information is stored in the third areas SRa3, SRb3 and the fourth areas SRa4, SRb4, it is usually stored as the notice hold information (second internal lottery information).

On the other hand, as in the second embodiment, the advance notice pending occurrence process executes a lottery to determine whether or not to generate a special advance notice hold, thereby determining whether the first sub-side holding area SRa or the second sub-side holding area SRa When storing the advance notice suspension information in the area SRb, the information may be sorted into the special notice suspension information or the normal notice suspension information and stored. In short, the advance notice pending generation process only needs to be able to store the notice pending information in the first sub-side holding area SRa or the second sub-side holding area SRb by sorting it into special notice holding information or normal notice holding information. .

[Fourth embodiment]
A fourth embodiment of the present invention will be described below with reference to the drawings.
In the following description, the same reference numerals are given to the parts that have already been described, and the description thereof will be omitted.

In this embodiment, the main control device 60, the sound emission control device 90, and the display control device 100 execute different processes from those in the first embodiment. Specifically, in this embodiment, the game state transition processing and effect determination processing are different from those in the first embodiment. The contents of the game state transition processing and effect determination processing in this embodiment will be described below.

<Game state transition processing>
FIG. 45 is a diagram showing a flowchart of game state transition processing according to the fourth embodiment of the present invention.
In the game state transition process, the MPU 62 executes the processes of steps S801 to S816 in substantially the same manner as in the first embodiment. In this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 45, the MPU 92 executes step S805, step S807, step S809, and step S810 before executing step S812. It differs from the first embodiment in that S817C and step S818C are executed.

After executing any one of steps S805, S807, S809, and S810, the MPU 62 checks in step S817C that the game result is "round distribution most advantageous result" ("4th round most advantageous result", " 8-round most favorable result” or “16-round most favorable result”).

When the MPU 62 determines in step S817C that the game result is not the "most advantageous result of round allocation", in step S811, the timer counter T provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64 is set to wait time for opening ( "1000" is set as the waiting period). The value set in the timer counter T is updated by subtracting 1 from the previous value each time the timer interrupt process is executed. Therefore, the waiting time for opening is 2 seconds. The waiting time for opening is not limited to this and is arbitrary.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S817C that the game result is the "most advantageous result of round distribution", in step S818C, the timer counter T provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64 "10000" is set as waiting time (waiting period) for opening. The value set in the timer counter T is updated by subtracting 1 from the previous value each time the timer interrupt process is executed. Therefore, the waiting time for opening is 20 seconds. The waiting time for opening is not limited to this and is arbitrary.

As described above, the waiting time for the opening is greatly different between the game result of the "round distribution most advantageous result" and the game result other than these. In other words, the waiting time for the opening is configured to vary greatly according to the type of game result.
On the other hand, the waiting time for opening may be the same regardless of the type of game result.

After executing the processing of step S811 or step S818C, the MPU 62 executes the processing of step S812 and subsequent steps as in the first embodiment.

FIG. 46 is a diagram showing a flowchart of effect determination processing.
In the effect determination process, the MPU 92 executes the processes of steps S1301 to S1317 in substantially the same manner as in the first embodiment. In this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 46, the MPU 92 executes the process of step S1311C instead of the process of step S1311, executes the process of step S1314, and before executing the process of step S1315. Secondly, it differs from the first embodiment in that steps S1318C and S1319C are executed.

After executing any one of steps S1307, S1309, and S1310, the MPU 92 executes a production pattern determination process in step S1311C. In this effect pattern determination process, for example, the effect pattern corresponding to the ready-to-win display is selected. The ready-to-win display occurs at a predetermined timing from the start to the end of the game cycle, and after the pattern display device 51 starts the fluctuation display of the symbols, the normal reach to occur after the high-speed fluctuation period elapses, and the normal reach to occur after the occurrence of the normal reach. , and super reach that occurs after the normal reach period has elapsed. This super reach ends after the super reach period elapses, and the symbol display device 51 stops the variable display of symbols.

In this embodiment, among the effect patterns corresponding to the ready-to-win display selected in the effect pattern determination process, the effect pattern corresponding to super ready-to-win will be described in detail.
Incidentally, in the present embodiment, of the effect patterns selected in the effect pattern determination process, the description of the effect pattern other than the effect pattern corresponding to the super ready-to-win will be omitted.

FIG. 47 is a diagram showing a flow chart of the effect pattern determination process.
As described above, the MPU 92 of the sound emission control device 90 executes the effect pattern determination process in step S1311C of the effect determination process. In this effect pattern determination process, the MPU 92 executes steps S1901 to S1908 as shown in FIG.

In step S1901, the MPU 92 clears the super reach flag of each expectation. Specifically, the MPU 92 clears the super reach flag of each expectation level by substituting 0 in the area indicating the super reach flag of each expectation level provided in the various flag storage area 94c of the RAM 94 . In step S1904 described later, the MPU 92 sets the super reach flag of each expectation by substituting 1 in the area indicating the super reach flag of each expectation provided in the various flag storage area 94c of the RAM 94. . Moreover, the super reach flag of each expectation degree is demonstrated in detail later.

In step S1902, the MPU 92 determines whether or not to generate super reach. Specifically, the MPU 92 specifies the display duration based on the contents of the variation command and the type command transmitted from the MPU 62, and determines whether or not this display duration corresponds to the occurrence of super reach. By doing so, it is determined whether or not to generate super reach.

When the MPU 92 determines not to generate the super reach, the MPU 92 executes the process of step S1907, which will be described later, and then ends the effect pattern determination process.
On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines to generate super reach, in step S1903, the MPU 92 executes an expectation level selection process for super reach. Specifically, the MPU 92 selects one of the low-expectation, medium-expectation, and high-expectation super reach.

FIG. 48 is a diagram showing the relationship between the distribution result and the selection probability of super reach for each degree of expectation.
The low-expectation super reach is selected when the result of the distribution lottery is "most advantageous result of round distribution", as shown in FIG. It is a super reach that is difficult to be selected in the case of "8 round distribution most advantageous result" or "16 round distribution most advantageous result".
Specifically, the low-expectation Super Reach is selected with a probability of 70% when the result of the distribution lottery is "Most advantageous result for 4 rounds", and the result of the distribution lottery is "8 rounds If the result of the distribution lottery is "Most favorable result", it will be selected with a probability of 30%, and if the result of the distribution lottery is "Most favorable result of 16 rounds", it will be selected with a probability of 20%. ing.

In addition, if the result of the distribution lottery is the "most favorable result for round distribution", the medium expected super reach is likely to be selected when it is "most favorable result for 8 rounds", and "4 rounds It is a super reach that is difficult to be selected in the case of "most favorable result distribution" or "most favorable result distributed in 16 rounds".
Specifically, the medium-expected super reach is selected with a probability of 20% when the result of the distribution lottery is "the most advantageous result for 4 rounds", and the result of the distribution lottery is "8 rounds If it is the most advantageous result for distribution, it will be selected with a probability of 50%, and if the result of the distribution lottery is the most favorable result for 16 rounds, it will be selected with a probability of 20%. ing.

And the highly expected super reach is more likely to be selected when the result of the distribution lottery is "most advantageous result for round distribution", "most advantageous result for 16 rounds", and "4 rounds It is a super reach that is difficult to be selected in the case of "most advantageous result of distribution" or "most advantageous result of 8 round distribution".
Specifically, the highly anticipated Super Reach will be selected with a probability of 10% if the result of the distribution lottery is "Most advantageous result for 4 rounds", and the result of the distribution lottery is "8 rounds If the result of the distribution lottery is "Most favorable result for distribution", it will be selected with a probability of 20%, and if the result of the distribution lottery is "Most favorable result for 16 rounds", it will be selected with a probability of 60%. ing.

FIG. 49 is a diagram showing super reach with low expectations. Specifically, FIG. 49(A) is a diagram showing the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 in the state of progressing the low-expectation super reach, and FIG. FIG. 49(C) is a diagram showing the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 after the super reach period has elapsed in the case of winning a jackpot, and FIG. It is a figure which shows the display screen G of the design display apparatus 51 after progress of a reach period.

In the low-expectation super-reach, the MPU 102, as shown in FIG. 49(A), after the lapse of the normal-reach period, reduces the symbol rows Z1 to Z3, and displays a predetermined character or the like as a moving image on the display screen G. Transition to the Super Reach period by displaying the entire abbreviation. In this super reach period, the MPU 102 reduces the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 and arranges them in the lower left position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and is present on the right side of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. Let the angel fight with the demon on the left.

After the super reach period has elapsed, the MPU 102 notifies the player of the result of the lottery according to whether the angel has won the contest. Specifically, when the win/loss result is "big hit", the MPU 102 causes the angel to win when stopping the variable display of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3, as shown in FIG. 49(B). , the player is notified that the winning result is "big win winning". Further, when the win/fail result is the "normal result", the MPU 102 causes the devil to win when stopping the variable display of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3, as shown in FIG. 49(C). The player is notified that the win/fail result is the "normal result".

FIG. 50 is a diagram showing super reach with medium expectations. Specifically, FIG. 50(A) is a diagram showing the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 in the state of progressing the super reach of medium expectation level, and FIG. FIG. 50(C) is a view showing the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 after the super reach period has elapsed in the case of winning the jackpot, and FIG. It is a figure which shows the display screen G of the design display apparatus 51 after progress of the ready-to-win period.

In the medium expected level of super reach, as shown in FIG. 50(A), after the normal reach period has elapsed, the MPU 102 reduces the symbol rows Z1 to Z3, and displays predetermined characters as a moving image on the display screen G. Transition to the Super Reach period by displaying the entire abbreviation. In this super reach period, the MPU 102 reduces the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 and arranges them at the lower left position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and is present on the left side of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. Move the angel to the right.

The MPU 102 notifies the player of the result of the lottery according to whether or not the angel has found the treasure box after the super reach period has elapsed. Specifically, when the win/loss result is "big hit", the MPU 102 finds a treasure box with an angel when stopping the variable display of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3, as shown in FIG. 50(B). By doing so, the player is notified that the winning result is "big win winning". Further, when the hit/fail result is the "normal failure result", the MPU 102 does not allow the angel to discover the treasure box when stopping the variable display of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 (see FIG. 50C). The player is notified that the win/loss result was a "normal failure result".

FIG. 51 is a diagram showing super reach with a high degree of expectation. Specifically, FIG. 51(A) is a diagram showing the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 in the state of progressing the high-expectation super reach, and FIG. FIG. 51(C) is a diagram showing the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 after the super reach period has elapsed in the case of winning a jackpot, and FIG. It is a figure which shows the display screen G of the design display apparatus 51 after progress of the ready-to-win period.

In the highly anticipated super reach, the MPU 102, as shown in FIG. 51(A), after the normal reach period has passed, reduces the display of each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3, and displays a predetermined character or the like as a moving image on the display screen G. Transition to the Super Reach period by displaying the entire abbreviation. In this super reach period, the MPU 102 reduces the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 and arranges them in the lower left position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and exists in the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. Have the angel open the treasure chest.

After the super reach period has elapsed, the MPU 102 notifies the player of the result of the lottery according to whether or not the treasure box contains treasure. Specifically, when the win/loss result is "win jackpot", the MPU 102, as shown in FIG. The player is notified that the winning result is "big win" by having the player discover the treasure box. Further, when the success/failure result is the "normal failure result", the MPU 102 determines that the angel does not contain the treasure when stopping the variable display of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3, as shown in FIG. 51(C). The player is notified that the success/failure result is the "normal failure result" by having the player find a treasure box (empty treasure box).

Thus, in this embodiment, the sound emission control device 90 and the display control device 100 make the player expect that the pattern display device 51 will shift the game state to a specific control state that is advantageous to the player. It functions as an expectation performance executing means for executing a plurality of types of expectation performances (low expectation super reach, medium expectation super reach, and high expectation super reach).
In addition, in the present embodiment, the degree of expectation selection processing for super reach is the result of an internal lottery executed with the entry of a game ball into the upper operation opening 36 or the lower operation opening 37 as a trigger among the plurality of types of expectation effects. It functions as an expected effect selection unit that selects an expected effect corresponding to the degree of expectation.

Returning to the description of the effect pattern determination processing, the processing after step S1904 will be described with reference to FIG.
In step S1904, the MPU 92 sets a flag corresponding to the degree of expectation of super reach selected in step S1903.

Specifically, when the MPU 92 selects the low-expectation super reach in step S1903, 1 is substituted into the area indicating the low-expectation super reach flag provided in the various flag storage area 94c of the RAM 94. This sets the low-expectation-super-reach flag. This low-expectation super-reach flag is a flag for specifying to generate a low-expectation super reach.
Further, when the MPU 92 selects the medium expected super reach in step S1903, by substituting 1 in the area indicating the medium expected super reach flag provided in the various flag storage area 94c of the RAM 94, Set the Medium Expectation Super Reach flag. This middle expectation degree super reach flag is a flag for specifying that the middle expectation degree super reach is to be generated.
Then, when the MPU 92 selects the high-expectation super reach in step S1903, by substituting 1 in the area indicating the high-expectation super reach flag provided in the various flag storage area 94c of the RAM 94, Set the High Expectation Super Reach flag. This high-expectation super-reach flag is a flag for specifying to generate a high-expectation super reach.

In step S1905, the MPU 92 executes super reach deployment selection processing.
Specifically, the MPU 92 selects one of the super reaches of the first deployment and the second deployment.

FIG. 52 is a diagram showing the relationship between the distribution result and the selection probability of super reach for each development.
Specifically, FIG. 52(a) is a diagram showing a case where low-expectation super-reach is selected in the super-reach expectation selection process of step S1903, and FIG. FIG. 52C is a diagram showing a case where medium expected super reach is selected in super reach expectation level selection processing, and FIG. is selected.

First, a case will be described in which low-expectation super-reach is selected in the super-reach expectation level selection processing in step S1903.
When the result of the distribution lottery is the "round most advantageous result", the super reach of the first development is "four rounds most advantageous result" as shown in Fig. 52(a). It is a super reach that is likely to be selected in the case of "16 round distribution most advantageous result" and is difficult to be selected in the case of "16 rounds distribution most advantageous result".
Specifically, the super reach of the first development is selected with a probability of 80% when the result of the distribution lottery is "4th round distribution most advantageous result", and the result of the distribution lottery is "8 Selected with a 50% probability if the result of the round distribution is the most favorable result, and selected with a probability of 20% if the result of the distribution lottery is the ``Most favorable result of the 16th round distribution''. It's becoming

The second development, Super Reach, is more likely to be selected when the result of the distribution lottery is the “Most favorable result for round allocation”, and when it is “Most favorable result for 16 rounds”, and “4 rounds are allocated”. It is a super reach that is difficult to be selected when it is the "most advantageous result".
Specifically, the super reach of the second development is selected with a probability of 20% when the result of the distribution lottery is "4 rounds distribution most advantageous result", and the result of the distribution lottery is "8 Selected with a 50% probability if the result of the round distribution is "Most favorable result", and selected with a probability of 80% if the result of the distribution lottery is "Most favorable result for 16 rounds". It's becoming

Next, a case will be described where super reach with medium expectation level is selected in the expectation level selection process of super reach in step S1903.
When the result of the distribution lottery is "most favorable result of round distribution", the super reach of the first development is "most favorable result of distribution of 4 rounds" as shown in Fig. 52(b). It is a super reach that is a little more likely to be selected in some cases, and a little less likely to be selected in the case of "16 rounds with the most advantageous result".
Specifically, the super reach of the first development is selected with a probability of 60% when the result of the distribution lottery is "4 rounds distribution most advantageous result", and the result of the distribution lottery is "8 Selected with a 50% probability if the result of the round distribution is "Most favorable result", and selected with a probability of 40% if the result of the distribution lottery is "Most favorable result for 16 rounds". It's becoming

The super reach of the second development is a little more likely to be selected when the result of the distribution lottery is "most favorable result for round distribution", "most favorable result for 16 rounds", and "4 rounds". It is a super reach that is somewhat difficult to be selected in the case of "distribution most advantageous result".
Specifically, the super reach of the second development is selected with a probability of 40% when the result of the distribution lottery is "4 rounds distribution most advantageous result", and the result of the distribution lottery is "8 Selected with a 50% probability if the result of the round distribution is "Most favorable result", and selected with a probability of 60% if the result of the distribution lottery is "Most favorable result for 16 rounds". It's becoming

Finally, a case will be described in which super reach with a high degree of expectation is selected in the degree of expectation selection processing of super reach in step S1903.
If the result of the distribution lottery is "most advantageous result for round distribution", the super reach of the first development is "most advantageous result for 16 rounds distribution" as shown in FIG. 52(c). It is a super reach that is likely to be selected in the case of "4 rounds distribution most advantageous result" and is less likely to be selected in the case.
Specifically, the super reach of the first development is selected with a probability of 20% when the result of the distribution lottery is "4 rounds distribution most advantageous result", and the result of the distribution lottery is "8 Selected with a 50% probability if the result of the round distribution is "Most favorable result", and selected with a probability of 80% if the result of the distribution lottery is "Most favorable result for 16 rounds". It's becoming

The second development, Super Reach, is more likely to be selected when the result of the distribution lottery is the “Most favorable result for round allocation”, and when it is “Most favorable result for 4 rounds”, and “16 rounds are allocated”. It is a super reach that is difficult to be selected when it is the "most advantageous result".
Specifically, the super reach of the second development is selected with a probability of 80% when the result of the distribution lottery is "4 rounds distribution most advantageous result", and the result of the distribution lottery is "8 Selected with a 50% probability if the result of the round distribution is "Most favorable result", and selected with a probability of 20% if the result of the distribution lottery is "Most favorable result for 16 rounds". It's becoming

FIG. 53 is a diagram showing development of low-expectation super reach. Specifically, FIG. 53(A) is a view showing the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 in the state of progressing the low-expectation super reach in the first development, and FIG. 53(B). 10] is a view showing the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 in the state of progressing the low-expectation super reach in the second development. [FIG.

In the case of proceeding with the low-expectation Super Reach in the first development, the MPU 102 reduces the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 and arranges them in the lower left position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 to display the symbols. When making the angel present on the right side of the display screen G of the device 51 fight with the demon present on the left side, as shown in FIG. Let
On the other hand, in the case of proceeding with the low-expectation Super Reach in the second development, the MPU 102 reduces the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 and displays them at the lower left position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. When arranging and making the angel existing on the right side of the display screen G of the pattern display device 51 fight with the devil existing on the left side, as shown in FIG. Attack the devil by making the angel emit a ray of light that is thicker than the ray that the angel emits.
Therefore, the player can confirm the development of low-expectation super reach by confirming the thickness of the light beam.

FIG. 54 is a diagram showing the development of super reach with medium expectations. Specifically, FIG. 54(A) is a diagram showing a display screen G of the symbol display device 51 in a state in which the super reach with medium expectation level is progressing in the first development, and FIG. 54(B). 10] is a diagram showing a display screen G of the symbol display device 51 in a state in which a super reach with a medium expectation level is progressing in the second development. [FIG.

In the case of proceeding with the super reach with medium expectation level in the first development, the MPU 102 reduces the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 and arranges them at the lower left position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 to display the symbols. When moving the angel existing on the left side of the display screen G of the device 51 toward the right side, a stone is placed on the road as shown in FIG. 54(A).
On the other hand, in the case of proceeding with the medium-expected super reach in the second development, the MPU 102 reduces the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 and displays them at the lower left position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. When moving the angel existing on the left side of the display screen G of the pattern display device 51 toward the right side, the wings are placed on the road as shown in FIG. 54(B).
Therefore, the player can confirm the development of medium-expected super reach by confirming the objects placed on the road.

FIG. 55 is a diagram showing development of high-expectation super reach. Specifically, FIG. 55(A) is a view showing the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 in the state of progressing the high-expectation super reach in the first deployment, and FIG. 55(B). 10] is a diagram showing a display screen G of the symbol display device 51 in a state in which a high-expectation super reach is progressing in the second development.

In the case of proceeding with the high-expectation Super Reach in the first development, the MPU 102 reduces the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 and arranges them at the lower left position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 to display the symbols. When the angel existing in the center of the display screen G of the device 51 opens the treasure box, a bird appears from the treasure box as shown in FIG. 55(A).
On the other hand, in the case of proceeding with the high-expectation Super Reach in the second development, the MPU 102 reduces the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 and displays them at the lower left position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. When the angel present in the center of the display screen G of the pattern display device 51 is to open the treasure box, nothing appears from the treasure box as shown in FIG. 55(B).
Therefore, the player can confirm the development of the highly anticipated Super Reach by confirming whether or not the bird appears from the treasure box.

Returning to the description of the effect pattern determination processing, the processing after step S1906 will be described with reference to FIG.
In step S1906, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the first development super reach is selected in the super reach development selection process of step S1905.
When the MPU 92 determines in step S1906 that the super reach of the first development is selected, in step S1907, 1 is substituted into the area indicating the ascending effect flag provided in the various flag storage area 94c of the RAM 94. By doing so, the ascending order effect flag is set. This ascending order effect flag is a flag for specifying that the execution mode of the round notification effect is ascending order. In addition, the execution mode of the round notification effect will be described in detail later.

On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S1906 that the super reach of the first deployment has not been selected (if it determines that the super reach of the second deployment has been selected), in step S1908 , By substituting 0 into the area indicating the ascending order effect flag provided in the various flag storage area 94c of the RAM 94, the ascending order effect flag is cleared.

In addition, as described above, the MPU 92 executes the processing of step S1907 even when it is determined not to generate the super reach in step S1902, and the area indicating the ascending effect flag provided in the various flag storage area 94c of the RAM 94 By substituting 1 for , the ascending order effect flag is set.

After executing the process of step S1907 or step S1908, the MPU 92 ends the effect pattern determination process.

Returning to the description of the effect determination process, the process of step S1318C will be described with reference to FIG.
After executing the process of step S1314, the MPU 92 executes a round notification effect determination process in step S1318C. In the round notification effect, when the game result determined in step S1314 is "most advantageous result for round distribution", the game result is "most advantageous result for 4 rounds", "most advantageous result for 8 rounds", and " This is an effect for informing the player which of the 16 rounds is the most advantageous result.

FIG. 56 is a diagram showing the appearance of the round notification accessory used for the round notification effect.
The center frame 52, as shown in FIG. In addition, the round notification accessory drive unit 57 is connected to the output port of the MPU 92 .

The round notification accessory 56 includes a base 561 formed in a substantially elliptical disk shape, and a rotation mechanism 562 that supports the base 561 so as to be rotatable about an axis orthogonal to the game board 31 (see FIG. 2). there is
The base 561 includes a 4-round lamp unit 561a for notifying the player that the game result determined in step S1314 is "most advantageous result in 4 rounds", and a 4-round lamp unit 561a that informs the player that the game result determined in step S1314 is "most advantageous result in 8 rounds". 8-round lamp part 561b for informing the player that the game result is "result", and a 16-round lamp part 561c for informing the player that the game result determined in step S1314 is "16-round most advantageous result". I have it.

The 4th round lamp part 561a lights up when notifying the player that the game result determined in step S1314 is the "most favorable result in the 4th round", and indicates the "most favorable result in the 8th round" or the "most favorable result in the 16th round". It is turned off when notifying the player that "result".
The 8-round lamp part 561b lights up when notifying the player that the game result determined in step S1314 is the "most favorable result in the 8th round", and indicates the "most favorable result in the 4th round" or the "most favorable result in the 16th round". It is turned off when notifying the player that "result".
The 16-round lamp unit 561c lights up when notifying the player that the game result determined in step S1314 is the "most favorable result in 16 rounds", and indicates "most favorable result in 4 rounds" or "most favorable result in 8 rounds". It is turned off when notifying the player that "result".

The rotating mechanism 562 includes a shaft portion 562a perpendicular to the game board 31 and an arm portion 562b connecting the base 561 and the shaft portion 562a.
A shaft portion 562 a of the rotating mechanism 562 is connected to the round notification accessory driving portion 57 . This rotation mechanism 562 is set to either an exposed state or a hidden state by being driven by the round notification accessory driving section 57 . The exposed state is a state in which the base 561 is exposed in front of the display screen G of the pattern display device 51 by rotating the rotating mechanism 562 counterclockwise (see the solid line in the figure). The concealed state is a state in which the base 561 is concealed by the game board 31 by rotating the rotation mechanism 562 clockwise (see two-dot chain lines in the figure).

In the round notification effect determination process, the number of rounds is notified to the player by exposing the round notification accessory 56 in front of the display screen G of the pattern display device 51 .

Thus, in the present embodiment, the round notification accessory 56 functions as round notification means for informing the player of the number of round games.
The round notification accessory 56 includes a plurality of notification units that notify the player of the number of round games by their own lighting. It has a round lamp part 561b) and a second notification part (16 round lamp part 561c) that notifies the player of the number of round games larger than that of the first notification part by its lighting.

In the present embodiment, the first notification unit and the second notification unit notify the player of the number of round games by their lighting. may be notified. Further, in the present embodiment, the round notification accessory 56 includes the base 561 and the rotating mechanism 562, but may have a different shape. Specifically, the round notification means including the first notification section and the second notification section may be an image displayed on the pattern display device 51 or the like.

FIG. 57 is a diagram showing a flowchart of determination processing of the round notification effect.
In the round notification effect determination process, the MPU 92 executes steps S2001 to S2018 as shown in FIG.
In step S2001, the MPU 92 determines that the game result determined in step S1314 is the "round distribution most favorable result"("4th round most favorable result", "8th round most favorable result", or "16th round most favorable result"). It is determined whether or not. When the MPU 92 determines in step S2001 that the game result is the "round distribution most advantageous result", it executes the processing from step S2002 onward, and in step S2001 the game result is "round distribution most advantageous result". , the round notification effect determination process is terminated without executing the processes after step S2002.

In step S2002, the MPU 92 sets the round notification effect flag by substituting 1 in the area indicating the round notification effect flag provided in the various flag storage area 94c of the RAM 94. This round notification effect flag is a flag for specifying execution of the round notification effect.

In step S2003, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the high expectation super reach flag is set in the RAM 94.
When the MPU 92 determines in step S2003 that the high-expectation degree super reach flag is set in the RAM 94, in step S2004 the round variation counter RVC provided in the various counter areas 94a of the RAM 94 is set to "3". set.
On the other hand, if the MPU 92 determines in step S2003 that the high expectation level super reach flag is not set in the RAM 94, in step S2005 it determines whether the medium expectation level super reach flag is set in the RAM 94. determine whether

When the MPU 92 determines in step S2005 that the medium expectation degree super reach flag is set in the RAM 94, in step S2006, the round variation counter RVC provided in the various counter areas 94a of the RAM 94 is set to "2". set.
On the other hand, if the MPU 92 determines in step S2005 that the medium expectation level super reach flag is not set in the RAM 94, in step S2007 it determines whether the low expectation level super reach flag is set in the RAM 94. determine whether

When the MPU 92 determines in step S2007 that the low-expectation degree super reach flag is set in the RAM 94, in step S2008, the round variation counter RVC provided in the various counter areas 94a of the RAM 94 is set to "1". set.
On the other hand, if the MPU 92 determines in step S2007 that the low-expectation degree super reach flag is not set in the RAM 94, in step S2009, the round variation counter RVC provided in the various counter areas 94a of the RAM 94 is set to "0".

After executing any one of steps S2004, S2006, S2008, and S2009, the MPU 92 determines in step S2010 whether or not an ascending effect flag is set in the RAM 94.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S2010 that the ascending effect flag is set in the RAM 94, it executes the processing from step S2011.
On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S2010 that the ascending effect flag is not set in the RAM 94, it executes the processing after step S2015.

First, in step S2010, the processing (processing after step S2011) when it is determined that the ascending effect flag is set in the RAM 94 by the MPU 92 will be described.
In step S2011, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the game result determined in step S1314 is "4th round most advantageous result".
When the MPU 92 determines in step S2011 that the game result is the "fourth round most advantageous result", the MPU 92 ends the round notification effect determination process without executing the processes after step S2012.
On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S2011 that the game result is not the "most advantageous result in 4 rounds", in step S2012, the 4 round light-off flag provided in the various flag storage area 94c of the RAM 94 is turned off. Set the 4 rounds off flag by substituting a 1 in the indicated area. This 4th round off flag is a flag for specifying that the game result determined in step S1314 is not the "4th round most advantageous result".

In step S2013, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the game result determined in step S1314 is "8th round best result".
When the MPU 92 determines in step S2013 that the game result is the "best result in 8 rounds", the MPU 92 ends the round notification effect determination process without executing the processes after step S2014.
On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S2013 that the game result is not the "most advantageous result in 8 rounds", in step S2014, the 8 round light-off flag provided in the various flag storage area 94c of the RAM 94 is turned off. Set the 8 Round Lights Out Flag by substituting a 1 in the indicated area. This 8-round light-out flag is a flag for specifying that the game result determined in step S1314 is not the "8-round most advantageous result".

Therefore, when it is determined in step S2001 that the game result is the "most advantageous result of round distribution", and in step S2010 it is determined that the ascending effect flag is set in the RAM 94, the 4th round light-off flag and the When both of the 8 round turn-off flags are set, the game result determined in step S1314 is "16 round most advantageous result".

Next, the processing (processing after step S2015) when it is determined by the MPU 92 that the ascending effect flag is not set in the RAM 94 in step S2010 will be described.
In step S2015, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the game result determined in step S1314 is "best result in 16 rounds".
When the MPU 92 determines in step S2015 that the game result is the "most advantageous result in 16 rounds", the MPU 92 ends the round notification effect determination process without executing the processes after step S2016.
On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S2015 that the game result is not the "16 round most favorable result", in step S2016, the 16 round light-off flag provided in the various flag storage area 94c of the RAM 94 is turned off. Set the 16 round off flag by substituting a 1 in the indicated area. This 16-round light-out flag is a flag for specifying that the game result determined in step S1314 is not the "16-round most advantageous result".

In step S2017, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the game result determined in step S1314 is "8th round best result".
When the MPU 92 determines in step S2017 that the game result is the "best result in 8 rounds", the MPU 92 ends the round notification effect determination process without executing the processes after step S2018.
On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S2017 that the game result is not the "most advantageous result in 8 rounds", in step S2018, the 8 round light-off flag provided in the various flag storage area 94c of the RAM 94 is turned off. Set the 8 Round Lights Out Flag by substituting a 1 in the indicated area. This 8-round light-out flag is a flag for specifying that the game result determined in step S1314 is not the "8-round most advantageous result".

Therefore, when it is determined in step S2001 that the game result is the "most advantageous result of round allocation" and in step S2010 it is determined that the ascending order performance flag is not set in the RAM 94, the 8 round turn-off flag and the When both of the 16-round turn-off flags are set, the game result determined in step S1314 is "most favorable result in 4 rounds".

Returning to the description of the effect determination process, the process of step S1319C will be described with reference to FIG.
After executing the process of step S1318C, the MPU 92 executes a round notification effect execution process in step S1319C. After that, the MPU 92 executes the processes after step S1315, as in the first embodiment.

FIG. 58 is a diagram showing a flowchart of execution processing of the round notification effect.
In the round notification effect execution process, the MPU 92 executes steps S2101 to S2114 as shown in FIG.
In step S2101, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the round notification effect flag is set in the RAM 94.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S2101 that the round notification effect flag is not set in the RAM 94, it ends the round notification effect execution processing without executing the processing after step S2102.
On the other hand, when it is determined in step S2101 that the round notification effect flag is set in the RAM 94, in step S2102, a round notification effect generating process is executed.

As described above, when the MPU 62 determines in step S817C that the game result is the "best result for round distribution", in step S818C, the timer counter provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64 T is set to "10000" as a waiting time (waiting period) for opening, and the waiting time for opening is set to 20 seconds. Further, as described above, when the MPU 92 determines in step S2001 that the game result is the "best result for round distribution", in step S2002, the MPU 92 sets the round notification effect flag. Therefore, the execution processing of the round notification effect is executed during 20 seconds, which is the waiting time for the opening.

In the process of generating the round notification effect, the MPU 92 moves the base 561 in front of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 by rotating the rotating mechanism 562 counterclockwise with the round notification accessory drive unit 57. expose. Also, the MPU 92 turns on all of the 4-round lamp portion 561a, the 8-round lamp portion 561b, and the 16-round lamp portion 561c to initialize them. Furthermore, the MPU 92 sets a round notification effect generation command. Then, the MPU 92 stores the round notification effect generation command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94d of the RAM 94. FIG. This round notification effect generation command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the command transmission processing of step S1205 described above.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads from the program ROM 103 a data table for executing the generation of the round notification effect in the pattern display device 51 based on the round notification effect generation command transmitted from the MPU 92 . Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, every 20 msec) comes. As a result, the symbol display device 51 causes the display screen G to display and execute the generation of the round notification effect.

Therefore, in the present embodiment, the processing for generating the round notification effect functions as a lighting initialization unit that initializes both the first notification unit and the second notification unit by lighting them.

In step S2103, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the value of the round variation counter RVC is "0" or less.
When the MPU 92 determines in step S2103 that the value of the round variation counter RVC is not "0" or less, it executes the processing from step S2104 onward, and in step S2103 the value of the round variation counter RVC is "0" or less. If it is determined that it is, the process after step S2110 is executed.
Here, the value of the round variation counter RVC is a value indicating the number of executions of ascending turn-off effect processing in step S2106 or the number of executions of descending turn-off effect processing in step S2108, which will be described later. The ascending turn-off effect processing in step S2106 and the descending turn-off effect processing in step S2108 will be described in detail later.

First, the processing (processing after step S2104) when the MPU 92 determines that the value of the round variation counter RVC is not equal to or less than "0" in step S2103 will be described.
In step S2104, the MPU 92 determines whether or not an ascending effect flag is set in the RAM 94.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S2104 that the ascending effect flag is set in the RAM 94, it executes the processing from step S2105.
On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S2104 that the ascending effect flag is not set in the RAM 94, it executes the processing after step S2107.

First, the processing (processing after step S2105) when the MPU 92 determines that the ascending effect flag is set in the RAM 94 in step S2104 will be described.
In step S2105, the MPU 92 executes a chance number notification process. In this chance number notification process, the MPU 92 notifies the player of the value of the round variation counter RVC. Also, the MPU 92 sets a chance number notification command. Then, the MPU 92 stores the chance number notification command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94 d of the RAM 94 . This chance number notification command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the command transmission processing of step S1205 described above.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads out from the program ROM 103 a data table for executing notification of the number of chances in the pattern display device 51 based on the number of chances notification command transmitted from the MPU 92 . Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, every 20 msec) comes. As a result, the symbol display device 51 displays the number of chances on the display screen G to notify the player.

In step S2106, the MPU 92 executes an ascending turn-off effect process. In this ascending turn-off effect process, the MPU 92 executes a process of turning off the 4-round lamp section 561a and the 8-round lamp section 561b in ascending order of the number of rounds.
Here, as described above, the MPU 92 executes the ascending turn-off effect processing in correspondence with the value of the round variation counter RVC. Therefore, the number of chances to increase the number of rounds increases as the number of executions of the ascending turn-off effect process increases. In other words, if the RAM 94 has an ascending order effect flag set (when the first development super reach is selected in step S1905), the number of chances for promotion of the number of rounds will The higher the expectation of the super reach that occurred when it became, the more it will be.

FIG. 59 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the ascending turn-off effect processing.
In the ascending turn-off effect process, the MPU 92 executes steps S2201 to S2212 as shown in FIG.
In step S2201, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the RAM 94 has a 4-round turn-off flag set.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S2201 that the 4th round turn-off flag is set in the RAM 94, it indicates that the game result determined in step S1314 is not the "4th round best result". Step S2202 and subsequent steps are executed to determine whether or not to turn off the round lamp portion 561a. If it is determined in step S2201 that the round 4 turning off flag has not been set in the RAM 94, then step S2207 and subsequent steps are performed. to run.

First, the processing (processing after step S2202) when the MPU 92 determines that the round 4 turn-off flag is set in the RAM 94 in step S2201 will be described.
In step S2202, the MPU 92 executes 4-round light-off selection processing. In this 4-round extinguishing selection process, the MPU 92 selects whether or not to extinguish the 4-round lamp section 561a. Specifically, in this embodiment, the MPU 92 selects lighting or extinguishing of the 4-round lamp portion 561a with a probability of 50% each.

In step S2203, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the 4-round lamp section 561a is turned off.
When the MPU 92 determines in step S2203 that the 4-round lamp portion 561a is turned off, in step S2204, the MPU 92 executes an ascending turn-off success notification process. In this ascending turn-off success notification processing, the MPU 92 executes light emission control of various lamp units 23 and executes sound control of the speaker unit 24 . In the ascending turn-off success notification process, the MPU 92 sets an ascending turn-off success notification command. Then, the MPU 92 stores ascending turn-off success notification commands in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94 d of the RAM 94 . This ascending turn-off success notification command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the above-described command transmission processing of step S1205.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads out from the program ROM 103 a data table for executing the ascending order extinguishing success notification effect in the pattern display device 51 based on the ascending order extinguishing success notification command transmitted from the MPU 92 . Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, every 20 msec) comes. As a result, the symbol display device 51 causes the display screen G to display an ascending turn-off success notification effect to notify the player of the success of turning off the lights.

In step S2205, the MPU 92 clears the 4 round turn-off flag. Specifically, the MPU 92 clears the 4th round light-off flag by substituting 0 in an area indicating the 4th round light-off flag provided in the various flag storage area 94c of the RAM 94 . After that, the MPU 92 ends the ascending turn-off effect processing.

On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S2203 that the 4-round lamp portion 561a is not turned off, in step S2206, it executes ascending order turn-off failure notification processing. In this ascending turn-off failure notification process, the MPU 92 executes light emission control of various lamp units 23 and audio control of the speaker unit 24 . After that, the MPU 92 ends the ascending turn-off effect processing. In the ascending turn-off failure notification process, the MPU 92 sets an ascending turn-off failure notification command. Then, the MPU 92 stores the ascending turn-off failure notification command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94 d of the RAM 94 . This ascending turn-off failure notification command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the above-described command transmission processing of step S1205.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads from the program ROM 103 a data table for executing the ascending turn-off failure notification effect in the pattern display device 51 based on the ascending turn-off failure notification command transmitted from the MPU 92 . Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, every 20 msec) comes. As a result, the symbol display device 51 displays an ascending turn-off failure notification effect on the display screen G to notify the player of the turn-off failure.

Next, the processing (processing after step S2207) when it is determined by the MPU 92 that the 4-round turn-off flag is not set in the RAM 94 in step S2201 will be described.
In step S2207, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the 8-round light-off flag is set in the RAM 94.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S2207 that the 8th round turn-off flag is set in the RAM 94, it indicates that the game result determined in step S1314 is not the "best result in 8th round." Step S2208 and subsequent steps are executed to determine whether or not to turn off the round lamp unit 561b. If it is determined in step S2207 that the 8 round turn off flag is not set in the RAM 94, then step S2208 and subsequent processing is executed. , the ascending turn-off effect processing is terminated.
In step S2208, the MPU 92 executes 8-round light-off selection processing. In this 8-round extinguishing selection process, the MPU 92 selects whether or not to extinguish the 8-round lamp section 561b. Specifically, in this embodiment, the MPU 92 selects lighting or extinguishing of the 8-round lamp portion 561b with a probability of 50% each.

In step S2209, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the 8-round lamp section 561b is turned off.
When the MPU 92 determines in step S2209 that the 8-round lamp portion 561b is turned off, in step S2210, the MPU 92 executes an ascending turn-off success notification process. In this ascending turn-off success notification processing, the MPU 92 executes light emission control of various lamp units 23 and executes sound control of the speaker unit 24 . In the ascending turn-off success notification process, the MPU 92 sets an ascending turn-off success notification command. Then, the MPU 92 stores ascending turn-off success notification commands in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94 d of the RAM 94 . This ascending turn-off success notification command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the above-described command transmission processing of step S1205.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads from the program ROM 103 a data table for executing the ascending order extinguishing success notification effect in the pattern display device 51 based on the ascending order extinguishing success notification command transmitted from the MPU 92 . Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, every 20 msec) comes. As a result, the symbol display device 51 causes the display screen G to display an ascending turn-off success notification effect to notify the player of the success of turning off the lights.

In step S2211, the MPU 92 clears the 8-round turn-off flag. Specifically, the MPU 92 clears the 8-round light-off flag by substituting 0 into an area indicating the 8-round light-off flag provided in the various flag storage area 94c of the RAM 94 . After that, the MPU 92 ends the ascending turn-off effect processing.

On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines that the 8-round lamp portion 561a is not turned off, it executes an ascending turn-off failure notification process in step S2212. In this ascending turn-off failure notification processing, the MPU 92 executes light emission control of various lamp units 23 and audio control of the speaker unit 24 . After that, the MPU 92 ends the ascending turn-off effect processing. In the ascending turn-off failure notification process, the MPU 92 sets an ascending turn-off failure notification command.
Then, the MPU 92 stores the ascending turn-off failure notification command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94 d of the RAM 94 . This ascending turn-off failure notification command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the above-described command transmission processing of step S1205.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads from the program ROM 103 a data table for executing the ascending turn-off failure notification effect in the pattern display device 51 based on the ascending turn-off failure notification command transmitted from the MPU 92 . Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, every 20 msec) comes. As a result, the symbol display device 51 displays an ascending turn-off failure notification effect on the display screen G to notify the player of the turn-off failure.

Thus, in the present embodiment, the ascending turn-off effect processing functions as an ascending turn-off determination unit that determines whether or not to turn off the first notification unit. It also functions as an ascending order extinguishing unit that extinguishes the first notification unit when it is determined.

Returning to the description of the execution processing of the round notification effect, the processing after step S2109 will be described with reference to FIG.
In step S2109, the MPU 92 subtracts 1 from the value of the round variation counter RVC to update it. After that, the MPU 92 executes the processes after step S2103 again.

Next, the processing (processing after step S2107) when it is determined by the MPU 92 that the ascending effect flag is not set in the RAM 94 in step S2104 will be described.
In step S2107, the MPU 92 executes pinch number notification processing. In this pinch number notification process, the MPU 92 notifies the player of the value of the round variation counter RVC. Also, the MPU 92 sets a pinch number notification command. Then, the MPU 92 stores the pinch number notification command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94 d of the RAM 94 . This pinch count notification command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the command transmission processing of step S1205 described above.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads out from the program ROM 103 a data table for executing notification of the number of pinches in the pattern display device 51 based on the pinch number notification command transmitted from the MPU 92 . Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, every 20 msec) comes. As a result, the symbol display device 51 displays the number of pinches on the display screen G to notify the player.

In step S2108, the MPU 92 executes a descending turn-off effect process. In this descending order extinguishing effect process, the MPU 92 executes a process of extinguishing the 8-round lamp section 561b and the 16-round lamp section 561c in descending order of the number of rounds.
Here, as described above, the MPU 92 executes the descending turn-off effect processing corresponding to the value of the round variation counter RVC. Therefore, the number of pinches for demotion of the number of rounds increases as the number of executions of the descending turn-off effect process increases. In other words, if the number of pinches for demotion of the number of rounds is not set in the RAM 94 (when the second development super reach is selected in step S1905), the success or failure result is "jackpot winning". The higher the expectation of the super reach that occurred when it became, the more it will be.

FIG. 60 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the descending order extinguishing effect process.
In the descending order lighting effect process, the MPU 92 executes steps S2301 to S2315 as shown in FIG.
In step S2301, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the value of the round variation counter RVC is "2" or more.
When the MPU 92 determines in step S2301 that the value of the round variation counter RVC is "2" or more, it executes the processing from step S2302 onward, and in step S2301 the value of the round variation counter RVC is "2". If it is determined that the above is not the case, the processing after step S2314 is executed.

First, the processing (processing after step S2302) when the MPU 92 determines that the value of the round variation counter RVC is equal to or greater than "2" in step S2301 will be described.
In step S2302, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the 16-round turn-off flag is set in the RAM 94.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S2302 that the 16-round turn-off flag is set in the RAM 94, it indicates that the game result determined in step S1314 is not the "16-round most advantageous result". Step S2303 and subsequent steps are executed to determine whether or not to turn off the round lamp portion 561c. If it is determined in step S2302 that the 16-round turn-off flag is not set in the RAM 94, then step S2308 and subsequent steps are executed. to run.

First, processing (processing after step S2303) when the MPU 92 determines that the 16-round turn-off flag is set in the RAM 94 in step S2302 will be described.
In step S2303, the MPU 92 executes 16-round light-off selection processing. In this 16-round extinguishing selection process, the MPU 92 selects whether or not to extinguish the 16-round lamp section 561c. Specifically, in this embodiment, the MPU 92 selects lighting or extinguishing of the 16-round lamp portion 561c with a probability of 50% each.

In step S2304, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the 16-round lamp section 561c is turned off.
When the MPU 92 determines in step S2304 that the 16-round lamp portion 561c has been turned off, in step S2305, the MPU 92 executes descending turn-off success notification processing.
In this descending turn-off success notification process, the MPU 92 executes light emission control of various lamp units 23 and audio control of the speaker unit 24 . In the descending order light-off success notification process, the MPU 92 sets a descending order light-off success notification command. Then, the MPU 92 stores the descending turn-off success notification command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94 d of the RAM 94 . This descending turn-off success notification command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the above-described command transmission processing of step S1205.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads from the program ROM 103 a data table for executing the descending order extinguishing success notification effect in the pattern display device 51 based on the descending order extinguishing success notification command transmitted from the MPU 92 . Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, every 20 msec) comes. As a result, the symbol display device 51 causes the display screen G to display a descending order extinguishing success notification effect to inform the player of the success of extinguishing.

In step S2306, the MPU 92 clears the 16-round turn-off flag. Specifically, the MPU 92 clears the 16-round light-off flag by assigning 0 to an area indicating the 16-round light-off flag provided in the various flag storage area 94c of the RAM 94 . After that, the MPU 92 terminates the descending turn-off effect processing.

On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S2304 that the 16-round lamp portion 561c has not been turned off, in step S2307, the MPU 92 executes descending turn-off failure notification processing. In this descending turn-off failure notification process, the MPU 92 executes light emission control of various lamp units 23 and audio control of the speaker unit 24 . After that, the MPU 92 terminates the descending turn-off effect processing. Also, in the descending turn-off failure notification process, the MPU 92 sets a descending turn-off failure notification command. Then, the MPU 92 stores the descending turn-off failure notification command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94 d of the RAM 94 . This descending turn-off failure notification command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the above-described command transmission processing of step S1205.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads from the program ROM 103 a data table for executing a descending turn-off failure notification effect in the pattern display device 51 based on the descending turn-off failure notification command transmitted from the MPU 92 . Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, every 20 msec) comes. As a result, the symbol display device 51 causes the display screen G to display a descending turn-off failure notification effect to notify the player of the turn-off failure.

Next, the processing (processing after step S2308) when the MPU 92 determines that the 16-round turn-off flag is not set in the RAM 94 in step S2302 will be described.
In step S2308, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the 8-round turn-off flag is set in the RAM 94.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S2308 that the 8th round turn-off flag is set in the RAM 94, it indicates that the game result determined in step S1314 is not the "best result in 8th round." Step S2309 and subsequent steps are executed to determine whether or not to turn off the round lamp portion 561b. If it is determined in step S2308 that the 8-round turn-off flag is not set in the RAM 94, then step S2309 and subsequent processing is performed. ends the descending turn-off effect processing without executing

In step S2309, the MPU 92 executes 8-round light-off selection processing. In this 8-round extinguishing selection process, the MPU 92 selects whether or not to extinguish the 8-round lamp section 561b. Specifically, in this embodiment, the MPU 92 selects lighting or extinguishing of the 8-round lamp portion 561b with a probability of 50% each.

In step S2310, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the 8-round lamp section 561b is turned off.
When the MPU 92 determines in step S2310 that the 8-round lamp portion 561b is turned off, in step S2311, the MPU 92 executes a descending turn-off success notification process. In this descending turn-off success notification process, the MPU 92 executes light emission control of various lamp units 23 and audio control of the speaker unit 24 . In the descending order light-off success notification process, the MPU 92 sets a descending order light-off success notification command. Then, the MPU 92 stores the descending turn-off success notification command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94 d of the RAM 94 . This descending turn-off success notification command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the above-described command transmission processing of step S1205.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads from the program ROM 103 a data table for executing the descending order extinguishing success notification effect in the pattern display device 51 based on the descending order extinguishing success notification command transmitted from the MPU 92 . Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, every 20 msec) comes. As a result, the symbol display device 51 causes the display screen G to display a descending order extinguishing success notification effect to inform the player of the success of extinguishing.

In step S2312, the MPU 92 clears the 8-round turn-off flag. Specifically, the MPU 92 clears the 8-round light-off flag by substituting 0 into an area indicating the 8-round light-off flag provided in the various flag storage area 94c of the RAM 94 . After that, the MPU 92 terminates the descending turn-off effect processing.

On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines that the 8-round lamp portion 561a is not turned off, in step S2313, the MPU 92 executes a descending turn-off failure notification process. In this descending turn-off failure notification process, the MPU 92 executes light emission control of various lamp units 23 and audio control of the speaker unit 24 . After that, the MPU 92 terminates the descending turn-off effect processing. Also, in the descending turn-off failure notification process, the MPU 92 sets a descending turn-off failure notification command.
Then, the MPU 92 stores the descending turn-off failure notification command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94 d of the RAM 94 . This descending turn-off failure notification command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the above-described command transmission processing of step S1205.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads from the program ROM 103 a data table for executing a descending turn-off failure notification effect in the pattern display device 51 based on the descending turn-off failure notification command transmitted from the MPU 92 . Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, every 20 msec) comes. As a result, the symbol display device 51 causes the display screen G to display a descending turn-off failure notification effect to notify the player of the turn-off failure.

Next, the processing (processing after step S2314) when the MPU 92 determines in step S2301 that the value of the round variation counter RVC is not equal to or greater than "2" will be described.
In step S2314, the MPU 92 determines whether both the 8th round light-off flag and the 16th round light-off flag stored in the RAM 94 are cleared.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S2314 that both the 8th round light-out flag and the 16th round light-out flag are cleared, it executes the processes after step S2302 described above.
On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S2314 that at least one of the 8th round light-out flag and the 16th round light-out flag is not cleared, in step S2315 the final light-out processing is executed. After that, the MPU 92 ends the descending order light-off effect processing.

Here, in the final light-off processing, when the number of times of pinching becomes 1 remaining (in step S2301, when the MPU 92 determines that the value of the round variation counter RVC is not "2" or more), the 8 round lamp is turned off. When the part 561b and the 16 round lamp part 561c cannot be turned off (in step S2314, when it is determined that at least one of the 8 round turn off flag and the 16 round turn off flag is not cleared by the MPU 92), This is a process for collectively turning off these lights.

FIG. 61 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the final turn-off process.
In the final extinguishing process, the MPU 92 executes steps S2401 to S2407 as shown in FIG.
In step S2401, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the 16-round turn-off flag is set in the RAM 94.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S2401 that the 16-round turn-off flag is set in the RAM 94, it indicates that the game result determined in step S1314 is not the "most advantageous result in 16 rounds". Step S2402 and subsequent steps are executed to turn off the round lamp portion 561c, and when it is determined in step S2401 that the 16-round turn-off flag is not set in the RAM 94, step S2404 and subsequent steps are executed.

First, processing (processing after step S2402) when the MPU 92 determines that the 16-round turn-off flag is set in the RAM 94 in step S2401 will be described.
In step S2402, the MPU 92 executes 16-round light-off processing. In this 16-round extinguishing process, the MPU 92 extinguishes the 16-round lamp section 561c.

In step S2403, the MPU 92 clears the 16-round turn-off flag. Specifically, the MPU 92 clears the 16-round light-off flag by assigning 0 to an area indicating the 16-round light-off flag provided in the various flag storage area 94c of the RAM 94 . After that, the MPU 92 repeatedly executes step S2401.

Next, processing (processing after step S2404) when the MPU 92 determines that the 16-round turn-off flag is not set in the RAM 94 in step S2401 will be described.
In step S2404, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the 8-round light-off flag is set in the RAM 94.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S2404 that the 8th round turn-off flag is set in the RAM 94, it indicates that the game result determined in step S1314 is not the "best result in 8th round." Step S2405 and subsequent steps are executed to turn off the round lamp portion 561b, and when it is determined in step S2404 that the 8-round turn-off flag is not set in the RAM 94, steps S2405 and S2406 are executed. Instead, the processing after step S2407, which will be described later, is executed.

In step S2405, the MPU 92 executes 8-round light-off processing. In this 8-round extinguishing process, the MPU 92 extinguishes the 8-round lamp section 561b.

In step S2406, the MPU 92 clears the 8 round turn-off flag. Specifically, the MPU 92 clears the 8-round light-off flag by substituting 0 into an area indicating the 8-round light-off flag provided in the various flag storage area 94c of the RAM 94 .

In step S2407, the MPU 92 executes descending turn-off success notification processing. In this descending turn-off success notification process, the MPU 92 executes light emission control of various lamp units 23 and audio control of the speaker unit 24 . After that, the MPU 92 terminates the final light-off process. In the descending order light-off success notification process, the MPU 92 sets a descending order light-off success notification command. Then, the MPU 92 stores the descending turn-off success notification command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94 d of the RAM 94 . This descending turn-off success notification command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the above-described command transmission processing of step S1205.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads from the program ROM 103 a data table for executing the descending order extinguishing success notification effect in the pattern display device 51 based on the descending order extinguishing success notification command transmitted from the MPU 92 . Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, every 20 msec) comes. As a result, the symbol display device 51 causes the display screen G to display a descending order extinguishing success notification effect to inform the player of the success of extinguishing.

As described above, in the present embodiment, the descending turn-off effect processing functions as a descending turn-off determination unit that determines whether or not to turn off the second notification unit. It also functions as a descending order extinguishing unit that extinguishes the second notification unit when it is determined.

Returning to the description of the execution processing of the round notification effect, the processing after step S2109 will be described with reference to FIG.
In step S2109, the MPU 92 subtracts 1 from the value of the round variation counter RVC to update it. After that, the MPU 92 executes the processes after step S2103 again.

Thus, in this embodiment, when the MPU 92 determines in step S2104 that the ascending effect flag is set in the RAM 94, the execution mode of the round notification effect is set in ascending order, and the chance number notification process of step S2105 is performed. And the ascending turn-off effect processing of step S2106 is executed.
On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines that the ascending order effect flag is not set in the RAM 94 at step S2104, the execution mode of the round notification effect is set to descending order, and the pinch count notification process at step S2107 and the Descending order extinguishing effect processing is executed.

Next, the processing (processing after step S2110) when the MPU 92 determines in step S2103 that the value of the round variation counter RVC is "0" or less will be described.
In step S2110, it is determined whether or not an ascending effect flag is set in the RAM94.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S2110 that the ascending order effect flag is not set in the RAM 94, in step S2111, the MPU 92 executes descending round finalized effect generation processing. In this descending round finalization effect generating process, the MPU 92 keeps lighting the lamp part with the largest number of rounds among the 4-round lamp part 561a, the 8-round lamp part 561b, and the 16-round lamp part 561c that are being lit. Turn off the other lamps. Also, in the descending order round fixed effect generating process, the MPU 92 sets a descending round fixed effect generating command. Then, the MPU 92 stores the command for generating the descending round finalization effect in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94 d of the RAM 94 . This descending order round fixed effect generation command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the command transmission processing of step S1205 described above.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads from the program ROM 103 a data table for executing the generation of the descending round finalization effect in the pattern display device 51 based on the descending round finalization effect generation command transmitted from the MPU 92 . Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, every 20 msec) comes. As a result, the symbol display device 51 causes the display screen G to display a descending order round finalization effect to notify the player of the finalization of the number of rounds.

On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S2110 that the ascending effect flag is set in the RAM 94, in step S2112 both the 4th round light-out flag and the 8th round light-out flag stored in the RAM 94 are set. Determine whether it is cleared.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S2112 that both the 4th round light-out flag and the 8th round light-out flag are cleared, in step S2113, the MPU 92 executes ascending round finalization effect generation processing. In this ascending round finalization effect generation process, the MPU 92 keeps lighting the lamp part with the smallest number of rounds among the 4-round lamp part 561a, the 8-round lamp part 561b, and the 16-round lamp part 561c that are being lit. Turn off the other lamps. In addition, in the ascending order round fixed effect generation process, the MPU 92 sets an ascending order round fixed effect generation command. Then, the MPU 92 stores the ascending round finalization effect generation command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94 d of the RAM 94 . This command for generating the ascending round finalization effect is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the above-described command transmission processing of step S1205.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads from the program ROM 103 a data table for executing the generation of the ascending round finalization effect in the symbol display device 51 based on the ascending round finalization effect generation command transmitted from the MPU 92 . Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, every 20 msec) comes. As a result, the symbol display device 51 displays an ascending order round confirmation effect on the display screen G to notify the player of the confirmation of the number of rounds.

On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S2112 that at least one of the 4th round light-out flag and the 8th round light-out flag is not cleared, in step S2114, the MPU 92 executes round promotion effect generation processing. . In this round promotion effect generating process, when the game result determined in step S1314 is "best result in 8th round", the MPU 92 turns off the 4th round lamp section 561a, and the game result determined in step S1314 is turned off. is the "most advantageous result in 16 rounds", the 4th round lamp portion 561a and the 8th round lamp portion 561b are extinguished. After that, the MPU 92 executes the ascending order round confirmation effect generating process of step S2113 described above. Also, in the round promotion effect generating process, the MPU 92 sets a round promotion effect generating command. Then, the MPU 92 stores the round promotion effect generation command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94 d of the RAM 94 . This round promotion effect generation command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the command transmission processing of step S1205 described above.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads from the program ROM 103 a data table for executing the generation of the round promotion effect in the pattern display device 51 based on the round promotion effect generation command transmitted from the MPU 92 . Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, every 20 msec) comes. As a result, the symbol display device 51 displays the round promotion effect on the display screen G to inform the player of the promotion of the number of rounds.

Thus, in the present embodiment, the round notification effect determination process and the round notification effect execution process are performed in ascending order (first order) of the 4-round lamp portion 561a, the 8-round lamp portion 561b, and the 16-round lamp portion 561c. By turning off (not adopted) at , the ascending turn-off effect processing (first order notification unit) for informing the player of the number of round games, and the multiple notification units are turned off in descending order (second order). It is provided with a descending order light-off effect process (second order notification unit) for notifying the player of the number of round games by making it (not adopted).

In addition, the round notification effect determination process and the round notification effect execution process are based on the super reach development (first development and second development) selected in the super reach development selection process (development selection unit). Then, the process (order switching unit) of step S2104 for switching between the ascending order light-off effect process and the descending order light-off effect process is provided. Specifically, the order switching unit switches to the ascending turn-off rendering process when the first deployment is selected in the super ready-to-win deployment selection process, and switches to the second deployment in the super ready-to-win deployment selection process. When it is, it is switched to the descending order extinguishing effect processing.

In this embodiment, the first order is ascending order, the second order is descending order, and these two orders are switched by the order switching unit. On the other hand, the first order or the second order may be another order such as random, and the order switching unit may switch between three or more types of orders.
Further, the round notification effect determination process and the round notification effect execution process are provided with an order switching unit for switching between the ascending order light-out effect process and the descending order light-out effect process, but this need not be provided. For example, the round notification effect determination process and the round notification effect execution process are either ascending turn-off effect processing or descending turn-off effect processing regardless of the development of super reach selected in the development selection process of super reach. may be executed.

In addition, in the process of step S2104, the ascending turn-off effect process and the descending turn-off effect process are switched based on the development of super reach selected in the development selection process of super reach. Based on the type of pattern of the generated advance notice suspension (normal notice suspension pattern and special notice suspension pattern), it may be possible to switch between the ascending turn-off effect processing and the descending turn-off effect processing, and when the demo is displayed, the player is prompted to press a button or the like. The ascending turn-off effect processing and the descending turn-off effect processing may be switched by operating. In short, the order switching section should switch between the first order reporting section and the second order reporting section based on a predetermined condition.

In addition, in the present embodiment, the super reach expectation level selection process is based on the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37 as a trigger. The number of round games is small. In this case, it is easier to select the first expected effect than the second expected effect, and the round is based on the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37 as a trigger. When the number of times of games is large, it is set so that the second expected performance is more likely to be selected than the first expected performance.

Further, in the present embodiment, the round notification effect determination process and the round notification effect execution process are performed when the second expectation effect is selected in the super reach expectation level selection process. By setting the number of executions of the ascending turn-off effect process (number of chances) and the number of times of execution of the descending turn-off effect process (number of pinches) larger than when the first expected effect is selected in the process, the first notification unit and The control state of the second notification unit is switched. Therefore, the round notification effect determination process and the round notification effect execution process are different from each other based on the type of expected effect selected in the expectation degree selection process of super reach (ascending turn off determination unit or descending turn off determination A switching setting unit is provided for switching the control states of the first notification unit and the second notification unit by setting the number of times of repeated execution of determination by the unit.

Therefore, in the present embodiment, the round notification effect determination process and the round notification effect execution process are performed by controlling the first notification unit and the second notification unit to notify the player of the number of round games. functions as a department. Then, in the round notification effect determination process and the round notification effect execution process, the control states of the first notification unit and the second notification unit are changed based on the type of expected effect selected in the expectation degree selection process of super reach. are switching. In other words, the determination processing of the round notification effect and the execution processing of the round notification effect are performed by the first notification unit and the second The control state of the notification unit is switched.

In the present embodiment, the round notification effect determination process and the round notification effect execution process are performed when the second expectation effect is selected in the super reach expectation level selection process. The number of executions of the ascending turn-off effect process (the number of chances) and the number of times of execution of the descending turn-off effect process (the number of pinches) are set larger than when the first expected effect is selected in the process, but they are set to be smaller. good too. In short, the switching setting unit may switch the control states of the first notification unit and the second notification unit by setting mutually different execution counts based on the type of expected effect selected by the expected effect selection unit. .

In addition, the round notification effect determination process and the round notification effect execution process change the control states of the first notification unit and the second notification unit based on the type of expected effect selected in the expectation degree selection process of super reach. Although it was switched, for example, based on the type of the notice pending picture (normal notice pending picture and special notice pending picture) generated in the notice pending generation process, the control of the first notification unit and the second notification unit You can switch states. In short, the round notification control section may switch the control states of the first notification section and the second notification section based on the process from the start of the variable display on the pattern display device 51 until the stop.

In addition, in the present embodiment, the round notification control unit changes the control states of the first notification unit and the second notification unit based on the process from the start of the variable display on the pattern display device 51 until the stop. However, for example, the control states of the first notification unit and the second notification unit may be switched by having the player operate a button or the like during the demonstration display. In short, the round notification control section should switch the control states of the first notification section and the second notification section based on a predetermined condition.

Here, as described above, when the winning lottery results in "jackpot winning" and the allocation result in the allocation lottery becomes "most advantageous result" or "expressly small round high probability result", the game state Since the mode shifts to the high probability mode and the high frequency support mode, after that, before 100 game rounds are completed, if a "jackpot win" is won again in the winning lottery, the distribution result will always be "Round apportionment most advantageous result" is obtained, and the game state shifts to the high probability mode again, and also shifts to the high frequency support mode. In other words, the gaming state loops through the high probability mode and the high frequency support mode.

On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the super reach expectation degree selection process is a round game based on the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37 as a trigger. When the number of times is small, it is easier to select the first expected performance than the second expected performance, and the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37 as a trigger. When the number of round games based on is large, it is set so that it is easier to select the second expected effect than the first expected effect. Therefore, the player expects that he or she will win the jackpot quickly in the winning lottery before completing 100 game rounds, and will win the jackpot not through the first expectation performance but through the second expectation performance. It will also have the expectation that you want it to be. In addition, even if the first expected effect results in a "jackpot winning", if the second development is selected in the super reach development selection process, the descending order extinguishing effect with a small number of executions (number of pinches) Since the processing will be executed, the player can see the progress of the first expected effect in anticipation of the second development. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can provide the player with new gameplay.

It should be noted that, as described above, when configured to execute only the ascending turn-off effect process, the round notification effect determination process and the round notification effect execution process are the second in the expectation degree selection process of super reach. When the expected effect is selected, the number of execution times for repeatedly executing the determination by the ascending turn-off determining unit is set so as to be more advantageous than when the first expected effect is selected in the expectation degree selection process of super reach. By doing so (specifically, by setting a large number of times of execution), the control states of the first notification unit and the second notification unit may be switched.

Further, when configured to execute only the descending order extinguishing effect process, the round notification effect determination process and the round notification effect execution process are performed by selecting the second expected effect in the super ready-to-win expectation level selection process. In this case, by setting the number of executions for repeatedly executing the determination by the descending turn-off determination unit so as to be more advantageous than when the first expected effect is selected in the expectation degree selection process of super reach (specifically In practice, the control states of the first notification unit and the second notification unit should be switched by setting the number of times of execution to be small.

According to this, in the super ready-to-win expectation degree selection process, when the number of round games is small, it is easier to select the first expected effect than the second expected effect, and when the number of round games is large, , the second expected effect is set to be easier to select than the first expected effect, so that the player has a high level of expectation for the expected effect selected in the expectation level selection process for super reach. Will pay more attention. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

<About the flow of round notification production based on low-expectation super reach>
FIG. 62 is a diagram showing the flow up to the round notification effect based on the low-expectation super reach. In other words, FIG. 62 is a diagram showing the flow up to the round notification effect when low-expectation super-reach is selected in the super-reach expectation degree selection processing in step S1903.
In the example of FIG. 62, the win/fail result is "big hit win", and the distribution result is "most advantageous round distribution result".

Specifically, FIGS. 62(A) to (C) are diagrams showing a state in which a jackpot has been won through the low-expectation super reach progressed in the first development, and FIG. 62(D) to (F) is a diagram showing a state in which a jackpot is won after a low-expectation super-reach progressed in the second development. 62 shows the display screen G of the pattern display device 51. As shown in FIG.

First, based on the pattern command received from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 starts to variably display a plurality of symbol rows Z1 to Z3 (see FIG. 3) displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, thereby realizing a high-speed display. Transition to a variable period. During this high-speed fluctuation period, the MPU 102 periodically scrolls the symbols in each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a predetermined direction (upward in this embodiment) to start the variable display of symbols.
After the high-speed fluctuation period has passed, the MPU 102 stops and displays some of the symbol rows (symbol row Z1 and symbol row Z3) on the activated line L (see FIG. 3), so that the same combination of symbols (this embodiment Then, "7") is displayed to suggest a stop result, and in that state, the remaining symbol row (symbol row Z2) is variably displayed to generate a ready-to-win display and shift to a normal ready-to-win period.

After the normal reach period has elapsed, the MPU 102 reduces the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 based on the super reach generation command transmitted from the MPU 92, and displays predetermined characters and the like as moving images on substantially the entire display screen G. By doing so, you will enter the Super Reach period. In this super reach period, the MPU 102 reduces the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 and arranges them in the lower left position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and is present on the right side of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. Advance a low-expectation super reach by pitting the angels against the demons on the left.

Here, when the first development super reach is selected in the super reach development selection process of step S1905, the MPU 102 displays the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 as shown in FIG. When the angel on the right and the devil on the left fight, the angel attacks the devil by emitting a beam of light.
In addition, when the second development super reach is selected in the super reach development selection process of step S1905, the MPU 102 displays the right side of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 as shown in FIG. 62(D). When making the angel existing on the left fight with the devil existing on the left side, the angel attacks the devil by causing the angel to radiate a ray that is thicker than the ray emitted by the angel in the first development.

After the super reach period has elapsed, the MPU 102 notifies the player of the result of the lottery according to whether the angel wins the contest, as shown in FIGS. 62(B) and (E). Specifically, the MPU 102 notifies the player that the win/loss result is a "big win" by causing the angel to win when the variable display of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 is stopped.

After the MPU 102 notifies the player of the result of the lottery, the MPU 102 generates a round notification effect when receiving a round notification effect generation command from the MPU 92 . Specifically, as shown in FIGS. 62(C) and 62(F), the MPU 92 rotates the rotation mechanism 562 counterclockwise by the round notification accessory drive unit 57, so that the pattern display device 51 The base 561 is exposed in front of the display screen G of . Also, the MPU 92 turns on all of the 4-round lamp portion 561a, the 8-round lamp portion 561b, and the 16-round lamp portion 561c to initialize them.

In addition, when the MPU 102 receives a chance number notification command from the MPU 92 (when a jackpot is won through the super reach of the first development), the angel present on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 By notifying the value of the round variation counter RVC, the player is notified of the occurrence of the round notification effect. In addition, in the example of FIG. 62(C), since the jackpot has been won through a low-expectation super reach, the angel suggests that the value of the round variation counter RVC is 1, and the number of chances is 1. I am notifying you that it is time.

On the other hand, when the MPU 102 receives the pinch number notification command from the MPU 92 (when the jackpot is won through the super reach of the second development), the MPU 102 exists on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. The player is notified of the occurrence of the round notification performance by having the demon present notify the value of the round variation counter RVC. In the example of FIG. 62(F), since the jackpot is won after the low-expectation super reach, the devil suggests that the value of the round variation counter RVC is 1, and the number of pinches is 1. I am notifying you that it is time.

FIG. 63 is a diagram showing the flow of the round notification effect based on the low-expectation super-reach progressed in the first development.
Specifically, FIGS. 63A and 63B show a state in which an ascending turn-off failure notification effect has occurred, and FIG. 63C shows a state in which an ascending round confirmation effect has occurred. FIG. 63(D) is a diagram showing a state in which a round promotion effect has occurred, and FIG. 63(E) is a diagram showing a state in which an ascending round confirmation effect has occurred after the round promotion effect has occurred. . 63 is a diagram showing the display screen G of the pattern display device 51. As shown in FIG.

After notifying the player of the occurrence of the round notification effect, the MPU 102 generates an ascending order light-off success notification effect (effect of displaying the angel's words "success") when receiving an ascending order light-off success notification command from the MPU 92. - 特許庁. Further, when the MPU 102 receives an ascending turn-off failure notification command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 generates an ascending turn-off failure notification effect (effect of displaying an angel's line "failure"). Here, the MPU 102 receives the ascending turn-off success notification command or the ascending turn-off failure notification command of the number of chances (the value of the round variation counter RVC), and each time, performs the ascending turn-off success notification effect or the ascending turn-off failure notification effect. generate. Incidentally, FIGS. 63A and 63B are diagrams showing a state in which the ascending turn-off failure notification effect has occurred, as described above.

When the MPU 102 receives an ascending round confirmation effect generation command from the MPU 92 after generating the ascending turn-off success notification effect or the ascending turn-off failure notification effect of the number of chances, the MPU 102 performs the ascending round as shown in FIG. 63(C). Generate a fixed performance.
In this example, since the jackpot has been won after the low-expectation super-reach progressed in the first development, the number of chances is one, and after the MPU 102 generates the round notification effect, the MPU 92 Since the ascending turn-off failure notification command is received and the ascending turn-off failure notification effect is generated, the 4-round lamp portion 561a, the 8-round lamp portion 561b, and the 16-round lamp portion 561c are all turned on.

In the ascending order round finalization effect, the MPU 92 maintains lighting of the lamp portion with the smallest number of rounds among the 4 round lamp portions 561a, 8 round lamp portions 561b, and 16 round lamp portions 561c being lit, and Since the lamp portions are turned off, the 4th round lamp portion 561a is kept on, and the 8th round lamp portion 561b and the 16th round lamp portion 561c are turned off. Then, the MPU 102 distributes the number of rounds by notifying the angel existing on the display screen G of the pattern display device 51 that the number of rounds is 4 rounds based on the ascending round confirmation effect generation command received from the MPU 92 . The result informs the player that it was the "fourth round best result".

On the other hand, when the MPU 102 receives the round promotion effect generation command from the MPU 92 after generating the lighting success notification effect in ascending order of the number of chances or the failure notification effect in ascending order of the number of chances, as shown in FIG. , to generate a round promotion effect.
In this example, since the jackpot has been won after the low-expectation super-reach progressed in the first development, the number of chances is one, and after the MPU 102 generates the round notification effect, the MPU 92 Since the ascending turn-off failure notification command is received and the ascending turn-off failure notification effect is generated, the 4-round lamp portion 561a, the 8-round lamp portion 561b, and the 16-round lamp portion 561c are all turned on.

In the round promotion effect generating process, when the game result determined in step S1314 is "best result in 8th round", the MPU 92 turns off the 4th round lamp section 561a, and the game result determined in step S1314 is In the case of the "16th round best result", the 4th round lamp portion 561a and the 8th round lamp portion 561b are turned off. Then, the MPU 102 notifies the angel present on the display screen G of the pattern display device 51 of the promotion of the number of rounds.

Thereafter, when the MPU 102 receives an ascending round finalization effect generation command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 generates an ascending round finalization effect as shown in FIG. 63(E).

In this example, the 16th round lamp portion 561c is kept on and the 4th round lamp portion 561a and the 8th round lamp portion 561b are turned off by generating the round promotion effect. In other words, the game result determined in step S1314 is "16 rounds most advantageous result".

In the ascending order round finalization effect, the MPU 92 maintains lighting of the lamp portion with the smallest number of rounds among the 4 round lamp portions 561a, 8 round lamp portions 561b, and 16 round lamp portions 561c being lit, and Since the lamp section is turned off, the lighting of the 16 round lamp section 561c is maintained. Then, the MPU 102 distributes the number of rounds by notifying the angel existing on the display screen G of the pattern display device 51 that the number of rounds is 16 rounds, based on the ascending round finalization effect generation command received from the MPU 92 . The result informs the player that it was the "16 Round Most Favorable Result".

FIG. 64 is a diagram showing the flow of the round notification effect based on the low-expectation super-reach progressed in the second development.
Specifically, FIGS. 64A and 64B are diagrams showing a state in which a descending turn-off success notification effect has occurred, and FIG. 64C is a diagram showing a state in which a descending round confirmation effect has occurred. be. FIGS. 64A and 64D are diagrams showing a state in which a descending turn-off failure notification effect has occurred, and FIG. 64E is a diagram showing a state in which a descending round confirmation effect has occurred. 64 is a diagram showing the display screen G of the pattern display device 51. As shown in FIG.

After notifying the player of the generation of the round notification effect, the MPU 102 generates a descending order light-off success notification effect (effect of displaying the devil's line "success") when receiving a descending order light-off success notification command from the MPU 92. - 特許庁. Further, when the MPU 102 receives a descending turn-off failure notification command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 generates a descending turn-off failure notification effect (effect of displaying the devil's line "Failed"). Here, the MPU 102 receives the descending turn-off success notification command or the descending turn-off failure notification command of the number of pinches (the value of the round variation counter RVC), and each time, the descending turn-off success notification effect or the descending turn-off failure notification effect is displayed. generate.
64(A) and (B) are diagrams showing the state in which the descending order extinguishing success notification effect has occurred, as described above, and FIGS. It is a figure which shows the state which the lights-out failure information production|presentation generate|occur|produced.

When the MPU 102 receives a descending order round confirmation effect generation command from the MPU 92 after generating the descending order turn-off success notification effect or the descending turn-off failure notification effect of the number of pinches, as shown in FIGS. , a descending order round confirmation effect is generated.

In the example of FIGS. 64(A) and (B), since the jackpot is won after the low-expectation super-reach progressed in the second development, the number of pinches is 1, and the MPU 102 notifies the round. After the effect is generated, the descending order extinguishing success notification command is received from the MPU 92 and the descending order extinguishing success notification effect is generated, so the 4th round lamp portion 561a lights up, the 8th round lamp portion 561b and the 16th round lamp portion 561c. is turned off.

In this example, although the number of pinches is one, the 8-round lamp portion 561b and the 16-round lamp portion 561c are turned off at the same time. This indicates that the 8-round lamp section 561b and the 16-round lamp section 561c have been turned off by executing the final turn-off process of step S2315 in the MPU 92.

In the descending round finalization effect, the MPU 92 maintains lighting of the lamp portion with the largest number of rounds among the 4-round lamp portion 561a, the 8-round lamp portion 561b, and the 16-round lamp portion 561c being lit, and Since the lamp portions are turned off, the 4th round lamp portion 561a is kept on, and the 8th round lamp portion 561b and the 16th round lamp portion 561c are turned off. Then, as shown in FIG. 64(C), the MPU 102, based on the descending round final effect generation command received from the MPU 92, the number of rounds for the devil present on the display screen G of the pattern display device 51 is 4 rounds. By notifying that there is something, the player is notified that the sorting result was "4th round most advantageous result".

On the other hand, in the examples of FIGS. 64A and 64D, the jackpot is won after the low-expectation super-reach progressed in the second development, so the number of pinches is one, After generating the round notification effect, the MPU 102 receives the descending turn-off failure notification command from the MPU 92 and generates the descending turn-off failure notification effect. All of the lamp portions 561c are in a lighting state.

In the descending round finalization effect, the MPU 92 maintains lighting of the lamp portion with the largest number of rounds among the 4-round lamp portion 561a, the 8-round lamp portion 561b, and the 16-round lamp portion 561c being lit, and Since the lamp portions are turned off, the 16-round lamp portion 561a is kept turned on, and the 4-round lamp portion 561b and the 8-round lamp portion 561c are turned off. Then, as shown in FIG. 64(E), the MPU 102, based on the descending order round final effect generation command received from the MPU 92, determines that the demon present on the display screen G of the pattern display device 51 has 16 rounds. By notifying that there is something, the player is informed that the sorting result was "16 rounds with the most favorable result".

<About the flow of round notification production based on medium-expected super reach>
FIG. 65 is a diagram showing the flow up to the round notification effect based on the medium expected super reach. In other words, FIG. 65 is a diagram showing the flow up to the round notification effect in the case where the medium expectation degree of super reach is selected in the expectation degree selection processing of the super reach in step S1903.
In the example of FIG. 65, the win/fail result is "big win winning" and the distribution result is "round distribution most advantageous result".

Specifically, FIGS. 65A to 65C are diagrams showing a state in which a jackpot is won after super reach with medium expectations in the first development, and FIGS. 65D to 65F ) is a diagram showing a state in which a jackpot is won through a super reach with a medium expectation level in the second development. 65 is a diagram showing the display screen G of the pattern display device 51. As shown in FIG.

First, based on the pattern command received from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 starts to variably display a plurality of symbol rows Z1 to Z3 (see FIG. 3) displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, thereby realizing a high-speed display. Transition to a variable period. During this high-speed fluctuation period, the MPU 102 periodically scrolls the symbols in each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a predetermined direction (upward in this embodiment) to start the variable display of symbols.
After the high-speed fluctuation period has passed, the MPU 102 stops and displays some of the symbol rows (symbol row Z1 and symbol row Z3) on the activated line L (see FIG. 3), so that the same combination of symbols (this embodiment Then, "7") is displayed to suggest a stop result, and in that state, the remaining symbol row (symbol row Z2) is variably displayed to generate a ready-to-win display and shift to a normal ready-to-win period.

After the normal reach period has elapsed, the MPU 102 reduces the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 based on the super reach generation command transmitted from the MPU 92, and displays predetermined characters and the like as moving images on substantially the entire display screen G. By doing so, you will enter the Super Reach period. In this super reach period, the MPU 102 reduces the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 and arranges them at the lower left position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and is present on the left side of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. Advance a medium-strength super reach by moving the angel towards the right.

Here, when the first development super reach is selected in the super reach development selection process of step S1905, the MPU 102 displays the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 as shown in FIG. Leave a stone on the road when moving the angel existing on the left toward the right.
In addition, when the second development super reach is selected in the super reach development selection process of step S1905, the MPU 102 displays the left side of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 as shown in FIG. 65(D). Leave the wings on the road when moving the angels present in to the right.

After the super reach period has elapsed, the MPU 102 notifies the player of the result of the lottery according to whether or not the angel has found the treasure box, as shown in FIGS. 65(B) and (E). Specifically, the MPU 102 notifies the player that the win/loss result is a "big win" by causing an angel to find a treasure box when stopping the variable display of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3.

After the MPU 102 notifies the player of the result of the lottery, the MPU 102 generates a round notification effect when receiving a round notification effect generation command from the MPU 92 . Specifically, as shown in FIGS. 65(C) and 65(F), the MPU 92 rotates the rotation mechanism 562 counterclockwise by the round notification accessory drive unit 57 to rotate the symbol display device 51. The base 561 is exposed in front of the display screen G of . Also, the MPU 92 turns on all of the 4-round lamp portion 561a, the 8-round lamp portion 561b, and the 16-round lamp portion 561c to initialize them.

In addition, when the MPU 102 receives a chance number notification command from the MPU 92 (when a jackpot is won through the super reach of the first development), the angel present on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 By notifying the value of the round variation counter RVC, the player is notified of the occurrence of the round notification effect. In addition, in the example of FIG. 65(C), since the jackpot has been won after the middle expectation super reach, the angel suggests that the value of the round variation counter RVC is 2, and the number of chances is 2. I am notifying you that it is time.

On the other hand, when the MPU 102 receives the pinch number notification command from the MPU 92 (when the jackpot is won through the super reach of the second development), the MPU 102 exists on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. The player is notified of the occurrence of the round notification performance by having the demon present notify the value of the round variation counter RVC. In the example of FIG. 65(F), the jackpot has been won after the medium-expected super reach. I am notifying you that it is time.

FIG. 66 is a diagram showing the flow of the round notification effect based on the medium-expected super reach progressed in the first development.
Specifically, FIGS. 66A and 66B are diagrams showing a state in which an ascending turn-off success notification effect has occurred, and FIG. 66C is a diagram showing a state in which the number of chances has been notified for the second time. 66(D) and (E) are diagrams showing a state in which the ascending turn-off failure notification effect has occurred, and FIG. 66(F) is a diagram showing a state in which the ascending round confirmation effect has occurred. 66 shows the display screen G of the pattern display device 51. As shown in FIG.

After notifying the player of the occurrence of the round notification effect, the MPU 102 generates an ascending order light-off success notification effect (effect of displaying the angel's words "success") when receiving an ascending order light-off success notification command from the MPU 92. - 特許庁. Further, when the MPU 102 receives an ascending turn-off failure notification command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 generates an ascending turn-off failure notification effect (effect of displaying an angel's line "failure"). Here, the MPU 102 receives the ascending turn-off success notification command or the ascending turn-off failure notification command of the number of chances (the value of the round variation counter RVC), and each time, performs the ascending turn-off success notification effect or the ascending turn-off failure notification effect. generate. Incidentally, FIGS. 66A and 66B are diagrams showing a state in which the ascending turn-off success notification effect has occurred, as described above.

Next, when the MPU 102 receives the second chance number notification command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 notifies the angel existing on the display screen G of the pattern display device 51 of the value of the round variation counter RVC, thereby making the round To notify a player of the occurrence of a notification performance. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 66(C), the angel notifies that the number of chances is 1, suggesting that the value of the round variation counter RVC is 1.

Thereafter, when the MPU 102 receives an ascending turn-off success notification command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 generates an ascending turn-off success notification effect. Further, when the MPU 102 receives an ascending turn-off failure notification command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 generates an ascending turn-off failure notification effect. Incidentally, FIGS. 66D and 66E are diagrams showing a state in which the ascending turn-off failure notification effect has occurred, as described above.

After the MPU 102 generates the ascending turn-off success notification effect or the ascending turn-off failure notification effect for the number of chances, when it receives an ascending round confirmation effect generation command from the MPU 92, as shown in FIG. Generate a fixed performance.
In this example, since the jackpot has been won after the medium-expectation super reach progressed in the first development, the number of chances is two, and the MPU 102 generates the round notification effect, and then the MPU 92 Since the ascending turn-off success notification command and ascending turn-off failure command are received and the ascending turn-off success notification effect and the ascending turn-off failure notification effect are generated once each, the 4-round lamp portion 561a is turned off, the 8-round lamp portion 561b and The 16-round lamp portion 561c is in a lighting state.

In the ascending order round finalization effect, the MPU 92 maintains lighting of the lamp portion with the smallest number of rounds among the 4 round lamp portions 561a, 8 round lamp portions 561b, and 16 round lamp portions 561c being lit, and Since the lamp portion is turned off, the 8th round lamp portion 561b is kept turned on, and the 16th round lamp portion 561c is turned off. Then, the MPU 102 distributes the number of rounds by notifying the angel existing on the display screen G of the pattern display device 51 that the number of rounds is 8 rounds, based on the ascending round confirmation effect generation command received from the MPU 92 . The result informs the player that it was the "best result for 8 rounds".

The MPU 102 generates the round promotion performance when receiving a round promotion performance generation command from the MPU 92 after generating the ascending turn-off success notification performance or the ascending turn-off failure notification performance of the number of chances (not shown).
In this example, since the jackpot has been won after the medium-expectation super reach progressed in the first development, the number of chances is two, and the MPU 102 generates the round notification effect, and then the MPU 92 Since the ascending turn-off success notification command and ascending turn-off failure command are received and the ascending turn-off success notification effect and the ascending turn-off failure notification effect are generated once each, the 4-round lamp portion 561a is turned off, the 8-round lamp portion 561b and The 16-round lamp portion 561c is in a lighting state.

In the round promotion effect generating process, the MPU 92 turns off the 8 round lamp section 561b when the game result determined in step S1314 is "16 round most advantageous result". Then, the MPU 102 notifies the angel present on the display screen G of the pattern display device 51 of the promotion of the number of rounds.

After that, when the MPU 102 receives an ascending round confirmation effect generation command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 generates an ascending round confirmation effect.
In this example, the 16th round lamp portion 561c is kept on and the 4th round lamp portion 561a and the 8th round lamp portion 561b are turned off by generating the round promotion effect. In other words, the game result determined in step S1314 is the "16 round most advantageous result".

In the ascending order round finalization effect, the MPU 92 maintains lighting of the lamp portion with the smallest number of rounds among the 4 round lamp portions 561a, 8 round lamp portions 561b, and 16 round lamp portions 561c being lit, and Since the lamp section is turned off, the lighting of the 16 round lamp section 561c is maintained. Then, the MPU 102 distributes the number of rounds by notifying the angel existing on the display screen G of the pattern display device 51 that the number of rounds is 16 rounds, based on the ascending round finalization effect generation command received from the MPU 92 . The result informs the player that it was the "16 Round Most Favorable Result".

FIG. 67 is a diagram showing the flow of the round notification effect based on the medium-expected super reach progressed in the second development.
Specifically, FIGS. 67A and 67B are diagrams showing a state in which the descending turn-off success notification effect has occurred, and FIG. 67C is a diagram showing a state in which the number of times of pinching has been notified for the second time. 67(D) and (E) are diagrams showing a state in which a descending order turn-off failure notification effect has occurred, and FIG. 67(F) is a diagram showing a state in which a descending order round confirmation effect has occurred. 67 shows the display screen G of the pattern display device 51. As shown in FIG.

After notifying the player of the generation of the round notification effect, the MPU 102 generates a descending order light-off success notification effect (effect of displaying the devil's line "success") when receiving a descending order light-off success notification command from the MPU 92. - 特許庁. Further, when the MPU 102 receives a descending turn-off failure notification command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 generates a descending turn-off failure notification effect (effect of displaying the devil's line "failure"). Here, the MPU 102 receives the descending turn-off success notification command or the descending turn-off failure notification command of the number of pinches (the value of the round variation counter RVC), and each time, the descending turn-off success notification effect or the descending turn-off failure notification effect is displayed. generate.
Note that FIGS. 67A and 67B are diagrams showing a state in which the descending order extinguishing success notification effect has occurred, as described above.

Next, when the MPU 102 receives the second pinch count notification command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 causes the devil existing on the display screen G of the pattern display device 51 to notify the value of the round variation counter RVC, thereby increasing the number of rounds. To notify a player of the occurrence of a notification performance. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 67(C), the devil notifies that the number of pinches is 1, suggesting that the value of the round variation counter RVC is 1.

Thereafter, when the MPU 102 receives a descending order extinguishing success notification command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 generates a descending order extinguishing success notification effect. Further, when the MPU 102 receives a descending turn-off failure notification command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 generates a descending turn-off failure notification effect. Incidentally, FIGS. 67(D) and (E) are diagrams showing the state in which the descending turn-off failure notification effect has occurred, as described above.

When the MPU 102 receives a descending round confirmation effect generation command from the MPU 92 after generating a descending turn-off success notification effect or a descending turn-off failure notification effect for the number of pinches, the MPU 102 performs a descending round as shown in FIG. 67(F). Generate a fixed performance.
In this example, since the jackpot has been won after the medium-expectation super reach progressed in the second development, the number of pinches is two, and the MPU 102 generates the round notification effect, and then the MPU 92 Since the descending turn-off success notification command and the descending turn-off failure command are received and the descending turn-off success notification effect and the descending turn-off failure notification effect are generated once each, the 4-round lamp portion 561a and the 8-round lamp portion 561b light up, The 16-round lamp portion 561c is in an extinguished state.

In the descending round finalization effect, the MPU 92 maintains lighting of the lamp portion with the largest number of rounds among the 4-round lamp portion 561a, the 8-round lamp portion 561b, and the 16-round lamp portion 561c being lit, and Since the lamp portion is turned off, the 8-round lamp portion 561b is kept on and the 4-round lamp portion 561a is turned off. Then, the MPU 102 distributes the number of rounds by notifying the angel existing on the display screen G of the pattern display device 51 that the number of rounds is 8 rounds based on the descending order round finalization effect generation command received from the MPU 92 . The result informs the player that it was the "best result for 8 rounds".

<About the flow of round notification production based on the highly anticipated super reach>
FIG. 68 is a diagram showing the flow up to the round notification effect based on the highly anticipated super reach. In other words, FIG. 68 is a diagram showing the flow up to the round notification effect when high-expectation super-reach is selected in the super-reach expectation level selection processing in step S1903.
In the example of FIG. 68, the win/fail result is "big hit winning" and the distribution result is "round distribution most advantageous result".

Specifically, FIGS. 68(A) to (C) are diagrams showing a state in which a jackpot has been won through a high-expectation super reach progressed in the first development, and FIGS. (F) is a diagram showing a state in which a jackpot is won after a high-expectation super-reach progressed in the second development. 68 is a diagram showing the display screen G of the pattern display device 51. As shown in FIG.

First, based on the pattern command received from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 starts to variably display a plurality of symbol rows Z1 to Z3 (see FIG. 3) displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, thereby realizing a high-speed display. Transition to a variable period. During this high-speed fluctuation period, the MPU 102 periodically scrolls the symbols in each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a predetermined direction (upward in this embodiment) to start the variable display of symbols.
After the high-speed fluctuation period has passed, the MPU 102 stops and displays some of the symbol rows (symbol row Z1 and symbol row Z3) on the activated line L (see FIG. 3), so that the same combination of symbols (this embodiment Then, "7") is displayed to suggest a stop result, and in that state, the remaining symbol row (symbol row Z2) is variably displayed to generate a ready-to-win display and shift to a normal ready-to-win period.

After the normal reach period has elapsed, the MPU 102 reduces the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 based on the super reach generation command transmitted from the MPU 92, and displays predetermined characters and the like as moving images on substantially the entire display screen G. By doing so, you will enter the Super Reach period. In this super reach period, the MPU 102 reduces the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 and arranges them in the lower left position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and exists in the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. Advance the highly anticipated Super Reach by letting the angel open the treasure chest.

Here, when the first development super reach is selected in the super reach development selection process of step S1905, the MPU 102 displays the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 as shown in FIG. When you let the angel in the center open the treasure chest, make a bird appear from the treasure chest.
In addition, when the second development super reach is selected in the super reach development selection process of step S1905, the MPU 102 displays the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 as shown in FIG. When you have an angel in the world open the treasure chest, don't let anything appear from the treasure chest.

After the super reach period has elapsed, the MPU 102 notifies the player of the result of the lottery according to whether or not the treasure box contains a treasure, as shown in FIGS. 68(B) and (E). Specifically, the MPU 102 notifies the player that the win/loss result was a "jackpot win" by causing an angel to find a treasure box containing a treasure when stopping the variable display of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3. do.

After the MPU 102 notifies the player of the result of the lottery, the MPU 102 generates a round notification effect when receiving a round notification effect generation command from the MPU 92 . Specifically, as shown in FIGS. 68(C) and (F), the MPU 92 rotates the rotation mechanism 562 counterclockwise by the round notification accessory drive unit 57 to rotate the symbol display device 51. The base 561 is exposed in front of the display screen G of . Also, the MPU 92 turns on all of the 4-round lamp portion 561a, the 8-round lamp portion 561b, and the 16-round lamp portion 561c to initialize them.

In addition, when the MPU 102 receives a chance number notification command from the MPU 92 (when a jackpot is won through the super reach of the first development), the angel present on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 By notifying the value of the round variation counter RVC, the player is notified of the occurrence of the round notification effect. In addition, in the example of FIG. 68(C), since the jackpot has been won through the high-expectation super reach, the angel suggests that the value of the round variation counter RVC is 3, and the number of chances is 3. I am notifying you that it is time.

On the other hand, when the MPU 102 receives the pinch number notification command from the MPU 92 (when the jackpot is won through the super reach of the second development), the MPU 102 exists on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. The player is notified of the occurrence of the round notification performance by having the demon present notify the value of the round variation counter RVC. In the example of FIG. 68(F), since the jackpot is won after the highly anticipated super reach, the devil suggests that the value of the round variation counter RVC is 3, and the number of pinches is 3. I am notifying you that it is time.

FIG. 69 is a diagram showing the flow of the round notification effect based on the high-expectation super-reach progressed in the first development.
Specifically, FIGS. 69A and 69B are diagrams showing a state in which an ascending turn-off success notification effect has occurred, and FIG. 69C is a diagram showing a state in which the number of chances has been notified for the second time. 69(D) and (E) are diagrams showing a state in which the ascending turn-off success notification effect is generated, and FIG. 69(F) is a diagram showing a state in which the ascending round confirmation effect is generated. 69 is a diagram showing the display screen G of the pattern display device 51. As shown in FIG.

After notifying the player of the occurrence of the round notification effect, the MPU 102 generates an ascending order light-off success notification effect (effect of displaying the angel's words "success") when receiving an ascending order light-off success notification command from the MPU 92. - 特許庁. Further, when the MPU 102 receives an ascending turn-off failure notification command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 generates an ascending turn-off failure notification effect (effect of displaying an angel's line "failure"). Here, the MPU 102 receives the ascending turn-off success notification command or the ascending turn-off failure notification command of the number of chances (the value of the round variation counter RVC), and each time, performs the ascending turn-off success notification effect or the ascending turn-off failure notification effect. generate. Incidentally, FIGS. 69A and 69B are diagrams showing a state in which the ascending turn-off success notification effect is generated as described above.

Next, when the MPU 102 receives the second chance number notification command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 notifies the angel existing on the display screen G of the pattern display device 51 of the value of the round variation counter RVC, thereby making the round To notify a player of the occurrence of a notification performance. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 69(C), the angel notifies that the number of chances is two, suggesting that the value of the round variation counter RVC is two.

Thereafter, when the MPU 102 receives an ascending turn-off success notification command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 generates an ascending turn-off success notification effect. Further, when the MPU 102 receives an ascending turn-off failure notification command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 generates an ascending turn-off failure notification effect. Incidentally, FIGS. 69D and 69E are diagrams showing the state in which the ascending order extinguishing success notification effect has occurred, as described above.

Then, when the MPU 102 receives an ascending round finalization effect generation command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 generates an ascending round finalization effect as shown in FIG. 69(F).

In this example, since the jackpot has been won after the high-expectation super reach progressed in the first development, the number of chances is three, and the MPU 102 generates the round notification effect, and then the MPU 92 Since two ascending turn-off success notification commands are received and two ascending turn-off success notification effects are generated, the 4-round lamp portion 561a and the 8-round lamp portion 561b are turned off, and the 16-round lamp portion 561c is turned on. state. Therefore, in this example, the third chance number is not notified.

In the ascending order round finalization effect, the MPU 92 maintains lighting of the lamp portion with the smallest number of rounds among the 4 round lamp portions 561a, 8 round lamp portions 561b, and 16 round lamp portions 561c being lit, and Since the lamp portions are turned off, the 16-round lamp portion 561c is kept turned on, and the 4-round lamp portion 561a and the 8-round lamp portion 561b are turned off. Then, the MPU 102 distributes the number of rounds by notifying the angel existing on the display screen G of the pattern display device 51 that the number of rounds is 16 rounds, based on the ascending round finalization effect generation command received from the MPU 92 . The result informs the player that it was the "16 Round Most Favorable Result".

FIG. 70 is a diagram showing the flow of the round notification effect based on the high-expectation super-reach progressed in the second development.
Specifically, FIGS. 70A and 70B are diagrams showing a state in which the descending turn-off success notification effect has occurred, and FIG. 70C is a diagram showing a state in which the number of pinches has been notified for the second time. 70(D) and (E) are diagrams showing a state in which a descending turn-off success notification effect has occurred, and FIG. 70(F) is a diagram showing a state in which a descending round confirmation effect has occurred. 70 is a diagram showing the display screen G of the pattern display device 51. As shown in FIG.

After notifying the player of the generation of the round notification effect, the MPU 102 generates a descending order light-off success notification effect (effect of displaying the devil's line "success") when receiving a descending order light-off success notification command from the MPU 92. - 特許庁. Further, when the MPU 102 receives a descending turn-off failure notification command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 generates a descending turn-off failure notification effect (effect of displaying the devil's line "Failed"). Here, the MPU 102 receives the descending turn-off success notification command or the descending turn-off failure notification command of the number of pinches (the value of the round variation counter RVC), and each time, the descending turn-off success notification effect or the descending turn-off failure notification effect is displayed. generate.
It should be noted that FIGS. 70A and 70B are diagrams showing a state in which the descending order extinguishing success notification effect has occurred, as described above.

Next, when the MPU 102 receives the second pinch count notification command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 causes the devil existing on the display screen G of the pattern display device 51 to notify the value of the round variation counter RVC, thereby increasing the number of rounds. To notify a player of the occurrence of a notification performance. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 70(C), the devil notifies that the number of pinches is two, suggesting that the value of the round variation counter RVC is two.

Thereafter, when the MPU 102 receives a descending order extinguishing success notification command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 generates a descending order extinguishing success notification effect. Further, when the MPU 102 receives a descending turn-off failure notification command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 generates a descending turn-off failure notification effect. Incidentally, FIGS. 70(D) and (E) are diagrams showing a state in which the descending order extinguishing success notification effect has occurred, as described above.

Then, when the MPU 102 receives the descending round finalization effect generation command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 generates the descending round finalization effect as shown in FIG. 70(F).
In this example, since the jackpot has been won after the high-expectation super reach progressed in the second development, the number of pinches is 3, and the MPU 102 generates the round notification effect, and then the MPU 92 Since two descending turn-off success notification commands are received and two descending turn-off success notification effects are generated, the 8-round lamp portion 561b and the 16-round lamp portion 561c are turned off, and the 4-round lamp portion 561a is turned on. state. Therefore, in this example, the third pinch count is not reported.

In the descending round finalization effect, the MPU 92 maintains lighting of the lamp portion with the largest number of rounds among the 4-round lamp portion 561a, the 8-round lamp portion 561b, and the 16-round lamp portion 561c being lit, and the other lamp portions. Since the lamp portions are turned off, the 4th round lamp portion 561a is kept on, and the 8th round lamp portion 561b and the 16th round lamp portion 561c are turned off. Then, the MPU 102, based on the descending order round finalization effect generation command received from the MPU 92, causes the devil present on the display screen G of the pattern display device 51 to notify that the number of rounds is 4, thereby sorting the demons. The result informs the player that it was the "fourth round best result".

<Regarding the flow of round notification effects based on normal reach>
FIG. 71 is a diagram showing the flow of round notification effect based on normal reach. In other words, FIG. 71 is a diagram showing the flow of the round notification effect when the expectation level of super reach is not selected in the expectation level selection process of super reach in step S1903 (when super reach does not occur). is.
In the example of FIG. 71, the win/loss result is "big hit" and the distribution result is "best round distribution result".

Specifically, FIG. 71(A) is a diagram showing a state in which a jackpot has been won through a normal reach, and FIG. 71(B) is a diagram showing a state in which an ascending order round confirmation effect has occurred. (C) is a diagram showing a state in which a round promotion effect has occurred, and FIG. 71(D) is a diagram showing a state in which an ascending round confirmation effect has occurred after a round promotion effect has occurred. 71 is a diagram showing the display screen G of the pattern display device 51. As shown in FIG.

First, based on the pattern command received from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 starts to variably display a plurality of symbol rows Z1 to Z3 (see FIG. 3) displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, thereby realizing a high-speed display. Transition to a variable period. During this high-speed fluctuation period, the MPU 102 periodically scrolls the symbols in each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a predetermined direction (upward in this embodiment) to start the variable display of symbols.
After the high-speed fluctuation period has passed, the MPU 102 stops and displays some of the symbol rows (symbol row Z1 and symbol row Z3) on the activated line L (see FIG. 3), so that the same combination of symbols (this embodiment Then, "7") is displayed to suggest a stop result, and in that state, the remaining symbol row (symbol row Z2) is variably displayed to generate a ready-to-win display and shift to a normal ready-to-win period.

After the normal reach period elapses, the MPU 102 finally stops and displays the combination of symbols having the same number as shown in FIG. inform the person.

After the MPU 102 notifies the player of the result of the lottery, the MPU 102 generates a round notification effect when receiving a round notification effect generation command from the MPU 92 . Specifically, the MPU 92 exposes the base 561 in front of the display screen G of the pattern display device 51 by rotating the rotation mechanism 562 counterclockwise with the round notification accessory drive section 57 . Also, the MPU 92 turns on all of the 4-round lamp portion 561a, the 8-round lamp portion 561b, and the 16-round lamp portion 561c to initialize them.

After generating the round notification effect, the MPU 102 generates the ascending round final effect as shown in FIG.
In this example, as described above, all of the 4 round lamp portions 561a, 8 round lamp portions 561b, and 16 round lamp portions 561c are lit.

In the ascending order round finalization effect, the MPU 92 maintains lighting of the lamp portion with the smallest number of rounds among the 4 round lamp portions 561a, 8 round lamp portions 561b, and 16 round lamp portions 561c being lit, and Since the lamp portions are turned off, the 4th round lamp portion 561a is kept on, and the 8th round lamp portion 561b and the 16th round lamp portion 561c are turned off. Then, the MPU 102 distributes the number of rounds by notifying the angel existing on the display screen G of the pattern display device 51 that the number of rounds is 4 rounds based on the ascending round confirmation effect generation command received from the MPU 92 . The result informs the player that it was the "fourth round best result".

On the other hand, after generating the round notification effect, the MPU 102 generates the round promotion effect as shown in FIG.
In this example, as described above, all of the 4 round lamp portions 561a, 8 round lamp portions 561b, and 16 round lamp portions 561c are lit.

In the round promotion effect generating process, when the game result determined in step S1314 is "best result in 8th round", the MPU 92 turns off the 4th round lamp section 561a, and the game result determined in step S1314 is In the case of the "16th round best result", the 4th round lamp portion 561a and the 8th round lamp portion 561b are turned off. Then, the MPU 102 notifies the angel present on the display screen G of the pattern display device 51 of the promotion of the number of rounds.

Thereafter, when the MPU 102 receives an ascending round finalization effect generation command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 generates an ascending round finalization effect as shown in FIG. 71(D).
In this example, the 16th round lamp portion 561c is kept on and the 4th round lamp portion 561a and the 8th round lamp portion 561b are turned off by generating the round promotion effect. In other words, the game result determined in step S1314 is the "16 round most advantageous result".

In the ascending order round finalization effect, the MPU 92 maintains lighting of the lamp portion with the smallest number of rounds among the 4 round lamp portions 561a, 8 round lamp portions 561b, and 16 round lamp portions 561c being lit, and Since the lamp section is turned off, the lighting of the 16 round lamp section 561c is maintained. Then, the MPU 102 distributes the number of rounds by notifying the angel existing on the display screen G of the pattern display device 51 that the number of rounds is 16 rounds, based on the ascending round finalization effect generation command received from the MPU 92 . The result informs the player that it was the "16 Round Most Favorable Result".

According to this embodiment, the following functions and effects can be obtained.
(1) The pachinko machine 10 has a round notification effect determination process and a round notification effect execution process for notifying the player of the number of round games by controlling the first notification unit and the second notification unit. Therefore, the number of round games can be notified to the player using the round notification accessory 56.例文帳に追加In addition, the round notification effect determination process and the round notification effect execution process switch the control states of the first notification unit and the second notification unit based on a predetermined condition, so that the round notification accessory 56 is used. It is possible to diversify the method of informing the player of the number of games played. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the attention of the player to the game.

(2) Round notification effect determination processing and round notification effect execution processing are determined by the ascending order light-out determination unit based on a predetermined condition when switched to the ascending order light-out effect processing in step S2104. By setting the number of times of repeated execution, the control state of the first notification unit and the second notification unit is switched. As the number increases, the player's expectation will be higher. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can increase the attention of the player to the game.

(3) Round notification effect determination processing and round notification effect execution processing, when switched to descending order light-off effect processing in the processing of step S2104, the descending order light-off determination unit determines based on a predetermined condition. Since the control state of the first notification unit and the second notification unit is switched by setting the number of execution times to be repeatedly executed, the number of execution times for executing the determination whether or not to turn off the second notification unit in the descending turn-off determination unit The player's expectation is higher as the number of the player's is smaller. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can increase the attention of the player to the game.

(4) The round notification effect determination process and the round notification effect execution process may set different numbers of times of execution based on the process from the start of the variable display on the symbol display device 51 until the stop. , the control states of the first notification unit and the second notification unit are switched, so the player pays attention to the process from the start of the variable display on the symbol display device 51 until the stop. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the attention of the player to the game.
(5) The round notification effect determination process and the round notification effect execution process are performed by setting different numbers of times of execution based on the type of expected effect selected in the expectation degree selection process of super reach. Since the control states of the notification unit and the second notification unit are switched, the player pays attention to the type of expected effect selected in the expectation degree selection process of super reach. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the attention of the player to the game.

(6) In the super ready-to-win expectation level selection process, when the number of round games is small, it is easier to select the first expected effect than the second expected effect, and when the number of round games is large, the second expected effect is selected. Since the second expected performance is set so that it is easier to select the second expected performance than the first expected performance, the player pays more attention to the high degree of expectation of the expected performance selected in the expectation degree selection processing of super reach. will do. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can increase the attention of the player to the game.

(7) Round notification effect determination processing and round notification effect execution processing include processing in step S2104 for switching between ascending turn-off effect processing and descending turn-off effect processing based on a predetermined condition. 56 can be used to diversify the method of informing the player of the number of round games. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the attention of the player to the game.
(8) The ascending turn-off effect processing notifies the player of the number of round games by turning off a plurality of notification units in order of the number of round games. By extinguishing the plurality of notification units in descending order, the player is notified of the number of round games played, so that the player can easily grasp the notification units that have been rejected. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the attention of the player to the game.

(9) In the round notification effect determination process and the round notification effect execution process, when the second expected effect is selected in the expectation degree selection process of super reach, the second expectation effect is selected in the expectation degree selection process of super reach. The control states of the first notification unit and the second notification unit are switched by setting the number of times of execution to be larger than when one expected effect is selected. According to this, when switching to the ascending turn-off effect processing in the processing of step S2104, the greater the number of executions of determining whether or not to turn off the first notification unit in the ascending turn-off determination unit, the greater the number of executions. Since the player's sense of expectation is high, the player's sense of expectation is higher when the second expected performance is selected than when the first expected performance is selected in the expectation level selection processing of super ready-to-win. It will be. In addition, when switching to the descending order light-off effect processing in the process of step S2104, the less the number of executions for executing the determination of whether or not to turn off the second notification unit in the descending order light-off determination unit, the more the player's Since the sense of expectation is high, the player's sense of expectation is higher when the first expected performance is selected than when the second expected performance is selected in the expectation degree selection processing of super ready-to-win. . In other words, the player's expectation is the result of the type of expectation effect selected in the super ready-to-win expectation level selection process and the result of switching to the ascending turn-off effect process or the descending turn-off effect process by the order switching unit. It will change depending on the combination. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can increase the attention of the player to the game.

(10) The round notification effect determination process and the round notification effect execution process are performed by setting different numbers of times of execution based on the type of expected effect selected in the expectation degree selection process of super reach. The control states of the notification unit and the second notification unit are switched, and the processing in step S2104 switches between the ascending turn-off effect processing and the descending turn-off effect processing based on the development of the expected effect selected in the expectation level selection process of super reach. Therefore, the player's sense of expectation changes according to the combination of the type of expected performance selected in the expectation degree selection process of super reach and the development of the expected performance. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can increase the attention of the player to the game.
(11) The process of step S2104 switches to the ascending turn-off effect process when the first development is selected in the super reach development selection process, and the second development is selected in the super reach development selection process. Since the process is switched to the light-off effect process in descending order, the player can easily comprehend the development of the expected effect. Therefore, after the occurrence of the expected performance, the player watches the progress of the expected performance while expecting a development that is advantageous to the player, out of the first development and the second development. It is possible to improve the degree of attention of the player to the game.

[Fifth embodiment]
A fifth embodiment of the present invention will be described below with reference to the drawings.
In the following description, the same reference numerals are given to the parts that have already been described, and the description thereof will be omitted.

In this embodiment, the sound emission control device 90 and the display control device 100 perform processing different from that in the fourth embodiment. Specifically, in this embodiment, the effect determination process is different from that in the fourth embodiment. The contents of the effect determination process in this embodiment will be described below.

FIG. 72 is a diagram showing a flowchart of effect determination processing according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention.

In the effect determination process, the MPU 92 executes the processes of steps S1301 to S1317 in substantially the same manner as in the fourth embodiment. In this embodiment, the MPU 92 differs from the fourth embodiment in that, as shown in FIG. 72, the processes of steps S1318D and S1319D are executed instead of the processes of steps S1318C and S1319C.

In step S1318D, the MPU 92 executes round notification effect determination processing.
In the round notification effect, when the game result determined in step S1314 is "most advantageous result for round distribution", the game result is "most advantageous result for 4 rounds", "most advantageous result for 8 rounds", and " This is an effect for informing the player which of the 16 rounds is the most advantageous result.

FIG. 73 is a diagram showing the appearance of the round notification accessory used for the round notification effect.
The center frame 52, as shown in FIG. 73, includes a round information accessory 56D and a round information accessory driving section 57D for driving the round information accessory 56D. In addition, the round notification accessory drive unit 57D is connected to the output port of the MPU92.

The round notification accessory 56D includes a base 563 formed in a substantially elliptical disk shape, and a rotation mechanism 564 that supports the base 563 so as to be rotatable about an axis orthogonal to the game board 31 (see FIG. 2). there is
The base 563 is a round lamp that informs the player which of the "most favorable result in 4 rounds", "most favorable result in 8 rounds", and "most favorable result in 16 rounds" is the game result determined in step S1314. A portion 563a and a magnification ramp portion 563b provided on the right side of the round ramp portion 563a.

The round lamp portion 563a is configured by arranging two 7-segment displays on the left and right. The round lamp unit 563a displays "4" when notifying the player that the game result determined in step S1314 is "most favorable result in 4 rounds", and the game result determined in step S1314 is "4". When informing the player that the ``best result in 8 rounds'' is displayed, ``8'' is displayed, and the player is notified that the game result determined in step S1314 is the ``best result in 16 rounds''. "16" is displayed in this case.
The magnification lamp portion 563b includes a 1x lamp portion 563b1 arranged on the upper right side of the round lamp portion 563a, and a 2x lamp portion 563b2 arranged below the 1x lamp portion 563b1.

The rotating mechanism 564 includes a shaft portion 564a orthogonal to the game board 31 and an arm portion 564b connecting the base 563 and the shaft portion 564a.
A shaft portion 564a of the rotating mechanism 564 is connected to the round notification accessory driving portion 57D.
The rotation mechanism 564 is set to either an exposed state or a hidden state by being driven by the round notification accessory driving section 57D. The exposed state is a state in which the base 563 is exposed in front of the display screen G of the pattern display device 51 by rotating the rotating mechanism 564 counterclockwise (see the solid line in the figure). The concealed state is a state in which the base 563 is concealed by the game board 31 by rotating the rotating mechanism 564 clockwise (see two-dot chain lines in the figure).

In the round notification effect determination processing, the number of rounds is notified to the player by exposing the round notification accessory 56D in front of the display screen G of the pattern display device 51.例文帳に追加

Thus, in this embodiment, the round notification accessory 56D functions as round notification means for notifying the player of the number of round games.
In this embodiment, the round notification accessory 56D notifies the player of the number of round games by displaying the number of round games on the round lamp section 563a. may be notified to Also, in the present embodiment, the round notification accessory 56D includes the base 563 and the rotating mechanism 564, but may have a different shape. Specifically, the round notification means may be an image or the like displayed on the pattern display device 51 .

FIG. 74 is a diagram showing a flowchart of determination processing of the round notification effect.
In the round notification effect determination process, the MPU 92 executes the processes of steps S2001 to S2023D in substantially the same manner as in the fourth embodiment. In this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 74, the MPU 92 executes the processing of steps S2019D to S2023D after executing any one of steps S2004, S2006, S2008, and S2009. It differs from the fourth embodiment.

After executing any one of steps S2004, S2006, S2008 and S2009, the MPU 92 determines in step S2019D whether or not the game result determined in step S1314 is "fourth round best result". judge.
When the MPU 92 determines in step S2019D that the game result is the "most advantageous result in 4 rounds", in step S2020D the double-up counter DUC provided in the various counter areas 94a of the RAM 94 is set to "0". do.
On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S2019D that the game result is not the "most advantageous result in 4 rounds", in step S2021D, the game result determined in step S1314 is "most advantageous result in 8 rounds". It is determined whether or not.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S2021D that the game result is the "best result in 8 rounds", in step S2022D the double-up counter DUC provided in the various counter areas 94a of the RAM 94 is set to "1". do.
On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S2021D that the game result is not the "most advantageous result in 8 rounds" (when it determines that the game result is "most advantageous result in 16 rounds"), step S2023D , the double-up counter DUC provided in the various counter areas 94a of the RAM 94 is set to "2".

After executing any of the processes of step S2020D, step S2022D, and step S2023D, the MPU 92 ends the round notification effect determination process.

Returning to the description of the effect determination process, the process of step S1319D will be described with reference to FIG.
After executing the process of step S1318D, the MPU 92 executes a round notification effect execution process in step S1319D. After that, the MPU 92 executes the processes after step S1315, as in the fourth embodiment.

FIG. 75 is a diagram showing a flowchart of execution processing of the round notification effect.
In the round notification effect execution process, the processes of steps S2101 to S2120D are executed in substantially the same manner as in the fourth embodiment. In this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 75, the MPU 92 executes the processing of step S2102D instead of the processing of step S2102, and executes the processing of steps S2115D-S2117D instead of the processing of steps S2104-S2108. 2118D to S2120D instead of steps S2110 to S2114, which is different from the fourth embodiment.

In step S2101, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the round notification effect flag is set in the RAM 94.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S2101 that the round notification effect flag is not set in the RAM 94, it ends the execution processing of the round notification effect without executing the processing after step S2102D.
On the other hand, when it is determined in step S2101 that the round notification effect flag is set in the RAM 94, in step S2102D, a process for generating a round notification effect is executed.

As described above, when the MPU 62 determines in step S817C that the game result is the "most advantageous result of round distribution", in step S818C, the timer counter provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64 T is set to "10000" as a waiting time (waiting period) for opening, and the waiting time for opening is set to 20 seconds. Further, as described above, when the MPU 92 determines in step S2001 that the game result is the "best result for round distribution", in step S2002, the MPU 92 sets the round notification effect flag. Therefore, the execution processing of the round notification effect is executed during 20 seconds, which is the waiting time for the opening.

In the process of generating the round notification effect, the MPU 92 moves the base 563 forward of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 by rotating the rotation mechanism 564 counterclockwise by the round notification accessory driving section 57D. expose. In addition, the MPU 92 causes the round lamp portion 563a to display "4" and turns off the 1x lamp portion 563b1 and the 2x lamp portion 563b2 to set the initial state. Furthermore, the MPU 92 sets a round notification effect generation command. Then, the MPU 92 stores the round notification effect generation command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94d of the RAM 94. FIG. This round notification effect generation command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the command transmission processing of step S1205 described above.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads from the program ROM 103 a data table for executing the generation of the round notification effect in the pattern display device 51 based on the round notification effect generation command transmitted from the MPU 92 . Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, every 20 msec) comes. As a result, the symbol display device 51 causes the display screen G to display and execute the generation of the round notification effect.

In step S2103, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the value of the round variation counter RVC is "0" or less.
When the MPU 92 determines in step S2103 that the value of the round variation counter RVC is not "0" or less, it executes the processing from step S2115D onwards, and in step S2103 the value of the round variation counter RVC is "0" or less. If it is determined that it is, the process after step S2118D is executed.
Here, the value of the round variation counter RVC is a value indicating the number of execution times of the double effect processing in step S2116D, which will be described later. The double effect processing in step S2116D will be described in detail later.

First, the processing (processing after step S2115D) when the MPU 92 determines in step S2103 that the value of the round variation counter RVC is not equal to or less than "0" will be described.
In step S2115D, the MPU 92 executes a chance number notification process. In this chance number notification process, the MPU 92 notifies the player of the value of the round variation counter RVC. Also, the MPU 92 sets a chance number notification command. Then, the MPU 92 stores the chance number notification command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94 d of the RAM 94 . This chance number notification command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the command transmission processing of step S1205 described above.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads out from the program ROM 103 a data table for executing notification of the number of chances in the pattern display device 51 based on the number of chances notification command transmitted from the MPU 92 . Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, every 20 msec) comes. As a result, the symbol display device 51 displays the number of chances on the display screen G to notify the player.

In step S2116D, the MPU 92 executes double effect processing. In this double effect process, the MPU 92 executes a process of multiplying the number "4" displayed on the round lamp portion 563a by one or two.

FIG. 76 is a diagram showing a flow chart of double effect processing.
In the double effect process, the MPU 92 executes steps S2501 to S2505 as shown in FIG.
In step S2501, the MPU 92 executes magnification ramp selection processing. In this magnification lamp selection process, the MPU 92 selects either one of the 1x lamp portion 563b1 and the 2x lamp portion 563b2, turns on the selected one magnification lamp portion 563b, and turns on the other magnification lamp portion. 563b is turned off. Specifically, in the present embodiment, the probability of selecting the 1x ramp portion 563b1 and the probability of selecting the 2x ramp portion 563b2 are each 50%.

In step S2502, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the double ramp portion 563b2 has been selected.
When the MPU 92 determines in step S2502 that the double ramp portion 563b2 has been selected, in step S2503, the MPU 92 executes double-up success notification processing. In this double-up success notification process, the MPU 92 doubles the value displayed on the round lamp portion 563a, executes light emission control of various lamp portions 23, and executes sound control of the speaker portion 24. FIG. Also, in the double-up success notification process, the MPU 92 sets a double-up success notification command. Then, the MPU 92 stores the double-up success notification command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94 d of the RAM 94 . This double-up success notification command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the command transmission processing of step S1205 described above.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads from the program ROM 103 the data table for executing the double-up success notification effect in the symbol display device 51 based on the double-up success notification command transmitted from the MPU 92 . Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, every 20 msec) comes. As a result, the symbol display device 51 displays a double-up success notification effect on the display screen G to notify the player of the success of the double-up.

In step S2504, the MPU 92 subtracts 1 from the value of the double-up counter DUC to update it. After that, the MPU 92 terminates the doubling effect processing.
Thus, in this embodiment, the value of the double-up counter DUC corresponds to the number of successful double-ups. Therefore, when the value of the double-up counter DUC is "1" (when it is determined in step S2021D that the game result is "best result in 8 rounds"), the double-up is allowed to succeed up to one time. be able to. Further, when the value of the double-up counter DUC is "2" (when it is determined in step S2021D that the game result is "16 rounds with the best result"), the double-up is allowed to succeed up to twice. be able to.

On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S2502 that the 2x lamp portion 563b2 has not been selected, in step S2505 the MPU 92 executes double-up failure notification processing. In this double-up failure notification process, the MPU 92 maintains the value displayed on the round lamp portion 563 a , controls light emission of various lamp portions 23 , and executes sound control of the speaker portion 24 . Also, in the double-up failure notification process, the MPU 92 sets a double-up failure notification command. Then, the MPU 92 stores the double-up failure notification command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94 d of the RAM 94 . This double-up failure notification command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the command transmission processing of step S1205 described above.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads from the program ROM 103 a data table for executing the double-up failure notification effect in the symbol display device 51 based on the double-up failure notification command transmitted from the MPU 92 . Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, every 20 msec) comes. As a result, the symbol display device 51 displays a double-up failure notification effect on the display screen G to notify the player of the double-up failure.

As described above, in the present embodiment, the magnification ramp selection process selects either the 1x ramp section 563b1 or the 2x ramp section 563b2 to change the value of the calculation result indicated by the round ramp section 563a. It functions as an increase determination unit that determines whether or not to increase.

Returning to the description of the execution processing of the round notification effect, the processing after step S2117D will be described with reference to FIG.
In step S2117D, the MPU 92 determines whether the value of the double-up counter DUC is "0" or less.
When the MPU 92 determines in step S2117D that the value of the double-up counter DUC is "0" or less, the MPU 92 executes the processes after step S2119D, which will be described later.
On the other hand, if it is determined in step S2117D that the value of the double-up counter DUC is not "0" or less, then in step S2109 the MPU 92 subtracts 1 from the value of the round variation counter RVC to update it. After that, the MPU 92 executes the processes after step S2103 again.

Next, the processing (processing after step S2118D) when the MPU 92 determines in step S2103 that the value of the round variation counter RVC is "0" or less will be described.
In step S2118D, the MPU 92 determines whether the value of the double-up counter DUC is "0" or less.
When the MPU 92 determines in step S2118D or the above-described step S2117D that the value of the double-up counter DUC is equal to or less than "0", in step S2119D, it executes round confirmation effect generation processing. In this round confirmation effect generation process, the MPU 92 sets a round confirmation effect generation command. Then, the MPU 92 stores the round confirmation effect generation command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94 d of the RAM 94 . This round confirmation effect generation command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the above-described command transmission processing of step S1205.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads out from the program ROM 103 a data table for executing the round confirmation effect in the pattern display device 51 based on the round confirmation effect generation command transmitted from the MPU 92 . Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, every 20 msec) comes. As a result, the symbol display device 51 displays a round confirmation effect on the display screen G to inform the player of the confirmation of the number of rounds.

On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S2118D that the value of the double-up counter DUC is not equal to or less than "0", in step S2120D, the MPU 92 executes round promotion effect generation processing. In this round promotion effect generating process, when the game result determined in step S1314 is "best result in 8th round", the MPU 92 displays "8" on the round lamp portion 563a, and determines in step S1314. When the resulting game result is "16th round best result", "16" is displayed on the round lamp portion 563a. After that, the MPU 92 executes the round confirmation effect generating process of step S2119D described above. Also, in the round promotion effect generating process, the MPU 92 sets a round promotion effect generating command. Then, the MPU 92 stores the round promotion effect generation command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94 d of the RAM 94 . This round promotion effect generation command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the command transmission processing of step S1205 described above.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads from the program ROM 103 a data table for executing the round promotion effect in the pattern display device 51 based on the round promotion effect generating command transmitted from the MPU 92 . Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, every 20 msec) comes. As a result, the symbol display device 51 displays the round promotion effect on the display screen G to inform the player of the promotion of the number of rounds.

Thus, in this embodiment, the round lamp part 563a functions as a basic value notification part indicating the basic value of the number of round games (4 in this embodiment).
Further, in the present embodiment, the magnification lamp portion 563b provides a calculated value notification indicating a calculated value (1x or 2x in the present embodiment) for calculating the basic value indicated by the round lamp portion 563a. functions as a department.
In this embodiment, the round lamp section 563a functions as a calculation result notification section that indicates the calculation results of the round lamp section 563a and the magnification lamp section 563b.

Further, in the present embodiment, the magnification ramp portion 563b performs a calculation on the base value indicated by the round ramp portion 563a, thereby increasing the value of the calculation result indicated by the round ramp portion 563a. A lamp unit 563b2 (increase calculation value notification unit) and a 1x lamp that does not increase the value of the calculation result indicated by the round lamp unit 563a by performing calculation on the basic value indicated by the round lamp unit 563a. and a section 563b1 (non-increase calculation value notification section).

In the present embodiment, the calculation for the basic value indicated by the round ramp portion 563a is a multiplication of 1 or 2, but other multiplications such as addition may be used. good too.

In addition, in the present embodiment, the plurality of types of expected effects are a first expected effect (for example, super reach with a low degree of expectation) and a second expected effect with a higher degree of expectation than the first expected effect (for example, The round notification effect determination process and the round notification effect execution process are performed when the second expected effect is selected in the expectation level selection process of super reach. By setting the number of executions for repeatedly executing the determination by the increase determination unit so as to be more advantageous than when the first expected effect is selected in the expectation level selection process (specifically, by increasing the number of executions setting), the control state of the calculated value notification unit is switched. Therefore, the round notification effect determination process and the round notification effect execution process are provided with a switching setting unit that switches the control state of the calculated value notification unit by setting the number of executions for repeatedly executing the determination by the increase determination unit. .

In addition, in the present embodiment, the super reach expectation level selection process is based on the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37 as a trigger. The number of round games is small. In this case, it is easier to select the first expected effect than the second expected effect, and the round is based on the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37 as a trigger. When the number of times of games is large, it is set so that the second expected performance is more likely to be selected than the first expected performance.

Here, as described above, when the winning lottery results in "jackpot winning" and the allocation result in the allocation lottery becomes "most advantageous result" or "expressly small round high probability result", the game state Since the mode shifts to the high probability mode and the high frequency support mode, after that, before 100 game rounds are completed, if a "jackpot win" is won again in the winning lottery, the distribution result will always be "Round apportionment most advantageous result" is obtained, and the game state shifts to the high probability mode again, and also shifts to the high frequency support mode. In other words, the gaming state loops through the high probability mode and the high frequency support mode.

On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the super reach expectation level selection process is a round game based on the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37 as a trigger. When the number of times is small, it is easier to select the first expected performance than the second expected performance, and the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37 as a trigger. When the number of round games based on the number of rounds is large, the setting is such that the second expected effect is more likely to be selected than the first expected effect. There is an expectation that the player will quickly win the "big win" in the lottery, and an expectation that the player will win the big win not through the first expected performance but through the second expected performance. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can provide the player with new playability.

Therefore, in the present embodiment, the round notification effect determination process and the round notification effect execution process function as a round notification control unit that notifies the player of the number of round games by controlling the calculation value notification unit. In the round notification effect determination process and the round notification effect execution process, the control state of the calculated value notification unit is switched based on the type of expected effect selected in the expectation degree selection process of super reach. In other words, the determination processing of the round notification effect and the execution processing of the round notification effect are performed by changing the control state of the calculated value notification unit based on the process from when the variable display is started on the symbol display device 51 until it is stopped. is switching.

In the present embodiment, the round notification effect determination process and the round notification effect execution process change the control state of the calculated value notification unit based on the type of expected effect selected in the super reach expectation level selection process. Although it was switched, for example, based on the type of the notice pending picture (normal notice pending picture and special notice pending picture) generated in the notice pending generation process, the control of the first notification unit and the second notification unit You can switch states. In short, the round notification control section should switch the control state of the calculated value notification section based on the process from the start of the variable display on the pattern display device 51 until the stop.

In addition, in the present embodiment, the round notification control unit switches the control state of the calculated value notification unit based on the process from the start of the variable display on the pattern display device 51 until the stop. For example, the control state of the calculated value notification section may be switched by having the player operate a button or the like during the demonstration display. In short, the round notification control section should switch the control state of the calculated value notification section based on a predetermined condition.

Furthermore, in the present embodiment, the round notification effect determination process and the round notification effect execution process update the value of the calculation result indicated by the round lamp portion 563a as the next basic value indicated by the round lamp portion 563a. It has double effect processing (basic value update unit) to do. Then, the 2x ramp unit 563b2 doubles the base value shown by the round ramp unit 563a, thereby increasing the value of the computation result shown by the round ramp unit 563a, The unit 563b1 performs a calculation to multiply the base value indicated by the round ramp portion 563a by one, thereby preventing the value of the calculation result indicated by the round ramp portion 563a from increasing.

In addition, in this embodiment, the basic value notification unit and the calculation result notification unit are shared as a round lamp unit 563a, and the value of the calculation result indicated by the round lamp unit 563a in the double effect processing is displayed by the round lamp unit 563a. The basic value is updated as the next basic value to be shown, but the basic value notification unit and the calculation result notification unit may be provided separately.

Further, in the present embodiment, the calculated value notifying section includes the increased calculated value notifying section and the non-increasing calculated value notifying section. On the other hand, the calculated value notification unit is a reduced calculation value notification unit that decreases the value of the calculation result indicated by the calculation result notification unit by performing calculations on the basic value indicated by the basic value notification unit. and a non-decreasing calculated value notifying unit that does not decrease the value of the calculation result indicated by the calculation result notifying unit by performing calculations on the base value indicated by the base value notifying unit. In this case, the round notification control unit determines whether or not to decrease the value of the calculation result indicated by the calculation result notification unit by selecting either the decrease calculation value notification unit or the non-decrease calculation value notification unit. and a switching setting unit that switches the control state of the calculated value notification unit by setting the number of times of execution of the determination by the decrease determination unit based on a predetermined condition. good. In short, it is sufficient that the calculated value notifying section indicates a calculated value for performing a calculation on the basic value indicated by the basic value notifying section.

According to this, the switch setting unit switches the control state of the calculated value notification unit by setting the number of execution times for repeatedly executing the determination by the decrease determination unit based on a predetermined condition. The less the number of executions of determining whether or not to decrease the value of the calculation result indicated by the calculation result notification unit, the higher the player's expectations. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Note that the calculated value notifying section may include both an increasing calculated value notifying section and a non-increasing calculated value notifying section, and a decreasing calculated value notifying section and a non-decreasing calculated value notifying section. The increased calculated value notifying section and the non-decreasing calculated value notifying section may be shared. Further, in this case, as in the fourth embodiment, the round notification control unit may be configured to switch between the determination by the increase determination unit and the determination by the decrease determination unit based on a predetermined condition. good.

<About the flow of round notification production based on low-expectation super reach>
FIG. 77 is a diagram showing the flow of the round notification effect based on the low-expectation super reach. In other words, FIG. 77 is a diagram showing the flow of the round notification effect when low-expectation super-reach is selected in the super-reach expectation degree selection process of step S1903.
In the example of FIG. 77, the win/fail result is "big hit win", and the distribution result is "most advantageous round distribution result".

Specifically, FIG. 77(A) is a diagram showing a state in which a jackpot has been won through a low-expectation super reach, and FIG. 77(B) shows the occurrence of a round notification effect, informing the number of chances. FIG. 77(C) is a diagram showing a state in which a double-up failure notification effect has occurred; FIG. 77(D) is a diagram showing a state in which a round confirmation effect has occurred; FIG. 77(E) is a diagram showing a state in which the round promotion effect has occurred, and FIG. 77(F) is a diagram showing a state in which the round confirmation effect has occurred after the round promotion effect has occurred. 77 is a diagram showing the display screen G of the pattern display device 51. As shown in FIG.

First, based on the pattern command received from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 starts to variably display a plurality of symbol rows Z1 to Z3 (see FIG. 3) displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, thereby realizing a high-speed display. Transition to a variable period. During this high-speed fluctuation period, the MPU 102 periodically scrolls the symbols in each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a predetermined direction (upward in this embodiment) to start the variable display of symbols.
After the high-speed fluctuation period has passed, the MPU 102 stops and displays some of the symbol rows (symbol row Z1 and symbol row Z3) on the activated line L (see FIG. 3), so that the same combination of symbols (this embodiment Then, "7") is displayed to suggest a stop result, and in that state, the remaining symbol row (symbol row Z2) is variably displayed to generate a ready-to-win display and shift to a normal ready-to-win period.

After the normal reach period has elapsed, the MPU 102 reduces the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 based on the super reach generation command transmitted from the MPU 92, and displays predetermined characters and the like as moving images on substantially the entire display screen G. By doing so, you will enter the Super Reach period. In this super reach period, the MPU 102 reduces the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 and arranges them in the lower left position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and is present on the right side of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. Advance a low-expectation super reach by pitting the angels against the demons on the left.

After the super reach period has elapsed, the MPU 102 notifies the player of the result of the lottery according to whether the angel wins the contest, as shown in FIG. 77(A). Specifically, the MPU 102 notifies the player that the win/loss result is a "big win" by causing the angel to win when the variable display of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 is stopped.

After the MPU 102 notifies the player of the result of the lottery, the MPU 102 generates a round notification effect when receiving a round notification effect generation command from the MPU 92 . Specifically, as shown in FIG. 77(B), the MPU 92 rotates the rotation mechanism 564 counterclockwise by the round notification accessory drive unit 57D, thereby causing the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 to rotate. to expose the base 563 in front of the . In addition, the MPU 92 causes the round lamp portion 563a to display "4" and turns off the 1x lamp portion 563b1 and the 2x lamp portion 563b2 to set the initial state.

Further, when the MPU 102 receives the number-of-chance notification command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 causes the angel existing on the display screen G of the pattern display device 51 to notify the value of the round variation counter RVC, thereby generating a round notification effect. is notified to the player. In the example of FIG. 77, since a jackpot is won after a low-expectation super-reach, the angel suggests that the value of the round variation counter RVC is 1, and the number of chances is 1. I am notifying you.

Thereafter, when the MPU 102 receives a double-up success notification command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 generates a double-up success notification effect (effect of displaying an angel's line "success"). Further, when the MPU 102 receives a double-up failure notification command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 generates a double-up failure notification effect (effect of displaying an angel's line "failure"). Here, the MPU 102 receives the double-up success notification command or the double-up failure notification command of the number of chances (the value of the round variation counter RVC), and each time, the double-up success notification effect or the double-up failure notification effect is displayed. generate. FIG. 77(C) is a diagram showing a state in which the double-up failure notification effect has occurred, as described above.

When the MPU 102 receives a round confirmation effect generation command from the MPU 92 after generating the double-up success notification effect or the double-up failure notification effect of the number of chances, the round confirmation effect is generated as shown in FIG. 77(D). generate
In this example, since the jackpot has been won after the low-expectation super reach, the number of chances is one, and the MPU 102 generates the round notification effect, and then receives the double-up failure notification command from the MPU 92. Since the double-up failure notification effect is generated by pressing, the value displayed on the round lamp portion 563a is maintained at "4".

In the round confirmation effect, the MPU 102 notifies the angel existing on the display screen G of the pattern display device 51 that the number of rounds is 4 based on the round confirmation effect generation command received from the MPU 92. The player is notified that the distribution result is "most favorable result in 4 rounds".

On the other hand, when the MPU 102 receives a round promotion effect generation command from the MPU 92 after generating the double-up success notification effect or the double-up failure notification effect of the number of chances, as shown in FIG. , to generate a round promotion effect.
In this example, since the jackpot has been won after the low-expectation super reach, the number of chances is one, and the MPU 102 generates the round notification effect, and then receives the double-up failure notification command from the MPU 92. Since the double-up failure notification effect is generated, the value displayed on the round lamp portion 563a is maintained at "4".

In the round promotion effect generating process, when the game result determined in step S1314 is "best result in 8th round", the MPU 92 displays "8" on the round lamp portion 563a, and determines in step S1314. When the game result is "most advantageous result in 16 rounds", "16" is displayed on the round lamp portion 563a. Then, the MPU 102 notifies the angel present on the display screen G of the pattern display device 51 of the promotion of the number of rounds.

After that, when the MPU 102 receives a round confirmation effect generation command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 generates a round confirmation effect as shown in FIG. 77(F).
In this example, "16" is displayed on the round lamp portion 563a by generating the round promotion effect. In other words, the game result determined in step S1314 is the "16th round most advantageous result".

In the round confirmation effect, the MPU 102 notifies the angel present on the display screen G of the pattern display device 51 that the number of rounds is 16 based on the round confirmation effect generation command received from the MPU 92. The player is notified that the distribution result was "most advantageous result in 16 rounds".

<About the flow of round notification production based on medium-expected super reach>
FIG. 78 is a diagram showing the flow of the round notification effect based on the medium expected super reach. In other words, FIG. 78 is a diagram showing the flow of the round notification effect in the case where the medium expectation degree of super reach is selected in the expectation degree selection processing of the super reach in step S1903.
In addition, in the example of FIG. 78, the win/fail result is "big hit winning" and the distribution result is "round distribution most advantageous result".

Specifically, FIG. 78(A) is a diagram showing a state in which a jackpot has been won after a medium-expectation super reach, and FIG. 78(B) shows the occurrence of a round notification effect, informing the number of chances. FIG. 78(C) is a diagram showing a state in which a double-up success notification effect has occurred, and FIG. 78(D) is a diagram showing a state in which the number of chances has been notified for the second time. FIG. 78(E) is a diagram showing a state in which a double-up failure notification effect has occurred, and FIG. 78(F) is a diagram showing a state in which a round confirmation effect has occurred. 78 is a diagram showing the display screen G of the pattern display device 51. As shown in FIG.

First, based on the pattern command received from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 starts to variably display a plurality of symbol rows Z1 to Z3 (see FIG. 3) displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, thereby realizing a high-speed display. Transition to a variable period. During this high-speed fluctuation period, the MPU 102 periodically scrolls the symbols in each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a predetermined direction (upward in this embodiment) to start the variable display of symbols.
After the high-speed fluctuation period has passed, the MPU 102 stops and displays some of the symbol rows (symbol row Z1 and symbol row Z3) on the activated line L (see FIG. 3), so that the same combination of symbols (this embodiment Then, "7") is displayed to suggest a stop result, and in that state, the remaining symbol row (symbol row Z2) is variably displayed to generate a ready-to-win display and shift to a normal ready-to-win period.

After the normal reach period has elapsed, the MPU 102 reduces the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 based on the super reach generation command transmitted from the MPU 92, and displays predetermined characters and the like as moving images on substantially the entire display screen G. By doing so, you will enter the Super Reach period. In this super reach period, the MPU 102 reduces the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 and arranges them at the lower left position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and is present on the left side of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. Move the angel to the right.

After the super reach period has passed, the MPU 102 notifies the player of the result of the lottery according to whether or not the angel has found the treasure box, as shown in FIG. 78(A). Specifically, the MPU 102 notifies the player that the win/loss result is a "big win" by causing an angel to find a treasure box when stopping the variable display of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3.

After the MPU 102 notifies the player of the result of the lottery, the MPU 102 generates a round notification effect when receiving a round notification effect generation command from the MPU 92 . Specifically, as shown in FIG. 78(B), the MPU 92 rotates the rotation mechanism 564 counterclockwise by the round notification accessory drive unit 57D, thereby causing the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 to rotate. to expose the base 563 in front of the . In addition, the MPU 92 causes the round lamp portion 563a to display "4" and turns off the 1x lamp portion 563b1 and the 2x lamp portion 563b2 to set the initial state.

Further, when the MPU 102 receives the number-of-chance notification command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 causes the angel existing on the display screen G of the pattern display device 51 to notify the value of the round variation counter RVC, thereby generating a round notification effect. is notified to the player. In the example of FIG. 78, the jackpot has been won after a medium-expected super-reach, so the angel suggests that the value of the round variation counter RVC is 2, so the number of chances is 2. I am notifying you.

Thereafter, when the MPU 102 receives a double-up success notification command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 generates a double-up success notification effect (effect of displaying an angel's line "success"). Further, when the MPU 102 receives a double-up failure notification command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 generates a double-up failure notification effect (effect of displaying an angel's line "failure"). Here, the MPU 102 receives the double-up success notification command or the double-up failure notification command of the number of chances (the value of the round variation counter RVC), and each time, the double-up success notification effect or the double-up failure notification effect is displayed. generate. FIG. 78(C) is a diagram showing a state in which the double-up success notification effect is generated as described above.

Next, when the MPU 102 receives the second chance number notification command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 notifies the angel existing on the display screen G of the pattern display device 51 of the value of the round variation counter RVC, thereby making the round To notify a player of the occurrence of a notification performance. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 78(D), the angel notifies that the number of chances is 1, suggesting that the value of the round variation counter RVC is 1.

Thereafter, when the MPU 102 receives a double-up success notification command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 generates a double-up success notification effect. Further, when the MPU 102 receives a double-up failure notification command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 generates a double-up failure notification effect. FIG. 78(E) is a diagram showing a state in which the double-up failure notification effect is generated as described above.

When the MPU 102 receives a round confirmation effect generation command from the MPU 92 after generating the double-up success notification effect or the double-up failure notification effect of the number of chances, the round confirmation effect is generated as shown in FIG. 78(F). generate
In this example, since the jackpot has been won after the middle expected super reach, the number of chances is two. Since the failure command is received and the double-up success notification effect and the double-up failure notification effect are generated once each, the value displayed on the round lamp portion 563a is "8".

In the round confirmation effect, the MPU 102 notifies the angel present on the display screen G of the pattern display device 51 that the number of rounds is 8 based on the round confirmation effect generation command received from the MPU 92. The player is notified that the distribution result is "most favorable result in 8 rounds".

The MPU 102 generates the round promotion performance when receiving a round promotion performance generation command from the MPU 92 after generating the double-up success reporting performance or the double-up failure reporting performance of the number of chances (not shown).
In this example, since the jackpot has been won after the middle expected super reach, the number of chances is two. Since the failure command is received and the double-up success notification effect and the double-up failure notification effect are generated once each, the value displayed on the round lamp portion 563a is "8".

In the round promotion effect generating process, the MPU 92 displays "16" on the round lamp portion 563a when the game result determined in step S1314 is "16 round most advantageous result". Then, the MPU 102 notifies the angel present on the display screen G of the pattern display device 51 of the promotion of the number of rounds.

After that, when the MPU 102 receives a round confirmation effect generation command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 generates a round confirmation effect.
In this example, "16" is displayed on the round lamp portion 563a by generating the round promotion effect. In other words, the game result determined in step S1314 is the "16th round most advantageous result".

In the round confirmation effect, the MPU 102 notifies the angel present on the display screen G of the pattern display device 51 that the number of rounds is 16 based on the round confirmation effect generation command received from the MPU 92. The player is notified that the distribution result was "most advantageous result in 16 rounds".

<About the flow of round notification production based on the highly anticipated super reach>
FIG. 79 is a diagram showing the flow of the round notification effect based on the highly anticipated super reach. In other words, FIG. 79 is a diagram showing the flow of the round notification effect when high-expectation super-reach is selected in the super-reach expectation level selection process of step S1903.
In the example of FIG. 79, the win/fail result is "big hit winning" and the distribution result is "round distribution most advantageous result".

Specifically, FIG. 79(A) is a diagram showing a state in which a jackpot has been won through a high-expectation super reach, and FIG. 79(B) is a diagram showing the occurrence of a round notification effect, informing the number of chances. FIG. 79(C) is a diagram showing a state in which a double-up success notification effect has occurred, and FIG. 79(D) is a diagram showing a state in which the number of chances has been notified for the second time. FIG. 79(E) is a diagram showing a state in which a double-up success notification effect has occurred, and FIG. 79(F) is a diagram showing a state in which a round confirmation effect has occurred. 79 is a diagram showing the display screen G of the pattern display device 51. As shown in FIG.

First, based on the pattern command received from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 starts to variably display a plurality of symbol rows Z1 to Z3 (see FIG. 3) displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, thereby realizing a high-speed display. Transition to a variable period. During this high-speed fluctuation period, the MPU 102 periodically scrolls the symbols in each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a predetermined direction (upward in this embodiment) to start the variable display of symbols.
After the high-speed fluctuation period has passed, the MPU 102 stops and displays some of the symbol rows (symbol row Z1 and symbol row Z3) on the activated line L (see FIG. 3), so that the same combination of symbols (this embodiment Then, "7") is displayed to suggest a stop result, and in that state, the remaining symbol row (symbol row Z2) is variably displayed to generate a ready-to-win display and shift to a normal ready-to-win period.

After the normal reach period has elapsed, the MPU 102 reduces the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 based on the super reach generation command transmitted from the MPU 92, and displays predetermined characters and the like as moving images on substantially the entire display screen G. By doing so, you will enter the Super Reach period. In this super reach period, the MPU 102 reduces the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 and arranges them in the lower left position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and exists in the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. Have an angel open a treasure chest.

After the super reach period has passed, the MPU 102 notifies the player of the result of the lottery according to whether or not the treasure box contains a treasure, as shown in FIG. 79(A). Specifically, the MPU 102 notifies the player that the win/loss result was a "jackpot win" by causing an angel to find a treasure box containing a treasure when stopping the variable display of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3. do.

After the MPU 102 notifies the player of the result of the lottery, the MPU 102 generates a round notification effect when receiving a round notification effect generation command from the MPU 92 . Specifically, as shown in FIG. 79(B), the MPU 92 rotates the rotation mechanism 564 counterclockwise by the round notification accessory drive unit 57D, thereby causing the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 to rotate. to expose the base 563 in front of the . In addition, the MPU 92 causes the round lamp portion 563a to display "4" and turns off the 1x lamp portion 563b1 and the 2x lamp portion 563b2 to set the initial state.

Further, when the MPU 102 receives the number-of-chance notification command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 causes the angel existing on the display screen G of the pattern display device 51 to notify the value of the round variation counter RVC, thereby generating a round notification effect. is notified to the player. In the example of FIG. 79, since the jackpot is won after the high-expectation super-reach, the angel suggests that the value of the round variation counter RVC is 3, and the number of chances is 3. I am notifying you.

Thereafter, when the MPU 102 receives a double-up success notification command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 generates a double-up success notification effect (effect of displaying an angel's line "success"). Further, when the MPU 102 receives a double-up failure notification command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 generates a double-up failure notification effect (effect of displaying an angel's line "failure"). Here, the MPU 102 receives the double-up success notification command or the double-up failure notification command of the number of chances (the value of the round variation counter RVC), and each time, the double-up success notification effect or the double-up failure notification effect is displayed. generate. FIG. 79(C) is a diagram showing a state in which the double-up success notification effect is generated as described above.

Next, when the MPU 102 receives the second chance number notification command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 notifies the angel existing on the display screen G of the pattern display device 51 of the value of the round variation counter RVC, thereby making the round To notify a player of the occurrence of a notification performance. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 79(D), the angel notifies that the number of chances is two, suggesting that the value of the round variation counter RVC is two.

Thereafter, when the MPU 102 receives a double-up success notification command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 generates a double-up success notification effect. Further, when the MPU 102 receives a double-up failure notification command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 generates a double-up failure notification effect. FIG. 79(E) is a diagram showing a state in which the double-up success notification effect is generated as described above.

Then, when the MPU 102 receives the round confirmation effect generation command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 generates the round confirmation effect as shown in FIG. 79(F).
In this example, since the jackpot has been won after the highly anticipated super reach, the number of chances is 3, and the MPU 102 generates the round notification effect, and then the double-up success notification command from the MPU 92 twice. is received and the double-up success notification effect is generated twice, so the value displayed on the round lamp portion 563a is set to "16". Therefore, in this example, the third chance number is not notified.

In the round confirmation effect, the MPU 102 notifies the angel present on the display screen G of the pattern display device 51 that the number of rounds is 16 based on the round confirmation effect generation command received from the MPU 92. The player is notified that the distribution result was "most advantageous result in 16 rounds".

According to this embodiment, the following functions and effects can be obtained.
(1) The pachinko machine 10 has a round notification effect determination process and a round notification effect execution process for informing the player of the number of round games by controlling the magnification lamp unit 563b. A player can be notified of the number of round games by using the object 56D. In addition, since the round notification effect determination process and the round notification effect execution process switch the control state of the magnification lamp unit 563b based on a predetermined condition, the number of round games is counted using the round notification accessory 56D. It is possible to diversify the method of informing people. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the attention of the player to the game.

(2) In the round notification effect determination process and the round notification effect execution process, the control state of the magnification ramp section 563b is determined by setting the number of execution times for repeatedly executing the determination by the magnification ramp selection process based on a predetermined condition. Therefore, the player's expectation increases as the number of executions for determining whether or not to increase the value of the calculation result indicated by the round ramp portion 563a in the magnification ramp selection process increases. Become. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can increase the attention of the player to the game.

(3) In the round notification effect determination process and the round notification effect execution process, when the 2x lamp portion 563b2 is selected in the magnification lamp selection process, the value of the calculation result indicated by the round lamp portion 563a is Since the value of the calculation result indicated by the round ramp portion 563a in the magnification ramp selection process increases, the greater the number of executions, the more the player's Expectations will rise. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can increase the attention of the player to the game.

(4) The round notification effect determination process and the round notification effect execution process may set different numbers of times of execution based on the process from the start of the variable display on the symbol display device 51 until the stop. , the control state of the calculated value notification unit is switched, so that the player pays attention to the process from the start of the variable display on the pattern display device 51 until the stop. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can increase the attention of the player to the game.

(5) The round notification effect determination process and the round notification effect execution process are performed by setting different numbers of times of execution based on the expected effect selected in the expectation degree selection process of super reach. Since the control state of is switched, the player pays attention to the type of expected effect selected in the expectation degree selection process of super reach. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the attention of the player to the game.
(6) Round notification effect determination processing and round notification effect execution processing are performed in the expectation level selection process of super reach when the second expected effect is selected in the expectation level selection process of super reach. By setting the number of times of execution so as to be more advantageous than when the expected effect of 1 is selected, the control state of the calculated value notification unit is switched, so that the player can select the expected effect in the super reach expected degree selection process. We will pay attention to the high degree of expectation of the expected performance. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the attention of the player to the game.

(7) In the super ready-to-win expectation degree selection process, when the number of round games is small, it is easier to select the first expected effect than the second expected effect, and when the number of round games is large, the second expected effect is selected. Since the second expected performance is set so that it is easier to select the second expected performance than the first expected performance, the player pays more attention to the high degree of expectation of the expected performance selected in the expectation degree selection processing of super reach. will do. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can increase the attention of the player to the game.

[Modification of each embodiment]
It should be noted that the present invention is not limited to the above-described embodiments, and includes modifications, improvements, etc. within the scope of achieving the object of the present invention.
(1) In each of the above-described embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 executes opening and closing of the big winning hole 38a once per round game. On the other hand, the pachinko machine 10 may open and close the big winning opening 38a a plurality of times for one round game.
(2) In each of the above embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 sets the opening/closing door 38b to the open state, and then the predetermined upper limit duration (upper limit duration) elapses, or the game to the big winning opening 38a When the total winning number of balls reaches a predetermined upper limit number, the door 38b is closed again. On the other hand, for example, the upper limit number may be changed according to the upper limit duration time, and the condition for setting the open/close door 38b to the closed state again is arbitrary.

(3) In each of the above embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 sets the opening/closing door 38b to the open state, and then the total winning number of game balls into the big winning opening 38a reaches eight, which is the predetermined upper limit number. As a result, the opening/closing door 38b is set to the closed state again. On the other hand, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may set the upper limit number to any number other than eight. Further, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may set different upper limit numbers according to the distribution results. Further, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may set different upper limit numbers for each round in one open/close execution mode.

(4) In each of the above embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 opens and closes when the total winning number of game balls into the big winning opening 38a reaches a predetermined upper limit after setting the opening/closing door 38b to the open state. The door 38b was set to the closed state again. On the other hand, for example, the pachinko machine 10 is provided with an end trigger port for setting the opening/closing door 38b to a closed state when a game ball enters, and when a predetermined time elapses, this end trigger port is provided. It may be configured to allow the ball to enter the trigger hole.
(5) In each of the above-described embodiments, after the pachinko machine 10 sets the opening/closing door 38b to the open state, the predetermined upper limit duration (upper limit duration) elapses, and the opening/closing door 38b is closed again. was set to On the other hand, for example, after setting the opening/closing door 38b to the open state, the pachinko machine 10 opens the opening/closing door 38b when a predetermined time elapses from the time when the winning to the big winning opening 38a occurs. It may be set to the closed state again.

(6) In each of the above embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 sets the opening/closing door 38b to the closed state after setting the opening/closing door 38b to the open state. On the other hand, for example, after setting the opening/closing door 38b to the open state, the pachinko machine 10 may shift to the next round game without setting the opening/closing door 38b to the closed state again.
(7) In each of the above-described embodiments, the upper limit duration of the short time mode is set shorter than the game ball launch cycle. On the other hand, for example, the upper limit duration of the short-time mode is a time equal to or longer than the firing cycle of the game ball and less than or equal to n times (n=1, 2, or 3) the firing cycle of the game ball. It may be set to time.

(8) In each of the above embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 has two types of open/close execution modes.
Specifically, the pachinko machine 10 has an open/close execution mode in which the round game is executed twice with the upper limit duration of the short-time mode, and a round game with the upper limit duration of the long-time mode 4 times, 8 times, and 16 times. It had an opening and closing execution mode to execute. On the other hand, the pachinko machine 10 may have an opening and closing execution mode different from these regarding the form of the upper limit duration time and the number of round game executions. In addition, the pachinko machine 10 differs in the mode of the upper limit duration time, instead of setting a plurality of types of opening/closing execution modes, by varying the degree of opening of the opening/closing door 38b, such as half-opening or full-opening. , a configuration in which a plurality of types of opening/closing execution modes are set. Furthermore, the form of the upper limit duration may be set so that the exact form of the upper limit duration is different, although the form appears to be the same from the player's point of view.

(9) In each of the above embodiments, the game result and the effect for the opening/closing execution mode are set in advance so as to correspond one-to-one. On the other hand, for example, the effect for the opening/closing execution mode may be set by randomly selecting from a plurality of types of effects without corresponding to the game result, or may be selected from a plurality of types of effects by lottery or the like. , and the selection rate may be changed according to the game result.

(10) In each of the above embodiments, the MPU 92 is effective when the game result is one of the "special loss result", "non-explicit small round high probability result", and "explicit small round high probability result" Information relating to a special combination of symbols is determined as a stop result to be finally stopped and displayed on the line L, and this special combination of symbols is the same regardless of the type of game result.
On the other hand, the MPU 92 may randomly determine the information related to the stop result so that it is difficult for the player to grasp which game result it is.

(11) In each of the above embodiments, the MPU 62 uses the jackpot random number counter C1 for the jackpot generation lottery, and uses the jackpot type counter C2 for the jackpot type lottery when the jackpot is generated. On the other hand, when a big win occurs, the MPU 62 may use the big win random number counter C1 for the lottery of the type of the big win. In this case, the jackpot type counter C2 may not be provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM64.

(12) In each of the above embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 has two types of loss results, ie, the "special loss result" and the "normal loss result", and the MPU 62 stores the value of the random number that wins the jackpot. A lottery for generating a big hit is executed by comparing the success/failure table and the value of the big hit random number counter C1 stored in the reserved ball storage area 64b. In other words, the MPU 62 used the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 to execute the lottery for the "special losing result". On the other hand, the MPU 62 uses a new counter different from the jackpot random number counter C1 provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64 to execute the lottery related to the "special loss result". A lottery related to "result" may be executed.

(13) In each of the above-described embodiments, under the game state in which the success/failure table for the low-probability mode is referred to in the lottery for the occurrence of the big win, the value of the random number that becomes the "special loss result" is two, and the occurrence of the big win. Under the game state in which the success/failure table for the high-probability mode is referred to in the lottery of (1), the value of the random number that becomes the "special loss result" is one. In other words, the probability of a "special failure result" is set to be higher in the low-probability mode than in the high-probability mode. On the other hand, the probability of becoming a "special outlier result" may be set lower in the low probability mode than in the high probability mode, and set to be the same in the low probability mode and the high probability mode. may have been Also, the probability of the "special failure result" may be set to 0 in at least one of the low-probability mode and the high-probability mode.

(14) In each of the above-described embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 creates advantageous game states and disadvantageous game states for the player by setting the win/fail lottery mode and the support mode. By setting the states, the player may create favorable and unfavorable playing states. For example, the pachinko machine 10 may create an advantageous game state and a disadvantageous game state for the player by varying the number of game rounds for continuing the high-frequency support mode after the end of the opening/closing execution mode. Further, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may create an advantageous game state and a disadvantageous game state for the player depending on whether or not to shift to the high frequency support mode after the end of the opening/closing execution mode. Further, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may create advantageous and unfavorable game states for the player by varying the number of game rounds in which the high-probability mode is continued after the end of the opening/closing execution mode. .

(15) In each of the above-described embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 stores the reservation information related to the upper working opening 36 in the first result display section reservation area Ra, and stores the reservation information related to the lower working opening 37 in the second result display section. By storing in the reserved area Rb, the reserved information regarding the upper working port 36 and the reserved information regarding the lower working port 37 are separately stored. On the other hand, the pachinko machine 10 may store the hold information relating to the upper working opening 36 and the holding information relating to the lower working opening 37 together.
(16) In each of the above-described embodiments, the MPU 62 preferentially sets the reservation information related to the lower operation opening 37 for completing the game round regardless of whether or not there is the reservation information related to the upper operation opening 36. . On the other hand, the MPU 62 may set the reservation information related to the upper operation port 36 and the reservation information related to the lower operation port 37 for completion of the game cycle in the winning order of the respective reservation information.

(17) In each of the above embodiments, the main controller 60 transmits a command to the audio light emission control device 90, and the audio light emission control device 90 transmits a command as a result of analyzing the command to the display control device 100. The control of the display control device 100 was executed by. In response to this, the main control device 60 transmits a command to the display control device 100, and the display control device 100 transmits a command as a result of analyzing the command to the sound emission control device 90, thereby performing sound emission control. Control of device 90 may be performed. The commands sent from the main control device 60 to the sound emission control device 90 and the commands sent from the sound emission control device 90 to the display control device 100 are not limited to the commands described in the above embodiments, and are arbitrary. .
(18) In each of the above embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 includes the main control device 60, the sound emission control device 90, and the display control device 100 as separate control devices. On the other hand, for example, the audio emission control device 90 and the display control device 100 may be provided as the same control device, and at least one of the audio emission control device 90 and the display control device 100 is the main control device. It may be provided as the same control device as the control device 60 .

(19) In each of the above-described embodiments, the symbol display device 51 periodically scrolls the symbols of each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a predetermined direction based on the winning of the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37. Then, by starting the variable display of symbols, an effect for a game cycle is executed on the display screen G.例文帳に追加On the other hand, the effects for game rounds are not limited to the effects described in the above embodiments, and are optional. For example, the pachinko machine 10 may execute an effect for a game round by operating a combination of a movable decorative member provided on the game board 31 and the pattern display device 51 . Further, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may execute an effect for a game round by operating a combination of light-emitting means provided on the game board 31 and the symbol display device 51 . Further, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may execute a game round effect by combining these decorative members and light emitting means with the pattern display device 51 to operate.

(20) In each of the above-described embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 executes an internal lottery (win/fail lottery and sorting lottery) based on the winning to the upper working port 36 or the lower working port 37, and then the main display section 45 And the symbol display device 51 executes the variable display, and displays the result of the internal lottery performed based on the winning in the upper working port 36 or the lower working port 37 as the result of stopping the variable display. On the other hand, for example, the main display unit 45 and the symbol display device 51 start the variable display before executing the internal lottery, and as a result of stopping the variable display, the internal lottery performed after the start of the variable display may display the results of In this case, after starting the variable display, before stopping the variable display, an internal lottery may be executed and the stop result and the like may be set.

(21) In each of the above embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 is provided with the main display unit 45, and the main display unit 45 executes the variable display of the pattern and displays the result of the internal lottery as a result of stopping the variable display. Was. On the other hand, for example, the main display unit 45 may display the same stop result as the stop result of the variable display regardless of the result of the internal lottery. The result of the lottery may be made unidentifiable.
Further, for example, the pachinko machine 10 does not have to include the main display section 45 .

(22) In each of the above-described embodiments, the symbol display device 51 periodically scrolls the symbols of each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a predetermined direction based on the winning of the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37. Then, by starting the variable display of symbols, an effect for a game cycle is executed on the display screen G.例文帳に追加On the other hand, the symbol display device 51 may execute an effect for the game round on the display screen G by displaying a symbol (design) that indicates the result of the internal lottery.

For example, the symbol display device 51 may set a predetermined area in at least one of an area narrower than the area for displaying the symbols of each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 and a peripheral area of the area for displaying the symbols of each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3. When the variable display of the symbols in each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 is stopped, a symbol indicating the result of the internal lottery may be displayed in the predetermined area. The symbols to be displayed in the predetermined area may be variably displayed or may not be displayed during the variably displayed symbols of each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3.

Here, the pattern displayed in the predetermined area may employ letters, colors, or patterns that are difficult for the player to distinguish, or may employ a combination of these. In addition, even if characters, colors, and patterns that are difficult for the player to identify are not used, mutually similar patterns or combinations thereof may be used to make it difficult for the player to identify. According to this, the manager of the game parlor, for example, looks at the pattern display device 51 without looking at the main display section 45 at the end of the game round, in the same way as in the case of winning a big win lottery. It is possible to easily confirm whether or not a fraudulent act is being performed to cause the pachinko machine 10 to perform the behavior of .

(23) In each of the above embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 was configured to operate independently, but it may be configured to transmit and receive information by linking with an external device such as a mobile phone. . For example, a game machine is configured so that an optical code can be output by a player operating a button or the like provided on the game machine, and information on the optical code is transmitted to a camera provided on a mobile phone or the like. The game machine may be configured so that the information of the game machine can be transmitted to the web server by capturing and reading the image at the , and accessing the website. In addition, the gaming machine is configured so that the information of the web server can be received by the player accessing the website and entering the password issued by operating the button etc. provided on the gaming machine into the gaming machine. You may

(24) In each of the above-described embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 has been exemplified and explained as the gaming machine of the present invention. On the other hand, the gaming machine of the present invention may be a pachinko machine of another type different from the pachinko machine 10. For example, the gaming machine of the present invention may be configured such that when a game ball enters a specific area, It may be a pachinko machine that opens an electric accessory a predetermined number of times, or a pachinko machine that generates a jackpot right when a game ball enters a specific area. Also, the gaming machine of the present invention may be an arrangement ball machine or other types of gaming machines such as majang ball machines.

[Group of Inventions Extracted from Each Embodiment]
The features of the group of inventions extracted from the above embodiments will be described below. Among the features of the group of inventions, the corresponding configurations in each of the above-described embodiments are shown in parentheses, but the features of the group of inventions are not limited to the above-described embodiments, and the features of the group of inventions Modifications, improvements, etc., and combinations of features within the range that can achieve the purpose are included in the features of the present invention group.

<Characteristic group A> Characteristic A1.
A shooting means (shooting handle 27) for shooting a game ball toward a game area formed on a game board, a game ball flowing down the game area is entered, and an internal lottery is executed when the game ball enters. A plurality of patterns are variably displayed on the basis of starting ball entry means (upper actuation opening 36 and lower actuation opening 37) and the result of an internal lottery executed when a game ball enters the start ball entry means. A gaming machine (pachinko machine 10) comprising variable display means (symbol display device 51),
Information storage means (sub-side pending information storage area 94b) for storing a plurality of internal lottery information (notice pending information) associated with the results of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the starting ball entering means )When,
Information storage means (sound emission control device 90) for storing the internal lottery information in the information storage means in the order in which game balls enter the starting ball entry means;
and information annunciation means (sound light emission control device 90 and display control device 100) for displaying a pattern associated with the internal lottery information on the variable display means based on the internal lottery information stored in the information storage means. prepared,
The information storage means is
an execution area (execution area SAE) for storing the internal lottery information for which the variable display is being performed by the variable display means;
A plurality of reservation areas (first sub-side reservation area SRa and second sub-side reservation area SRb) for storing the internal lottery information in a reservation state before executing the variable display by the variable display means,
The information storage means is
a pending shift unit (a pending shift process) that shifts the internal lottery information stored in the pending area toward the execution area;
When the internal lottery information is stored in the first areas (first areas SRa1, SRb1 and second areas SRa2, SRb2) of the reserve area on the execution area side, first internal lottery information (special notice hold information), and when the internal lottery information is stored in the second areas (the third areas SRa3, SRb3 and the fourth areas SRa4, SRb4) on the opposite side of the execution area, the second internal lottery information Equipped with a hold allocation storage unit (notice hold generation processing) that is stored as (normal notice hold information),
The information reporting means is
When the first internal lottery information is stored in the reservation area in the reservation distribution storage unit, the first reserved pattern is displayed on the variable display means and the second internal lottery information is stored. A gaming machine, comprising: a reserved pattern control unit (display control device 100) for causing the variable display means to display a second reserved pattern different from the first reserved pattern in a case where the game machine is a game machine.

According to the feature A1 of the group of the present invention, the reserved pattern control unit causes the variable display means to display the first reserved pattern when the first internal lottery information is stored in the reserved area in the reserved distribution storage unit. , when the second internal lottery information is stored, the second reserved pattern different from the first reserved pattern is displayed on the variable display means, so that the first area and the second Depending on which of the areas the internal lottery information is stored, different reserved designs can be displayed on the variable display means. Therefore, the gaming machine can diversify the types of reserved symbols and improve the attention of the player to the game.

Feature A2.
In the gaming machine described in feature A1 of the invention group,
The second reserved design includes a plurality of types of second reserved designs corresponding to the degree of expectation of the second internal lottery information (low-expectation advance notice reserve, medium-expectation reserve notice, and high-expectation reserve notice pending),
The reserved pattern control section shifts the first reserved pattern displayed on the variable display means to the plurality of types when the reserved shift section shifts the first internal lottery information toward the execution area. of the second reserved patterns in (1) to a second reserved pattern corresponding to the degree of expectation of the first internal lottery information.

According to feature A2 of the group of inventions, the reserved design control unit shifts the first internal lottery information toward the execution area by the reserved shift unit, the first reserved design displayed on the variable display means. is changed to the second reserved design corresponding to the degree of expectation of the first internal lottery information among the plurality of kinds of second reserved designs. It is possible to recognize the degree of expectation of the results of the lottery. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature A3.
In the gaming machine described in feature A2 of the invention group,
The reserved pattern control unit shifts the first reserved pattern displayed on the variable display means to the plurality of kinds of patterns when the reserved shift unit shifts the first internal lottery information to the execution area. A gaming machine characterized in that the second reserved design is changed to a second reserved design corresponding to the degree of expectation of the first internal lottery information.

According to feature A3 of the group of inventions, the reserved design control unit changes the first reserved design displayed on the variable display means when the reserved shift unit shifts the first internal lottery information to the execution area. Among a plurality of types of second reserved patterns, the second reserved pattern corresponding to the degree of expectation of the first internal lottery information is changed. cannot recognize the expected degree of internal lottery results. Therefore, the gaming machine can keep the player's attention to the game until the first internal lottery information is shifted to the execution area after displaying the first reserved symbol on the variable display means. can.

Feature A4.
In the gaming machine described in feature A2 or feature A3 of the present invention group,
The information reporting means is
When the holding shift unit shifts the first internal lottery information toward the execution area within the holding area, the first holding pattern displayed on the variable display means is shifted to the plurality of types of a first reserved design change determination unit for determining whether or not to change to a second reserved design corresponding to the degree of expectation of the first internal lottery information among the two reserved designs,
When the first reserved design change determination unit determines to change to the second reserved design, the reserved design control unit changes the first reserved design displayed on the variable display means to the plurality of reserved designs. Among the second reserved designs of seeds, the second reserved designs are changed to the second reserved designs corresponding to the degree of expectation of the first internal lottery information, and the first reserved design change determination unit changes to the second reserved designs. A gaming machine characterized in that, when it is determined not to allow the game, the first reserved pattern displayed on the variable display means is maintained.

According to the feature A4 of the present invention group, the reserved design control unit determines that the first reserved design change determination unit changes to the second reserved design, the first reserved design displayed on the variable display means is changed to a second reserved design corresponding to the degree of expectation of the first internal lottery information among a plurality of types of second reserved designs, and the first reserved design change determination unit changes the second reserved design. When it is determined not to change the pattern, the first reserved pattern displayed on the variable display means is maintained, so that the player pays attention to whether or not the first reserved pattern is changed. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature A5.
In the gaming machine described in feature A2 to feature A4 of the present invention group,
The reserved design control unit adjusts the degree of expectation of the second reserved design displayed on the variable display means when the second internal lottery information is shifted toward the execution area by the reserved shift unit. A game machine characterized by maintenance or promotion.

According to feature A5 of the group of inventions, the reserved design control unit shifts the second internal lottery information toward the execution area by the reserved shift unit, the second reserved design displayed on the variable display means , the player will pay attention to whether or not the expectation of the second reserved symbol is increased. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature A6.
In the gaming machine according to any one of features A2 to A5 of the invention group,
A gaming machine characterized in that the expectation level of the second reserved pattern maintains the same level of expectation after shifting the first internal lottery information or the second internal lottery information to the execution area. .

According to feature A6 of the present invention group, the expectation level of the second reserved symbol maintains the same level of expectation after shifting the first internal lottery information or the second internal lottery information to the execution area. , the player will pay more attention to the change of the first reserved symbol and the promotion of the second reserved symbol. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature A7.
In the gaming machine according to any one of features A1 to A6 of the invention group,
The information storage means is
An expectation level notification effect (a low-expectation look-ahead effect and a high-expectation look-ahead effect) is generated to notify the expectation level of the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the starting ball entry means. An expectation level notification effect storage unit (holding generation process) for storing expectation level notification effect information in the holding area,
The information reporting means is
Based on the expectation level notification effect information stored in the reservation area in the expectation level notification effect storage unit, an expectation level notification effect generation unit (prefetch effect generation process) for generating the expectation level notification effect,
The expectation degree notification effect storage unit stores the first internal lottery information in the reservation area in the reservation distribution storage unit, and stores the second internal lottery information in the reservation distribution storage unit. is stored in the reservation area, and the expectation degree notification effect information is switched and stored in the reservation area.

According to the feature A7 of the present invention group, the expectation degree notification effect storage unit stores the first internal lottery information in the reservation area in the reservation distribution storage unit, and the second internal lottery information in the reservation distribution storage unit. When the internal lottery information is stored in the reservation area, the expectation degree notification effect information is switched and stored in the reservation area, so the case where the first reserved pattern is displayed on the variable display means and the case where the second reserved pattern is displayed The expectation level notification effect can be switched between when it is displayed on the variable display means and when it is displayed. Therefore, the gaming machine can diversify the expectation level notification effect, and can improve the attention of the player to the game.

Feature A8.
In the gaming machine described in feature A7 of the invention group,
The expectation level notification effects include a plurality of types of expectation level notification effects (low expectation level look-ahead effects and Equipped with a high-expectation look-ahead effect),
The expectation level notification effect storage unit selects one of the plurality of types of expectation level notification effects when the first internal lottery information is stored in the reservation area in the reservation distribution storage unit. When the notification effect is generated and the second internal lottery information is stored in the reservation area in the reservation allocation storage unit, the expectation level notification with the lowest expectation level among the plurality of types of expectation level notification effects. A gaming machine characterized by switching to generate an effect (low-expectation look-ahead effect) and storing expectation-notifying effect information in the holding area.

According to feature A8 of the present invention group, the expectation level notification effect storage unit stores the first internal lottery information in the reservation area in the reservation distribution storage unit, among the plurality of types of expectation level notification effects, When one of the expectation level notification performances is generated and the second internal lottery information is stored in the reservation area in the reservation distribution storage part, the expectation level with the lowest expectation level among the plurality of types of expectation level notification performances. Since the expectation level notification performance information is stored in the holding area by switching to generate the notification performance, the player can display the first information on the variable display means even when the expectation level notification performance with the lowest expectation is generated. Expectation can be maintained when the reserved pattern is displayed. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

According to the characteristic group A of the present invention, since it is possible to improve the attention of the player to the game, the following problems can be solved.

2. Description of the Related Art Conventionally, a gaming machine is known which has variable display means for variably displaying a plurality of patterns. This game machine executes an internal lottery such as a jackpot lottery and starts variable display of patterns when a game ball enters an operation opening (starting ball entry means). For example, when a jackpot lottery is won, the game machine finally stop-displays a specific pattern combination or the like on the variable display means, and shifts the game state to a specific control state advantageous to the player. In this specific control state, the gaming machine pays out a large number of game balls, for example, by shifting the variable winning device to a state in which game balls can enter.
By the way, such a gaming machine displays on the variable display means a pending pattern for informing the player that there is a result of the internal lottery in the pending state before executing the variable display on the variable display means.
In addition, the gaming machine selects a plurality of types of reserved patterns (for example, reserved patterns having the same form of each color of blue, green, and red) associated with the result of the internal lottery and displays them on the variable display means. , the degree of expectation of the result of the internal lottery is reported to the player, thereby increasing the player's sense of expectation.

However, the plurality of types of reserved patterns associated with the results of the internal lottery are uniform reserved patterns of the same system, although there are slight differences corresponding to their expectations. There is a problem that the degree of attention to the game may also decrease.

<Feature B Group> Feature B1.
A shooting means (shooting handle 27) for shooting a game ball toward a game area formed on a game board, a game ball flowing down the game area is entered, and an internal lottery is executed when the game ball enters. A plurality of patterns are variably displayed on the basis of starting ball entry means (upper actuation opening 36 and lower actuation opening 37) and the result of an internal lottery executed when a game ball enters the start ball entry means. A gaming machine (pachinko machine 10) comprising variable display means (symbol display device 51),
Information storage means (sub-side pending information storage area 94b) for storing a plurality of internal lottery information (notice pending information) associated with the results of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the starting ball entering means )When,
Information storage means (sound emission control device 90) for storing the internal lottery information in the information storage means in the order in which game balls enter the starting ball entry means;
and information annunciation means (sound light emission control device 90 and display control device 100) for displaying a pattern associated with the internal lottery information on the variable display means based on the internal lottery information stored in the information storage means. prepared,
The information storage means is
an execution area (execution area SAE) for storing the internal lottery information for which the variable display is being performed by the variable display means;
A plurality of reservation areas (first sub-side reservation area SRa and second sub-side reservation area SRb) for storing the internal lottery information in a reservation state before executing the variable display by the variable display means,
The information storage means is
a pending shift unit (a pending shift process) that shifts the internal lottery information stored in the pending area toward the execution area;
When the internal lottery information is stored in the reservation area, a reservation distribution storage unit (notification Pending occurrence processing) and
The information reporting means is
When the first internal lottery information is stored in the reservation area in the reservation distribution storage unit, the first reserved pattern is displayed on the variable display means and the second internal lottery information is stored. A reserved pattern control unit (display control device 100) that causes the variable display means to display a second reserved pattern different from the first reserved pattern when the
The second reserved design includes a plurality of types of second reserved designs corresponding to the degree of expectation of the second internal lottery information (low-expectation advance notice reserve, medium-expectation reserve notice, and high-expectation reserve notice pending),
The reserved pattern control section shifts the first reserved pattern displayed on the variable display means to the plurality of types when the reserved shift section shifts the first internal lottery information toward the execution area. of the second reserved patterns in (1) to a second reserved pattern corresponding to the degree of expectation of the first internal lottery information.

According to the feature B1 of the group of inventions, the reserved design control unit shifts the first internal lottery information toward the execution area by the reserved shift unit, the first reserved design displayed on the variable display means. is changed to the second reserved design corresponding to the degree of expectation of the first internal lottery information among the plurality of kinds of second reserved designs. It is possible to recognize the degree of expectation of the results of the lottery. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature B2.
In the gaming machine described in feature B1 of the invention group,
The reserved pattern control unit shifts the first reserved pattern displayed on the variable display means to the plurality of kinds of patterns when the reserved shift unit shifts the first internal lottery information to the execution area. A gaming machine characterized in that the second reserved design is changed to a second reserved design corresponding to the degree of expectation of the first internal lottery information.

According to the feature B2 of the group of the present invention, the reserved design control unit changes the first reserved design displayed on the variable display means when the reserved shift unit shifts the first internal lottery information to the execution area. Among a plurality of types of second reserved patterns, the second reserved pattern corresponding to the degree of expectation of the first internal lottery information is changed. cannot recognize the expected degree of internal lottery results. Therefore, the gaming machine can keep the player's attention to the game until the first internal lottery information is shifted to the execution area after displaying the first reserved symbol on the variable display means. can.

Feature B3.
In the gaming machine described in Feature B1 or Feature B2 of the present invention group,
The information reporting means is
When the holding shift unit shifts the first internal lottery information toward the execution area within the holding area, the first holding pattern displayed on the variable display means is shifted to the plurality of types of a first reserved design change determination unit for determining whether or not to change to a second reserved design corresponding to the degree of expectation of the first internal lottery information among the two reserved designs,
When the first reserved design change determination unit determines to change to the second reserved design, the reserved design control unit changes the first reserved design displayed on the variable display means to the plurality of reserved designs. Among the second reserved designs of seeds, the second reserved designs are changed to the second reserved designs corresponding to the degree of expectation of the first internal lottery information, and the first reserved design change determination unit changes to the second reserved designs. A gaming machine characterized in that, when it is determined not to allow the game, the first reserved pattern displayed on the variable display means is maintained.

According to feature B3 of the present invention group, when the reserved design control unit determines that the first reserved design change determination unit changes to the second reserved design, the first reserved design displayed on the variable display means is changed to a second reserved design corresponding to the degree of expectation of the first internal lottery information among a plurality of types of second reserved designs, and the first reserved design change determination unit changes the second reserved design. When it is determined not to change the pattern, the first reserved pattern displayed on the variable display means is maintained, so that the player pays attention to whether or not the first reserved pattern is changed. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature B4.
In the gaming machine according to any one of feature B1 to feature B3 of the present invention group,
The reserved design control unit adjusts the degree of expectation of the second reserved design displayed on the variable display means when the second internal lottery information is shifted toward the execution area by the reserved shift unit. A game machine characterized by maintenance or promotion.

According to feature B4 of the group of the present invention, the reserved design control unit shifts the second internal lottery information toward the execution area by the reserved shift unit, the second reserved design displayed on the variable display means. , the player will pay attention to whether or not the expectation of the second reserved symbol is increased. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature B5.
In the gaming machine according to any one of feature B1 to feature B4 of the present invention group,
A gaming machine characterized in that the expectation level of the second reserved pattern maintains the same level of expectation after shifting the first internal lottery information or the second internal lottery information to the execution area. .

According to feature B5 of the present invention group, the expectation level of the second reserved symbol maintains the same level of expectation after shifting the first internal lottery information or the second internal lottery information to the execution area. , the player will pay more attention to the change of the first reserved symbol and the promotion of the second reserved symbol. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature B6.
In the gaming machine according to any one of feature B1 to feature B5 of the present invention group,
The holding allocation storage unit stores the internal lottery information in a first area (first areas SRa1, SRb1 and second areas SRa2, SRb2) on the execution area side among the holding areas; The first internal lottery information or the second internal lottery information is stored in a second area (third areas SRa3, SRb3 and fourth areas SRa4, SRb4) opposite to the execution area. A gaming machine characterized by sorting and storing information.

According to feature B6 of the group of inventions, the pending distribution storage unit stores the internal lottery information in the first region on the execution region side of the pending regions, and stores the internal lottery information in the second region on the opposite side of the execution region. Since the internal lottery information is sorted and stored in the first internal lottery information or the second internal lottery information in the case where the internal lottery information is stored in the game machine, the method of allocating the internal lottery information can be diversified.

Feature B7.
In the gaming machine according to any one of feature B1 to feature B6 of the present invention group,
The information storage means is
An expectation level notification effect (a low-expectation look-ahead effect and a high-expectation look-ahead effect) is generated to notify the expectation level of the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the starting ball entry means. An expectation level notification effect storage unit (holding generation process) for storing expectation level notification effect information in the holding area,
The information reporting means is
Based on the expectation level notification effect information stored in the reservation area in the expectation level notification effect storage unit, an expectation level notification effect generation unit (prefetch effect generation process) for generating the expectation level notification effect,
The expectation degree notification effect storage unit stores the first internal lottery information in the reservation area in the reservation distribution storage unit, and stores the second internal lottery information in the reservation distribution storage unit. is stored in the reservation area, and the expectation degree notification effect information is switched and stored in the reservation area.

According to the feature B7 of the present invention group, the expectation level notification effect storage unit stores the first internal lottery information in the reservation area in the reservation distribution storage unit, and the second internal lottery information in the reservation distribution storage unit. When the internal lottery information is stored in the reservation area, the expectation degree notification effect information is switched and stored in the reservation area, so the case where the first reserved pattern is displayed on the variable display means and the case where the second reserved pattern is displayed The expectation level notification effect can be switched between when it is displayed on the variable display means and when it is displayed. Therefore, the gaming machine can diversify the expectation level notification effect, and can improve the attention of the player to the game.

Feature B8.
In the gaming machine described in feature B7 of the invention group,
The expectation level notification effects include a plurality of types of expectation level notification effects (low expectation level look-ahead effects and Equipped with a high-expectation look-ahead effect),
The expectation level notification effect storage unit selects one of the plurality of types of expectation level notification effects when the first internal lottery information is stored in the reservation area in the reservation distribution storage unit. When the notification effect is generated and the second internal lottery information is stored in the reservation area in the reservation allocation storage unit, the expectation level notification with the lowest expectation level among the plurality of types of expectation level notification effects. A gaming machine characterized by switching to generate an effect (low-expectation look-ahead effect) and storing expectation-notifying effect information in the holding area.

According to feature B8 of the present invention group, the expectation level notification effect storage unit stores the first internal lottery information in the reservation area in the reservation allocation storage unit, among the plurality of types of expectation level notification effects, When one of the expectation level notification performances is generated and the second internal lottery information is stored in the reservation area in the reservation distribution storage part, the expectation level with the lowest expectation level among the plurality of types of expectation level notification performances. Since the expectation level notification performance information is stored in the holding area by switching to generate the notification performance, the player can display the first information on the variable display means even when the expectation level notification performance with the lowest expectation is generated. Expectation can be maintained when the reserved pattern is displayed. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

According to the characteristic group B of the present invention, since it is possible to improve the attention of the player to the game, the following problems can be solved.

2. Description of the Related Art Conventionally, a gaming machine is known which has variable display means for variably displaying a plurality of patterns. This game machine executes an internal lottery such as a jackpot lottery and starts variable display of patterns when a game ball enters an operation opening (starting ball entry means). For example, when a jackpot lottery is won, the game machine finally stop-displays a specific pattern combination or the like on the variable display means, and shifts the game state to a specific control state advantageous to the player. In this specific control state, the gaming machine pays out a large number of game balls, for example, by shifting the variable winning device to a state in which game balls can enter.
By the way, such a gaming machine displays on the variable display means a pending pattern for informing the player that there is a result of the internal lottery in the pending state before executing the variable display on the variable display means.
In addition, the gaming machine selects a plurality of types of reserved patterns (for example, reserved patterns having the same form of each color of blue, green, and red) associated with the result of the internal lottery and displays them on the variable display means. , the degree of expectation of the result of the internal lottery is reported to the player, thereby increasing the player's sense of expectation.

However, since it is possible to immediately recognize the degree of expectation of the plurality of types of reserved symbols associated with the result of the internal lottery, the player's attention to the game may decrease. There is a problem.

<Characteristic group C> Characteristic C1.
A shooting means (shooting handle 27) for shooting a game ball toward a game area formed on a game board, a game ball flowing down the game area is entered, and an internal lottery is executed when the game ball enters. A plurality of patterns are variably displayed on the basis of starting ball entry means (upper actuation opening 36 and lower actuation opening 37) and the result of an internal lottery executed when a game ball enters the start ball entry means. A gaming machine (pachinko machine 10) comprising variable display means (symbol display device 51),
Information storage means (sub-side pending information storage area 94b) for storing a plurality of internal lottery information (notice pending information) associated with the results of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the starting ball entering means )When,
Information storage means (sound emission control device 90) for storing the internal lottery information in the information storage means in the order in which game balls enter the starting ball entry means;
and information annunciation means (sound light emission control device 90 and display control device 100) for displaying a pattern associated with the internal lottery information on the variable display means based on the internal lottery information stored in the information storage means. prepared,
The information storage means is
an execution area (execution area SAE) for storing the internal lottery information for which the variable display is being performed by the variable display means;
A plurality of reservation areas (first sub-side reservation area SRa and second sub-side reservation area SRb) for storing the internal lottery information in a reservation state before executing the variable display by the variable display means,
The information storage means is
a pending shift unit (a pending shift process) that shifts the internal lottery information stored in the pending area toward the execution area;
When the internal lottery information is stored in the reservation area, a reservation distribution storage unit (notification pending generation process);
An expectation level notification effect (a low-expectation look-ahead effect and a high-expectation look-ahead effect) is generated to notify the expectation level of the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the starting ball entry means. An expectation degree notification effect storage unit (reservation generation processing) for storing expectation degree notification effect information in the reservation area,
The information reporting means is
When the first internal lottery information is stored in the reservation area in the reservation distribution storage unit, the first reserved pattern is displayed on the variable display means and the second internal lottery information is stored. A reserved design control unit (display control device 100) that causes the variable display means to display a second reserved design different from the first reserved design in the case of
An expectation level notification effect generation unit (prefetching effect generation process) for generating the expectation level notification effect based on the expectation level notification effect information stored in the reservation area in the expectation level notification effect storage unit,
The expectation degree notification effect storage unit stores the first internal lottery information in the reservation area in the reservation distribution storage unit, and stores the second internal lottery information in the reservation distribution storage unit. is stored in the reservation area, and the expectation degree notification effect information is switched and stored in the reservation area.

According to the feature C1 of the present invention group, the expectation degree notification effect storage unit stores the first internal lottery information in the reservation area in the reservation distribution storage unit, and the second internal lottery information in the reservation distribution storage unit. When the internal lottery information is stored in the reservation area, the expectation degree notification effect information is switched and stored in the reservation area, so the case where the first reserved pattern is displayed on the variable display means and the case where the second reserved pattern is displayed The expectation level notification effect can be switched between when it is displayed on the variable display means and when it is displayed. Therefore, the gaming machine can diversify the expectation level notification effect, and can improve the attention of the player to the game.

Feature C2.
In the gaming machine described in feature C1 of the invention group,
The expectation level notification effects include a plurality of types of expectation level notification effects (low expectation level look-ahead effects and Equipped with a high-expectation look-ahead effect),
The expectation level notification effect storage unit selects one of the plurality of types of expectation level notification effects when the second internal lottery information is stored in the reservation area in the reservation distribution storage unit. When a notification effect is generated and the first internal lottery information is stored in the reservation area in the reservation allocation storage unit, the expectation level notification with the lowest expectation level among the plurality of types of expectation level notification effects. A gaming machine characterized by switching to generate an effect (low-expectation look-ahead effect) and storing the expectation-notifying effect information in the holding area.

According to feature C2 of the present invention group, the expectation level notification effect storage unit stores the second internal lottery information in the reservation area in the reservation distribution storage unit, among the plurality of types of expectation level notification effects, When one of the expectation level notification performances is generated and the first internal lottery information is stored in the reservation area in the reservation distribution storage part, the expectation level with the lowest expectation level among the plurality of types of expectation level notification performances. Since the expectation level notification performance information is stored in the holding area by switching to generate the notification performance, the player can display the first information on the variable display means even when the expectation level notification performance with the lowest expectation is generated. Expectation can be maintained when the reserved pattern is displayed. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature C3.
In the gaming machine described in feature C1 or feature C2 of the invention group,
The second reserved design includes a plurality of types of second reserved designs corresponding to the degree of expectation of the second internal lottery information (low-expectation advance notice reserve, medium-expectation reserve notice, and high-expectation reserve notice pending),
The reserved pattern control section shifts the first reserved pattern displayed on the variable display means to the plurality of types when the reserved shift section shifts the first internal lottery information toward the execution area. of the second reserved patterns in (1) to a second reserved pattern corresponding to the degree of expectation of the first internal lottery information.

According to the feature C3 of the group of the present invention, the reserved design control unit shifts the first internal lottery information toward the execution area by the reserved shift unit, the first reserved design displayed on the variable display means is changed to the second reserved design corresponding to the degree of expectation of the first internal lottery information among the plurality of kinds of second reserved designs. It is possible to recognize the degree of expectation of the results of the lottery. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature C4.
In the gaming machine described in feature C3 of the invention group,
The reserved pattern control unit shifts the first reserved pattern displayed on the variable display means to the plurality of kinds of patterns when the reserved shift unit shifts the first internal lottery information to the execution area. A gaming machine characterized in that the second reserved design is changed to a second reserved design corresponding to the degree of expectation of the first internal lottery information.

According to the feature C4 of the group of the present invention, the reserved design control unit changes the first reserved design displayed on the variable display means when the reserved shift unit shifts the first internal lottery information to the execution area. Among a plurality of types of second reserved patterns, the second reserved pattern corresponding to the degree of expectation of the first internal lottery information is changed. cannot recognize the expected degree of internal lottery results. Therefore, the gaming machine can keep the player's attention to the game until the first internal lottery information is shifted to the execution area after displaying the first reserved symbol on the variable display means. can.

Feature C5.
In the gaming machine described in feature C3 or feature C4 of the invention group,
The information reporting means is
When the holding shift unit shifts the first internal lottery information toward the execution area within the holding area, the first holding pattern displayed on the variable display means is shifted to the plurality of types of a first reserved design change determination unit for determining whether or not to change to a second reserved design corresponding to the degree of expectation of the first internal lottery information among the two reserved designs,
When the first reserved design change determination unit determines to change to the second reserved design, the reserved design control unit changes the first reserved design displayed on the variable display means to the plurality of reserved designs. Among the second reserved designs of seeds, the second reserved designs are changed to the second reserved designs corresponding to the degree of expectation of the first internal lottery information, and the first reserved design change determination unit changes to the second reserved designs. A gaming machine characterized in that, when it is determined not to allow the game, the first reserved pattern displayed on the variable display means is maintained.

According to the feature C5 of the present invention group, the reserved design control unit determines that the first reserved design change determination unit changes to the second reserved design, the first reserved design displayed on the variable display means is changed to a second reserved design corresponding to the degree of expectation of the first internal lottery information among a plurality of types of second reserved designs, and the first reserved design change determination unit changes the second reserved design. When it is determined not to change the pattern, the first reserved pattern displayed on the variable display means is maintained, so that the player pays attention to whether or not the first reserved pattern is changed. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature C6.
In the gaming machine according to any one of feature C3 to feature C5 of the present invention group,
The reserved design control unit adjusts the degree of expectation of the second reserved design displayed on the variable display means when the second internal lottery information is shifted toward the execution area by the reserved shift unit. A game machine characterized by maintenance or promotion.

According to the feature C6 of the group of inventions, the reserved design control unit shifts the second internal lottery information toward the execution area by the reserved shift unit, the second reserved design displayed on the variable display means , the player will pay attention to whether or not the expectation of the second reserved symbol is increased. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature C7.
In the gaming machine according to any one of feature C3 to feature C6 of the present invention group,
A gaming machine characterized in that the expectation level of the second reserved pattern maintains the same level of expectation after shifting the first internal lottery information or the second internal lottery information to the execution area. .

According to feature C7 of the present invention group, the expectation level of the second reserved symbol maintains the same level of expectation after shifting the first internal lottery information or the second internal lottery information to the execution area. , the player will pay more attention to the change of the first reserved symbol and the promotion of the second reserved symbol. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature C8.
In the gaming machine according to any one of features C1 to C7 of the invention group,
The holding allocation storage unit stores the internal lottery information in a first area (first areas SRa1, SRb1 and second areas SRa2, SRb2) on the execution area side among the holding areas; The first internal lottery information or the second internal lottery information is stored in a second area (third areas SRa3, SRb3 and fourth areas SRa4, SRb4) opposite to the execution area. A gaming machine characterized by sorting and storing information.

According to feature C8 of the present invention group, the pending distribution storage unit stores the internal lottery information in the first region on the execution region side of the pending regions, and stores the internal lottery information in the second region opposite to the execution region. Since the internal lottery information is sorted and stored in the first internal lottery information or the second internal lottery information in the case where the internal lottery information is stored in the game machine, the method of allocating the internal lottery information can be diversified.

According to the characteristic group C of the present invention, since it is possible to improve the attention of the player to the game, the following problems can be solved.

2. Description of the Related Art Conventionally, a gaming machine is known which has variable display means for variably displaying a plurality of patterns. This game machine executes an internal lottery such as a jackpot lottery and starts variable display of patterns when a game ball enters an operation opening (starting ball entry means). For example, when a jackpot lottery is won, the game machine finally stop-displays a specific pattern combination or the like on the variable display means, and shifts the game state to a specific control state advantageous to the player. In this specific control state, the gaming machine pays out a large number of game balls, for example, by shifting the variable winning device to a state in which game balls can enter.
By the way, such a gaming machine displays on the variable display means a pending pattern for informing the player that there is a result of the internal lottery in the pending state before executing the variable display on the variable display means.
In addition, the gaming machine selects a plurality of types of reserved patterns (for example, reserved patterns having the same form of each color of blue, green, and red) associated with the result of the internal lottery and displays them on the variable display means. , the degree of expectation of the result of the internal lottery is reported to the player, thereby increasing the player's sense of expectation.

However, since it is possible to immediately recognize the degree of expectation of the plurality of types of reserved symbols associated with the result of the internal lottery, the player's attention to the game may decrease. There is a problem.

<Feature D Group> Feature D1.
A shooting means (shooting handle 27) for shooting a game ball toward a game area formed on a game board, a game ball flowing down the game area is entered, and an internal lottery is executed when the game ball enters. A plurality of round games are executed based on the starting ball entry means (upper operation opening 36 and lower operation opening 37) and the results of an internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the starting ball entry means. A game machine (pachinko machine 10) that shifts the game state to a specific control state that
A round notification means (round notification accessory 56) for notifying the player of the number of round games,
The round notification means is
A first notification unit (4 round lamp unit 561a and 8 round lamp unit 561b) for informing the player of the number of round games;
A second notification unit (16 round lamp unit 561c) that notifies the player of the number of round games different from the first notification unit,
The game machine is
A round notification control unit (round notification effect determination process and round notification effect execution process) that notifies the player of the number of round games by controlling the first notification unit and the second notification unit,
The game machine, wherein the round notification control unit switches control states of the first notification unit and the second notification unit based on a predetermined condition.

According to feature D1 of the present invention group, the gaming machine includes a round notification control unit that notifies the player of the number of round games by controlling the first notification unit and the second notification unit. A player can be notified of the number of round games by using the notification means. Further, since the round notification control unit switches the control state of the first notification unit and the second notification unit based on a predetermined condition, a method of notifying the player of the number of round games by using the round notification means is proposed. You can diversify. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature D2.
In the gaming machine described in feature D1 of the invention group,
The round notification means is
a first notification unit that notifies the player of the number of times of the round game by lighting itself;
A second notification unit that notifies the player of the number of times of the round game, which is the number of round games that is greater than that of the first notification unit, by lighting itself;
The round notification control unit is
A lighting initialization unit (processing for generating a round notification effect) that initializes by lighting both the first notification unit and the second notification unit;
an ascending turn-off determination unit (ascending turn-off effect processing) that determines whether or not to turn off the first notification unit;
an ascending turn-off execution unit (ascending turn-off effect processing) for turning off the first notification unit when the ascending turn-off determination unit determines to turn off the first notification unit;
Based on a predetermined condition, by setting the number of execution times for repeatedly executing the determination by the ascending turn-off determination unit, the switching setting unit (round notification effect of the round notification effect) A game machine characterized by comprising a determination process and a round notification effect execution process).

According to the feature D2 of the group of inventions, the switching setting unit sets the number of execution times for repeatedly executing the determination by the ascending turn-off determination unit based on a predetermined condition, so that the first notification unit and the second notification unit Since the control state is switched, the greater the number of times the ascending turn-off determination unit executes the determination of whether or not to turn off the light of the first notification unit, the higher the player's expectation. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature D3.
In the gaming machine described in feature D1 or feature D2 of the invention group,
The round notification means is
a first notification unit that notifies the player of the number of times of the round game by lighting itself;
A second notification unit that notifies the player of the number of times of the round game, which is the number of round games that is greater than that of the first notification unit, by lighting itself;
The round notification control unit is
A lighting initialization unit (processing for generating a round notification effect) that initializes by lighting both the first notification unit and the second notification unit;
A descending order extinguishing determination unit (descending order extinguishing effect processing) that determines whether or not to extinguish the second notification unit;
A descending order extinguishing execution unit (descending order extinguishing effect processing) for extinguishing the second reporting unit when the descending extinguishing determination unit determines that the second reporting unit should be extinguished;
Based on a predetermined condition, by setting the number of execution times for repeatedly executing the determination by the descending turn-off determination unit, the switching setting unit (round notification effect of A game machine characterized by comprising a determination process and a round notification effect execution process).

According to feature D3 of the group of inventions, the switching setting unit sets the number of execution times for repeatedly executing the determination by the descending turn-off determination unit based on a predetermined condition, thereby setting the first notification unit and the second notification unit. Since the control state is switched, the lower the number of times the descending turn-off determination unit executes the determination of whether or not to turn off the light of the second notification unit, the higher the player's expectation.
Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature D4.
In the gaming machine described in Feature D2 or Feature D3 of the present invention group,
The game machine is
variable display means (symbol display device 51) for variably displaying a plurality of patterns based on the result of an internal lottery executed with the entry of a game ball into the starting ball entry means;
The switching setting unit sets the number of times of execution different from each other based on the process from when the variable display is started to when the variable display is stopped. A game machine characterized by switching the control state of a notification unit.

According to feature D4 of the group of inventions, the switching setting unit sets different numbers of times of execution based on the process from when the variable display is started to when the variable display is stopped, so that the first Since the control states of the notification unit and the second notification unit are switched, the player pays attention to the process from when the variable display is started to when the variable display is stopped. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature D5.
In the gaming machine described in feature D4 of the invention group,
A plurality of types of expectation effects (super reach with low expectation, super reach with medium expectation) that make the player expect that the game state will shift to a specific control state that is advantageous to the player by the variable display means , and high-expectation super reach) with expected effect execution means (sound emission control device 90 and display control device 100),
The expected performance execution means is
An expected effect selection unit (super reach) that selects, from among the plurality of types of expected effects, an expected effect corresponding to the degree of expectation of the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the starting ball entry means. Expectation degree selection processing),
The switching setting unit changes the control states of the first notification unit and the second notification unit by setting the execution counts different from each other based on the type of expected effect selected by the expected effect selection unit. A game machine characterized by switching.

According to feature D5 of the present invention group, the switching setting unit sets the number of times of execution different from each other based on the type of expected effect selected by the expected effect selecting unit, thereby enabling the first notification unit and the second notification to be performed. Since the control state of the unit is switched, the player pays attention to the type of expected effect selected by the expected effect selecting unit. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature D6.
In the gaming machine described in feature D5 of the invention group.
The multiple types of expected performances are
The first expected performance (low-expected super reach and medium-expected super reach);
A second expected effect (highly expected super reach) with a higher expectation than the first expected effect,
The expected effect selection unit, when the number of round games based on the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the starting ball entry means as a trigger is small, the second expected effect rather than the second expected effect When the first expected effect is easy to select and the number of round games based on the result of internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the starting ball entry means as a trigger is large, the first expected effect is selected. A game machine characterized in that it is set so that the second expected performance can be selected more easily than the second expected performance.

According to feature D6 of the group of the present invention, the expected effect selection unit is more likely to select the first expected effect than the second expected effect when the number of round games is small, and when the number of round games is large. is set so that it is easier to select the second expected effect than the first expected effect, so that the player has a high degree of expectation for the expected effect selected by the expected effect selecting section. will pay attention. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature D7.
In the gaming machine described in feature D6 of the invention group,
The switching setting part is more advantageous when the second expected performance is selected by the expected performance selecting part than when the first expected performance is selected by the expected performance selecting part. A game machine characterized in that the control states of the first notification unit and the second notification unit are switched by setting the number of execution times as follows.

According to feature D7 of the group of the present inventions, the switching setting unit is configured such that when the expected effect selection unit selects the second expected effect, the expected effect selection unit selects the first expected effect. By setting the number of executions so as to be more advantageous than the above, the control states of the first notification unit and the second notification unit are switched, so that the player can determine the degree of expectation of the expected effect selected by the expected effect selection unit. I will pay attention to the height. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

According to the characteristic group D of the present invention, since it is possible to improve the attention of the player to the game, the following problems can be solved.

2. Description of the Related Art Conventionally, a gaming machine is known which has variable display means for variably displaying a plurality of patterns. This game machine executes an internal lottery such as a jackpot lottery and starts variable display of patterns when a game ball enters an operation opening (starting ball entry means). For example, when a jackpot lottery is won, the game machine causes the variable display means to finally stop and display a combination of specific patterns, etc., and puts the game machine into a specific control state that is advantageous to the player who executes the round game for a plurality of times. Move the game state to. In this specific control state, the gaming machine pays out a large number of game balls, for example, by shifting the variable winning device to a state in which game balls can enter.
By the way, in such a gaming machine, the number of round games after shifting the game state to the specific control state is determined based on the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the starting ball entry means. making it different.
After shifting the game state to the specific control state, the gaming machine notifies the player of the number of round games by using, for example, variable display means or accessories.

However, there is a problem that simply informing the player of the number of round games may reduce the player's attention to the game.

<Feature group E> Feature E1.
A shooting means (shooting handle 27) for shooting a game ball toward a game area formed on a game board, a game ball flowing down the game area is entered, and an internal lottery is executed when the game ball enters. A plurality of round games are executed based on the starting ball entry means (upper operation opening 36 and lower operation opening 37) and the results of an internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the starting ball entry means. A game machine (pachinko machine 10) that shifts the game state to a specific control state that
A round notification means (round notification accessory 56D) for notifying the player of the number of round games,
The round notification means is
A basic value notification unit (round lamp unit 563a) indicating the basic value of the number of round games,
A calculated value notification unit (magnification lamp unit 563b) that indicates a calculated value for performing calculations on the basic value indicated by the basic value notification unit;
A calculation result notification unit (round lamp unit 563a) that indicates the calculation result of the basic value notification unit and the calculation value notification unit,
The game machine is
A round notification control unit (round notification effect determination process and round notification effect execution process) that notifies the player of the number of round games by controlling the calculated value notification unit,
The game machine, wherein the round notification control section switches the control state of the calculated value notification section based on a predetermined condition.

According to feature E1 of the present invention group, the gaming machine includes a round notification control unit that notifies the player of the number of round games by controlling the calculated value notification unit. The number of round games can be notified to the player. In addition, since the round notification control unit switches the control state of the calculated value notification unit based on a predetermined condition, it is possible to diversify the method of notifying the number of round games to the player using the round notification means. can. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature E2.
In the gaming machine described in feature E1 of the invention group,
The calculated value notification unit
an increase calculated value notification unit (doubling lamp unit 563b2) that increases the value of the calculation result indicated by the calculation result notification unit by performing a calculation on the base value indicated by the base value notification unit; ,
A non-increase calculated value reporting unit (1x lamp unit 563b1) that does not increase the value of the calculation result indicated by the calculation result reporting unit by performing a calculation on the basic value indicated by the basic value reporting unit and
The round notification control unit is
By selecting either the increase calculation value notification unit or the non-increase calculation value notification unit, an increase determination unit (magnification lamp selection process);
Based on a predetermined condition, by setting the number of times of execution to repeatedly execute the determination by the increase determination unit, the switching setting unit (round notification effect determination processing and round notification effect determination process) that switches the control state of the calculated value notification unit execution processing).

According to feature E2 of the group of inventions, the switch setting unit switches the control state of the calculated value notification unit by setting the number of executions for repeatedly executing the determination by the increase determination unit based on a predetermined condition. The greater the number of times the increase determination unit executes the determination as to whether or not to increase the value of the calculation result indicated by the calculation result notification unit, the higher the player's expectations. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature E3.
In the gaming machine described in feature E2 of the invention group,
The round notification control unit is
A base value updating unit (doubling effect processing) that updates the value of the calculation result indicated by the calculation result notification unit as the next base value indicated by the base value notification unit,
The increase calculation value notifying unit increases the value of the calculation result indicated by the calculation result notifying unit by performing a calculation of doubling the base value indicated by the base value notifying unit, and the non-increasing calculation A gaming machine characterized in that the value notification unit performs a calculation to multiply the basic value indicated by the basic value notification unit by 1, thereby not increasing the value of the calculation result indicated by the calculation result notification unit.

According to feature E3 of the present invention group, when the increase determination unit selects the increase calculation value notification unit, the round notification control unit doubles the value of the calculation result indicated by the calculation result notification unit. Therefore, the player's expectation increases as the number of times the increase determination unit executes determination as to whether or not to increase the value of the calculation result indicated by the calculation result notification unit increases. It will be. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature E4.
In the gaming machine according to any one of feature E1 to feature E3 of the present invention group,
The calculated value notification unit
a reduced calculated value notifying unit that reduces the value of the calculation result indicated by the calculation result notifying unit by performing a calculation on the base value indicated by the base value notifying unit;
A non-decreasing calculated value reporting unit that does not decrease the value of the calculated result indicated by the calculation result reporting unit by performing a calculation on the basic value indicated by the basic value reporting unit;
The round notification control unit is
a reduction determination unit that determines whether or not to decrease the value of the calculation result indicated by the calculation result notification unit by selecting either the reduction calculation value notification unit or the non-decrease calculation value notification unit;
A game machine, comprising: a switching setting unit for switching a control state of the calculated value notification unit by setting the number of execution times for repeatedly executing the determination by the decrease determination unit based on a predetermined condition.

According to feature E4 of the group of inventions, the switching setting unit switches the control state of the calculated value notification unit by setting the number of executions for repeatedly executing the determination by the decrease determination unit based on a predetermined condition. The player's expectation increases as the number of executions of the determination of whether or not to decrease the value of the calculation result indicated by the calculation result notification section in the decrease determination section decreases. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature E5.
In the gaming machine according to any one of feature E1 to feature E4 of the present invention group,
The game machine is
variable display means (symbol display device 51) for variably displaying a plurality of patterns based on the result of an internal lottery executed with the entry of a game ball into the starting ball entry means;
The switching setting unit changes the control state of the calculated value informing unit by setting the number of times of execution different from each other based on the process from when the variable display is started to when the variable display is stopped. A game machine characterized by switching.

According to feature E5 of the group of inventions, the switching setting unit sets the number of times of execution different from each other based on the process from when the variable display is started to when the variable display is stopped. Since the control state of the notification unit is switched, the player pays attention to the process from when the variable display is started until the variable display is stopped. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature E6.
In the gaming machine described in feature E5 of the invention group,
A plurality of types of expectation effects (super reach with low expectation, super reach with medium expectation) that make the player expect that the game state will shift to a specific control state that is advantageous to the player by the variable display means , and high-expectation super reach) with expected effect execution means (sound emission control device 90 and display control device 100),
The expected performance execution means is
An expected effect selection unit (super reach) that selects, from among the plurality of types of expected effects, an expected effect corresponding to the degree of expectation of the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the starting ball entry means. Expectation degree selection processing),
The switching setting unit switches the control state of the calculated value informing unit by setting different numbers of times of execution based on the type of expected effect selected by the expected effect selecting unit. game machine.

According to feature E6 of the group of the present inventions, the switching setting unit sets different numbers of times of execution based on the type of expected effect selected by the expected effect selecting unit, thereby changing the control state of the calculated value notifying unit. Since switching is performed, the player pays attention to the type of expected effect selected by the expected effect selecting section. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature E7.
In the gaming machine described in feature E6 of the invention group.
The multiple types of expected performances are
The first expected performance (low-expected super reach and medium-expected super reach);
A second expected effect (highly expected super reach) with a higher expectation than the first expected effect,
The expected effect selection unit, when the number of round games based on the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the starting ball entry means as a trigger is small, the second expected effect rather than the second expected effect When the first expected effect is easy to select and the number of round games based on the result of internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the starting ball entry means as a trigger is large, the first expected effect is selected. A game machine characterized in that it is set so that the second expected performance can be selected more easily than the second expected performance.

According to feature E7 of the group of the present inventions, the expected effect selection unit tends to select the first expected effect rather than the second expected effect when the number of round games is small, and when the number of round games is large. is set so that it is easier to select the second expected effect than the first expected effect, so that the player has a high degree of expectation for the expected effect selected by the expected effect selecting section. will pay attention. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature E8.
In the gaming machine described in feature E7 of the invention group,
The switching setting part is more advantageous when the second expected performance is selected by the expected performance selecting part than when the first expected performance is selected by the expected performance selecting part. A gaming machine characterized in that the control state of the calculated value notification unit is switched by setting the number of execution times as follows.

According to feature E8 of the group of the present invention, the switch setting unit is configured such that when the expected effect selection unit selects the second expected effect, when the expected effect selection unit selects the first expected effect By setting the number of times of execution so as to be more advantageous, the control state of the calculation value notification unit is switched, so that the player pays attention to the degree of expectation of the expected performance selected by the expected performance selection unit. It will be. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

According to the characteristic group E of the present invention, since it is possible to improve the attention of the player to the game, the following problems can be solved.

2. Description of the Related Art Conventionally, a gaming machine is known which has variable display means for variably displaying a plurality of patterns. This game machine executes an internal lottery such as a jackpot lottery and starts variable display of patterns when a game ball enters an operation opening (starting ball entry means). For example, when a jackpot lottery is won, the game machine causes the variable display means to finally stop and display a combination of specific patterns, etc., and puts the game machine into a specific control state that is advantageous to the player who executes the round game for a plurality of times. Move the game state to. In this specific control state, the gaming machine pays out a large number of game balls, for example, by shifting the variable winning device to a state in which game balls can enter.
By the way, in such a gaming machine, the number of round games after shifting the game state to the specific control state is determined based on the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the starting ball entry means. making it different.
After shifting the game state to the specific control state, the gaming machine notifies the player of the number of round games by using, for example, variable display means or accessories.

However, there is a problem that simply informing the player of the number of round games may reduce the player's attention to the game.

<Feature group F> Feature F1.
A shooting means (shooting handle 27) for shooting a game ball toward a game area formed on a game board, a game ball flowing down the game area is entered, and an internal lottery is executed when the game ball enters. A plurality of round games are executed based on the starting ball entry means (upper operation opening 36 and lower operation opening 37) and the results of an internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the starting ball entry means. A game machine (pachinko machine 10) that shifts the game state to a specific control state that
A round notification means (round notification accessory 56) for notifying the player of the number of round games,
The round notification means is
A plurality of notification units (4 round lamp unit 561a, 8 round lamp unit 561b, and 16 round lamp unit 561c) for informing the player of the number of round games,
The game machine is
A round notification control unit (round notification effect determination process and round notification effect execution process) that notifies the player of the number of round games by controlling the plurality of notification units,
The round notification control unit is
A first order notification unit (ascending order extinguishing effect process) for notifying the player of the number of times of the round game by rejecting the plurality of notification units in the first order;
A second order notification unit (descending order extinguishing effect process) for notifying the player of the number of times of the round game by rejecting the plurality of notification units in a second order different from the first order;
A gaming machine comprising an order switching unit (processing of step S2104) for switching between the first order reporting unit and the second order reporting unit based on a predetermined condition.

According to feature F1 of the present invention group, the gaming machine includes a round notification control unit that notifies the player of the number of round games by controlling a plurality of notification units, so that the round notification means is used. The number of round games can be notified to the player. Further, since the round notification control unit includes an order switching unit for switching between the first order notification unit and the second order notification unit based on a predetermined condition, the number of round games is determined by using the round notification means. It is possible to diversify the method of informing people. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature F2.
In the gaming machine described in feature F1 of the invention group,
The plurality of notification units are
A first notification unit (4-round lamp unit 561a and 8-round lamp unit 561b) that notifies the player of the number of times of the round game by lighting itself;
A second notification unit (16 round lamp unit 561c) that notifies the player of the number of times of the round game, which is greater than the number of times of the first notification unit, by its own lighting,
The round notification control unit is
A lighting initialization unit (round notification effect generation processing) that initializes by lighting both the first notification unit and the second notification unit,
The first order notification unit notifies the player of the number of round games by turning off the first notification unit and the second notification unit in order of the number of round games. The order notification unit notifies the player of the number of round games by turning off the first notification unit and the second notification unit in order of the number of round games played. .

According to the feature F2 of the present invention group, the first order notification unit notifies the player of the number of round games by turning off the first notification unit and the second notification unit in order of decreasing number of round games. However, the second order notification unit notifies the player of the number of round games by turning off the lights of the first notification unit and the second notification unit in order of the number of round games played, so that the player is unfamiliar. It is possible to easily grasp the notification unit that has been adopted. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature F3.
In the gaming machine described in feature F2 of the invention group,
The first order notification unit,
an ascending turn-off determination unit that determines whether or not to turn off the first notification unit;
an ascending turn-off execution unit that turns off the first notification unit when the ascending turn-off determination unit determines to turn off the first notification unit,
The second order notification unit,
a descending turn-off determination unit that determines whether or not to turn off the second notification unit;
a descending order extinguishing execution unit that extinguishes the second notification unit when the descending order extinguishing determination unit determines that the second notification unit should be extinguished,
The round notification control unit, based on a predetermined condition, sets the number of executions for repeatedly executing the determinations by the ascending turn-off determination unit and the descending turn-off determination unit, so that the first notification unit and the second notification unit A game machine characterized by comprising a switching setting unit (round notification effect determination process and round notification effect execution process) that switches the control state of.

According to feature F3 of the present invention group, the switching setting unit sets the number of executions for repeatedly executing the determination by the ascending turn-off determination unit and the descending turn-off determination unit based on a predetermined condition, so that the first notification unit and The control state of the second notification unit is switched. According to this, when the order switching unit switches to the first order notification unit, the higher the number of executions of determining whether or not to turn off the first notification unit by the ascending turn-off determination unit, the greater the number of executions. Players' expectations will be higher. Further, when the order switching unit switches to the second order notification unit, the lower the number of executions of determining whether or not to turn off the second notification unit in the descending turn-off determination unit, the more the player's Expectations will rise. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature F4.
In the game machine described in feature F3 of the invention group,
The game machine is
variable display means (symbol display device 51) for variably displaying a plurality of patterns based on the result of an internal lottery executed with the entry of a game ball into the starting ball entry means;
The switching setting unit sets the number of times of execution different from each other based on the process from when the variable display is started to when the variable display is stopped. A game machine characterized by switching the control state of a notification unit.

According to feature F4 of the group of inventions, the switching setting unit sets different numbers of times of execution based on the process from when the variable display is started to when the variable display is stopped. Since the control states of the notification unit and the second notification unit are switched, the player pays attention to the process from when the variable display is started to when the variable display is stopped. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature F5.
In the gaming machine described in feature F4 of the invention group,
A plurality of types of expectation effects (super reach with low expectation, super reach with medium expectation) that make the player expect that the game state will shift to a specific control state that is advantageous to the player by the variable display means , and high-expectation super reach) with expected effect execution means (sound emission control device 90 and display control device 100),
The expected performance execution means is
An expected effect selection unit (super reach) that selects, from among the plurality of types of expected effects, an expected effect corresponding to the degree of expectation of the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the starting ball entry means. Expectation degree selection processing),
The switching setting unit changes the control states of the first notification unit and the second notification unit by setting the execution counts different from each other based on the type of expected effect selected by the expected effect selection unit. A game machine characterized by switching.

According to the feature F5 of the present invention group, the switching setting unit sets the number of executions different from each other based on the type of expected effect selected by the expected effect selecting unit, whereby the first notification unit and the second notification are performed. Since the control state of the part is switched, the player pays attention to the type of expected effect selected by the expected effect selecting part. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature F6.
In the gaming machine described in feature F5 of the invention group.
The multiple types of expected performances are
The first expected performance (low-expected super reach and medium-expected super reach);
A second expected effect (highly expected super reach) with a higher expectation than the first expected effect,
The expected effect selection unit, when the number of round games based on the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the starting ball entry means as a trigger is small, the second expected effect rather than the second expected effect When the first expected effect is easy to select and the number of round games based on the result of internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the starting ball entry means as a trigger is large, the first expected effect is selected. A game machine characterized in that it is set so that the second expected performance can be selected more easily than the second expected performance.

According to the feature F6 of the group of the present invention, the expected effect selection unit is more likely to select the first expected effect than the second expected effect when the number of round games is small, and when the number of round games is large. is set so that it is easier to select the second expected effect than the first expected effect, so that the player has a high degree of expectation for the expected effect selected by the expected effect selecting section. will pay attention. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature F7.
In the game machine described in feature F6 of the invention group,
The switching setting unit increases the number of executions when the second expected effect is selected by the expected effect selection unit than when the first expected effect is selected by the expected effect selection unit. A gaming machine characterized in that the control states of the first notification unit and the second notification unit are switched by setting a large number of.

According to the feature F7 of the group of the present invention, the switch setting unit is configured such that when the expected effect selection unit selects the second expected effect, when the expected effect selection unit selects the first expected effect The control states of the first notification unit and the second notification unit are switched by setting the number of times of execution to be greater than that. According to this, when the order switching unit switches to the first order notification unit, the higher the number of executions of determining whether or not to turn off the first notification unit by the ascending turn-off determination unit, the greater the number of executions. Since the player's expectation is high, the player's expectation is higher when the second expected performance is selected than when the first expected performance is selected by the expected performance selecting part. . Further, when the order switching unit switches to the second order notification unit, the lower the number of executions of determining whether or not to turn off the second notification unit in the descending turn-off determination unit, the more the player's Since the sense of expectation is high, the player's sense of expectation is higher when the first expected performance is selected than when the second expected performance is selected in the expected performance selection part. In other words, the player's expectation is a combination of the type of expected effect selected by the expected effect selecting section and the result of switching to the first order reporting section or second order reporting section by the order switching section. will change depending on Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature F8.
In the gaming machine according to any one of features F5 to F7 of the present invention group,
The order switching unit switches between the first order notifying unit and the second order notifying unit based on the development of the expected effect selected by the expected effect selecting unit (first development and second development). A gaming machine characterized by:

According to the feature F8 of the present invention group, the switching setting unit sets the number of executions different from each other based on the type of expected effect selected by the expected effect selecting unit, whereby the first notification unit and the second notification are performed. The control state of the unit is switched, and the order switching unit switches between the first order notification unit and the second order notification unit based on the development of the expected effect selected by the expected effect selection unit, so that the player's expectation is improved. , the type of expected effect selected by the expected effect selecting unit and the combination of the expected effect and the development of the expected effect. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature F9.
In the gaming machine described in feature F8 of the invention group,
Each of the plurality of types of expected effects,
a first expansion;
a second deployment different from the first deployment;
The expected performance execution means is
A deployment selection unit (super reach deployment selection process) that selects one of the first deployment and the second deployment,
The order switching unit switches to the first order notification unit when the first deployment is selected by the deployment selection unit, and switches to the first order notification unit when the second deployment is selected by the deployment selection unit. A game machine characterized by switching to a second order notification unit.

According to feature F9 of the group of inventions, the order switching unit switches to the first order notification unit when the first deployment is selected by the deployment selection unit, and the second deployment is selected by the deployment selection unit. Since it is switched to the second order notification section in the event of a failure, the player can easily comprehend the development of the expected performance.
Therefore, after the expected effect occurs, the player will watch the expected effect while expecting that the first development or the second development will be advantageous to the player. Attention to the game can be improved.

According to the feature group F of the present invention, since it is possible to improve the attention of the player to the game, the following problems can be solved.

2. Description of the Related Art Conventionally, a gaming machine is known which has variable display means for variably displaying a plurality of patterns. This game machine executes an internal lottery such as a jackpot lottery and starts variable display of patterns when a game ball enters an operation opening (starting ball entry means). For example, when a jackpot lottery is won, the game machine causes the variable display means to finally stop and display a combination of specific patterns, etc., and puts the game machine into a specific control state that is advantageous to the player who executes the round game for a plurality of times. Move the game state to. In this specific control state, the gaming machine pays out a large number of game balls, for example, by shifting the variable winning device to a state in which game balls can enter.
By the way, in such a gaming machine, the number of round games after shifting the game state to the specific control state is determined based on the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the starting ball entry means. making it different.
After shifting the game state to the specific control state, the gaming machine notifies the player of the number of round games by using, for example, variable display means or accessories.

However, there is a problem that simply informing the player of the number of round games may reduce the player's attention to the game.

INDUSTRIAL APPLICABILITY As described above, the present invention can be suitably used for gaming machines such as pachinko gaming machines.
<Others>
2. Description of the Related Art Conventionally, there is known a gaming machine provided with variable display means for variably displaying a plurality of patterns (for example, Patent Document 1: Japanese Unexamined Patent Application Publication No. 2005-074175). This game machine executes an internal lottery such as a jackpot lottery when a game ball enters an operation opening (starting ball entry means), and starts variable display of patterns. For example, when a jackpot lottery is won, the game machine finally stop-displays a specific pattern combination or the like on the variable display means, and shifts the game state to a specific control state advantageous to the player. In this specific control state, the gaming machine pays out a large number of game balls, for example, by shifting the variable winning device to a state in which game balls can enter.
By the way, such a gaming machine displays on the variable display means a pending pattern for informing the player that there is a result of the internal lottery in the pending state before executing the variable display on the variable display means. In addition, the gaming machine selects a plurality of types of reserved patterns (for example, reserved patterns having the same form of each color of blue, green, and red) associated with the result of the internal lottery and displays them on the variable display means. , the degree of expectation of the result of the internal lottery is reported to the player to increase the player's sense of expectation.
However, the plurality of types of reserved patterns associated with the results of the internal lottery are uniform reserved patterns of the same system, although there are slight differences corresponding to their expectations. There is a problem that the degree of attention to the game may also decrease.
An object of the present technical idea is to provide a gaming machine capable of increasing the attention of the player to the game.
<Means>
The gaming machine of this technical concept comprises a shooting means for shooting game balls toward a game area formed on a game board, a game ball entering the game ball flowing down the game area, and an internal lottery when the game ball enters the game ball. and variable display means for variably displaying a plurality of patterns based on the result of an internal lottery executed when a game ball enters the starting ball entry means. an information storage means for storing a plurality of pieces of internal lottery information associated with the result of an internal lottery executed when a game ball enters the starting ball entering means; and a game ball entering the starting ball entering means. information storage means for storing internal lottery information in the information storage means in the order of entering balls, and information for displaying patterns associated with the internal lottery information on the variable display means based on the internal lottery information stored in the information storage means. The information storage means includes an execution area for storing internal lottery information during execution of variable display by the variable display means, and internal lottery information in a pending state before the variable display is executed by the variable display means. The information storage means includes a reservation shift means for shifting the internal lottery information stored in the reservation area toward the execution area; When internal lottery information is stored in an area, it is stored as first internal lottery information, and when internal lottery information is stored in a second area opposite to the execution area, it is stored as second internal lottery information. and a holding distribution storing means, wherein the information announcing means displays the first holding pattern on the variable display means when the first internal lottery information is stored in the holding area by the holding distribution storing means; A reserved pattern control means for displaying a second reserved pattern different from the first reserved pattern on a variable display means when internal lottery information of No. 2 is stored, and the second reserved pattern is displayed in the second internal lottery. A plurality of kinds of second reserved patterns corresponding to the degree of expectation of the information are provided, and the reserved pattern control means causes the variable display means to display when the first internal lottery information is shifted toward the execution area by the reserved shift means. The displayed first reserved pattern is changed to a second reserved pattern corresponding to the degree of expectation of the first internal lottery information among a plurality of kinds of second reserved patterns, and the information notification means is applied to the reserved shift means. When the first internal lottery information is shifted toward the execution area within the reservation area by using the A first reserved design change for determining whether or not to change to a second reserved design corresponding to the degree of expectation of the lottery information A determination means is provided, and the reserved design control means, when the first reserved design change determination means determines to change to the second reserved design, displays a plurality of the first reserved designs displayed on the variable display means. Of the second reserved designs of seeds, the design must be changed to the second reserved design corresponding to the degree of expectation of the first internal lottery information, and the first reserved design change determining means must not change to the second reserved design. It is characterized by maintaining the 1st pending|holding design displayed on the variable display means, when it determines.
<effect>
According to this technical idea, it is possible to improve the attention of the player to the game.

10... Pachinko machine 35... General winning opening 36... Upper operating opening 37... Lower operating opening 38... Variable winning device 38a... Large winning opening 38b... Open/close door 38c... Variable winning driving section 39... Out Mouth, 51... Symbol display device, 60... Main control device, 62... MPU, 90... Sound emission control device,
92...MPU, 100...Display control device, 102...MPU.

Claims (1)

A launching means for shooting a game ball toward a game area formed on a game board, and a starting ball entry means for entering a game ball flowing down the game area and executing an internal lottery when the game ball enters. and variable display means for variably displaying a plurality of patterns based on the result of an internal lottery executed when a game ball enters the starting ball entry means,
information storage means for storing a plurality of pieces of internal lottery information associated with results of an internal lottery executed with the entry of a game ball into the starting ball entry means;
information storage means for storing the internal lottery information in the information storage means in the order in which game balls enter the starting ball entry means;
information notification means for displaying a pattern associated with the internal lottery information on the variable display means based on the internal lottery information stored in the information storage means;
The information storage means is
an execution area for storing the internal lottery information during execution of the variable display by the variable display means;
a plurality of holding areas for storing the internal lottery information in a holding state before the variable display is executed by the variable display means;
The information storage means is
reservation shift means for shifting the internal lottery information stored in the reservation area toward the execution area;
When the internal lottery information is stored in the first area on the execution area side among the reservation areas, the internal lottery information is stored as the first internal lottery information, and the internal lottery information is stored in the second area opposite to the execution area. holding distribution storage means for storing as second internal lottery information when lottery information is to be stored,
The information reporting means is
When the first internal lottery information is stored in the reservation area by the reservation distribution storage means, the first reserved pattern is displayed on the variable display means and the second internal lottery information is stored. a reserved pattern control means for displaying a second reserved pattern different from the first reserved pattern on the variable display means when the
The second reserved design comprises a plurality of second reserved designs corresponding to the degree of expectation of the second internal lottery information,
When the holding shift means shifts the first internal lottery information toward the execution area, the holding pattern control means shifts the first holding pattern displayed on the variable display means to the plurality of types. Of the second reserved design, change to a second reserved design corresponding to the degree of expectation of the first internal lottery information,
The information reporting means is
When the holding shift means shifts the first internal lottery information toward the execution area within the holding area, the first holding pattern displayed on the variable display means is shifted to the plurality of types of a first reserved design change determining means for determining whether or not to change one of the two reserved designs to a second reserved design corresponding to the degree of expectation of the first internal lottery information;
When the first reserved design change determination means determines that the second reserved design is to be changed, the reserved design control means changes the first reserved design displayed on the variable display means to the plurality of reserved designs. Among the second reserved designs of seeds, the second reserved designs are changed to the second reserved designs corresponding to the degree of expectation of the first internal lottery information, and the first reserved design change determining means changes to the second reserved designs. A gaming machine characterized in that, when it is determined not to allow the game, the first reserved pattern displayed on the variable display means is maintained.

Images